texlive[46331] Master/texmf-dist: biblatex-chicago (16jan18)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Tue Jan 16 23:41:52 CET 2018
Revision: 46331
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=46331
Author: karl
Date: 2018-01-16 23:41:51 +0100 (Tue, 16 Jan 2018)
Log Message:
-----------
biblatex-chicago (16jan18)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-intro.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-intro.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-sample.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-intro.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-intro.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-appendix.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-sample.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/dates-test.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/notes-test.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.bbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.cbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-dates-common.cbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.bbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.cbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-american.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-british.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-finnish.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-french.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-german.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-icelandic.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-ngerman.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-norsk.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-norwegian.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-nynorsk.lbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-swedish.lbx
Added Paths:
-----------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/legal-test.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-brazilian.lbx
Removed Paths:
-------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago15.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago15.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-dates-sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-dates-sample.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-notes-sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-notes-sample.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.bbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.cbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes15.bbx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes15.cbx
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/README 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/README 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,19 +1,18 @@
IMPORTANT NOTE:
This is the package formerly known as biblatex-chicago-notes-df. It
-is designed for use with the latest version (3.7) of biblatex. The
-package still contains both the 15th- and 16th-edition Chicago style
-files, though I have marked the 15th-edition styles as "obsolete" and
-have moved them into a separate subdirectory, and I am concentrating
-all of my development time on the 16th edition. If you have used the
-package before, then you should be sure to consult the RELEASE file to
-find out what alterations you may need to make to your .bib files and
+is designed for use with the latest version (3.10) of biblatex. The
+package contains the 16th-edition Chicago style files only, as I have
+removed the long-obsolete 15th-edition styles in preparation for the
+forthcoming 17th-edition revisions. If you have used the package
+before, then you should be sure to consult the RELEASE file to find
+out what alterations you may need to make to your .bib files and
document preambles to bring them up to date. Most particularly please
note that Biber is now required for the author-date styles, and very
-strongly advised for the notes & bibliography style (version 2.7 is
+strongly advised for the notes & bibliography style (version 2.10 is
designed for use with the latest biblatex).
-README (version 1.0rc4, 2017-05-02):
+README (version 1.0rc5, 2018-01-16):
Biblatex-chicago contains three biblatex styles implementing the
specifications of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition. The
@@ -28,13 +27,7 @@
example, not to be enclosed in quotation marks, then you may now use
the traditional author-date style ("authordate-trad"), which provides
these features while in all other respects following the 16th-edition
-specifications. I encourage all users to choose one of these three
-up-to-date styles, which should now cater to nearly all needs. The
-15th-edition styles have received no fixes or updates, and won't
-compile with the latest biblatex. If you absolutely must continue
-using them, you'll need to specify "notes15" or "authordate15" in the
-options when loading biblatex-chicago, and downgrade biblatex itself,
-perhaps to version 2.9a.
+specifications.
This is a beta release, but its feature set is already fairly
extensive. If you have used the package before you may, after
@@ -78,15 +71,16 @@
recommend the following, which should be familiar from the main
biblatex package:
- - The twenty-one files biblatex-chicago.sty, chicago-notes.cbx,
+ - The twenty files biblatex-chicago.sty, chicago-notes.cbx,
chicago-notes.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx, chicago-authordate.bbx,
chicago-authordate-trad.cbx, chicago-authordate-trad.bbx,
- chicago-dates-common.cbx, cms-american.lbx, cms-british.lbx,
- cms-finnish.lbx, cms-french.lbx, cms-german.lbx, cms-icelandic.lbx,
- cms-ngerman.lbx, cms-norsk.lbx, cms-norwegian.lbx, cms-nynorsk.lbx,
- and cms-swedish.lbx are located in the latex/ subdirectory, itself
- further subdivided into bbx/, cbx/, and lbx/. The entire contents
- of this latex/ directory, including its subdirectories, can go in
+ chicago-dates-common.cbx, cms-american.lbx, cms-brazilian.lbx,
+ cms-british.lbx, cms-finnish.lbx, cms-french.lbx, cms-german.lbx,
+ cms-icelandic.lbx, cms-ngerman.lbx, cms-norsk.lbx,
+ cms-norwegian.lbx, cms-nynorsk.lbx, and cms-swedish.lbx are located
+ in the latex/ subdirectory, itself further subdivided into bbx/,
+ cbx/, and lbx/. The entire contents of this latex/ directory,
+ including its subdirectories, can go in
<TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago, where
<TEXMFLOCAL> is the root of your local TeX installation -- for
example, and depending on your system, /usr/share/texmf-local,
@@ -95,29 +89,21 @@
remember to update your TeX file name database so that TeX can find
them.
- - The seventeen files biblatex-chicago.tex, biblatex-chicago.pdf,
+ - The twenty files biblatex-chicago.tex, biblatex-chicago.pdf,
cms-notes-intro.tex, cms-notes-intro.pdf, cms-dates-intro.tex,
cms-dates-intro.pdf, cms-trad-appendix.tex, cms-trad-appendix.pdf,
cms-notes-sample.tex, cms-dates-sample.tex, cms-trad-sample.tex,
- cms-notes-sample.pdf, cms-dates.sample.pdf, cms-trad-sample.pdf,
- notes-test.bib, dates-test.bib, and cmsdocs.sty can all be found in
- the doc/ directory in the package archive, the last 15 in the
+ cms-legal-sample.tex, cms-notes-sample.pdf, cms-dates.sample.pdf,
+ cms-trad-sample.pdf, cms-legal-sample.pdf, notes-test.bib,
+ dates-test.bib, legal-test.bib, and cmsdocs.sty can all be found in
+ the doc/ directory in the package archive, the last 18 in the
examples/ subdirectory. You can place all of this in
<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago.
- - The ten files chicago-notes15.bbx, chicago-notes15.cbx,
- chicago-authordate15.bbx, chicago-authordate15.cbx,
- biblatex-chicago15.tex, biblatex-chicago15.pdf,
- cms15-notes-sample.tex, cms15-dates-sample.tex,
- cms15-notes-sample.pdf, and cms15-dates.sample.pdf can all be found
- in the obsolete/ subdirectory in the package archive. You can
- place that directory in
- <TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago.
-
Changelog: See the RELEASE file, and also the end of
biblatex-chicago.pdf.
-Copyright (c) 2008-2017 David Fussner. This package is
+Copyright (c) 2008-2018 David Fussner. This package is
author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License,
either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/RELEASE 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,3 +1,147 @@
+Release notes for version 1.0rc5 [2018-01-16]:
+
+ - Recent releases of biblatex have introduced some compatibility
+ problems for biblatex-chicago, particularly with regard to the
+ handling of the "origlanguage" field (now a list), but also through
+ the renaming of several other fields and declarations, e.g.,
+ \DeclareSortingTemplate. I have improved the handling of the
+ "origlanguage" list by including many new bibstrings in the
+ package's localization files, but other changes to formatting
+ macros have made backward compatibility with older releases of
+ biblatex difficult or impossible. Please upgrade to version 3.10
+ -- which has received the most testing -- to use these styles.
+
+ - As I mentioned in the initial Notice of biblatex-chicago.pdf, the
+ 17th edition of the Manual has now appeared, and my development
+ energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading all styles to
+ conform to it. You can still file bug reports against the 16th
+ edition, but the next major feature release will be based on the
+ 17th. In preparation for these changes, I have removed all the
+ 15th-edition files from the package.
+
+Other New Features:
+
+ - After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added three
+ new entry types -- Jurisdiction, Legal, and Legislation -- to allow
+ the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional
+ (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive
+ documents. The first ("round" and "square") and last ("canada",
+ "constitution", "hansard", "hearing", "uk", and "un") introduce a
+ number of new "entrysubtypes" to help with formatting quirks,
+ including the presentation of Canadian and UK materials for
+ inclusion in an otherwise US context. There are also several new
+ options ("legalnotes", "noneshort", "short", and "supranotes") for
+ controlling the output. I have documented all of this in section 6
+ of biblatex-chicago.pdf, a separate section both because the
+ specification really comes from the Bluebook rather than the
+ Manual, and also because they are the only entry types treated
+ identically by the notes & bibliography style and the author-date
+ styles (itself a formatting quirk). You can also look at the
+ sample files legal-test.bib and cms-legal-sample.pdf to see how you
+ might construct your database entries. Support for Bluebook
+ citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out
+ its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I
+ would be happy to hear about it. The implementation is intended
+ mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary
+ localization for the other languages supported by biblatex-chicago.
+ The actual citations in such contexts would, let it be noted, fall
+ outside of the Bluebook spec.
+
+ - I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian
+ Portuguese localization for biblatex-chicago, contained in the
+ cms-brazilian.lbx file.
+
+ - Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the package's
+ \bibstrings couldn't accommodate the needs of his localization, so
+ with his help I've split the "recorded" string into "discrecorded"
+ and "songrecorded", then added it to all the .lbx files. I've also
+ added two new \bibstrings for the "lista" field format: "subverbo"
+ and "subverbis". I've added them to all the .lbx files, but only
+ cms-brazilian.lbx differs from the default. If other languages
+ need this change please let me know.
+
+ - The same user also suggested a fix to Patent entries: removing the
+ comma from between the dates when the language doesn't use a comma
+ in lists.
+
+ - Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using the
+ hyperref package with the author-date styles, and I have attempted
+ to rectify them. In citations, only the "date" portion should act
+ as a link, if there is a "date", otherwise a "title" or perhaps a
+ "shorthand" will link to the entry in the list of references. If
+ you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but
+ don't, you can try setting the new "hypertitle" option in their
+ "options" fields. Alternately, you can set the option to "true"
+ globally in the preamble and then "titles" and "shorthands" will
+ serve as links whether there's a "date" or not. Cf. section 5.4.3
+ in biblatex-chicago.pdf.
+
+ - Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the string
+ "forthcoming" in the "pubstate" field to present sources that are
+ yet to be published. This is now supported in all styles, and has
+ the additional benefit of rendering recourse to the \autocap
+ command unnecessary, as the styles print \bibstring{forthcoming}
+ where the "year" would normally appear. Using the "year" field
+ itself is, of course, still supported too.
+
+ - The same user requested that I allow "newspaper" as an exact
+ synonym of "magazine" in the "entrysubtype" field of Article,
+ Review, Periodical, and Suppperiodical entries. I have provided
+ this in all styles, and whereever you see "magazine" in the
+ documentation then "newspaper" will work in exactly the same way.
+
+ - Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip Kime's
+ biblatex-apa package, I support the use of "related" functionality
+ when presenting reviews, so that you can, for example, easily
+ present multiple reviews of the same item. I have provided this
+ functionality in all styles. To enable it you'll need to set the
+ "relatedtype" field to "reviewof" in Article, Review, or
+ Suppperiodical types. You should also read the documentation in
+ section 4.2.1 or 5.2.1 in biblatex-chicago.pdf, as this
+ "relatedtype" works somewhat differently from the others. The
+ standard, manual way of citing such works remains, of course,
+ available.
+
+ - Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an
+ "unpublished" "entrysubtype" to the Report type, which would
+ present the "title" in quotation marks (or plain roman in
+ authordate-trad) instead of italics. I can't quite tell if the
+ Manual agrees, but I have fulfilled this request in all styles.
+
+ - The same user pointed out that standard biblatex and the discussion
+ in the Manual both suggest providing "venue", "eventdate",
+ "eventtitle", and "eventtitleaddon" fields for the Unpublished
+ type, thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished
+ conference papers and the like. I have added these fields in all
+ styles.
+
+ - At the request of N. Andrew Walsh, the notes & bibliography style
+ now offers a way to disambiguate references to different sources
+ which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that is,
+ where the "author" and "labeltitle" are the same. Biblatex's
+ "uniquework" option is now active by default, and biblatex-chicago
+ provides three new user options, one for choosing a disambiguating
+ field, one for setting the punctuation between that field and the
+ rest of the short note, and one for formatting the field using
+ parentheses or square brackets -- "shortextrafield",
+ "shortextrapunct", and "shortextraformat", respectively. Please
+ see section 4.4.3 in biblatex-chicago.pdf for the details, and note
+ that "shortextrafield" has to be set for the mechanism to print
+ anything at all.
+
+ - User P\xE9t\xF9r spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the
+ "url=false" option didn't stop the printing of the "urldate", and
+ second that empty parentheses would appear in some circumstances
+ around non-existent "dates" in the author-date styles. I have
+ fixed both.
+
+ - Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing bug
+ when presenting a "subtitle" after a "title" that ends in an
+ exclamation point or question mark. This bug has existed since the
+ first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've finally
+ solved it now (after the release of the Manual's 17th edition).
+
+
Release notes for version 1.0rc4 [2017-05-02]:
Another bug-fix release.
@@ -1577,7 +1721,7 @@
- First public release
-Copyright (c) 2008-2016 David Fussner. This package is
+Copyright (c) 2008-2018 David Fussner. This package is
author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
modified under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License,
either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -14,9 +14,12 @@
\setmarginsrb{1.65in}{.9in}{1.75in}{.6in}{0pt}{0pt}{12pt}{24pt}
\setlength{\marginparwidth}{1in}
\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{lmodern}
-\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
-\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
+% \usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage[scaled=0.9]{ClearSans}
+\usepackage[p]{zlmtt}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
+%\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
\usepackage[pdftex]{xcolor}
%\usepackage[dvips]{xcolor}
\newcommand{\mycolor}[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}}
@@ -64,7 +67,7 @@
Style files for biblatex
\vspace{.3\baselineskip}
-\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries David Fussner\qquad Version 1.0rc4 (beta) \\
+\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries David Fussner\qquad Version 1.0rc5 (beta) \\
\href{mailto:djf027 at googlemail.com}{djf027 at googlemail.com}\\ \today
\end{center}
@@ -84,34 +87,23 @@
the process of taking advantage of the many enhancements it has
accumulated in recent releases. As it has for several years, The
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} package itself implements the 16th edition
- of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}. I am, with this release,
- marking the 15th-edition files as \enquote{obsolete,} and I have
- ceased providing them with any bug fixes or upgrades. I have
- included them in the} \texttt{obsolete} \textbf{subdirectory of the
- package, but I very strongly encourage all users to switch to the
- newer specification, which is receiving all of my development time.
- If the title-formatting changes in the author-date style have been
- an obstacle, please note that the \textsf{authordate-trad} style
- keeps the traditional title formatting but switches everything else
- to the 16th-edition spec. I have summarized the changes between the
- two editions in section~\ref{sec:history} below, especially the ones
- that may require alterations to your .bib files. (The 15th-edition
- documentation is still available, also, in
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago15.pdf}.) I also strongly encourage all
- users who haven't already done so to switch to \textsf{Biber} as
- their backend; it has long been a requirement for the author-date
- styles, but it is now becoming indispensable for accessing all the
- features of the notes \&\ bibliography style, as well.}
+ of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, which has recently been
+ replaced by the 17th edition. This is therefore the last feature
+ release for the 16th edition, though bug-fix releases will continue
+ for a while yet. In preparation for the switch to the 17th edition,
+ I am removing all 15th-edition files from the package, as they have
+ long since been obsolete. I also very strongly encourage all users
+ who haven't already done so to switch to \textsf{Biber} as their
+ backend; it has long been a requirement for the author-date styles,
+ but it is now becoming indispensable for accessing all the features
+ of the notes \&\ bibliography style, as well.}
\mylittlespace\\
\textbf{I have tried to implement as much of the \emph{Manual's}
- specification as possible, though undoubtedly some gaps remain. One
- user has recently argued that I should attempt to include legal
- citations, so in the long term it may be that I return to this
- issue. In the meantime, if it seems like this package could be of
- use to you, yet it doesn't do something you need/want it to do,
- please feel free to let me know, and of course any suggestions for
- solving problems more elegantly or accurately would be most
- welcome.}
+ specification as possible, though undoubtedly some gaps remain. If
+ it seems like this package could be of use to you, yet it doesn't do
+ something you need/want it to do, please feel free to let me know,
+ and of course any suggestions for solving problems more elegantly or
+ accurately would be most welcome.}
\mylittlespace\textbf{Important Note:} If you have used
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} before, please make sure you have read the
@@ -146,23 +138,22 @@
these Chicago styles and their variants. I recommend that users new
to the package read this Quickstart section first, perhaps then
passing on to whichever of the two introductory files,
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf}} or
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}}, is relevant to their needs,
-returning here afterward for more details on those parts of the
-functionality concerning which they still have questions. Much of
-what follows is relevant to all users, but I have decided, after some
-experimentation, to keep the instructions for the two author-date
-styles separate from those pertaining to the notes \&\ bibliography
-style, at least in sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and \ref{sec:authdate}.
-Information provided under one style will often duplicate that found
-under the other, but efficiency's loss should, I hope, be clarity's
-gain, and much of what you learn using one style will be applicable
-without alteration to the other. Within the author-date section, the
-\textsf{authordate-trad} information really only appears separately in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, s.v.\ \enquote{title.} Throughout
-the documentation, any \mycolor{green} text
-\colmarginpar{\textsf{New!}} indicates something \mycolor{new} in this
-release.
+\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf} or \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, is
+relevant to their needs, returning here afterward for more details on
+those parts of the functionality concerning which they still have
+questions. Much of what follows is relevant to all users, but I have
+decided, after some experimentation, to keep the instructions for the
+two author-date styles separate from those pertaining to the notes \&\
+bibliography style, at least in sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and
+\ref{sec:authdate}. Information provided under one style will often
+duplicate that found under the other, but efficiency's loss should, I
+hope, be clarity's gain, and much of what you learn using one style
+will be applicable without alteration to the other. Within the
+author-date section, the \textsf{authordate-trad} information really
+only appears separately in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, s.v.\
+\enquote{title.} Throughout the documentation, any \mycolor{green}
+text \colmarginpar{\textsf{New!}} indicates something \mycolor{new} in
+this release.
\mylittlespace Here's a list of things you will need in order to use
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}:
@@ -169,7 +160,7 @@
\begin{itemize}{}{}
\item The \textsf{biblatex} package, of course! The current version
- --- 3.7 at the time of writing --- has received extensive testing,
+ --- 3.10 at the time of writing --- has received extensive testing,
and contains features and bug fixes upon which my code relies.
\textsf{Biblatex} requires several packages, and it strongly
recommends several more:
@@ -188,18 +179,18 @@
.bib files. It also does the right thing when alphabetizing
non-ASCII entries. It is available from CTAN, but please be aware
that this database parser no longer suffices if you are using the
- Chicago author-date style with any version of \textsf{biblatex}
- from version 1.5 onwards. For that style, and to take full
+ Chica\-go author-date style with any version of \textsf{biblatex}
+ from version 1.5 onward. For that style, and to take full
advantage of all the features of the notes \&\ bibliography style,
in particular its enhanced handling of cross references, you must
use the following:
\item \textsf{Biber} --- the next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
replacement by Philip Kime and Fran\xE7ois Charette, available from
- SourceForge. You should use the latest version, 2.7, to work with
- \textsf{biblatex} 3.7 and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and it is
- required for users who are either using the author-date styles or
- processing a .bib file in Unicode. See
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}} and, for example, the
+ SourceForge. You should use the latest version, 2.10, to work
+ with \textsf{biblatex} 3.10 and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and it
+ is required for users who are either using the author-date styles
+ or processing a .bib file in Unicode. See
+ \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf} and, for example, the
\textsf{crossref} documentation in section~\ref{sec:entryfields},
below, for more details.
\end{itemize}
@@ -224,7 +215,7 @@
large number of other parameters automatically, parameters whose
absence may surprise you when processing your documents. You can
load the package via the usual \cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex\}},
- adding either \texttt{style=chicago-notes} or
+ adding either \texttt{style=chi\-cago-notes} or
\texttt{style=chicago-authordate}, but this is intended mainly for
those, probably experienced users, who wish to set much of the
low-level formatting of their documents themselves. Please see
@@ -237,7 +228,7 @@
\item If you are accustomed to using the \textsf{natbib} compatibility
option with \textsf{biblatex}, then you can continue to do so with
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you are using
- \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}} to load the package, then the
+ \cmd{usepackage\hfill\{biblatex-chicago\}} to load the package, then the
option must be the plain \texttt{natbib} rather than
\texttt{natbib=true}. If you use the latter, you'll get a
\textsf{keyval} error. Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and
@@ -248,42 +239,41 @@
\textsf{babel}-less setups, and also those choosing \texttt{english}
as the main text language, should work out of the box.
\textsf{Biblatex-chicago} also provides (at least partial) support
- for British, Finnish, French, German, Icelandic, Norwegian, and
- \mycolor{Swedish}. Please see below
+ for Brazilian Portuguese, British, Finnish, French, German,
+ Icelandic, Norwegian, and Swedish. Please see below
(section~\ref{sec:international}) for a fuller explanation of all
the options.
-\item \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}},
- \textsf{chicago-auth\-ordate.cbx},
- \textsf{chi\-cago-authordate.bbx},
- \textsf{chi\-cago-authordate-trad.cbx},
- \textsf{chicago-auth\-ordate-trad.bbx}, \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx},
- \textsf{chi\-cago-notes.cbx}, \textsf{cms-am\-erican.lbx},
- \textsf{cms-british.lbx}, \textsf{cms-finnish.lbx},
- \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, \textsf{cms-ger\-man.lbx},
- \textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}, \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx},
- \textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, \textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx},
- \textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}, \mycolor{\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}},and
- \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go.sty}, all from \textsf{biblatex-chicago},
- installed either in a system-wide \TeX\ directory, or in the working
- directory where you keep your *.tex files. The .zip file from CTAN
- contains several subdirectories to help keep the growing number of
- files organized, so the files listed above can be found in the
- \texttt{latex/} subdirectory, itself further divided into the
- \texttt{bbx/}, \texttt{cbx/}, and \texttt{lbx/} subdirectories. If
- you install in a system-wide directory, I suggest a standard layout
- using
- \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},
- where\ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>} is the root of your local \TeX\
- installation --- for example, and depending on your system and
- preferences, \texttt{/usr/share/texmf\-local},
- \texttt{/usr/local/share/texmf}, or \texttt{C:\textbackslash{}Local
- TeX Files\textbackslash}. Then you can copy the contents of the
- \texttt{latex/} directory there, subdirectories and all. (If you
- install into your working directory, then you'll need to copy the
- files directly there, without subdirectories.) Of course, if you
- choose to place them anywhere in the \texttt{texmf} tree, you'll
- need to update the file name database to make sure \TeX\ can find
- them.
+\item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx, chicago-authordate.cbx,
+ chi\-cago-authordate-trad.bbx},\break
+ \textsf{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx},
+ \textsf{chicago-dates-common.cbx}, \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx},\break
+ \textsf{chi\-ca\-go-notes.cbx}, \textsf{cms-american.lbx},
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}}, \textsf{cms-british.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-fin\-nish.lbx}, \textsf{cms-french.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, \textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx},\break \textsf{cms-norsk.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-norwegian.lbx}, \textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx},
+ \textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}, and \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago.sty}, all
+ from \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, installed either in a system-wide
+ \TeX\ directory, or in the working directory where you keep your
+ *.tex files. The .zip file from CTAN contains several
+ subdirectories to help keep the growing number of files organized,
+ so the files listed above can be found in the \texttt{latex/}
+ subdirectory, itself further divided into the \texttt{bbx/},
+ \texttt{cbx/}, and \texttt{lbx/} subdirectories. If you install in
+ a system-wide directory, I suggest a standard layout using
+ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>\slash
+ tex/latex/bib\-latex-contrib/biblatex-chicago}, where\
+ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>} is the root of your local \TeX\ installation
+ --- for example, and depending on your system and preferences,
+ \texttt{/usr/share/texmflocal}, \texttt{/usr/local/share/texmf}, or
+ \texttt{C:\textbackslash{}Local TeX Files\textbackslash}. Then you
+ can copy the contents of the \texttt{latex/} directory there,
+ subdirectories and all. (If you install into your working
+ directory, then you'll need to copy the files directly there,
+ without subdirectories.) Of course, if you choose to place them
+ anywhere in the \texttt{texmf} tree, you'll need to update the file
+ name database to make sure \TeX\ can find them.
\item The very clear and detailed documentation of the
\textsf{biblatex} system, available in that package as
\textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Here the authors explain why you might want
@@ -290,37 +280,39 @@
to use the system, the rules for constructing .bib files for it, and
the (numerous) methods at your disposal for modifying the formatted
output.
-\item The files \mycolor{\textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf}},
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}}, and
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}}, the first two of which
- contain introductions to some of the main features of the Chicago
- styles, while the third documents some of the alterations you might
- need to make to your .bib files to use the \texttt{trad} style. All
- three are fully hyperlinked, allowing you easily to jump from notes
- or citations to an annotated bibliography or reference list, and
- thence to the .bib entries themselves. If you ensure that these
- three are in the \texttt{examples} directory just below this one,
- marginal links there will take you to further discussions here. The
- file \mycolor{\textsf{cmsdocs.sty}} contains code and kludges
- designed specifically for compiling
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-dates-intro.tex}},
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-notes-intro.tex}} and
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.tex}}, so please \emph{do not}
- load it yourself anywhere else, as it redefines and interferes with
- some of the macros from the main package.
+\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-intro.pdf},
+ \textsf{cms-dates-intro.pdf}, and \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf},\break
+ the first two of which contain introductions to some of the main
+ features of the Chicago styles, while the third documents some of
+ the alterations you might need to make to your .bib files to use the
+ \texttt{trad} style. All three are fully hyperlinked, allowing you
+ easily to jump from notes or citations to an annotated bibliography
+ or reference list, and thence to the .bib entries themselves. If
+ you ensure that these three are in the \texttt{examples} directory
+ just below this one, marginal links there will take you to further
+ discussions here. The file \textsf{cmsdocs.sty} contains code and
+ kludges designed specifically for compiling
+ \textsf{cms-dates-intro.tex}, \textsf{cms-notes-intro.tex} and
+ \textsf{cms-trad-appendix.tex}, so please \emph{do not} load it
+ yourself anywhere else, as it redefines and interferes with some of
+ the macros from the main package.
\item The annotated bibliography files \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
- \textsf{dates-test.bib}, which will acquaint you with many of the
- details on how to get started constructing your own .bib files for
- use with the two \textsf{biblatex-chicago} styles.
+ \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and the not-yet-annotated
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}}, all of which will acquaint you
+ with many of the details on how to get started constructing your own
+ .bib files for use with the two \textsf{biblatex-chicago} styles.
\item The files \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf},
- \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}, and \textsf{cms-trad-sam\-ple.pdf}.
- The first shows how my system processes \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
+ \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}, \textsf{cms-trad-sample.pdf}, and
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}}. The first shows how my
+ system processes \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
\textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}, in both footnotes and bibliography,
the second and third are the result of processing
\textsf{dates-test.bib} with \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex} or
- \textsf{cms-trad-sample.tex}. All of these files are in
- \texttt{doc/examples/}, and the \textsf{sample} files in particular
- are mainly included for testing purposes.
+ \textsf{cms-trad-sample.tex}, and the fourth processes
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} using
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sam\-ple.tex}}. All of these files are in
+ \texttt{doc/examples/}, and the \textsf{sample} files, aside from
+ the last named, are mainly included for testing purposes.
\item The file you are reading, \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}, which
aims to be as complete a description as possible of the rules for
creating a .bib file that will, when processed by \LaTeX\ and
@@ -337,8 +329,8 @@
page~\pageref{deprec:obsol}. You will find the sixteen previous
files in the \texttt{doc/} subdirectory once you've extracted
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.zip}. If you wish to place them in a
- system-wide directory, I would recommend
- \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},
+ system-wide directory, I would recommend:\,\,\,
+ \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},\\
all the while remembering, of course, to update the file name
database afterward. (Let me reiterate, also, that if you currently
have quoted material in your .bib file, and are using \cmd{enquote}
@@ -349,20 +341,12 @@
which naturally contains incomparably more information than I can
hope to present here. It should always be your first port of call
when any doubts arise as to exactly what the specification requires.
-\item If you really still need the 15th-edition style files, you'll
- find chicago-notes15.cbx, chicago-notes15.bbx,
- chicago-authordate15.cbx, and chicago-auth\-ordate15.bbx, along with
- cms15-notes-sample.tex, cms15-dates-sam\-ple.tex,
- cms15-notes-sample.pdf, and cms15-dates-sample.pdf all in the
- \mycolor{\texttt{obsolete}} subdirectory of the package. Please
- remember that they won't compile with the current \textsf{biblatex},
- so you'll need to downgrade, perhaps to version 2.9a.
\end{itemize}
\subsection{License}
\label{sec:lppl}
-Copyright \xA9 2008--2017 David Fussner. This package is
+Copyright \xA9 2008--2018 David Fussner. This package is
author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
modified under the conditions of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
@@ -393,22 +377,23 @@
for the notes \&\ bibliography style, and her page-number-compression
code for both styles from the
\href{http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/44492/biblatex-chicago-style-page-ranges}{same
- site}. I am very grateful to Stefan Bj\xF6rk for the new Swedish
-localization, to Antti-Juhani Kaijahano for the Finnish localization,
-to Baldur Kristinsson for providing the Icelandic localization, and to
-H\xE5kon Malmedal for the Norwegian localizations. Kazuo Teramoto and
-Gildas Hamel both sent patches to improve the package, and Arne
-Skj\xE6rholt provided some code to get me started on the new
-\cmd{gentextcite} commands. There may be other \LaTeX\ code I've
-appropriated and forgotten, in which case please remind me. Finally,
-Charles Schaum and Joseph Reagle Jr.\ were both extremely generous
-with their help and advice during the development of this package, and
-have both continued indefatigably to test it and suggest needed
-improvements. They were particularly instrumental in encouraging the
-greatest possible degree of compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex}
-styles. Indeed, if the task of adapting .bib files for use with the
-Chicago style seems onerous now, you should have tried it before they
-got their hands on it.
+ site}. I am very grateful to Gustavo Barros for the new Brazilian
+Portuguese localization, to Stefan Bj\xF6rk for the Swedish localization,
+to Antti-Juhani Kaijahano for the Finnish localization, to Baldur
+Kristinsson for providing the Icelandic localization, and to H\xE5kon
+Malmedal for the Norwegian localizations. Kazuo Teramoto and Gildas
+Hamel both sent patches to improve the package, and Arne Skj\xE6rholt
+provided some code to get me started on the new \cmd{gentextcite}
+commands. There may be other \LaTeX\ code I've appropriated and
+forgotten, in which case please remind me. Finally, Charles Schaum
+and Joseph Reagle Jr.\ were both extremely generous with their help
+and advice during the development of this package, and have both
+continued indefatigably to test it and suggest needed improvements.
+They were particularly instrumental in encouraging the greatest
+possible degree of compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.
+Indeed, if the task of adapting .bib files for use with the Chicago
+style seems onerous now, you should have tried it before they got
+their hands on it.
\section{Detailed Introduction}
\label{sec:Intro}
@@ -536,16 +521,17 @@
\textbf{audio}, \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
-\textbf{inreference}, \textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual},\textbf{misc},
-\textbf{music}, \textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection},
-\textbf{mvproceedings}, \textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with
-its alias \textbf{www}), \textbf{patent},
-\mycolor{\textbf{periodical}}, \textbf{proceedings},
-\textbf{reference}, \textbf{report} (with its alias
+\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}},
+\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual},\textbf{misc}, \textbf{music},
+\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings},
+\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
+\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
+\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias
\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
-\textbf{supp\-collection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
+\textbf{suppcol\-lec\-tion}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
-\textbf{unpublished}, and \textbf{video}.
+\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}.
\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
differences between these types and the standard provided by
@@ -558,7 +544,7 @@
seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in the
next section.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{article}} \emph{Chicago Manual of
Style} (14.170) recognizes three different sorts of periodical
@@ -575,24 +561,24 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} such a publication is a
\enquote{magazine,} and not a \enquote{journal.}
-\mylittlespace Now, for articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply
-use the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex}
---- \textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set
-off the page numbers with a colon, as required by the \emph{Manual}.
-If, however, you need to refer to a \enquote{magazine} or a
+\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use
+the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} ---
+\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off
+the page numbers with a colon, as required by the \emph{Manual}. If,
+however, you need to refer to a \enquote{magazine} or a
\enquote{newspaper,} then you need to add an \textsf{entrysubtype}
-field containing the exact string \texttt{magazine}. The main
-formatting differences between a \texttt{magazine} (which includes
-both \enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers}) and a plain
-\textsf{article} are that the year isn't placed within parentheses,
-and that page numbers are set off by a comma rather than a colon.
-Otherwise, the two sorts of reference have much in common. (For
-\textsf{article}, see \emph{Manual} 14.175--198; batson,
-beattie:crime, friedman:learning, garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt,
-kern, lewis, loften:hamlet, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation,
-saberhagen:beluga, warr:ellison, white:callimachus. For
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, see 14.181, 14.199--202;
-assocpress:gun, morgenson:market, reaves:rosen, sten\-ger:privacy.)
+field containing the exact string \texttt{magazine} or, now, its
+synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The main formatting differences
+between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper} and a plain \textsf{article} are
+that the year isn't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers
+are set off by a comma rather than a colon. Otherwise, the two sorts
+of reference have much in common. (For \textsf{article}, see
+\emph{Manual} 14.175--198; batson, beattie:crime, friedman:learning,
+garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet,
+mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, saberhagen:beluga,
+warr:ellison, white:callimachus. For \textsf{entrysubtype}
+\texttt{magazine}, see 14.181, 14.199--202; assocpress:gun,
+morgenson:market, reaves:rosen, sten\-ger:privacy.)
\mylittlespace It gets worse. The \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of
books, plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
@@ -627,22 +613,34 @@
\textsf{titleaddon}, then you want to switch to the \textsf{review}
type, where you can simply use the \textsf{title} field instead.
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details.
+
\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication here.
First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that much of what goes into a
\textsf{titleaddon} field stays unformatted --- no italics, no
quotation marks --- this plain style is the default for such text,
which means that you'll have to format any titles within
-\textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. Second,
-the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain style for the titles of
-other sorts of material found in \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries, letters to the editor,
-interviews, the names of regular columns, and the like. References
-may contain both the title of an individual article and the name of
-the regular column, in which case the former should go, as usual, in a
-\textsf{title} field, and the latter in \textsf{titleaddon}. As with
-reviews proper, if there is only the generic title, then you want the
-\textsf{review} entry type. (See 14.203, 14.205, 14.208;
-morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)
+\textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. (The
+\textsf{related} mechanism just mentioned provides this
+automatically.) Second, the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain
+style for the titles of other sorts of material found in
+\enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries,
+letters to the editor, interviews, the names of regular columns, and
+the like. References may contain both the title of an individual
+article and the name of the regular column, in which case the former
+should go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in
+\textsf{titleaddon}. As with reviews proper, if there is only the
+generic title, then you want the \textsf{review} entry type. (See
+14.203, 14.205, 14.208; morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)
\mylittlespace Third, the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has, I
believe, subtly changed its recommendations in the case of
@@ -670,9 +668,9 @@
then you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure that the
bibliography entry is alphabetized correctly. (See
lakeforester:pushcarts and, for the sorting issue,
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts} below.)
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts} below.)
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following
the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often
@@ -755,16 +753,16 @@
particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon}
fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below.
-\mylittlespace Finally, \colmarginpar{New} the special
-\textsf{biblatex} field \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} allows you to
-present shortened \textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article},
-\textsf{review}, and \textsf{periodical} entries, as well as
-facilitating the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the
-manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for
-all the details on how this works.
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal}
+in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the details on how this
+works.
-% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
browse through \textsf{notes-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many
@@ -918,7 +916,7 @@
--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as
books. In the interests of backward compatibility,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will so format such an entry, which
+\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-notes} will so format such an entry, which
uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
@@ -951,18 +949,18 @@
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you
to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as
-recommended by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the
-\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf} and
-\mycolor{\textsf{related}} mechanisms, all primarily designed to
-include cross-references to other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). The
-lecarre:cornwell entry, for example, would allow your readers to find
-the more-commonly-used pseudonym \enquote{John Le Carr\xE9} even if they
-were, for some reason, looking under his real name \enquote{David John
- Moore Cornwell.}\ As I read the specification, these
-cross-references are particularly encouraged, bordering on required,
-when \enquote{a bibliography includes two or more works published by
- the same author but under different pseudonyms.}\ The following
-entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} show one way of addressing this:
+recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the
+\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf} and \textsf{related}
+mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
+other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). The lecarre:cornwell entry, for
+example, would allow your readers to find the more-commonly-used
+pseudonym \enquote{John Le Carr\xE9} even if they were, for some reason,
+looking under his real name \enquote{David John Moore Cornwell.}\ As I
+read the specification, these cross-references are particularly
+encouraged, bordering on required, when \enquote{a bibliography
+ includes two or more works published by the same author but under
+ different pseudonyms.}\ The following entries in
+\textsf{notes-test.bib} show one way of addressing this:
crea\-sey:ashe:blast, crea\-sey:york:death, crea\-sey:mor\-ton:hide,
ashe:crea\-sey, york:crea\-sey and mor\-ton:crea\-sey.
@@ -987,7 +985,7 @@
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
+\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications
for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other
media. This means that this entry type is now a clone of the
@@ -1135,6 +1133,14 @@
but also, always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant
flux (wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius).
+\mybigspace I
+\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}}
+document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both
+because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook}
+instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry
+types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
+author-date styles.
+
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} is the entry type to
use for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but \emph{only}
when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished material of
@@ -1303,7 +1309,7 @@
14.232-242; creel:house, dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview.)
\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
-unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipient}, and
+unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent}, and
further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
including the abbreviation \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ (or
\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for undated examples. The \textsf{note},
@@ -1550,7 +1556,7 @@
dates to access dates when documenting online material. See
\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
brief on this subject (14.230), but very clear about which information
@@ -1580,7 +1586,7 @@
See petroff:impurity.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same
function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and in the main uses the
@@ -1593,17 +1599,17 @@
initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
routines. (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.)
-\mylittlespace It is worth \colmarginpar{New} noting that the special
-\textsf{biblatex} field \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} allows you to
-present shortened \textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article},
-\textsf{review}, and \textsf{periodical} entries, as well as
-facilitating the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the
-manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. Because the \textsf{periodical}
-type uses the \textsf{title} field instead of \textsf{journaltitle},
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle}
-field, if one is present, into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the
-documentation of \mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in
-section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the details on how this works.
+\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex}
+field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title}
+field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present,
+into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the
+details on how this works.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
@@ -1629,19 +1635,23 @@
numbered sections rather than alphabetized entries, and that appears
in the bibliography as well.)
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather
thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have
followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope
-that the results conform to the specification. Its main peculiarities
-are the \textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher},
-the \textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in
-question, the \textsf{number} field closely associated with the
-\textsf{type}, and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the
-International Standard Technical Report Number of a technical report.
-As in standard \textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport}
-entry, then the \textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
+that the results conform to the specification. At least one user has
+indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside
+quotation marks instead of in italics, but affects nothing else. This
+detail aside, the type's main peculiarities are the
+\textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher}, the
+\textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in question,
+the \textsf{number} field closely associated with the \textsf{type},
+and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International Standard
+Technical Report Number of a technical report. As in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry, then the
+\textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} and
\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the
report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
@@ -1680,39 +1690,52 @@
need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a
\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}. The generic title goes in
-\textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in an
-\textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}, including
-the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the \textsf{author}
-if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205, 14.208,
-14.214--217, 14.221; barcott:review, bundy:macneil, Clemens:letter,
-gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor, nyt:trevorobit,
-unsigned:ranke, wallraff:word.) If, on the other hand, the piece
-comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The generic title
+goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in
+an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype},
+including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the
+\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205,
+14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
+Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
+nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, wallraff:\\word.) If, on the other
+hand, the piece comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
\textsf{entrysubtype}. The generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and
the remaining fields work just as they do in a plain \textsf{article}
entry. (See 14.215; ratliff:review.)
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:related} for further details.
+
\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described
them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of
them briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs
formatting, you need to provide those instructions yourself, as the
-default is completely plain. \textsf{Author}-less reviews are treated
-just like similar newspaper articles --- in short notes and in the
-bibliography the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author and heads
-the entry, while in long notes the \textsf{title} comes first. The
-sorting of such entries is an issue, solved if you use \textsf{Biber}
-as your backend, and otherwise requiring manual intervention with a
-\textsf{sortkey} or the like (14.217; gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit,
-unsigned:ranke, and see \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in
-section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.). As in \textsf{misc} entries
-with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like \enquote{interview,}
-\enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need capitalization after
-a full stop, i.e., ordinarily in a bibliography and not a note, so
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} automatically deals with this problem
-itself if you start the \textsf{title} field with a lowercase letter.
-The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} and the documentation of
-\cmd{autocap} will provide guidance here.
+default is completely plain. (The \textsf{related} mechanism just
+mentioned provides this automatically.) \textsf{Author}-less reviews
+are treated just like similar newspaper articles --- in short notes
+and in the bibliography the \textsf{journaltitle} replaces the author
+and heads the entry, while in long notes the \textsf{title} comes
+first. The sorting of such entries is an issue, solved if you use
+\textsf{Biber} as your backend, and otherwise requiring manual
+intervention with a \textsf{sortkey} or the like (14.217;
+gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.).
+As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
+\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
+capitalization after a full stop, i.e., ordinarily in a bibliography
+and not a note, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} automatically deals
+with this problem itself if you start the \textsf{title} field with a
+lowercase letter. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} and the
+documentation of \cmd{autocap} will provide guidance here.
\mylittlespace One detail of the \textsf{review} type is fairly new,
and responds to the needs of the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual}.
@@ -1742,14 +1765,14 @@
string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and
\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, below.
-\mylittlespace Finally, \colmarginpar{New} the special
-\textsf{biblatex} field \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} allows you to
-present shortened \textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries,
-as well as in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it
-facilitates the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the
-manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for
-all the details on how this works.
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in
+\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates
+the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a
+\textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for all the
+details on how this works.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
@@ -1813,9 +1836,9 @@
above under \textbf{review} for the full instructions on how to
construct a .bib entry for such a reference.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
@@ -1824,8 +1847,12 @@
ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence.
Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print
information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator},
-\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file (14.228;
-nass:address).
+\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file. Also,
+conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the
+prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue},
+\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon}
+fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like
+(14.226--8; nass:address).
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three
audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
@@ -1963,7 +1990,7 @@
fairly basic, though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal
guidelines (14.59). The default in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} is to
define \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using
-\cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak} \cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can
+\cmd{par}\cmd{no\-break} \cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can
alter it by re-declaring the format in your preamble. The
page-breaking algorithms don't always give perfect results here, but
the default formatting looks, to my eyes, fairly decent. In addition
@@ -1981,23 +2008,23 @@
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace For \colmarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have
+\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have
implemented this field in a completely standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
fashion. Remember that corporate or organizational authors need to
have an extra set of curly braces around them (e.g.,
\texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from
treating one part of the name as a surname (14.92, 14.212;
-assocpress:gun, chicago:manual). If there is no \textsf{author}, then
+assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual). If there is no \textsf{author}, then
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will, in the bibliography and long
notes, look in sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a
\textsf{nameb}, a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a
compiler) and use that name (or those names) instead, followed by the
appropriate identifying string (esp.\ 14.87, also 14.76, 14.126,
-14.132, 14.189; boxer:china, brown:bremer, harley:cartography,
-schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:ga\-wain, soltes:georgia).
+14.132, 14.189; boxer:china, brown:bre\-mer, harley:cartography,
+schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:geor\-gia).
\textsf{Biblatex's} sorting algorithms will use the first of those
names found, which should ensure correct alphabetization in the
-bibliography. (See \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in
+bibliography. (See \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in
section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.) In short notes, where the
\textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat augmented:
\textsf{shortauthor, author, shorteditor, namea, editor, nameb,
@@ -2009,15 +2036,15 @@
(chaucer:liferecords) put all the information into a \textsf{note}
field rather than individual fields, or you can use the
\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamea=false}}, \texttt{useeditor=false},
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenameb=false}}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamec=false}} in the \textsf{options} field
-(chaucer:alt). If you \colmarginpar{New} look at the chaucer:alt
-entry in \textsf{notes-test.bib}, you'll notice that you only need to
-turn off the fields that are present in the entry, but please remember
-to use the new option \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} instead of the old
-\texttt{usecompiler}, as the latter doesn't work as smoothly and
-completely as \textsf{biblatex's} own name toggles.
+\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{useeditor=false},
+\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
+\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field (chaucer:alt).
+If you look at the chaucer:alt entry in \textsf{notes-test.bib},
+you'll notice that you only need to turn off the fields that are
+present in the entry, but please remember to use the new option
+\texttt{usenamec} instead of the old \texttt{usecompiler}, as the
+latter doesn't work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's}
+own name toggles.
\mylittlespace This system of options, then, can turn off
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}'s mechanism for finding a name to
@@ -2065,7 +2092,7 @@
field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
(lecarre:quest). If you have given the author's real name in the
\textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in \textsf{nameaddon},
-in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname, pseud.}\ (creasey:ashe:blast,
+in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\ (creasey:ashe:blast,
creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death). This latter method will
allow you to keep all references to one author's work under different
pseudonyms grouped together in the bibliography, as recommended by the
@@ -2149,16 +2176,16 @@
(\textbf{crossref}). This provision is unnecessary if you are using
\textsf{Biber}.
-\mybigspace An \colmarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without
quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would
ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
-The package and entry options \colmarginpar{New}
-\mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}
-(section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
-that appears before the \textsf{booktitleaddon} field.
+The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{booktitleaddon} field.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
@@ -2170,9 +2197,9 @@
do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\mycolor{\textbf{crossref}}}}
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}}}
\label{sec:crossref}
This field is the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing
@@ -2260,7 +2287,7 @@
differently for these four entry types than for the other 4 (see
below). In \textsf{notes-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this
works by looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter,
-bernhard:themacher, harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and
+bernhard:themacher, harley:ancient:cart, harley:carto\-graphy, and
har\-ley:hoc.
\mylittlespace Before discussing the new package options, I should say
@@ -2307,14 +2334,14 @@
you'd rather not have them, I have provided the \texttt{omitxrefdate}
option to turn them off, either in the preamble for the document as a
whole or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. There
-is also \colmarginpar{New} an \mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} option
-available to control the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
-\textsf{eprint} fields in abbreviated references where such
-information might otherwise never appear. See \textbf{mvbook} in
-section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, and both \texttt{omitxrefdate} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} in section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
+is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option available to control the printing
+of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields in
+abbreviated references where such information might otherwise never
+appear. See \textbf{mvbook} in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, and both
+\texttt{omitxrefdate} and \texttt{xrefurl} in
+section~\ref{sec:useropts}.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace Finally, a published collection of letters also
requires different treatment (14.117). If you cite more than one
@@ -2400,6 +2427,8 @@
preamble or in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries,
allowing you to change the settings on an entry-by-entry basis.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mylittlespace Please further note that in earlier releases of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using
\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields
@@ -2454,7 +2483,7 @@
in question demonstrably interferes with the functioning of the notes
\&\ bibliography style.)
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
@@ -2537,9 +2566,7 @@
\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\
bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Normally, \colmarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
+\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically find a name to put
at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
@@ -2563,6 +2590,8 @@
field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the
name in both the bibliography and in the long note form.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
@@ -2570,15 +2599,15 @@
\textsf{booktitle}, the name-finding algorithm checks first to see
whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be used
at the head of the entry, if it isn't, or if you've set the option
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamea=false}}, the algorithm will go ahead and
-look for an \textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies
-only to the \textsf{editor}, but you can use
-\mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}} to modify \textsf{namea}. Either of
-these names should be sorted properly in the bibliography, but please
-be aware that if you want a shortened form to appear in short notes
-then there's only the \textsf{shorteditor}, which you should ensure
-presents whichever of the two editors' names appears at the head of
-long notes or bibliography entries.
+\texttt{usenamea=false}, the algorithm will go ahead and look for an
+\textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the
+\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify
+\textsf{namea}. Either of these names should be sorted properly in
+the bibliography, but please be aware that if you want a shortened
+form to appear in short notes then there's only the
+\textsf{shorteditor}, which you should ensure presents whichever of
+the two editors' names appears at the head of long notes or
+bibliography entries.
\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string
concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlined in his RELEASE file,
@@ -2586,15 +2615,14 @@
\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or
-\mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}}), the usual mechanisms remain in place,
-that is, if the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator}
-and/or a \textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly
-matches a \textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then
-\textsf{biblatex} will print the appropriate strings. The
-\emph{Manual} specifically (14.87) recommends not using these
-identifying strings in the short note form, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If you
-nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
+\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if
+the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a
+\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a
+\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will
+print the appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (14.87)
+recommends not using these identifying strings in the short note form,
+and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If
+you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.
@@ -2672,15 +2700,17 @@
section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above under \textbf{misc} for all the
details on how these citations work.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mylittlespace Fourth, and finally, the field can be defined in the
\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see the
-documentation of \textsf{artwork} above for the details.
+documentation of \textbf{artwork} above for the details.
\mybigspace Kazuo
\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
-\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and he sent me
+\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent me
a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor alterations,
so these three fields now work more or less as they do in standard
\textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more
@@ -2797,11 +2827,11 @@
the author. See above (section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}) under
\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and
nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} will give you some
-idea of how this works. Please note there is a
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field which you can use to abbreviate
-the \textsf{journaltitle} in notes and/or in the bibliography, and you
-can also use it to print a list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} documentation below.
+idea of how this works. Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal}
+field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in
+notes and/or in the bibliography, and you can also use it to print a
+list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal}
+documentation below.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
@@ -2903,7 +2933,7 @@
parentheses (14.246; ellis:blog). Less predictably, it is here that
\emph{Manual} indicates that a particular book is a reprint edition
(14.119), so in such a case you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma, space, and the location
+macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma, a space, and the location
(aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweitzer:bach). (You can also now, somewhat
more simply, just put the string \texttt{reprint} into the
\textsf{pubstate} field to achieve the same result. See the
@@ -2917,8 +2947,8 @@
\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
-(See donne:var, euripides:orestes, harley:cartography, lach:asia,
-pelikan:chris\-tian, and plato:republic:gr.) When using a
+(See donne:\hfill var, euripides:orestes, harley:cartography,
+lach:asia, pelikan:christian, and plato:repub\-lic:gr.) When using a
\textsf{crossref} field and \textsf{Biber}, the \textsf{title} of
\textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a \textsf{maintitle} in the
child entry.
@@ -2925,17 +2955,16 @@
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace An \colmarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would
be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word
that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
-The package and entry options \colmarginpar{New}
-\mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}
-(section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
-that appears before the \textsf{maintitleaddon} field
-(schubert:muellerin).
+The package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin).
\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, containing the month of publication. This should be an
@@ -2942,7 +2971,7 @@
integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See
\textsf{date} for more information.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
@@ -2960,13 +2989,13 @@
details. Please note that, as the field is highly single-entry
specific, if you are using \textsf{Biber} \textsf{namea} isn't
inherited from a \textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note,
-also, that you can use the \mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}} field to
-redefine this role just as you can with \textsf{editortype}, which
-see. Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator},
-and the macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans},
-\cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp},
-\cmd{parttransandcomp}, and \cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which
-see section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
+also, that you can use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this
+role just as you can with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also
+\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros
+\cmd{partedit},\,\cmd{parttrans},\,\cmd{parteditandtrans},
+\cmd{partcomp},\,\cmd{part\-editandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, for which see
+section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided
by \textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In
@@ -2997,7 +3026,7 @@
automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
Otherwise, it prints the string as is.
-\mybigspace You \colmarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
+\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use
\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}. As with
the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string
@@ -3024,11 +3053,11 @@
takes precedence over \textsf{translator}. Cf.\ \textsf{namea},
\textsf{namec}, \textsf{origlanguage} (section~\ref{sec:related}),
\textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} (section~\ref{sec:related}), and
-the macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},
-\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransand\-comp} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
+the macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},\,\,
+\cmd{partcomp},\,\, \cmd{parteditandcomp},\,\, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+\cmd{partedittransand-\break comp} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
-\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (14.87)
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (14.87)
specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All
@@ -3054,7 +3083,7 @@
\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
may, in certain circumstances, use that field, or the
-\mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}} field, to identify a compiler.)
+\textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a compiler.)
%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
@@ -3075,8 +3104,8 @@
The alphabetization routines should work properly for any of these
names, but do please remember that if you want the package to skip
over any names you can employ the \texttt{use<name>=false} options.
-Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's} \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} has replaced
-the old Chicago-specific \texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.
+Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's} \texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old
+Chicago-specific \texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.
\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
@@ -3187,7 +3216,7 @@
\mybigspace See
\vspace{-14.2pt}
-\colmarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}}
section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
\vspace{18pt}
@@ -3197,7 +3226,7 @@
\textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries you'll find this contains
something other than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition
specification (14.203, 14.209; kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
-nyt:trevorobit). Of course, the same may be true of almost any sort
+nyt:trevor\-obit). Of course, the same may be true of almost any sort
of entry, though perhaps with less frequency. Curious readers may
wish to look at brown:bremer (14.189) for an example of a
\textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference to a two-part
@@ -3283,8 +3312,13 @@
\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the
\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this.
-\mybigspace See \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
-section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
+\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles,
+on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
+section~\ref{sec:related} below, you can now also use the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is
+\enquote{forthcoming.} Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming}
+into the field and the style will print \cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}}
+as the \textsf{year} (author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).
\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
@@ -3291,7 +3325,7 @@
\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some
purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.
-\mybigspace See \colmarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
@@ -3321,9 +3355,9 @@
\textsf{number} for more information on the \emph{Manual}'s
preferences regarding the formatting of numerals.
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-\paragraph*{\protect\colmarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}}}
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}}}
\label{sec:shortauthor}
This is a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, but
@@ -3338,10 +3372,9 @@
order. In an author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), where
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will use the \textsf{journaltitle} as
-the author, you can use the \colmarginpar{New}
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field instead, but you'll need to set
-up the \mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option to make sure it's
-actually printed. (See below.) In author-less \textsf{manual}
+the author, you can use the \textsf{shortjournal} field instead, but
+you'll need to set up the \texttt{journalabbrev} option to make sure
+it's actually printed. (See below.) In author-less \textsf{manual}
entries, where the \textsf{organization} will be so used, the style
automatically uses any \textsf{shortauthor} in the short note form,
though you may still need to help the alphabetization routines by
@@ -3442,7 +3475,7 @@
%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace When \colmarginpar{\textbf{shorthandintro}} you include a
+\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthandintro}} you include a
\textsf{shorthand} in an entry, it will ordinarily appear the first
time you cite the work, at the end of a long note, surrounded by
parentheses and prefaced by the phrase \enquote{hereafter cited as.}
@@ -3455,14 +3488,14 @@
I've tried to allow for as many different styles of notification as
possible, so by default the only punctuation that will appear between
the rest of the citation and the \textsf{shorthandintro} is a space.
-You can \colmarginpar{New} change this punctuation, either in the
-preamble for the whole document or in individual entries, using the
-\mycolor{\texttt{shorthandpunct}} option, documented in
-section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. If the available option keys aren't
-adequate, you can use \texttt{none} and then provide custom
-punctuation inside the \textsf{shorthandintro} field itself.
+You can change this punctuation, either in the preamble for the whole
+document or in individual entries, using the \texttt{shorthandpunct}
+option, documented in section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}. If the available
+option keys aren't adequate, you can use \texttt{none} and then
+provide custom punctuation inside the \textsf{shorthandintro} field
+itself.
-\mybigspace A \colmarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a
\textsf{journaltitle} in notes and/or bibliography and to facilitate
the creation of a list of journal abbreviations rather in the manner
@@ -3476,11 +3509,11 @@
so in such entries you can provide the standard \textsf{shorttitle}
field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
will automatically copy the \textsf{shorttitle} into a
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}.
+\textsf{shortjournal}.
\mylittlespace Having done this, you need to set the
-\mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option either when loading
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or in the \textsf{options} field of
+\texttt{journalabbrev} option either when loading
+\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} or in the \textsf{options} field of
individual .bib entries. By default, this option is not set, so your
\textsf{shortjournal} fields will be silently ignored. There are
three other settings:\ \texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both
@@ -3487,31 +3520,30 @@
in notes and bibliography, \texttt{notes} only in notes, and
\texttt{bib} only in the bibliography. Should you wish to present a
list of these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to
-use the \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command, perhaps with a
+use the \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjour\-nal\}} command, perhaps with a
\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any
\textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot-
-or endnotes (\mycolor{\texttt{sjnotes}} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{sjendnotes}}, respectively), to be used with the
-\texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again as with
-\textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
+or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively),
+to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again
+as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off
the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the
\cmd{footnote} command. Finally, if you don't like the default
formatting of the abbreviations in the list (bold italic), you can
-roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjour\-nalwidth\}} ---
-you can see its default definition at the top of
+roll your own using \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{shortjournal\-width\}}
+--- you can see its default definition at the top of
\textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}.
-\mybigspace A \colmarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
title for short notes. (It is also the way to hook
-\textsf{periodical} entries into the \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}
-mechanism, on which see the previous entry.) In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, you need to take particular care with
-\textsf{letter} entries, where, as explained above, the \emph{Manual}
-requires a special format (\enquote{\texttt{to Recipient}}). (See
-14.117; jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ.) Some
+\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism,
+on which see the previous entry.) In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes},
+you need to take particular care with \textsf{letter} entries, where,
+as explained above, the \emph{Manual} requires a special format
+(\enquote{\texttt{to Recipient}}). (See 14.117;
+jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ.) Some
\textsf{misc} entries (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}) also need
special attention. (See creel:house, where the full \textsf{title} is
used as the \textsf{shortauthor} + \textsf{shorttitle} by using
@@ -3545,8 +3577,8 @@
un\-signed:ran\-ke, vir\-gin\-ia:plan\-tation). \textsf{Biblatex}
also provides \textbf{sortname}, \textbf{sorttitle}, and
\textbf{sortyear} for more fine-grained control. Please consult
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} and the remarks on \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in
-section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} and the remarks on \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}
+in section~\ref{sec:formatopts}, below.
\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{title} --- see next entry.
@@ -3622,12 +3654,12 @@
\cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 14.177; garrett,
- loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:callimachus.)
+ loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.)
\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
\cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard,
- osborne:poison, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
+ osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
\end{enumerate}
The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
@@ -3649,7 +3681,7 @@
your .bib database. See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} below for more details.
-\mybigspace Standard \colmarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
@@ -3666,20 +3698,20 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, below. The package and entry
-options \colmarginpar{New} \mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}} (section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow
-you to customize the punctuation that appears before the
-\textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\ brown:bremer, osborne:poison,
-reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for examples where the field starts
-with a lowercase letter; morgenson:market provides an example where
-the \textsf{titleaddon} field, holding the name of a regular column in
-a newspaper, is capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would
-expect; coolidge:speech shows both entry options for controlling the
+options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon}
+(section~\ref{sec:chicpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
+that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\
+brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for
+examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter;
+morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon}
+field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is
+capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect;
+coolidge:speech shows both entry options for controlling the
punctuation.)
%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace As \colmarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
@@ -3702,7 +3734,7 @@
precedence over \textsf{translator}.
\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
-holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If
+holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes). If
\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
@@ -3734,7 +3766,7 @@
\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
-will work. (See petroff:impurity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
+will work. (See petroff:im\-purity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes
be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard
entry-type aliases).
@@ -3742,9 +3774,9 @@
\mylittlespace In the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and in its alias
\textsf{suppcollection}, you can use the \textsf{type} field to
specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g.,
-\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{postscript to}.}
+\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{post\-script to}.}
Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details. (See \emph{Manual}
-14.116; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
+14.116; polakow:af\-terw, prose:intro).
\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
@@ -3758,7 +3790,7 @@
above, for all the details. (See auden:reading, bedford:photo,
cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art.)
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
@@ -3767,11 +3799,11 @@
the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also
\textsf{urldate} just below. The required \LaTeX\ package
\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
-properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It
-\colmarginpar{New} may be worth noting that child entries no longer
-inherit \textsf{url} fields from their parents --- the information
-seems entry-specific enough to warrant a little bit of extra typing if
-you need to present the same locator in several entries.
+properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It may be worth
+noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from
+their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to
+warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same
+locator in several entries.
\mybigspace A standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a
@@ -3829,19 +3861,19 @@
would have modified a \textsf{urldate}.
\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some
-audio-visual references, this basic schema changes for \textsf{music}
+audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for \textsf{music}
and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries where an
\textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify that date
instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present, and it will
modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is no
\textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
-absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify an
-\textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
+absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify
+an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
\textsf{urldate}. In the absence of those two, it can modify a
-\textsf{date}. Please see the documentation of the \textsf{music}
-and \textsf{video} entry types, and especially of the
-\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} fields,
-above (14.276--279; nytrumpet:art).
+\textsf{date}. Please see the documentation of the \textbf{music} and
+\textbf{video} entry types, and especially of the \textsf{eventdate},
+\textsf{origdate}, and \textsf{urldate} fields, above (14.276--279;
+nytrumpet:art).
\mylittlespace In all cases, you can start the \textsf{userd} field
with a lowercase letter, and \textsf{biblatex} will take care of
@@ -3861,7 +3893,7 @@
short note form is also parseable. Cf.\ \textbf{language}, above.
(See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern, weresz.)
-\mybigspace See \colmarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
section~\ref{sec:related}, below.
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
@@ -3943,7 +3975,7 @@
\enquote{n.d.}\ abbreviation. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot,
leo:madonna, ross:thesis.
-\subsubsection{\mycolor{Fields for Related Entries}}
+\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries}
\label{sec:related}
As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (\xA7~3.4), \enquote{Almost all
@@ -3960,9 +3992,9 @@
\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}. All of
these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better
than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more
-general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\texttt{related}}
-mechanism is also available. It can provide much of what the older
-system provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a
+general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism
+is also available. It can provide much of what the older system
+provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a
field-by-field discussion of the options now available.
\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
@@ -3992,9 +4024,9 @@
edition:}. This has no effect in notes, where only the work cited
--- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help to
make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the bibliography more
-palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}
- \texttt{origpubas}} with a customized
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field to achieve the same ends.
+palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to
+achieve the same ends.
\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping
@@ -4032,10 +4064,10 @@
achieve. Cf.\ \textsf{origdate} (section~\ref{sec:entryfields}),
\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as
-here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \mycolor{\texttt{related}}
-field, though the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin}}
-presents much the same information \emph{after} the entry, using data
-extracted from a separate entry.
+here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field,
+though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the
+same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
+separate entry.
\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the
@@ -4047,10 +4079,9 @@
(section~\ref{sec:entryfields}), \textsf{origlocation}, and
\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to
present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry
-using a \mycolor{\texttt{related}} field, though the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin}} presents much the
-same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
-separate entry.
+using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the
+entry, using data extracted from a separate entry.
\mybigspace Due \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} to specific
requirements in the author-date style, I have implemented this field
@@ -4076,43 +4107,44 @@
recording date will be printed in the middle of the note or
bibliography entry, the original release date will be printed near the
end, preceded by the appropriate string. (Cf.\ 14.276; floyd:atom.)
-Please remember that, currently, if you put anything besides
-\texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field it will silently be
-ignored, but this may change in future releases. \textbf{NB:} The
+Aside from \texttt{reprint}, you can now put \texttt{forthcoming} into
+the field to present works that are about to be published
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). Please remember that if you
+put anything else in the \textsf{pubstate} field it will silently be
+ignored, though this may change in future releases. \textbf{NB:} The
\textsf{pubstate} functionality currently has no equivalent using the
-\mycolor{\textsf{related}} field.
+\textsf{related} field.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
-use \textsf{biblatex's} \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality, and
-it should contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex}
-should extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
+use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should
+contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should
+extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
bibliography entry (or long note) which contains the \textsf{related}
field itself. Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedoptions}} field this data will only appear in
-such entries, never on its own. Without a
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}} field, this will print the default
-type, equivalent to a long note citation \emph{immediately after} the
-bibliography entry containing the \textsf{related} field, with no
-intervening string. You can specify a string using the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field, so in effect this presents a
-powerful mechanism for presenting full references to related material
-of any sort whatsoever.
+\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such
+entries, never on its own. Without a \textsf{relatedtype} field, this
+will print the default type, equivalent to a long note citation
+\emph{immediately after} the bibliography entry containing the
+\textsf{related} field, with no intervening string. You can specify a
+string using the \textsf{relatedstring} field, so in effect this
+presents a powerful mechanism for presenting full references to
+related material of any sort whatsoever.
-\mylittlespace By \colmarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} default, the
-package option \mycolor{\texttt{related}} is set to print
-\textsf{related} entries only in the bibliography. If you would like
-them to appear only in long notes, in both notes and bibliography, or
-indeed in neither, you can set this option, either in your preamble or
-in the \textsf{options} field of the relevant entry, to
-\texttt{notes}, \texttt{true}, or \texttt{false}, respectively. (See
-coolidge:speech and weed:flatiron.)
+\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} default, the
+package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related}
+entries only in the bibliography. If you would like them to appear
+only in long notes, in both notes and bibliography, or indeed in
+neither, you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of the relevant entry, to \texttt{notes},
+\texttt{true}, or \texttt{false}, respectively. (See coolidge:speech
+and weed:flatiron.)
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
should expect, only be needed very rarely. If you want to set
-entry-level options for a \mycolor{\textsf{related}} entry this is
-where you can do it, though please remember one important detail. By
-default, \textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which
-among other things prevents the \mycolor{\textsf{related}} entry from
+entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can
+do it, though please remember one important detail. By default,
+\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among
+other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from
appearing separately in the bibliography. If you use the field
yourself, then you'll need to include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the
options therein to maintain this effect. Of course, it may be you
@@ -4119,33 +4151,31 @@
don't want all the effects of \texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it
however you wish. See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7~3.4.
-\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies
is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any,
-with the same name as the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}}, or
-alternately a string or strings defined within the driver for that
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}}, as happens with the types
-\mycolor{\texttt{origpubin}} and \mycolor{\texttt{bytranslator}}.
-Failing these, you can supply your own in the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field, either in the form of the name
-of a pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and
-anything in this field always takes precedence over the automatic
-choices. If your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase
-letter then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically
-for you depending on context (weed:flatiron). I have not altered the
-standard \textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have indeed changed the
-\textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the
-\mycolor{\texttt{reprintfrom}} string, which works better
-syntactically in this context.
+with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a
+string or strings defined within the driver for that
+\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and
+\texttt{bytranslator}. Failing these, you can supply your own in the
+\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a
+pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything
+in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices. If
+your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you
+depending on context (weed:flatiron). I have not altered the standard
+\textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have indeed changed the
+\textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the \texttt{reprintfrom}
+string, which works better syntactically in this context.
\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtypes}},
-and I have either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the
-needs of the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as
-possible:
+\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have
+either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of
+the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible. I
+have also added one to these six (see below):
\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{bytranslator:}] This prints a full citation of a
+\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full citation of a
translation, starting with the (localized) string
\enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title},
\ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than
@@ -4152,64 +4182,99 @@
in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to
choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original
+ translation (14.109; furet:related). The old \textsf{userf}
- mechanism provides the other, as does the
- \mycolor{\texttt{origpubas} \textsf{relatedtype}} (see below).
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{default:}] This is the macro used when no
- \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}} is defined. It prints, as in the
- standard styles, and with no intervening string, a full citation of
- the \mycolor{\textsf{related}} entries. In
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the citation is in long note form,
- rather than bibliography form, as this is the usual practice in the
- \emph{Manual}.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{multivolume:}] This briefly lists the individual
- volumes in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard
- styles. The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say
- on the matter.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{origpubas:}] This type can, if you want, replace
- the old \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
+ mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas}
+ \textsf{relatedtype} (see below).
+\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no
+ \textsf{relatedtype} is defined. It prints, as in the standard
+ styles, and with no intervening string, a full citation of
+ \textsf{related} entries. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the
+ citation is in long note form, rather than bibliography form, as
+ this is the usual practice in the \emph{Manual}.
+\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes
+ in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles.
+ The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the
+ matter.
+\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old
+ \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
original with its translation. It's quite similar to the
- \mycolor{\texttt{default}} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring}
- automatically connecting the entry with its \textsf{related}
- entries. You can identify other sorts of relationships if you
- change the introductory string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{origpubin:}] I haven't altered this from the
+ \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically
+ connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries. You can
+ identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory
+ string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
+\item[\qquad origpubin:] I haven't altered this from the
\textsf{biblatex} default at all, and it presents reprint
information \emph{after} the main entry rather than within it. The
\emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \&
bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for
author-date.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{reprintfrom:}] This type provides a replacement
- for the old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in
- the standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
- material than does \mycolor{\texttt{origpubin}}, and is designed
- particularly for presenting pieces formerly printed in other
- collections or perhaps essays collected from various periodicals.
- (In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
+\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the
+ old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in the
+ standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
+ material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly
+ for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or
+ perhaps essays collected from various periodicals. (In
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it
behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using
\textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I
haven't].)
+\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa}
+ package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it
+ might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've
+ added it to the standard six detailed above. It differs from all of
+ them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default
+ \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related}
+ entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end. It
+ also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article}
+ and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone,
+ \textsf{suppperiodical}).
+
+ In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with
+ the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the
+ child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the
+ \textsf{title} with the same two components. In both types these
+ components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author},
+ \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item,
+ and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the
+ end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example,
+ reviews of live performances.
+
+ This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized
+ \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the
+ reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the
+ \cmd{partedit} macros in this context. You should, however,
+ remember to set the \texttt{related} option to \texttt{true} (either
+ in the preamble or in individual entries) to ensure that the full
+ data appears both in notes and in the bibliography. Also, if the
+ mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context, remember
+ that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still
+ available. Finally, this \textsf{relatedtype} has the further
+ peculiarity that, in \textsf{review} and \textsf{suppperiodical}
+ entries only, it uses the \textsf{related} functionality also in
+ short notes, which means that if you want to provide a
+ \textsf{shorttitle} for short notes then it goes in the \emph{child}
+ entry rather than the parent.
\end{description}
\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a
- look at the} \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom}},
+ look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom},
\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one
that also allows you to change the introductory string using the}
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} \textbf{field. The}
-\textsf{reprinttitle} \textbf{field will continue to work as before,
- however.} At the request of Will Small, I have included a means of
-providing the original publication details of an essay or a chapter
-that you are citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected
- Essays} volume. In such a case, at least according to the
-\emph{Manual} (14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes,
-only in the bibliography, and then only if these details are
-\enquote{of particular interest.} The data would follow an
-introductory phrase like \enquote{originally published as,} making the
-problem strictly parallel to that of including details of a work in
-the original language alongside the details of its translation. I
-have addressed the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which
-provides a sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
+\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field. The} \textsf{reprinttitle}
+\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.} At the
+request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the
+original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are
+citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays}
+volume. In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual}
+(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the
+bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of
+ particular interest.} The data would follow an introductory phrase
+like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly
+parallel to that of including details of a work in the original
+language alongside the details of its translation. I have addressed
+the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a
+sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the
.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
@@ -4221,7 +4286,7 @@
the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the
\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there.
The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Reprinted
- from.} Please see the documentation on \textsf{userf} below for all
+ from.} Please see the documentation on \textbf{userf} below for all
the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your data.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is one of the
@@ -4249,7 +4314,7 @@
the data for the translation will be printed first, followed by the
string \texttt{originally published as}, followed by the original,
author omitted, in what amounts to the same format that the
-\emph{Manual} uses for long footnotes (furet:passing:eng,
+\emph{Manual} uses for long footnotes (furet:pas\-sing:eng,
furet:passing:fr). As explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), I have
also included a way to modify the string printed before the original.
In the entry for the \emph{translation}, you put the original's
@@ -4256,10 +4321,10 @@
language in \textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of \texttt{originally
published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} or \texttt{Latin
edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, aristotle:metaphy:trans).
-\textbf{NB:} You can use the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}
- \texttt{origpubas}} to replicate the \textsf{userf} functionality,
-and you can also customize the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field
-to achieve the same result as with \textsf{origlanguage}.
+\textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas}
+to replicate the \textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also
+customize the \textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result
+as with \textsf{origlanguage}.
\subsection{Commands}
@@ -4320,7 +4385,7 @@
\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it.
\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands.
-\item The \mycolor{\textbf{relatedstring}} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
(\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
in the latter case, however, only when there is an
@@ -4374,7 +4439,7 @@
\mylittlespace I should also mention here that \textsf{biblatex 0.7}
introduced functionality which sometimes allows you simply to input,
for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of
-\cmd{bib\-string\{newseries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
+\cmd{bibstring\{newse\-ries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such
cases either form will work. This functionality is available in the
\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
@@ -4401,7 +4466,7 @@
style,} rather than on complicated \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}
instructions that attempt to anticipate all possible permutations.
One result of this, thankfully, is that both \cmd{custpunct} and
-\cmd{custpunctb} are now basically unnecessary, as their only purpose
+\cmd{cust\-punctb} are now basically unnecessary, as their only purpose
was to supply context-appropriate punctuation inside any quotation
marks that users themselves provided as part of various entry fields.
A second consequence, and I've already recommended this in previous
@@ -4429,11 +4494,11 @@
preamble. The default definitions are: \texttt{\{\textbackslash
addspace\textbackslash headlessparenshortcite\}} and
\texttt{\{\textbackslash addspace\textbackslash
- headlessparenshortcites\}}. If you wanted to return to the default
+ headlessparenshort\-cites\}}. If you wanted to return to the default
behavior of previous releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, for
example, you could change the first to: \texttt{\{\textbackslash
newcunit\textbackslash bibstring\{in\}\textbackslash
- addspace\textbackslash headlesscite\}}, and the second similarly,
+ addspace\break\textbackslash headlesscite\}}, and the second similarly,
only using \cmd{headlesscites}. (There is also, by the way, a
\cmd{head\-lessparencite(s)} command if you want to retain the long
citations inside the parentheses.)
@@ -4545,7 +4610,7 @@
when the latter prints them in full. In the current case, if a book
is a reprint, then the macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma,
should go in the \textsf{location} field before the city of
-publication (aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweitzer:bach). See
+publication (aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweit\-zer:bach). See
\textbf{location}, above.
\mylittlespace \textbf{NB:} The rules for employing abbreviated or
@@ -4580,7 +4645,7 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the appropriate string in
your references.
-\mybigspace Use \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
+\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If
you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either
@@ -4616,7 +4681,7 @@
The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
commands, some of which (e.g., \cmd{supercite(s)}, \cmd{citeyear})
-provide functionality that isn't really needed by the Chicago notes
+provide functionality that isn't really needed by the Chi\-cago notes
and bibliography style offered here. If you are getting unexpected
behavior when using them please have a look in your .log file ---
there may be warnings there that alert you to undefined citation
@@ -4647,6 +4712,8 @@
the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mybigspace While \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash cite*}} the
\cmd{cite} command works just as you would expect it to, I have also
provided a starred version for the rare situations when you might need
@@ -4697,7 +4764,7 @@
if the need arises. Remember that you'll have to put it inside a
\cmd{footnote} command manually.
-\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash footfullcite}}
standard \textsf{biblatex} command, modified to work properly with
@@ -4714,7 +4781,7 @@
the previous command it doesn't automatically place it in a footnote.
It may be useful within long textual notes.
-\mybigspace Arne \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
+\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
Skj\xE6rholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the
\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the
genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic
@@ -4730,12 +4797,12 @@
two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it
will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a
\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a
-\textsf{postnote}. There is a \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} command as
-well, and for it you may need to specify
-\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}},
+\textsf{postnote}. There is a \cmd{gentext\-cites} command as well, and
+for it you may need to specify
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]\\()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}},
though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the
first citation you can make do with
-\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}}.
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\\\{entry:key2\}}.
\mylittlespace The syntax of multiple authors' names in running text
is unpredictable. There is currently no way to add the genitival
@@ -4742,13 +4809,12 @@
ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will
only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case. (This is
in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author
-work, at least in English.) When using \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}},
-however, you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s)
-attached to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the
-names attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the
-last, but the \mycolor{\texttt{genallnames}} preamble and/or entry
-option set to \texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's
-name(s).
+work, at least in English.) When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however,
+you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached
+to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names
+attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the last,
+but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option
+set to \texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s).
\mybigspace Matthew \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash headlesscite}}
Lundin requested a more generalized \cmd{headlesscite} macro,
@@ -4867,7 +4933,7 @@
for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened when
presenting date ranges.
-\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{dateabbrev=\\false}}
\emph{Manual} prefers to use full month names in the notes \&\
@@ -4882,7 +4948,7 @@
indeed one of the \texttt{fullcite} commands if you need the long note
form for any reason.
-\mylittlespace Roger \colmarginpar{\texttt{idemtracker=\\false}} Hart
+\mylittlespace Roger \mymarginpar{\texttt{idemtracker=\\false}} Hart
suggested that it might be helpful, despite the \emph{Manual's}
objections (14.30), to be able to turn on \textsf{biblatex's}
\texttt{idemtracker}. This replaces, in notes only, authors' names
@@ -4921,13 +4987,13 @@
\enquote{Ibid.} It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside
mode, or whole spreads in twoside mode.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} is the
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=bib}} is the
standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, but I have given it
some extra settings and also added an entry option as well. By
-default it enables the use of \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality
-in the bibliography only, not in long notes. You can set it either in
-the preamble or in individual entries to enable the functionality in
-long notes only (\texttt{notes}), in both notes and bibliography
+default it enables the use of \textsf{related} functionality in the
+bibliography only, not in long notes. You can set it either in the
+preamble or in individual entries to enable the functionality in long
+notes only (\texttt{notes}), in both notes and bibliography
(\texttt{true}), or in neither (\texttt{false}). Cf.\
coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron.
@@ -4941,14 +5007,22 @@
scheme for the bibliography (\texttt{cms}). If you are using any
other backend, it reverts to the \textsf{biblatex} default
(\texttt{nty}). Please see the discussion of
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} just below.
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} just below.
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{uniquework=\\true}} option
+enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to disambiguate shortened
+citations to different sources which might otherwise be confusingly
+identical. Though I've set it in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
+you'll need to set the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} option
+yourself in order for it to have any visible effect. See the
+documentation of that option in section~\ref{sec:useropts}, below.
+
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
In the bibliography, the entry will be alphabetized by the
translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a
-per-entry basis by setting \texttt{usetranslator=false} in the
+per-entry basis by setting \texttt{use\-translator=false} in the
\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain.
\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
@@ -4979,12 +5053,12 @@
I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
chosen font. The default definition is:
-\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibnamedash\}\{\textbackslash
+\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash
rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.
\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
\&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have
-added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}, for
+added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to \textsf{chicago-notes\break .bbx}, for
use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command.
The first, \texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of
shorthands to appear inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does
@@ -4993,14 +5067,14 @@
space that I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably
also want to use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid
of the [oversized] default, providing your own within the
-\cmd{footnote} command.) If \colmarginpar{New} you use a command like
+\cmd{footnote} command.) If you use a command like
\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal
-abbreviations, you can use the \mycolor{\texttt{sjnotes}} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{sjendnotes}} \texttt{bibenvironments} in exactly the
-same way. Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above
-for further options available to you for presenting and formatting
-these two types of \texttt{biblist}.
+abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and
+\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{biben\-vironments} in exactly the same way.
+Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
+\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for
+further options available to you for presenting and formatting these
+two types of \texttt{biblist}.
\mylittlespace Formerly
\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}} available only to
@@ -5021,7 +5095,8 @@
entries. See the documentation of those name types in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} for further details.
-\mylittlespace I \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{SortingScheme}}
+\mylittlespace I
+\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}}
have provided, using this declaration, a custom sorting algorithm for
the bibliography. The idea is that \textsf{biblatex} can use any
field whatsoever for sorting, so that a great many more entries will
@@ -5054,7 +5129,7 @@
this latter method it would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages}
field from the affected entries).
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
@@ -5191,15 +5266,15 @@
\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}.
\mylittlespace Roger
-\colmarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the
\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and
\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields. By default, this is
-\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\mycolor{\textsf{ctitleaddon}}) for all
+\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for all
occurrences in notes and for nearly all \textsf{book-} and
\textsf{maintitleaddons} in the bibliography, while
-\cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\mycolor{\textsf{ptitleaddon}}) is the
-default before most \textsf{titleaddons} in the bibliography. If the
+\cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the default
+before most \textsf{titleaddons} in the bibliography. If the
punctuation printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the
relevant option either in the preamble or in individual entries.
(Cf.\ coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option
@@ -5276,7 +5351,7 @@
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}.
\mylittlespace This
-\colmarginpar{\texttt{shorthand\\punct\\=space}}
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand\\punct\\=space}}
option controls the punctuation that appears before the first
introduction of a \textsf{shorthand} field, including the
\textsf{shorthandintro}, in long notes. The default is
@@ -5299,17 +5374,16 @@
\end{description}
You can, in emergencies, directly
-\cmd{renewcommand\{\cmd{shorthandpunct}\}} in the pre\-amble, but it
+\cmd{renewcommand\{\cmd{shorthandpunct}\}} in the pream\-ble, but it
might be easier to use the \texttt{none} option to
-\mycolor{\texttt{shorthandpunct}} and hand-craft solutions inside the
+\texttt{shorthandpunct} and hand-craft solutions inside the
\textsf{shorthandintro} fields of individual entries.
-\mylittlespace As \colmarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
-\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}
-option as standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler}
-is now deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files
-with \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}, which works much better across the
-board.
+\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
+\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as
+standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now
+deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files with
+\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board.
\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
\label{sec:useropts}
@@ -5318,7 +5392,7 @@
enable. All except the fourth can be used even if you load the
package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users
can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
+\cmd{usepackage} \texttt{\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
Emil Salim, I included in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} the ability to
@@ -5374,11 +5448,10 @@
amount of other formatting, as well. See section~\ref{sec:loading},
below.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using
-the \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} command. Please see the
-documentation of that command in section~\ref{sec:citecommands},
-above.
+the \cmd{gentextcites} command. Please see the documentation of that
+command in section~\ref{sec:citecommands}, above.
\mylittlespace Setting \mymarginpar{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} this
option to \texttt{true} allows child entries to inherit the
@@ -5390,10 +5463,10 @@
function smoothly, so please see the documentation of the
\textbf{shorthand} field in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option
-controls the printing of the \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field in
-place of the \textsf{journaltitle} field in notes and bibliography.
-It is \texttt{false} by default, so as shipped
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option
+controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in place of
+the \textsf{journaltitle} field in notes and bibliography. It is
+\texttt{false} by default, so as shipped
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will silently ignore such fields, but
you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual entries, to
one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the abbreviated form
@@ -5401,7 +5474,7 @@
\texttt{bib} in the bibliography only. Please note that in
\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and \textsf{shorttitle}
fields behave in exactly the same manner. For more details, see the
-documentation of \mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in
+documentation of \textsf{shortjournal} in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
@@ -5429,10 +5502,10 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
+\cmd{usepackage\{bibla\-tex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter
form also works if you load the style using
-\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
+\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago\-notes]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
requirement isn't too onerous.
\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
@@ -5457,7 +5530,7 @@
harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc; and
\textsf{crossref} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the
previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a
\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017.
@@ -5484,7 +5557,7 @@
Note also that the option only affects the \textsf{postnote} field of
citation commands, not the \textsf{pages} field in your .bib file.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{short}} option means that
your text will only use the short note form, even in the first
@@ -5497,7 +5570,37 @@
specific cases (see section \ref{sec:citecommands}). If your
bibliography is not complete, then you should not use this option.
-\mylittlespace User \colmarginpar{\texttt{shorthand-\\first}} laudecir
+\mylittlespace N.\
+Andrew\colmarginpar{\texttt{shortextra-\\field\\shortextra-\\format\\shortextra-\\punct}}
+Walsh has remarked that it is quite possible for documents to cite
+works that, though perfectly distinguishable in their long form, end
+up looking identical in short notes; multiple performances of the same
+work by the same artist, for example, might end up producing such a
+situation. While the use of a \textsf{shorthand} field could provide
+some sort of remedy, he requested a way to disambiguate short notes by
+adding a user-configurable field to the note, thereby keeping it both
+short and unique without the need to consult a list of shorthands.
+The \emph{Manual} (15.28) itself provides just such a mechanism in the
+author-date specification, so I've added one to the notes \&\
+bibliography style, as well. It consists of the standard
+\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquework}, now set to \texttt{true}
+by default, along with three package options for the user to
+configure. All three of these options are settable for the whole
+document, for individual entries, or for individual entry types.
+
+\mylittlespace The first is \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}}, which
+\emph{must} be set in order for the mechanism to print anything at
+all. You should set this option to the name of the field you wish to
+be printed in addition to the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle}.
+By default, it will be printed after the latter, separated from it by
+a comma. You can manually define this punctuation by setting the
+\mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}} option to one of \texttt{none,
+ space, comma, period, colon,} or \texttt{semicolon}. You can also
+enclose the extra field in parentheses or square brackets by setting
+the \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}} option to \texttt{parens} or
+\texttt{brackets}.
+
+\mylittlespace User \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthand-\\first}} laudecir
requested a simpler way to print the \textsf{shorthand} even in the
first citation of a source, simpler, that is, than remembering to use
the \cmd{shorthandcite} command. You can set this option to
@@ -5509,7 +5612,7 @@
bibliography itself. This option prints this full information in the
list of shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib
entry not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a
-list. Please see the documentation of the \textsf{shorthand} field in
+list. Please see the documentation of the \textbf{shorthand} field in
section~\ref{sec:entryfields} above for information on further options
available to you for presenting and formatting the list of shorthands.
@@ -5536,7 +5639,7 @@
code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems.
-\mylittlespace Stefan \colmarginpar{\texttt{urlnotes}} Bj\xF6rk, for
+\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{urlnotes}} Bj\xF6rk, for
specialized reasons, requested a way to turn off the printing of
\textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} information in notes
but not in the bibliography. As it's possible this might be of more
@@ -5544,7 +5647,7 @@
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in individual entries, but
please note that it does not apply to \textsf{online} entries.
-\mylittlespace Stefan \colmarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Bj\xF6rk pointed
+\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Bj\xF6rk pointed
out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or
\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation
of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or
@@ -5566,8 +5669,8 @@
\texttt{authordate}, and \textsf{authordate-trad}, one of which you
put in the options to the \cmd{usepackage} command. The default way
of loading the notes + bibliography style has therefore slightly
-changed. With early versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the
-standard way of loading the package was via a call to
+changed. With early versions of \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-notes},
+the standard way of loading the package was via a call to
\textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
\begin{quote}
\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes,strict,backend=bibtex8,\%\\
@@ -5710,7 +5813,7 @@
\label{sec:authdate}
The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package contains two different
-author-date styles. The first, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate},
+author-date styles. The first, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate},
implements the specifications of the 16th edition of the \emph{Chicago
Manual of Style}. Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the
\emph{Manual}, though as this latest edition now recommends \enquote{a
@@ -5767,16 +5870,17 @@
\textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
-\textbf{inreference}, \textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual}, \textbf{misc},
-\textbf{music}, \textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection},
-\textbf{mvproceedings}, \textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with
-its alias \textbf{www}), \textbf{patent},
-\mycolor{\textbf{periodical}}, \textbf{proceedings},
-\textbf{reference}, \textbf{report} (with its alias
+\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}},
+\textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual}, \textbf{misc}, \textbf{music},
+\textbf{mvbook}, \textbf{mvcollection}, \textbf{mvproceedings},
+\textbf{mvreference}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
+\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
+\textbf{reference}, \mycolor{\textbf{report}} (with its alias
\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
\textbf{suppcollection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
-\textbf{unpublished}, and \textbf{video}.
+\mycolor{\textbf{unpublished}}, and \textbf{video}.
\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
differences between these types and the standard provided by
@@ -5803,6 +5907,8 @@
following paragraphs detail how to construct your .bib entries for all
these sorts of periodical publication.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mylittlespace For articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply use
the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex} ---
\textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set off
@@ -5810,21 +5916,21 @@
by the \emph{Manual}. If, however, you wish to cite a
\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need to add an
\textsf{entrysubtype} field containing the exact string
-\texttt{magazine}. The main formatting differences between a
-\texttt{magazine} (which includes both \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers}) and a plain \textsf{article} are that time
-specifications (month, day, season) aren't placed within parentheses,
-and that page numbers are set off by a comma rather than a colon.
-Otherwise, the two sorts of reference have much in common. (For
-\textsf{article}, see \emph{Manual} 14.175--198, 15.9, 15.43--46;
-batson, beattie:crime, chu:panda, connell:chronic, conway:evolution,
-friedman:learning, garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis,
-loften:hamlet, loomis:structure, rozner:liberation,
-schneider:mittelpleistozaene, terborgh:pre\-ser\-vation,
-wall:ra\-di\-o, warr:ellison, white:callimachus. With
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine}, cf.\ 14.181, 14.199--202,
-15.47; assocpress:gun, lakeforester:pushcarts, mor\-genson:\-mar\-ket,
-reaves:ro\-sen, stenger:privacy.)
+\texttt{magazine} or, now, its synonym \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}.
+The main formatting differences between a \texttt{magazine/newspaper}
+and a plain \textsf{article} are that time specifications (month, day,
+season) aren't placed within parentheses, and that page numbers are
+set off by a comma rather than a colon. Otherwise, the two sorts of
+reference have much in common. (For \textsf{article}, see
+\emph{Manual} 14.175--198, 15.9, 15.43--46; batson, beattie:crime,
+chu:panda, connell:chronic, conway:evolution, friedman:learning,
+garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt, kern, lewis, loften:hamlet,
+loomis:structure, rozner:liberation, schneider:mittelpleistozaene,
+terborgh:pre\-ser\-vation, wall:ra\-di\-o, warr:ellison,
+white:callima\-chus. With \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine},
+cf.\ 14.181, 14.199--202, 15.47; assocpress:gun,
+lakeforester:pushcarts, mor\-genson:\-mar\-ket, reaves:ro\-sen,
+stenger:privacy.)
\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} now suggests that, no matter which
citation style you are using, it is \enquote{usually sufficient to
@@ -5842,7 +5948,7 @@
you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options}
field. Other surplus fields will be ignored. (See osborne:poison.)
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace If you are familiar with the notes \&\ bibliography
style, you'll know that the \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of books,
@@ -5881,6 +5987,17 @@
switch to the \textsf{review} type, where you can simply use the
\textsf{title} field for it.
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details.
+
\mylittlespace No less than nine more things need explication under
this heading. First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that what goes
into the \textsf{titleaddon} field of \textsf{article} entries stays
@@ -5922,11 +6039,10 @@
\textsf{journaltitle} in author-less entries with an
\textsf{entrysubtype}. If you want to abbreviate the
\textsf{journaltitle} for use in citations, but give the full name in
-the list of references, then \colmarginpar{New} the
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field is the place for it. A
-shortened \textsf{title} should go, as usual, in \textsf{shorttitle}.
-(See section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below; lakeforester:pushcarts,
-nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke.)
+the list of references, then the \textsf{shortjournal} field is the
+place for it. A shortened \textsf{title} should go, as usual, in
+\textsf{shorttitle}. (See section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below;
+lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke.)
\mylittlespace Fourth, Bertold Schweitzer has pointed out, following
the \emph{Manual} (14.192), that while an \textsf{issuetitle} often
@@ -6002,14 +6118,14 @@
particular use of the \textsf{eventdate} and of the \textsf{nameaddon}
fields; please see the documentation of \textbf{review}, below.
-\mylittlespace Finally, \colmarginpar{New} the special
-\textsf{biblatex} field \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} allows you to
-present shortened \textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article},
-\textsf{review}, and \textsf{periodical} entries, as well as
-facilitating the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the
-manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}
-for all the details on how this works.
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Please see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in
+section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the details on how this
+works.
% %\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
@@ -6175,7 +6291,7 @@
--- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
\emph{Manual} (14.249) suggests may well be treated basically as
books. In the interests of backward compatibility,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will so format such an entry,
+\textsf{biblatex-chica\-go-authordate} will so format such an entry,
which uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
@@ -6208,22 +6324,21 @@
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type allows you
to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
the bibliography, particularly to other names or pseudonyms, as
-recommended by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the usual
-\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf}, and
-\mycolor{\textsf{related}} mechanisms, all primarily designed to
-include cross-references to other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). In the 15th
-edition's specification of the author-date style, it allowed you, in
-particular, to include the expansions of abbreviations and shorthands
---- usually of corporate \textsf{authors} --- \emph{inside} the list
-of references itself, rather than in the list of shorthands. The 16th
-edition of the \emph{Manual} (15.36), however, has a different
-specification for such corporate authors. As in the old
-specification, the shorthand appears in citations and at the head of
-the entry in the list of references, but its expansion now appears
-within parentheses \emph{directly after} the shorthand, i.e.,
-\emph{within} the same entry. This means you no longer need the
-\textsf{customc} entry for shorthands of this sort. (See
-\textsf{shorthand}, below; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.)
+recommen\-ded by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different from the usual
+\textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, \textsf{userf}, and \textsf{related}
+mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
+other works. Cf.\ 14.84,86). In the 15th edition's specification of
+the author-date style, it allowed you, in particular, to include the
+expansions of abbreviations and shorthands --- usually of corporate
+\textsf{authors} --- \emph{inside} the list of references itself,
+rather than in the list of shorthands. The 16th edition of the
+\emph{Manual} (15.36), however, has a different specification for such
+corporate authors. As in the old specification, the shorthand appears
+in citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references,
+but its expansion now appears within parentheses \emph{directly after}
+the shorthand, i.e., \emph{within} the same entry. This means you no
+longer need the \textsf{customc} entry for shorthands of this sort.
+(See \textsf{shorthand}, below; bsi:abbreviation, iso:electrodoc.)
\mylittlespace I should add immediately that, as I read the
specification (14.84,86, 15.34), the alphabetized cross-references
@@ -6257,20 +6372,20 @@
\textsf{postnote}, then you can manually provide the punctuation and
comment there, e.g., \cmd{autocite[4; the unrevised
trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}. Without a \textsf{postnote}, you have
-two choices. You can enable the \texttt{postnotepunct} option, which
+two solutions. You can enable the \texttt{postnotepunct} option, which
allows you simply to type \cmd{autocite[; the unrevised
- trans.]\\\{stendhal:parma\}}, or you can continue to use a separate
+ trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}, or you can continue to use a separate
\textsf{misc} or \textsf{customc} entry containing just the text of
the comment in the \textsf{title} field, \textsf{entrysubtype}
\texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options} \texttt{skipbib}. An
\cmd{autocites} command calling both the main text and the comment
then does the trick, e.g.,
-\cmd{autocites\{chicago:manual\}\{chicago:\\comment\}}. Cf.\
+\cmd{autocites\{chica\-go:manual\}\{chicago:comment\}}. Cf.\
\texttt{postnotepunct} in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
undefined in the standard styles, was in previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
+\textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} intended for referring to photographs, but
the 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed its specifications
for such works, which are now treated the same as works in all other
media. This means that this entry type is now a clone of the
@@ -6309,8 +6424,8 @@
are referring has had a separate publishing history as a book in its
own right, then you may wish to use the \textsf{bookinbook} type,
instead, on which see above. (See \emph{Manual} 14.111--114, 15.37;
-\textsf{inbook}: ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere;
-\textsf{incollection}: centinel:letters, contrib:contrib,
+\textsf{inbook}:\,ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere;
+\textsf{incollection}:\,centi\-nel:letters, contrib:contrib,
sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, and
lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection} entry prairie:state]
demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref} field with its attendant
@@ -6413,6 +6528,14 @@
whatsoever, has been turned off for \textsf{inreference} entries, as
for \textsf{misc} and \textsf{reference} entries.
+\mybigspace I
+\colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}\\\textbf{legal}\\\textbf{legislation}}
+document these three types in section~\ref{sec:legal} below, both
+because they all follow the specifications of the \emph{Bluebook}
+instead of the \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry
+types treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
+author-date styles.
+
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} entry type was designed
to be used for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but
\emph{only} when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished
@@ -6533,10 +6656,10 @@
can address them with judicious use of the \textsf{options},
\textsf{date}, and \textsf{origdate} fields.)
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
-unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipient},
+unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipi\-ent},
further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
while the \textsf{origlocation} field can hold the place where the
letter was written. Interviews or similar pieces will have a
@@ -6612,7 +6735,7 @@
song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
\textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
-\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely- associated
+\item[publisher, series, number:] These three closely-associated
fields are intended for presenting the catalog information provided
by the music publisher. The 16th edition generally only requires
the \textsf{series} and \textsf{number} fields (nytrumpet:art),
@@ -6772,7 +6895,7 @@
dates to access dates when documenting online material. See
\textsf{urldate} and \textsf{userd}, below.
-%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
brief on the subject of patents (15.50), but very clear about which
@@ -6801,7 +6924,7 @@
revise the \textsf{title} field to provide the lowercase letters. See
petroff:impurity.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same
function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and in the main uses the same
@@ -6815,18 +6938,17 @@
routines, though this isn't strictly necessary in the author-date
styles. (See \emph{Manual} 14.187; good:wholeissue.)
-\mylittlespace It is worth \colmarginpar{New} noting that the special
-\textsf{biblatex} field \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} allows you to
-present shortened \textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article},
-\textsf{review}, and \textsf{periodical} entries, as well as
-facilitating the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the
-manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. Because the \textsf{periodical}
-type uses the \textsf{title} field instead of \textsf{journaltitle},
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle}
-field, if one is present, into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the
-documentation of \mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the details on how this
-works.
+\mylittlespace It is worth noting that the special \textsf{biblatex}
+field \textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, and
+\textsf{periodical} entries, as well as facilitating the creation of
+lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a \textsf{shorthand}
+list. Because the \textsf{periodical} type uses the \textsf{title}
+field instead of \textsf{journaltitle}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
+automatically copies any \textsf{shorttitle} field, if one is present,
+into \textsf{shortjournal}. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the
+details on how this works.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{proceedings}} is the standard
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry type, but the package
@@ -6838,8 +6960,6 @@
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} and \texttt{booklongxref} in
section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.
-\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
@@ -6852,21 +6972,27 @@
will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{inreference}, above.)
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
+%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather
thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (8.183, 14.249), so I have
followed the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope
-that the results conform to the specification. Its main peculiarities
-are the \textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher},
-the \textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in
-question, and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International
-Standard Technical Report Number of a technical report. As in
-standard \textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry,
-then the \textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
-\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} and
-\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the
-report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
+that the results conform to the specification. At least one user has
+indicated a need, now filled, for an \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}}
+\textsf{entrysubtype}, which prints the \textsf{title} inside
+quotation marks (or, in \textsf{authordate-trad}, in plain roman)
+instead of in italics, but affects nothing else. This detail aside,
+the type's main peculiarities are the \textsf{institution} field in
+place of a \textsf{publisher}, the \textsf{type} field for identifying
+the kind of report in question, and the \textsf{isrn} field containing
+the International Standard Technical Report Number of a technical
+report. As in standard \textsf{biblatex}, if you use a
+\textsf{techreport} entry, then the \textsf{type} field automatically
+defaults to \cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet}
+and \textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting
+the report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.)
\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry
@@ -6903,12 +7029,13 @@
need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a
\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}. The generic title goes in
-\textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in an
-\textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}, including
-the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the \textsf{author}
-if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205, 14.208,
-14.214--217, 14.221, 15.47; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or the synonymous
+\textsf{entrysubtype} \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}}. The generic title
+goes in \textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in
+an \textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype},
+including the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the
+\textsf{author} if the latter is missing. (See 14.202--203, 14.205,
+14.208, 14.214--217, 14.221, 15.47; barcott:review, bundy:macneil,
Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit,
unsigned:ranke, wallraff:word.) If, on the other hand, the piece
comes from a \enquote{journal,} then you don't need an
@@ -6932,6 +7059,17 @@
you'll also need \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options}
field. Other surplus fields will be ignored. (See osborne:poison.)
+\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} \colmarginpar{New!} now also,
+at the behest of Bertold Schweitzer, supports the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}}, which allows you to use the
+\textsf{related} mechanism to provide information about the work being
+reviewed. This may be particularly helpful if you need to cite
+multiple reviews of the same work, but in any case the usual
+distinction between \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries still
+holds, with the \textsf{related} entry's \textsf{title} providing the
+\textsf{titleaddon} in the former type and the \textsf{title} in the
+latter. Please see section \ref{sec:authrelated} for further details.
+
\mylittlespace Most of the onerous details are the same as I described
them in the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of
them briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs
@@ -6945,7 +7083,7 @@
you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} because \textsf{journaltitle} comes
before \textsf{title} in the sorting scheme. (14.175, 14.217;
gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke, and see
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.).
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.).
As in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
capitalization after a full stop, so you can start the \textsf{title}
@@ -6986,14 +7124,14 @@
string concatenation rules still apply --- cf.\ \textsf{editor} and
\textsf{editortype} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, below.
-\mylittlespace Finally, \colmarginpar{New} the special
-\textsf{biblatex} field \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} allows you to
-present shortened \textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries,
-as well as in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it
-facilitates the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the
-manner of a \textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}
-for all the details on how this works.
+\mylittlespace Finally, the special \textsf{biblatex} field
+\textsf{shortjournal} allows you to present shortened
+\textsf{journaltitles} in \textsf{review} entries, as well as in
+\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, and it facilitates
+the creation of lists of journal abbreviations in the manner of a
+\textsf{shorthand} list. Please see the documentation of
+\textbf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} for all the
+details on how this works.
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
@@ -7054,6 +7192,22 @@
become necessary, so please see its documentation for instructions on
how to construct a .bib entry for such works.
+\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
+\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
+\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
+lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
+an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory
+\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't
+ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence.
+Thanks to a bug report by Henry D. Hollithron, such entries will print
+information about any \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator},
+\textsf{compiler}, etc., that you include in the .bib file. Also,
+conforming to the indications of the \emph{Manual}, and thanks to the
+prompting of Jan David Hauck, you can use the \textsf{venue},
+\textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and \textsf{eventtitleaddon}
+fields further to specify unpublished conference papers and the like
+(14.226--8; nass:address).
+
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the three
audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
@@ -7197,7 +7351,7 @@
though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal guidelines
(14.59). The default in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} is to define
\cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using \cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak}
-\cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can alter it by re-declaring
+\cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitem\-sep}, though you can alter it by re-declaring
the format in your preamble. The page-breaking algorithms don't
always give perfect results here, but the default formatting looks, to
my eyes, fairly decent. In addition to tweaking the field formatting
@@ -7212,7 +7366,7 @@
do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.
-\paragraph*{\protect\colmarginpar{\textbf{author}}}
+\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{author}}}
\label{sec:ad:author}
For the most part, I have implemented this field in a completely
standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ fashion. Remember that corporate or
@@ -7219,7 +7373,7 @@
organizational authors need to have an extra set of curly braces
around them (e.g., \texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent
\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from treating one part of the name as a surname
-(14.92, 14.212, 15.36; assocpress:gun, chicago:manual). If there is
+(14.92, 14.212, 15.36; assocpress:gun, chicago:man\-ual). If there is
no \textsf{author}, then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will look, in
sequence, for a \textsf{namea}, an \textsf{editor}, a \textsf{nameb},
a \textsf{translator}, or a \textsf{namec} (i.e., a compiler) and use
@@ -7226,7 +7380,7 @@
that name (or those names) instead, followed by the appropriate
identifying string (esp.\ 15.35, also 14.76, 14.87, 14.126, 14.132,
14.189; boxer:china, brown:bremer, harley:cartography,
-schellinger:novel, sechzer:wo\-men, silver:ga\-wain, soltes:georgia).
+schellin\-ger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:gawain, soltes:georgia).
\textsf{Biber} and \textsf{biblatex} take care of alphabetizing
entries no matter which name appears at their head. In citations,
where the \textsf{labelname} is used, the order searched is somewhat
@@ -7237,17 +7391,17 @@
\mylittlespace If you wish to emphasize the activity of an editor, a
translator, or a compiler (14.90; eliot:pound), you can use the
\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamea=false}}, \texttt{useeditor=false},
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenameb=false}}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamec=false}} in the \textsf{options} field to
-choose which name appears at the head of an entry and in the citation.
-You \colmarginpar{New} only need to turn off any fields that are
-present in the entry, but please remember to use the new option
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} instead of the old \texttt{usecompiler}
-(which I've deprecated), as the latter doesn't work as smoothly and
-completely as \textsf{biblatex's} own name toggles. See
-\cmd{DeclareSort\-ingScheme} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and the
-\textsf{editortype} documentation, below.
+\texttt{usenamea=false}, \texttt{use\-editor=false},
+\texttt{usenameb=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
+\texttt{usenamec=false} in the \textsf{options} field to choose which
+name appears at the head of an entry and in the citation. You only
+need to turn off any fields that are present in the entry, but please
+remember to use the new option \texttt{usenamec} instead of the old
+\texttt{usecompiler} (which I've deprecated), as the latter doesn't
+work as smoothly and completely as \textsf{biblatex's} own name
+toggles. See \cmd{DeclareSort\-ingTemplate} in
+section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, and the \textsf{editortype}
+documentation, below.
\mylittlespace Of course, in \textsf{collection} and
\textsf{proceedings} entry types, an \textsf{author} isn't expected,
@@ -7259,8 +7413,6 @@
be used. See the discussion a few paragraphs down, and those entry
types, for further details.
-% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
\mylittlespace Recommendations concerning anonymous authors in other
kinds of references have changed somewhat in the 16th edition of the
\emph{Manual} (15.32), placing greater emphasis on using the
@@ -7289,20 +7441,22 @@
\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will
also do the right thing automatically in text citations.
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+
\mylittlespace The \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes the means to
cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the author's real
name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\ (or
-\cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters). If
-you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include it
-there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
+\cmd{bibstring\hfill\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters).
+If you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include
+it there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
(lecarre:quest, stendhal:parma). If you have given the author's real
-name in the \textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in
+name in the \textsf{author} field, then the pseudo\-nym goes in
\textsf{nameaddon}, in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\
-(creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:\\york:death). This
-latter method will allow you to keep all references to one author's
-work under different pseudonyms grouped together in the list of
-references, a method recommended by the \emph{Manual}. The 16th
+(creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death).
+This latter method will allow you to keep all references to one
+author's work under different pseudonyms grouped together in the list
+of references, a method recommended by the \emph{Manual}. The 16th
edition of the \emph{Manual} (14.84) has strengthened its policies
about cross-references from author to pseudonym or vice versa, so in
these latter examples I have included such references from the various
@@ -7318,28 +7472,27 @@
lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke,
wikipedia:bibtex). Even in such entries, however, it may be
advantageous to provide either a standard \textsf{shorttitle} or, for
-abbreviating a \textsf{journaltitle}, a
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field, thereby keeping the in-text
-citations to a reasonable length, though not at the expense of making
-it hard to find the relevant entries in the reference list. An
-institutional author's name can also be rather too long for in-text
-citations. In unsigned:ranke I placed an abbreviated form of the
-\textsf{journaltitle} into \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}, adapting
-for a periodical the practice recommended for books in 15.32. In
-iso:electrodoc, I provided a \textsf{shorthand} field, which by
-default in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will appear in text
-citations. Pursuant to the 16th edition's specifications, this
-\textsf{shorthand} will also appear at the head of the entry in the
-list of references, followed, within the entry, by its expansion, this
-latter placed within parentheses. You no longer, therefore, need to
-use a \textsf{customc} entry to provide the expansion --- please see
+abbreviating a \textsf{journaltitle}, a \textsf{shortjournal} field,
+thereby keeping the in-text citations to a reasonable length, though
+not at the expense of making it hard to find the relevant entries in
+the reference list. An institutional author's name can also be rather
+too long for in-text citations. In unsigned:ranke I placed an
+abbreviated form of the \textsf{journaltitle} into
+\textsf{shortjournal}, adapting for a periodical the practice
+recommended for books in 15.32. In iso:electrodoc, I provided a
+\textsf{shorthand} field, which by default in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will appear in text citations.
+Pursuant to the 16th edition's specifications, this \textsf{shorthand}
+will also appear at the head of the entry in the list of references,
+followed, within the entry, by its expansion, this latter placed
+within parentheses. You no longer, therefore, need to use a
+\textsf{customc} entry to provide the expansion --- please see
\textsf{shorthand} below for the details. (You can still utilize the
list of shorthands to clarify the abbreviation, if you wish, and you
can also provide a separate list of journal abbreviations using the
-\mycolor{\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}} command. Please cf.\ the
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} documentation, below, and the
-\mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option in
-section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command. Please cf.\ the
+\textbf{shortjournal} documentation, below, and the
+\texttt{journalabbrev} option in section~\ref{sec:authpreset}.)
\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
@@ -7421,16 +7574,16 @@
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace An \colmarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without
quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would
ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. The
-package and entry options \colmarginpar{New}
-\mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}
-(section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
-that appears before the \textsf{booktitleaddon} field.
+package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{booktitleaddon} field.
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
@@ -7511,7 +7664,7 @@
these four entry types than for the other 4 (see below). In
\textsf{dates-test.bib} you can get a feel for how this works by
looking at bernhard:boris, bernhard:ritter, bernhard:themacher,
-harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartography, and harley:hoc.
+harley:ancient:cart, harley:cartogra\-phy, and harley:hoc.
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
@@ -7580,22 +7733,22 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I recommended against using
\textsf{shorthand}, \textsf{reprinttitle} and/or \textsf{userf} fields
in combination with this abbreviated cross-referencing mechanism. I
-have, however, received a request from Alexandre Roberts to allow the
-shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated cross-reference as
-an additional space-saving measure, and one from Kenneth Pearce to
-permit the combination of the other two fields with \textsf{crossref},
-as well. All three of these fields, in any combination, should just
-work in such circumstances in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate},
-though if you are using a list of shorthands then you may need to
-include \texttt{skipbiblist} in the \textsf{options} field of some
-entries to avoid duplicates. If you come across any problems or
-inaccuracies, please report them.
+have, however, received a request from Alexandre Ro\-berts to allow
+the shorthand to appear in the place of the abbreviated
+cross-reference as an additional space-saving measure, and one from
+Kenneth Pearce to permit the combination of the other two fields with
+\textsf{crossref}, as well. All three of these fields, in any
+combination, should just work in such circumstances in
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, though if you are using a list
+of shorthands then you may need to include \texttt{skipbiblist} in the
+\textsf{options} field of some entries to avoid duplicates. If you
+come across any problems or inaccuracies, please report them.
-\mylittlespace Finally, there is also \colmarginpar{New} an
-\mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} option available to control the printing of
-\textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and \textsf{eprint} fields in abbreviated
-references where such information might otherwise never appear. See
-\mycolor{\texttt{xrefurl}} in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}.
+\mylittlespace Finally, there is also an \texttt{xrefurl} option
+available to control the printing of \textsf{url}, \textsf{doi}, and
+\textsf{eprint} fields in abbreviated references where such
+information might otherwise never appear. See \texttt{xrefurl} in
+section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}.
\paragraph*{\protect\mymarginpar{\textbf{date}}}
\label{sec:ad:date}
@@ -7732,7 +7885,7 @@
of references? By the \textsf{labelyear}, in this case the
\textsf{year} field, which appears first in the default definition
(\textsf{date, eventdate, origdate, urldate}) of
-\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}, and which in this case will be wrong, because
+\cmd{DeclareLabel\-date}, and which in this case will be wrong, because
the entries should always be ordered by the \emph{first} date to
appear there, in this case the contents of \textsf{origdate}. In this
example, the solution can be as simple as a \textsf{sortyear} field
@@ -7758,7 +7911,7 @@
the \textsf{date} --- (Author [1898] 1974a) and (Author [1898] 1974b)
--- again avoiding ambiguity.
-\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} doesn't give clear instructions for
how to cope with these situations, but
@@ -7790,10 +7943,10 @@
If, for some reason, the automatic switching of the dates cannot be
achieved, perhaps in crossref'd \textsf{letter} entries that you
-really want to have in your list of references (white:ross:memo,
-white:russ), or perhaps in a reprint edition that hasn't yet appeared
-in print (preventing the comparison between a year and the word
-\enquote{forthcoming}), then you can use the per-entry option
+really want to have in your list of references (white:ross:\break
+memo, white:russ), or perhaps in a reprint edition that hasn't yet
+appeared in print (preventing the comparison between a year and the
+word \enquote{forthcoming}), then you can use the per-entry option
\texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} field to achieve the
required effects.
@@ -7841,14 +7994,14 @@
\mylittlespace Obviously, any entry with only a \textsf{date} should
behave as usual. Also, since \textsf{patent} entries have fairly
specialized needs, I have exempted them from this change to
-\cmd{DeclareLabeldate}. Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate} options
-will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at the head
-of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search order for
-the \textsf{labeldate}. This will be fixed by the preamble option.
-Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date} and the
-\textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should be aware
-that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using the
-\texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it
+\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate}. Third, the per-entry \texttt{cmsdate}
+options will still affect which dates are printed in citations and at
+the head of reference list entries, but they cannot change the search
+order for the \textsf{labeldate}. This will be fixed by the preamble
+option. Fourth, if you have been used to switching the \textsf{date}
+and the \textsf{origdate} to get the correct results, then you should
+be aware that this mechanism may actually still be useful when using
+the \texttt{on} switch to \texttt{cmsdate} in the preamble, but it
produces incorrect results when the \texttt{cmsdate} option is
\texttt{both} in the preamble and the individual entry. The preamble
option is designed to make the need for this switching as rare as
@@ -7890,24 +8043,27 @@
specifications) on abbreviating the names of months (14.180). By
default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses the full names,
which you can change by setting the option \texttt{dateabbrev=true} in
-your document preamble. (Cf.\ assocpress:gun, barcott:review, batson,
-creel:house, friends:leia, holiday:fool, nass:address,
+the preamble. (Cf.\ assocpress:gun, barcott:review, batson,
+creel:\hfill house, friends:leia, holiday:fool, nass:address,
petroff:\-impurity, powell:email.)
\mylittlespace Second, when you need to indicate that a work is
-\enquote{\texttt{forthcoming},} the \textsf{year} field, instead of
-the \textsf{date} field, is the place for it, though you should use
-the \cmd{autocap} macro there to make sure the word comes out
-correctly in both citations and the list of references. The reason
-for the field switch is that the \textsf{date} field accepts only
-numerical data, in \textsc{iso}8601 format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}),
-whereas \textsf{year} can, conveniently, hold just about anything.
-Third, it may be worth noting here that \textsf{Biber} is somewhat
-more exacting when parsing the \textsf{date} field than
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like \texttt{1968/75} will simply
-be ignored, producing \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ in the output --- you
-need \texttt{1968/1975} instead. If you want a more compressed year
-range, then you'll want to use the \textsf{year} field.
+\enquote{\texttt{forthcoming},} and for some reason can't put
+\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the
+\textsf{year} field, instead of the \textsf{date} field, is the place
+for it, though you should use the \cmd{autocap} macro there to make
+sure the word comes out correctly in both citations and the list of
+references. (The \textsf{pubstate} field more conveniently takes the
+bare string.) The reason for the field switch is that the
+\textsf{date} field accepts only numerical data, in \textsc{iso}8601
+format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}), whereas \textsf{year} can, conveniently,
+hold just about anything. Third, it may be worth noting here that
+\textsf{Biber} is somewhat more exacting when parsing the
+\textsf{date} field than \textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like
+\texttt{1968/75} will simply be ignored, producing
+\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ in the output --- you need \texttt{1968/1975}
+instead. If you want a more compressed year range, then you'll want
+to use the \textsf{year} field.
%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
@@ -7928,15 +8084,15 @@
\mylittlespace I recommend that you have a look through
\textsf{dates-test.bib} to see how all these complications will affect
-the construction of your .bib database, especially at the following:
-aristotle:metaphy:gr, creel:house, emerson:nature,
+the construction of your .bib database, especially at the following
+entries: aristotle:metaphy:gr, creel:house, emerson:nature,
james:ambas\-sa\-dors, mait\-land:canon, mait\-land:equity,
-schweit\-zer:bach, spock:in\-terview, white:\\ross:me\-mo, and
+schweit\-zer:bach, spock:in\-terview, white:ross:me\-mo, and
white:russ. Cf.\ also \textsf{origdate} and \textsf{year}, below; the
\texttt{cmsdate}, \texttt{nodates}, and \texttt{switchdates} options
in sections~\ref{sec:preset:authdate}, \ref{sec:authuseropts}, and
\ref{sec:authentryopts}; and section~4.5.8 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf},
-and section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below, for the
+and section \ref{sec:authformopts}, below, for the
\cmd{DeclareLabeldate} command
@@ -8017,7 +8173,7 @@
\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\
bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)
-\mybigspace Normally, \colmarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
+\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types with a
\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype},
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically find a name to
@@ -8052,14 +8208,14 @@
\textsf{booktitle}, the \textsf{editortype} mechanism checks first to
see whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be
used at the head of the entry, if it isn't , or if you've set the
-option \mycolor{\texttt{usenamea=false}}, it will go ahead and look
-for an \textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to
-the \textsf{editor}, but you can use \mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}} to
-modify \textsf{namea}. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and
-also its \textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no
-matter sort of name you provide, thanks to \textsf{Biber} and the
-(default) Chicago-specific definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}. (Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:authformopts},
+option \texttt{usenamea=false}, it will go ahead and look for an
+\textsf{editor}. The \textsf{editortype} field applies only to the
+\textsf{editor}, but you can use \textsf{nameatype} to modify
+\textsf{namea}. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and also its
+\textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no matter sort
+of name you provide, thanks to \textsf{Biber} and the (default)
+Chicago-specific definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}. (Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:authformopts},
below). Please be aware that if you want a shortened form to appear
in citations then there's only the \textsf{shorteditor}, which you
should ensure presents whichever of the two editors' names
@@ -8072,13 +8228,12 @@
\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype} (or
-\mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}}), the usual mechanisms remain in place,
-that is, if the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator}
-and/or a \textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly
-matches a \textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then
-\textsf{biblatex} will print the appropriate strings. The
-\emph{Manual} specifically (15.7) recommends not using these
-identifying strings in citations, and
+\textsf{nameatype}), the usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if
+the \textsf{editor} exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a
+\textsf{namec}, or alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a
+\textsf{nameb} and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will
+print the appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (15.7)
+recommends not using these identifying strings in citations, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} follows that recommendation. If
you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
@@ -8161,7 +8316,7 @@
above under \textbf{misc} for all the details on how these citations
work.
-% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace Fourth, the field can be defined in the
\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
@@ -8175,10 +8330,10 @@
\mybigspace Kazuo
\mymarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
-\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and he sent me
-a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor alterations,
-so these three fields work more or less as they do in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more
+\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go}, and he sent
+me a patch implementing it. I have applied it, with minor
+alterations, so these three fields work more or less as they do in
+standard \textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing more
abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs,
though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}.
@@ -8237,7 +8392,7 @@
subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} prints it (them), in
parentheses, just after the author(s).
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
@@ -8277,7 +8432,7 @@
field, designed for \textsf{article} or \textsf{periodical} entries
identified by something like \enquote{Spring} or \enquote{Summer}
rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or \textsf{number} fields
-(brown:bremer).
+(brown:bre\-mer).
\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.
@@ -8307,12 +8462,14 @@
author. See above (section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}) under
\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and
nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} will give you some
-idea of how this works. Please note there is a
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field which you can use to abbreviate
-the \textsf{journaltitle} in citations and/or in the reference list,
-and you can also use it to print a list of journal abbreviations.
-Cf.\ the \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} documentation below.
+idea of how this works. Please note there is a \textsf{shortjournal}
+field which you can use to abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} in
+citations and/or in the reference list, and you can also use it to
+print a list of journal abbreviations. Cf.\ the \textsf{shortjournal}
+documentation below.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
filtering entries in a list of references, allowing you to subdivide
@@ -8419,20 +8576,19 @@
cross references produced using the \textsf{crossref} field, the
\textsf{title} of \textbf{mv*} entry types always becomes a
\textsf{maintitle} in the child entry. (See donne:var,
-euripides:\-orestes, harley:cartography, lach:asia,
-pelikan:chris\-tian, and plato:re\-public:gr.)
+euripides:orestes, harley:carto\-graphy, lach:asia,
+pelikan:christian, and plato:republic:gr.)
-\mybigspace An \colmarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
+\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would
be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word
that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. The
-package and entry options \colmarginpar{New}
-\mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and \mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}}
-(section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to customize the punctuation
-that appears before the \textsf{maintitleaddon} field
-(schubert:muellerin).
+package and entry options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and
+\texttt{ctitleaddon} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) allow you to
+customize the punctuation that appears before the
+\textsf{maintitleaddon} field (schubert:muellerin).
\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, containing the month of publication. This should be an
@@ -8439,7 +8595,7 @@
integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See
\textsf{date} for more information.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
@@ -8457,11 +8613,11 @@
above for the full details. Please note that, as the field is highly
single-entry specific, \textsf{namea} isn't inherited from a
\textsf{crossref}'ed parent entry. Please note, also, that you can
-use the \mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}} field to redefine this role just
-as you can with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also
-\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros
-\cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},
-\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
+use the \textsf{nameatype} field to redefine this role just as you can
+with \textsf{editortype}, which see. Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb},
+\textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the macros \cmd{partedit},
+\cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp},
+\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which see
section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
@@ -8494,7 +8650,7 @@
automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
Otherwise, it prints the string as is.
-\mybigspace You \colmarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
+\mybigspace You \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameatype}} can use this field
to change the role of a \textsf{namea} just as you can use
\textsf{editortype} to change the role of an \textsf{editor}. As with
the \textsf{editortype}, using this field prevents string
@@ -8524,7 +8680,7 @@
\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
\cmd{partedittransandcomp} in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
-\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (15.35)
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (15.35)
specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All
@@ -8549,8 +8705,8 @@
so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
-can use that field, or the \mycolor{\textsf{nameatype}} field, to
-identify a compiler.)
+can use that field, or the \textsf{nameatype} field, to identify a
+compiler.)
\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
@@ -8571,7 +8727,7 @@
sort of name you provide, but do please remember that if you want the
package to skip over any names you can employ the
\texttt{use<name>=false} options. Indeed, \textsf{biblatex's}
-\mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}} has replaced the old Chicago-specific
+\texttt{usenamec} has replaced the old Chicago-specific
\texttt{usecompiler}, which is deprecated.
\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
@@ -8617,6 +8773,8 @@
exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common
@@ -8625,8 +8783,6 @@
eliot:pound, emerson:nature, ency:britannica, herwign:office,
lecarre:quest, and maitland:canon for examples of the field in use.
-% %\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
@@ -8735,7 +8891,7 @@
\mybigspace See
\vspace{-14.2pt}
-\colmarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
+\mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}\\
\textbf{origlocation}\\\textbf{origpublisher}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
\vspace{18pt}
@@ -8830,8 +8986,14 @@
\emph{sine nomine}) to specify the lack of a publisher, but the
\emph{Manual} doesn't mention this.
-\mybigspace See \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
-section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
+\mybigspace In addition to the functions involving reprinted titles,
+on which see \colmarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}}
+section~\ref{sec:authrelated} below, you can now also use the
+\textsf{pubstate} field to indicate that a work is
+\enquote{forthcoming.} Just put the exact string \texttt{forthcoming}
+into the field and the style will print
+\cmd{bibstring\{forth\-coming\}} as the \textsf{year}
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).
\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
@@ -8838,7 +9000,7 @@
\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some
purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.
-\mybigspace See \colmarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
@@ -8867,7 +9029,7 @@
information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
formatting of numerals.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} makes
considerably grea\-ter use of it than the standard styles. For the
purposes of the author-date specification, the field provides the name
@@ -8883,15 +9045,14 @@
\texttt{magazine}), you allow \textsf{biblatex-chicago} to use the
\textsf{journaltitle} as the author --- the default behavior --- and
you have been accustomed to using the \textsf{shortauthor} field to
-abbreviate it, it may be simpler now to use the
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field instead, which does all of the
-formatting for you, and additionally adds the possibility of printing
-a list of journal abbreviations. See just below for the details.
-(Cf.\ gourmet:052006, lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit,
-unsigned:ranke). With long, institutional authors, a shortened
-version in \textsf{shortauthor} may save space in the running text
-(evanston:library), but see under \textbf{shorthand} for another
-method of saving space.
+abbreviate it, it may be simpler now to use the \textsf{shortjournal}
+field instead, which does all of the formatting for you, and
+additionally adds the possibility of printing a list of journal
+abbreviations. See just below for the details. (Cf.\ gourmet:052006,
+lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke). With long,
+institutional authors, a shortened version in \textsf{shortauthor} may
+save space in the running text (evanston:library), but see under
+\textbf{shorthand} for another method of saving space.
\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
\emph{Manual} (15.21) recommends against providing the identifying
@@ -8939,13 +9100,14 @@
appear as authors, when you may feel the need to provide a shortened
version for citations. I have already discussed two options available
to you just above (cf.\ \textbf{shortauthor} and
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}}). For the former to work the
-abbreviation must either be instantly recognizable to your readership
-or at least easily parseable by them, while with the latter you can
-either rely on the conventions of your field or, alternately, provide
-a list of journal abbreviations using
-\mycolor{\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}}.
+\textbf{shortjournal}). For the former to work the abbreviation must
+either be instantly recognizable to your readership or at least easily
+parseable by them, while with the latter you can either rely on the
+conventions of your field or, alternately, provide a list of journal
+abbreviations using \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}}.
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
\mylittlespace For long institutional names the \emph{Manual's}
recommendation (15.36), and this has changed for the 16th edition,
involves using an abbreviation, an abbreviation which will appear not
@@ -9003,7 +9165,7 @@
entry's abbreviated cross-reference, which may well save space in the
list of references.
-\mybigspace A \colmarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortjournal}} special
\textsf{biblatex} field, used to provide both an abbreviated form of a
\textsf{journaltitle} in citations and/or the reference list and to
facilitate the creation of a list of journal abbreviations, should
@@ -9017,34 +9179,33 @@
usually isn't necessary to provide a list of abbreviations in
individual publications, but were you to require such a thing, you'd
have to move the abbreviation from the \textsf{journaltitle} to the
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} field, placing the full title in the
-former. In \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field
-presents what would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the
-\textsf{articles} or \textsf{reviews}, so in such entries you can
-provide the standard \textsf{shorttitle} field to accompany the
-\textsf{title}, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically copy
-the \textsf{shorttitle} into a \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}.
+\textsf{shortjournal} field, placing the full title in the former. In
+\textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} field presents what
+would be the \textsf{journaltitle} in the \textsf{articles} or
+\textsf{reviews}, so in such entries you can provide the standard
+\textsf{shorttitle} field to accompany the \textsf{title}, and
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically copy the
+\textsf{shorttitle} into a \textsf{shortjournal}.
\mylittlespace Having done this, you then need to choose where to
-print the \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}, which is controlled by the
-\mycolor{\texttt{journalabbrev}} option either in the preamble or in
-the \textsf{options} field of individual .bib entries. By default,
-and taking account of the space-saving features of the author-date
-styles, this option is set to \texttt{notes}, so your
-\textsf{shortjournal} fields will be printed only in those citations
-where they appear in place of an \textsf{author}. There are three
-other settings: \texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both in
-citations and in the reference list, \texttt{bib} prints them only in
-the reference list, and \texttt{false} ignores them. Should you wish
-to present a list of these abbreviations with their expansions, then
-you need to use the \cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command,
-perhaps with a \texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from
-any \textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
+print the \textsf{shortjournal}, which is controlled by the
+\texttt{journalabbrev} option either in the preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} field of individual .bib entries. By default, and
+taking account of the space-saving features of the author-date styles,
+this option is set to \texttt{notes}, so your \textsf{shortjournal}
+fields will be printed only in those citations where they appear in
+place of an \textsf{author}. There are three other settings:
+\texttt{true} prints the shortened fields both in citations and in the
+reference list, \texttt{bib} prints them only in the reference list,
+and \texttt{false} ignores them. Should you wish to present a list of
+these abbreviations with their expansions, then you need to use the
+\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} command, perhaps with a
+\texttt{title} option to differentiate the list from any
+\textsf{shorthand} list. As with \textsf{shorthand} lists, I have
provided two \texttt{bibenvironments} for printing this list in foot-
-or endnotes (\mycolor{\texttt{sjnotes}} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{sjendnotes}}, respectively), to be used with the
-\texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again as with
-\textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
+or endnotes (\texttt{sjnotes} and \texttt{sjendnotes}, respectively),
+to be used with the \texttt{env} option to \cmd{printbiblist}. Again
+as with \textsf{shorthands}, you'll probably want to use the option
\texttt{heading=none} when using these environments, just to turn off
the (oversized) default, and perhaps provide your own title within the
\cmd{footnote} command. Finally, if you don't like the default
@@ -9053,11 +9214,13 @@
you can see its default definition at the top of
\textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}.
-\mybigspace A \colmarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
+\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+
+\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
title for citation styles that need one. (It is also the way to hook
-\textsf{periodical} entries into the \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}
-mechanism, on which see the previous entry.) In
+\textsf{periodical} entries into the \textsf{shortjournal} mechanism,
+on which see the previous entry.) In
\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} such a field will be necessary
only very rarely (unlike in the notes \&\ bibliography style), and is
most likely to turn up in \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference}
@@ -9076,18 +9239,18 @@
provide the solution. Entries with a corporate author can omit the
definite or indefinite article, which should help (14.85;
cotton:manufacture, nytrumpet:art). The default settings of
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} include the three supplemental name fields
-(\textsf{name[a-c]}) and also the \textsf{journaltitle} in the sorting
-algorithm, so once again you should find those algorithms needing less
-help than before. Entries using a \textsf{shorthand}, and entries
-headed by a \textsf{title} beginning with the definite or indefinite
-article, may well now require such assistance (bsi:abbreviation,
-grove:sibelius, iso:electrodoc). There may be circumstances ---
-several reprinted books by the same author, for example --- when the
-\textbf{sortyear} field is more appropriate, on which see below.
-\textsf{Biblatex} also provides \textbf{sortname} and
-\textbf{sorttitle} for equally fine-grained control. Please consult
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the details.
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} include the three supplemental name
+fields (\textsf{name[a-c]}) and also the \textsf{journaltitle} in the
+sorting algorithm, so once again you should find those algorithms
+needing less help than before. Entries using a \textsf{shorthand},
+and entries headed by a \textsf{title} beginning with the definite or
+indefinite article, may well now require such assistance
+(bsi:abbreviation, grove:sibelius, iso:electrodoc). There may be
+circumstances --- several reprinted books by the same author, for
+example --- when the \textbf{sortyear} field is more appropriate, on
+which see below. \textsf{Biblatex} also provides \textbf{sortname}
+and \textbf{sorttitle} for equally fine-grained control. Please
+consult \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the details.
\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortyear}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field, provided for more fine-grained control over
@@ -9099,8 +9262,6 @@
\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
\textsf{title} --- see next entry.
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} release of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} includes the \textsf{authordate-trad} style,
designed as a kind of hybrid style according to indications contained
@@ -9199,12 +9360,12 @@
\cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 14.177; garrett,
- loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:callimachus.)
+ loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:calli\-machus.)
\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
\cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard,
- osborne:poison, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
+ osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke).
\end{enumerate}
The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
@@ -9260,9 +9421,9 @@
in all entry types use sentence style.
\item[\qquad Contextual Capitalization of First Word:]
\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon},
- \textsf{maintitleaddon} in all entry types, also the \textsf{title}
- of \textsf{review} entries and of \textsf{misc} entries with an
- \textsf{entrysubtype}.
+ \textsf{maintitle\-addon} in all entry types, also the
+ \textsf{title} of \textsf{review} entries and of \textsf{misc}
+ entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
\item[\qquad Plain:] \textsf{title} in \textsf{letter} entries.
\end{description}
@@ -9370,7 +9531,7 @@
latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be
turned off there. See section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
-\mybigspace Standard \colmarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
+\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses it in just this way, with the
@@ -9386,21 +9547,21 @@
then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.
See\,\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} in
-section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below. The \colmarginpar{New}
-package and entry options \mycolor{\texttt{ptitleaddon}} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{ctitleaddon}} (section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) can help
-you customize the punctuation that appears before the
-\textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\ brown:bremer, osborne:poison,
-reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for examples where the field starts
-with a lowercase letter; morgenson:market provides an example where
-the \textsf{titleaddon} field, holding the name of a regular column in
-a newspaper, is capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would
-expect; coolidge:speech shows an entry option for controlling the
+section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} below. The package and entry
+options \texttt{ptitleaddon} and \texttt{ctitleaddon}
+(section~\ref{sec:authpreset}) can help you customize the punctuation
+that appears before the \textsf{titleaddon} field. (Cf.\
+brown:bremer, osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for
+examples where the field starts with a lowercase letter;
+morgenson:market provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon}
+field, holding the name of a regular column in a newspaper, is
+capitalized, a situation that is handled as you would expect;
+coolidge:speech shows an entry option for controlling the
punctuation.)
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-\mybigspace As \colmarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
+\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
complications that need explaining. \textsf{Biblatex.pdf} points out
@@ -9423,7 +9584,7 @@
\textsf{nameb} takes precedence over \textsf{translator}.
\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
-holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If
+holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:ores\-tes). If
\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
@@ -9492,11 +9653,11 @@
the former is available --- cf.\ \textsf{doi} above, and also
\textsf{urldate} just below. The required \LaTeX\ package
\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
-properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It
-\colmarginpar{New} may be worth noting that child entries no longer
-inherit \textsf{url} fields from their parents --- the information
-seems entry-specific enough to warrant a little bit of extra typing if
-you need to present the same locator in several entries.
+properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus. It may be worth
+noting that child entries no longer inherit \textsf{url} fields from
+their parents --- the information seems entry-specific enough to
+warrant a little bit of extra typing if you need to present the same
+locator in several entries.
\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a given url. The 16th
@@ -9563,12 +9724,12 @@
modified a \textsf{urldate}.
\mylittlespace Because of the rather specialized needs of some
-audio-visual references, this basic schema changes for \textsf{music}
-and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries where an
-\textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify that date
-instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present, and it will
-modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is no
-\textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
+audio-visual references, this basic sche\-ma changes for
+\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. In \textsf{music} entries
+where an \textsf{eventdate} is present, \textsf{userd} will modify
+that date instead of any \textsf{urldate} that may also be present,
+and it will modify an \textsf{origdate} if it is present and there is
+no \textsf{eventdate}. It will modify a \textsf{date} only in the
absence of the other three. In \textsf{video} entries it will modify
an \textsf{eventdate} if it is present, and in its absence the
\textsf{urldate}. Given the absence of those two, it can modify a
@@ -9596,7 +9757,7 @@
\textbf{language}, above. (See 14.108--110, 14.194; kern,
pirumova:russian, weresz.)
-\mybigspace See \colmarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
+\mybigspace See \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}}
section~\ref{sec:authrelated}, below.
\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
@@ -9665,7 +9826,7 @@
field provided by \textsf{biblatex}, which prevents inheritance of any
data from the parent entry. See \textbf{crossref}, above.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
field, especially important for the author-date specification. Please
@@ -9674,10 +9835,10 @@
put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} here if required, or indeed any other
sort of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date
then you can include that guess in square brackets instead of
-\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot,
+\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:meso\-pot,
leo:madonna, ross:thesis.
-\subsubsection{\mycolor{Fields for Related Entries}}
+\subsubsection{Fields for Related Entries}
\label{sec:authrelated}
As \textsf{biblatex.pdf} puts it (\xA7~3.4), \enquote{Almost all
@@ -9694,9 +9855,9 @@
\textsf{pubstate}, \textsf{reprinttitle}, and \textsf{userf}. All of
these still work just as they always have or, I hope, somewhat better
than they always have after many recent bug fixes, but the more
-general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \mycolor{\texttt{related}}
-mechanism is also available. It can provide much of what the older
-system provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a
+general and more powerful \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{related} mechanism
+is also available. It can provide much of what the older system
+provided and a great deal that it couldn't. What follows is a
field-by-field discussion of the options now available.
\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
@@ -9726,9 +9887,9 @@
edition:}. This has no effect in citations, where only the work
cited --- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help
to make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the list of references
-more palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas}} with a customized
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field to achieve the same ends.
+more palatable. \textbf{NB:} You can use the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubas} with a customized \textsf{relatedstring} field to
+achieve the same ends.
\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping
@@ -9766,10 +9927,10 @@
\textsf{origdate} [section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}],
\textsf{origpublisher} and \textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
\textbf{NB:} It is impossible to present this same information, as
-here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \mycolor{\texttt{related}}
-field, though the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin}}
-presents much the same information \emph{after} the entry, using data
-extracted from a separate entry.
+here, \emph{inside} a single entry using a \texttt{related} field,
+though the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} presents much the
+same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
+separate entry.
\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
\textsf{origlocation} field just above, the 16th edition of the
@@ -9781,10 +9942,9 @@
[section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}], \textsf{origlocation}, and
\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.) \textbf{NB:} It is impossible to
present this same information, as here, \emph{inside} a single entry
-using a \mycolor{\texttt{related}} field, though the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin}} presents much the
-same information \emph{after} the entry, using data extracted from a
-separate entry.
+using a \texttt{related} field, though the \textsf{relatedtype}
+\texttt{origpubin} presents much the same information \emph{after} the
+entry, using data extracted from a separate entry.
\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} field. Because the author-date specification has
@@ -9799,9 +9959,12 @@
notice at the end of the entry detailing the original publication
date. See under \textbf{date} above for the available permutations.
(Cf.\ aristotle:metaphy:gr, maitland:canon, maitland:equity,
-schweitzer:bach.) If the field contains something other than the word
-\texttt{reprint}, then it will be treated as in the standard styles,
-and printed after the publication information.
+schweitzer:bach.) Aside from the word \texttt{reprint}, the field may
+also contain the word \texttt{forthcoming}, which instructs the styles
+to print that \cmd{bibstring} instead of the \textsf{year}
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib). Anything else in the field
+will be treated as in the standard styles and printed after the
+publication information.
\mylittlespace There is one subtlety of which you ought to be aware.
In \textsf{music} entries, the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism transforms
@@ -9813,138 +9976,167 @@
reference list entry, while the original release date will be printed
near the end, preceded by the appropriate string. \textbf{NB:} For
those uses of the \textsf{pubstate} field that print a notice at the
-end of the entry, the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}
- \texttt{origpubin}} provides much the same information, using data
-extracted from a different entry. If the information appears inside
-the entry then there is no equivalent \mycolor{\textsf{related}}
-functionality.
+end of the entry, the \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubin} provides
+much the same information, using data extracted from a different
+entry. If the information appears inside the entry then there is no
+equivalent \textsf{related} functionality.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
-use \textsf{biblatex's} \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality, and
-it should contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex}
-should extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{related}} field is required to
+use \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{related} functionality, and it should
+contain the entry key or keys from which \textsf{biblatex} should
+extract data for presentation not on its own, but rather in the
reference list entry which contains the \textsf{related} field itself.
Indeed, unless you change the defaults using the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedoptions}} field this data will only appear in
-such entries, never on its own and never in citations. Without a
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}} field, this will print the default
-type, equivalent to a full reference list entry \emph{immediately
- after} the entry containing the \textsf{related} field, with no
-intervening string. You can specify a string using the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field, so in effect this presents a
-powerful mechanism for presenting full references to related material
-of any sort whatsoever.
+\textsf{relatedoptions} field this data will only appear in such
+entries, never on its own and never in citations. Without a
+\textsf{relatedtype} field, this will print the default type,
+equivalent to a full reference list entry \emph{immediately after} the
+entry containing the \textsf{related} field, with no intervening
+string. You can specify a string using the \textsf{relatedstring}
+field, so in effect this presents a powerful mechanism for presenting
+full references to related material of any sort whatsoever.
-\mylittlespace By \colmarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} default, the
-package option \mycolor{\texttt{related}} is set to print
-\textsf{related} entries in the list of references. If you would like
-to turn this off you can set this option, either in your preamble or
-in the \textsf{options} or \mycolor{\textsf{relatedoptions}} field of
-the relevant entry, to \texttt{false}.
+\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} default, the
+package option \texttt{related} is set to print \textsf{related}
+entries in the list of references. If you would like to turn this off
+you can set this option, either in your preamble or in the
+\textsf{options} or \textsf{relatedoptions} field of the relevant
+entry, to \texttt{false}.
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
+\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedoptions}} field will, I
should expect, only be needed very rarely. If you want to set
-entry-level options for a \mycolor{\textsf{related}} entry this is
-where you can do it, though please remember one important detail. By
-default, \textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which
-among other things prevents the \mycolor{\textsf{related}} entry from
-appearing separately in the list of references, assuming you don't
-specifically cite it elsewhere. If you use the field yourself, then
-you'll need to include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the options therein
-to maintain this effect. Of course, it may be you don't want all the
-effects of \texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it however you wish.
-See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7~3.4.
+entry-level options for a \textsf{related} entry this is where you can
+do it, though please remember one important detail. By default,
+\textsf{Biber} sets this option to \texttt{dataonly}, which among
+other things prevents the \textsf{related} entry from appearing
+separately in the list of references, assuming you don't specifically
+cite it elsewhere. If you use the field yourself, then you'll need to
+include \texttt{dataonly} as one of the options therein to maintain
+this effect. Of course, it may be you don't want all the effects of
+\texttt{dataonly}, so you can tailor it however you wish. See
+\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7~3.4.
-\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
+\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{relatedstring}} procedure for
choosing a string to connect the main entry with its related entry/ies
is straightforward, the default being a \texttt{bibstring}, if any,
-with the same name as the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}}, or
-alternately a string or strings defined within the driver for that
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}}, as happens with the types
-\mycolor{\texttt{origpubin}} and \mycolor{\texttt{bytranslator}}.
-Failing these, you can supply your own in the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field, either in the form of the name
-of a pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and
-anything in this field always takes precedence over the automatic
-choices. If your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase
-letter then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically
-for you depending on context (coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron). I have
-not altered the standard \textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have in
-fact modified the \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the
-\mycolor{\texttt{reprintfrom}} string, which works better
-syntactically in this context, and modified the \textsf{pubstate}
-mechanism to use the \mycolor{\texttt{origpubin}} string, which brings
-it into line with the notes \&\ bibliography style.
+with the same name as the \textsf{relatedtype}, or alternately a
+string or strings defined within the driver for that
+\textsf{relatedtype}, as happens with the types \texttt{origpubin} and
+\texttt{bytranslator}. Failing these, you can supply your own in the
+\textsf{relatedstring} field, either in the form of the name of a
+pre-defined \texttt{bibstring} or as any text you choose, and anything
+in this field always takes precedence over the automatic choices. If
+your non-\texttt{bibstring} starts with a lowercase letter then
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will capitalize it automatically for you
+depending on context (coolidge:speech, weed:flatiron). I have not
+altered the standard \textsf{relatedtype} strings, and have in fact
+modified the \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism to use the
+\texttt{reprintfrom} string, which works better syntactically in this
+context, and modified the \textsf{pubstate} mechanism to use the
+\texttt{origpubin} string, which brings it into line with the notes
+\&\ bibliography style.
\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{relatedtype}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtypes}},
-and I have either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the
-needs of the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as
-possible:
+\textsf{biblatex} styles define six \textsf{relatedtypes}, and I have
+either simply adopted them wholesale or adapted them to the needs of
+the Chicago style, retaining the basic syntax as much as possible. I
+have also added one to these six (see below):
\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{bytranslator:}] This prints a full reference to
- a translation, starting with the (localized) string
+\item[\qquad bytranslator:] This prints a full reference to a
+ translation, starting with the (localized) string
\enquote{Translated by \textsf{translator} as \textsf{Title},
\ldots} The reference is fuller in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} than
in the standard styles, and for the first time allows users to
choose the \emph{Manual's} alternate method for presenting original
+ translation (14.109; furet:passing:fr). The old \textsf{userf}
- mechanism provides the other, as does the
- \mycolor{\texttt{origpubas} \textsf{relatedtype}} (see below).
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{default:}] This is the macro used when no
- \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype}} is defined. It prints, as in the
- standard styles, and with no intervening string, full references to
- the \mycolor{\textsf{related}} entries.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{multivolume:}] This briefly lists the individual
- volumes in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard
- styles. The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say
- on the matter.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{origpubas:}] This type can, if you want, replace
- the old \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
+ mechanism provides the other, as does the \texttt{origpubas}
+ \textsf{relatedtype} (see below).
+\item[\qquad default:] This is the macro used when no
+ \textsf{relatedtype} is defined. It prints, as in the standard
+ styles, and with no intervening string, full references to the
+ \textsf{related} entries.
+\item[\qquad multivolume:] This briefly lists the individual volumes
+ in a multi-volume work, and works much as in the standard styles.
+ The \emph{Manual}, as far as I can see, has little to say on the
+ matter.
+\item[\qquad origpubas:] This type can, if you want, replace the old
+ \textsf{userf} mechanism, described below, for presenting an
original with its translation. It's quite similar to the
- \mycolor{\texttt{default}} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring}
- automatically connecting the entry with its \textsf{related}
- entries. You can identify other sorts of relationships if you
- change the introductory string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{origpubin:}] I have barely altered this from the
+ \texttt{default} type, but with a \texttt{bibstring} automatically
+ connecting the entry with its \textsf{related} entries. You can
+ identify other sorts of relationships if you change the introductory
+ string using \textsf{relatedstring}.
+\item[\qquad origpubin:] I have barely altered this from the
\textsf{biblatex} default, and it will present reprint information
\emph{after} the main entry rather than within it. The
\emph{Manual} seems to prefer the latter for the notes \&
bibliography style and, in some circumstances, the former for
author-date.
-\item[\qquad \mycolor{reprintfrom:}] This type provides a replacement
- for the old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in
- the standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
- material than does \mycolor{\texttt{origpubin}}, and is designed
- particularly for presenting pieces formerly printed in other
- collections or perhaps essays collected from various periodicals.
- (In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
+\item[\qquad reprintfrom:] This type provides a replacement for the
+ old \textsf{reprinttitle} mechanism described below. As in the
+ standard styles, it presents a fuller reference to the reprinted
+ material than does \texttt{origpubin}, and is designed particularly
+ for presenting pieces formerly printed in other collections or
+ perhaps essays collected from various periodicals. (In
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains some kludges to cope with
possible \textsf{babel} language environments, so if you find it
behaving oddly please let me know, including whether you are using
\textsf{babel} [which I've tested] or \textsf{polyglossia} [which I
haven't].)
+\item[\qquad \mycolor{reviewof:}] Philip Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa}
+ package includes this type, and user Bertold Schweitzer suggested it
+ might be a useful addition to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, so I've
+ added it to the standard six detailed above. It differs from all of
+ them in that it prints the \textsf{relatedstring} (by default
+ \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}}) and the data from the \textsf{related}
+ entry in the middle of the parent entry, rather than at the end. It
+ also differs from them in being available only in \textsf{article}
+ and \textsf{review} entries (along with the latter's clone,
+ \textsf{suppperiodical}).
+
+ In \textsf{article} entries it replaces the \textsf{titleaddon} with
+ the \textsf{relatedstring} followed by the \textsf{title} of the
+ child entry, and in \textsf{review} entries it replaces the
+ \textsf{title} with the same two components. In both types these
+ components will optionally be followed by the \textsf{author},
+ \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, etc.,\ of the reviewed item,
+ and then any child \textsf{titleaddon} may optionally appear at the
+ end, allowing maximum flexibility when presenting, for example,
+ reviews of live performances.
+
+ This mechanism automates both the provision of the localized
+ \cmd{bibstring} and also the formatting of the \textsf{title} of the
+ reviewed work, and it also obviates the need to use any of the
+ \cmd{partedit} macros in this context. If you've changed the
+ default setting of the \texttt{related} option in the preamble, then
+ you'll need to ensure that it is set to \texttt{true} in the
+ individual entries where you use this \textsf{relatedtype} to ensure
+ that the entry's full data appears in the list of references. Also,
+ if the mechanism doesn't work for you in a particular context,
+ remember that the standard way of presenting reviewed works is still
+ available.
\end{description}
\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
\textbf{If you have been using this feature, you may want to have a
- look at the} \mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom}},
+ look at the} \textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{reprintfrom},
\textbf{documented above, for a better solution to this problem, one
that also allows you to change the introductory string using the}
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} \textbf{field. The}
-\textsf{reprinttitle} \textbf{field will continue to work as before,
- however.} At the request of Will Small, I have included a means of
-providing the original publication details of an essay or a chapter
-that you are citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected
- Essays} volume. In such a case, at least according to the
-\emph{Manual} (14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes,
-only in the bibliography, and then only if these details are
-\enquote{of particular interest.} The data would follow an
-introductory phrase like \enquote{originally published as,} making the
-problem strictly parallel to that of including details of a work in
-the original language alongside the details of its translation. I
-have addressed the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which
-provides a sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
+\textsf{relatedstring} \textbf{field. The} \textsf{reprinttitle}
+\textbf{field will continue to work as before, however.} At the
+request of Will Small, I have included a means of providing the
+original publication details of an essay or a chapter that you are
+citing from a subsequent reprint, e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays}
+volume. In such a case, at least according to the \emph{Manual}
+(14.115), such details needn't be provided in notes, only in the
+bibliography, and then only if these details are \enquote{of
+ particular interest.} The data would follow an introductory phrase
+like \enquote{originally published as,} making the problem strictly
+parallel to that of including details of a work in the original
+language alongside the details of its translation. I have addressed
+the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which provides a
+sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the
.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
@@ -9992,12 +10184,12 @@
\texttt{originally published as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:}
or \texttt{Latin edition:}, etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr,
aristotle:metaphy:trans). \textbf{NB:} You can use the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas}} to replicate the
+\textsf{relatedtype} \texttt{origpubas} to replicate the
\textsf{userf} functionality, and you can also customize the
-\mycolor{\textsf{relatedstring}} field to achieve the same result as
-with \textsf{origlanguage}.
+\textsf{relatedstring} field to achieve the same result as with
+\textsf{origlanguage}.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\subsection{Commands}
\label{sec:commands:authdate}
@@ -10031,7 +10223,9 @@
has few such issues. In \textsf{dates-test.bib} there are only two
places where the \cmd{autocap} macro is necessary, and they both
involve the string \texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{year} field
-(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).
+(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib), though you can now avoid even
+this necessity by placing \texttt{forthcoming} in the
+\textsf{pubstate} field.
\mylittlespace I have nonetheless retained the system developed,
following \textsf{biblatex's} example, for the notes \&\ bibliography
@@ -10061,7 +10255,7 @@
\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{part} field in entry types that use it.
\item The \textbf{prenote} field prefixed to citation commands.
-\item The \mycolor{\textbf{relatedstring}} field in all entry types.
+\item The \textbf{relatedstring} field in all entry types.
\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
(\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
in the latter case, however, only when there is an
@@ -10209,7 +10403,7 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the appropriate string in your
references.
-\mybigspace Use \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
+\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If
you are writing in French then you no longer need to add either
@@ -10242,7 +10436,7 @@
\label{sec:cite:authordate}
The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
-commands, most of which, in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} and
+commands, most of which, in \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago-authordate} and
\textsf{authordate-trad}, function as they do in the standard
author-date styles. If you are getting unexpected behavior when using
them please have a look in your .log file. A command like
@@ -10261,16 +10455,16 @@
the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.
-\mybigspace Arne \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
+\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash gentextcite}}
Skj\xE6rholt requested, for the author-date styles, a variant of the
\cmd{textcite} command that presented the author's name in the
genitive case in running text, thereby simplifying certain syntactic
-constructions (15.24). The \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcite}} command, in
-effect, provides a way to include almost anything in between the name
-and the parenthesized date in a \cmd{textcite}, so its use may well
-not be limited to the possessive. In most respects it behaves exactly
-like \cmd{textcite}, on which see below. The difference is that I've
-added a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to
+constructions (15.24). The \cmd{gentextcite} command, in effect,
+provides a way to include almost anything in between the name and the
+parenthesized date in a \cmd{textcite}, so its use may well not be
+limited to the possessive. In most respects it behaves exactly like
+\cmd{textcite}, on which see below. The difference is that I've added
+a new optional field to the front of the command to allow you to
choose which declensional ending to add to the name. If you don't
specify this field, you'll get the standard English \enquote{\,'s\,}.
If you want something different, you'll need to present a third option
@@ -10279,10 +10473,10 @@
two further sets of square brackets, because with only one set it
will, as with other citation commands, be interpreted as a
\textsf{postnote}, and with two a \textsf{prenote} and a
-\textsf{postnote}. There is a \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} command as
-well, though currently you can only specify one genitival ending for
-all keys, like so:\
-\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}},
+\textsf{postnote}. There is a \cmd{gentextcites} command as well,
+though currently you can only specify one genitival ending for all
+keys, like so:\
+\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()()[][]\{entry:key1\}\{en\-try:key2\}},
though if you don't have a \textsf{pre-} or \textsf{postnote} to the
first citation you can make do with
\cmd{gentextcites[<ending>]()\{entry:key1\}\{entry:key2\}}.
@@ -10292,17 +10486,17 @@
ending to all the names attached to a single citation key, so it will
only appear at the end of a group of names in such a case. (This is
in keeping with the usual syntax when referring to a multi-author
-work, at least in English.) When using \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}},
-however, you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s)
-attached to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the
-names attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the
-last, but the \mycolor{\texttt{genallnames}} preamble and/or entry
-option set to \texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's
-name(s). When using one citation command to cite more than one work
-by the same author, it is the \emph{first} occurrence of the name
-which \textsf{biblatex} prints, eliding subsequent ones. In order to
-get the possessive ending on that name you'll need to set
-\mycolor{\texttt{genallnames}} to \texttt{true}.
+work, at least in English.) When using \cmd{gentextcites}, however,
+you can control whether the ending appears after the name(s) attached
+to each citation key, or whether it only appears after the names
+attached to the last key. By default, it only appears after the last,
+but the \texttt{genallnames} preamble and/or entry option set to
+\texttt{true} will attach the ending to each key's name(s). When
+using one citation command to cite more than one work by the same
+author, it is the \emph{first} occurrence of the name which
+\textsf{biblatex} prints, eliding subsequent ones. In order to get
+the possessive ending on that name you'll need to set
+\texttt{genallnames} to \texttt{true}.
\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} standard
\textsf{biblatex} this command searches first for a
@@ -10366,7 +10560,7 @@
empty parentheses, but you will get another standard citation, which
may add too much clutter.
-%%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{labelyear=\\true}} option
tells \textsf{biblatex} to provide the special \textsf{labelyear} and
@@ -10395,13 +10589,13 @@
minor problem with punctuation in titles, ensuring that the colon
between a title and a subtitle appears in the correct, matching font.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} is the
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{related=true}} is the
standard \textsf{biblatex} bibliography option, and it enables the use
-of \mycolor{\textsf{related}} functionality in the list of references.
-I have added an entry option, as well, so if you set this to
-\texttt{false} in your preamble, in the \textsf{options} field, or in
-the \mycolor{\textsf{relatedoptions}} field, you can make the package
-ignore the \mycolor{\textsf{related}} fields.
+of \textsf{related} functionality in the list of references. I have
+added an entry option, as well, so if you set this to \texttt{false}
+in your preamble, in the \textsf{options} field, or in the
+\textsf{relatedoptions} field, you can make the package ignore the
+\textsf{related} fields.
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
@@ -10408,11 +10602,11 @@
which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sorting=cms}} setting takes
-advantage of the \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} command provided by
+advantage of the \cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} command provided by
\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{Biber}, in effect implementing a default
sorting order in the list of references tailored to comply with the
Chicago author-date specification. Please see the documentation of
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.
+\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate} in section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquelist=\\minyear}} option
enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to disambiguate entries
@@ -10469,28 +10663,29 @@
I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
chosen font. The default definition is:
-\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibnamedash\}\{\textbackslash
+\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibname\-dash\}\{\textbackslash
rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.
\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
\&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} the request of Kenneth Pearce, I have
-added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx},
-for use with the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands}
-command. The first, \texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of
-shorthands to appear inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does
-the same for endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size,
-and in the latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white
-space that I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably
-also want to use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid
-of the [oversized] default, providing your own within the
-\cmd{footnote} command.) If \colmarginpar{New} you use a command like
+added two \texttt{bibenvironments} to
+\textsf{chicago-author\-date.bbx}, for use with the \texttt{env}
+option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command. The first,
+\texttt{losnotes}, is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear
+inside footnotes, while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for
+endnotes. Their main effect is to change the font size, and in the
+latter case to clear up some spurious punctuation and white space that
+I see on my system when using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to
+use the option \texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the
+[oversized] default, providing your own within the \cmd{footnote}
+command.) If you use a command like
\cmd{printbiblist\{shortjournal\}} to print a list of journal
-abbreviations, you can use the \mycolor{\texttt{sjnotes}} and
-\mycolor{\texttt{sjendnotes}} \texttt{bibenvironments} in exactly the
-same way. Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
-\mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}
-above for further options available to you for presenting and
-formatting these two types of \texttt{biblist}.
+abbreviations, you can use the \texttt{sjnotes} and
+\texttt{sjendnotes} \texttt{bibenvironments} in exactly the same way.
+Please see the documentation of \textsf{shorthand} and
+\textsf{shortjournal} in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for
+further options available to you for presenting and formatting these
+two types of \texttt{biblist}.
\mylittlespace The next-generation backend \textsf{Biber} and
\textsf{biblatex} offer enhanced functionality in many areas,
@@ -10498,7 +10693,7 @@
don't work well for you, you can redefine all of them in your document
preamble --- see \textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7\xA74.5.8 and 4.5.5.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}}
option allows you to add name fields for consideration when
@@ -10535,19 +10730,19 @@
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}.
\mylittlespace The
-\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{SortingScheme}} third
-\textsf{Biber} enhancement I have implemented allows you to include
-almost any field whatsoever in \textsf{biblatex's} sorting algorithms
-for the list of references, so that a great many more entries will be
-sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring manual
-intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the like.
-Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} sets the \textsf{biblatex}
-option \texttt{sorting=cms}, which is a custom scheme, basically a
-Chicago-specific variant of the default \texttt{nyt}. You can find
-its definition in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}. (Please note that
-it uses the \textsf{labelyear} as its main year component, which
-should help improve the automatic sorting of entries by the same
-\textsf{author}.)
+\mymarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Sorting-}\\\texttt{Template}}
+third \textsf{Biber} enhancement I have implemented allows you to
+include almost any field whatsoever in \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
+algorithms for the list of references, so that a great many more
+entries will be sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring
+manual intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the
+like. Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} sets the
+\textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{sorting=cms}, which is a custom
+scheme, basically a Chicago-specific variant of the default
+\texttt{nyt}. You can find its definition in
+\textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}. (Please note that it uses the
+\textsf{labelyear} as its main year component, which should help
+improve the automatic sorting of entries by the same \textsf{author}.)
\mylittlespace The advantages of this scheme are, specifically, that
any entry headed by one of the supplemental name fields
@@ -10724,18 +10919,17 @@
\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}.
\mylittlespace Roger
-\colmarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
+\mymarginpar{\texttt{ctitleaddon=\\comma\\ptitleaddon=\\period}} Hart
requested a way to control the punctuation printed before the
\textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon}, and
\textsf{maintitleaddon} fields. By default, this is
-\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\mycolor{\textsf{ctitleaddon}}) for
-nearly all \textsf{book-} and \textsf{maintitleaddons} in the list of
-references, while \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}}
-(\mycolor{\textsf{ptitleaddon}}) is the default before most
-\textsf{titleaddons} there. If the punctuation printed isn't correct
-for your needs, you can set the relevant option either in the preamble
-or in individual entries. (Cf.\ coolidge:speech and
-schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option keys are:
+\cmd{addcomma\cmd{add\-space}} (\textsf{ctitleaddon}) for nearly all
+\textsf{book-} and \textsf{maintitleaddons} in the list of references,
+while \cmd{addperiod\cmd{addspace}} (\textsf{ptitleaddon}) is the
+default before most \textsf{titleaddons} there. If the punctuation
+printed isn't correct for your needs, you can set the relevant option
+either in the preamble or in individual entries. (Cf.\
+coolidge:speech and schubert:muellerin.) The accepted option keys are:
\begin{description}
\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
@@ -10768,20 +10962,19 @@
\texttt{false} either in the preamble or in the \textsf{options} field
of your entry to have it appear after the \textsf{maintitle}.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev\\=notes}}
-option controls the printing of the \mycolor{\textsf{shortjournal}}
-field in place of the \textsf{journaltitle} field in citations and
-reference lists. It is set to \texttt{notes} by default, so as
-shipped \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print such fields
-only in citations, but you can set it, either in the preamble or in
-individual entries, to one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints
-the abbreviated form both in citations and reference lists,
-\texttt{bib} in the reference list only, and \texttt{false} in
-neither. Please note that in \textsf{periodical} entries the
-\textsf{title} and \textsf{shorttitle} fields behave in exactly the
-same manner. For more details, see the documentation of
-\mycolor{\textbf{shortjournal}} in section~\ref{sec:entryfields},
-above.
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{journalabbrev\\=notes}}
+option controls the printing of the \textsf{shortjournal} field in
+place of the \textsf{journaltitle} field in citations and reference
+lists. It is set to \texttt{notes} by default, so as shipped
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print such fields only in
+citations, but you can set it, either in the preamble or in individual
+entries, to one of three other values: \texttt{true} prints the
+abbreviated form both in citations and reference lists, \texttt{bib}
+in the reference list only, and \texttt{false} in neither. Please
+note that in \textsf{periodical} entries the \textsf{title} and
+\textsf{shorttitle} fields behave in exactly the same manner. For
+more details, see the documentation of \textbf{shortjournal} in
+section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{longcrossref=\\false}} is
the second option, requested by Bertold Schweitzer, for controlling
@@ -10824,7 +11017,7 @@
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{nodates=true}} option means
that for all entry types except \textsf{inreference}, \textsf{misc},
-and \textsf{reference}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically
+and \textsf{reference}, \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago} will automatically
provide \cmd{bibstring\{nodates\}} for any entry that doesn't
otherwise provide a date for citations and for the heads of entries in
the list of references. If you set \texttt{nodates=false} in your
@@ -10832,21 +11025,20 @@
entry type whatsoever. (The bibstring expands to
\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} in English.)
-\mylittlespace As \colmarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
-\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}
-option as standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler}
-is now deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files
-with \mycolor{\texttt{usenamec}}, which works much better across the
-board.
+\mylittlespace As \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}}
+\textsf{biblatex} automatically includes a \texttt{usenamec} option as
+standard, the Chicago-specific option \texttt{usecompiler} is now
+deprecated. Please replace it your documents and .bib files with
+\texttt{usenamec}, which works much better across the board.
\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
\label{sec:authuseropts}
These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
-enable. All except the fourth can be used even if you load the
-package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users
-can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
+enable. All except the fifth can be used even if you load the package
+in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users can
+just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
+\cmd{usepackage\break\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
Emil Salim, I have added to this version of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
@@ -10861,7 +11053,7 @@
\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} option used
\emph{in the preamble} provides a method for simplifying the creation
-of databases with a great many multi-date entries. Despite warnings
+of data\-bases with a great many multi-date entries. Despite warnings
in previous releases, users have plainly already been setting this
option in their preambles, so I thought I might at least attempt to
make it work as \enquote{correctly} as I can. The switches for it are
@@ -10891,7 +11083,7 @@
15th-edition synonyms for the latter, \texttt{new} or \texttt{old}),
then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} (and
\textsf{authordate-trad}) will change the default
-\cmd{DeclareLabel\-date} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear}
+\cmd{DeclareLa\-beldate} definition so that the \textsf{labelyear}
search order will be \textsf{origdate, date, eventdate, urldate}.
This means that for entry types not covered by the \texttt{avdate}
option, and for those types as well if you turn off that option, the
@@ -10959,11 +11151,10 @@
course you also lose a fair amount of other formatting, as well. See
section~\ref{sec:loading:auth}, below.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{genallnames}} option affects
the choice of which names to present in the genitive case when using
-the \mycolor{\cmd{gentextcites}} command. Please see the
-documentation of that command in section~\ref{sec:cite:authordate},
-above.
+the \cmd{gentextcites} command. Please see the documentation of that
+command in section~\ref{sec:cite:authordate}, above.
\mylittlespace Several \mymarginpar{\texttt{headline}\\\texttt{(trad
only)}} users requested an option that turned off the automatic
@@ -10978,7 +11169,19 @@
latter anywhere in your document please be aware that it will also be
turned off there.
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+\mylittlespace When \colmarginpar{\texttt{hypertitle}} you use the
+\textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, the in-text
+citations will provide a hyperlink to the full information in the list
+of references. Timo Thoms rightly pointed out that, generally, one
+only wants one piece of the citation to provide the hyperlink, usually
+the \textsf{date} part. The author-date styles will instead link the
+\textsf{title} or the \textsf{shorthand} if there isn't a
+\textsf{date}, but if you set this option to \texttt{true} globally in
+your preamble then all \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will
+link, regardless of whether a \textsf{date} is also present. You can
+also set \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}} in the \textsf{options} field
+of individual entries, allowing you to provide a hyperlink in cases
+where the automatic mechanism gets it wrong (ency:britannica).
\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
(6.47) states that \enquote{commas are not required around \emph{Jr.}\
@@ -11007,8 +11210,8 @@
\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with
\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter
-form also works if you use \cmd{usepackage}\\
-\texttt{[style=chicago-authordate]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
+form also works if you use \cmd{usepackage}
+\texttt{[style=chicago-authordate]\{bibla\-tex\}}, so I hope this
requirement isn't too onerous.
\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
@@ -11024,7 +11227,7 @@
\textsf{biblatex}\ \texttt{citereset} option, on which see
\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA73.1.2.1.
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
+\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ordinalgb}} option, which
only affects users of the \texttt{british} language, restores the
previous package defaults, printing the \textsf{day} part of a
\textsf{date} specification as an ordinal number: 26th March 2017.
@@ -11043,7 +11246,7 @@
page number, e.g., \cmd{autocite[16; some comment]\{citekey\}}, or
provide a separate .bib entry using the \textsf{customc} entry type,
e.g., \cmd{autocites\{chicago:man\-ual\}\{chicago:comment\}}. With
-this option enabled, \cmd{autocite[;\,some\,comment]\\\{citekey\}} will
+this option enabled, \cmd{autocite[;\,some\,comment]\{citekey\}} will
do. More generally, the \texttt{postnotepunct} option
allows you to start the \textsf{postnote} field with a punctuation
mark (.\,,\,;\,:) and have it appear as the \cmd{postnotedelim} in
@@ -11074,7 +11277,7 @@
code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems.
-\mylittlespace Stefan \colmarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Bj\xF6rk pointed
+\mylittlespace Stefan \mymarginpar{\texttt{xrefurl}} Bj\xF6rk pointed
out that when, using the \texttt{longcrossref} or
\texttt{booklongxref} options, you turn on the automatic abbreviation
of multiple entries in the same (e.g.) \textsf{collection} or
@@ -11257,8 +11460,8 @@
\mylittlespace If your .bib file contains a large number of entries
with more than three authors, then you may run into some limitations
-of the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} code. The default settings in the
-package are \texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
+of the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} code. The default settings are
+\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references. In
practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
@@ -11335,6 +11538,357 @@
\textsc{Bib}\TeX, and avoid the cryptic errors that ensue when your
.bib file gets to a certain size.
+\section{The \mycolor{\textsf{Jurisdiction}},
+ \mycolor{\textsf{Legislation}}, and \mycolor{\textsf{Legal}} Entry
+ Types}
+\label{sec:legal}
+
+I have received numerous requests over the years to include some means
+of referring to legal and public documents which, broadly speaking,
+don't fit easily into any of the standard \textsf{biblatex} entry
+types. The \emph{Manual} (14.281--317) recommends using the
+\emph{Bluebook} as a guide for formatting such references, while also
+suggesting certain modifications to this formatting to bring it more
+into line with Chicago's usual practices. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago}
+now offers three entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+\mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- which
+allow you to present at least a substantial subset of what the
+\emph{Bluebook} offers. As the rules for your .bib entries are the
+same in the notes \&\ bibliography style and in the author-date
+styles, and as these rules mainly come from a source outside the
+\emph{Manual,} and additionally as these rules apparently require even
+the author-date styles to use a system of foot- or endnotes (15.54), I
+have documented these types in a section of their own, applicable to
+all the Chicago styles. (Some few changes needed when using the
+author-date styles, mainly to do with citation commands, will be
+outlined at the end.) You can also consult the example files
+\mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and
+\mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might construct
+your database entries.
+
+\subsection{Types, Subtypes, and Fields}
+\label{sec:legal:types}
+
+Anyone who has used the \emph{Bluebook} will realize that it is
+hopeless to attempt to fit its labyrinthine complexities into three
+entry types, but with the addition of numerous \textsf{entrysubtypes}
+and some parsing by \textsf{Biber} under the hood, I hope to have
+covered the main sorts of material discussed by the \emph{Manual}. As
+a first approximation, all three types begin from a structure
+analogous to the standard \textsf{biblatex article} type, with a
+number of subtle differences that I have attempted to make consistent
+across the three. Standard practice is to present the references
+\emph{only} in notes, and not in a bibliography, so by default
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} excludes these types from the latter, though
+you can control this using an option (see below).
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{jurisdiction}} type is for
+presenting legal cases and court decisions. A typical entry will
+contain the following fields:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[title] The case name as seen in the first, long note.
+\item[shorttitle] The case name for subsequent, short
+ notes, ordinarily either the plaintiff or the nongovernmental party.
+\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The reporter for the
+ case, \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form
+ available in the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place the abbreviation
+ either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal}
+ field. If you wish to present your readers with a list of
+ abbreviations with their expansions, then the expansion goes in
+ \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in
+ \textsf{shortjournal}. (Cf.\
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
+\item[pages \emph{or} issue] When using a standard official reporter,
+ this will contain the opening page of the decision in that reporter,
+ while any \textsf{postnote} field will contain the specific page on
+ which a particular citation appears (a \enquote{pincite}). When
+ citing a commercial electronic database, on the other hand, you
+ should give, instead of a \textsf{pages} field, the identifying
+ number of the case using the \textsf{issue} field.
+ \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} uses the presence of the \textsf{issue}
+ field to provide the slightly different formatting required for
+ citations from databases like Westlaw or LexisNexis. When an
+ \textsf{issue} field is present, then both the \textsf{pages} field
+ and the \textsf{postnote} field can provide a pincite. (Cf.\
+ federal:case and database:case.)
+\item[series] If you are citing an official reporter, then it may have
+ a \textsf{series} number, which will be printed immediately after
+ the name of the reporter.
+\item[volume] The volume number of the reporter. It will often be the
+ same as the year when using a commercial electronic database, but
+ you still need to provide it separately.
+\item[number] The docket number of the case, generally required when
+ the reporter is a commercial database.
+\item[date] The date of the decision.
+\item[location] The abbreviated name of the court, if it isn't clear
+ from the reporter cited. It will be associated with the
+ \textsf{date} in American cases, but not in Canadian or UK case (see
+ below). Being a list field, it can contain more than one item, in
+ case you need a separate set of parentheses to identify a
+ jurisdiction as well as a court name in Canadian or UK cases (cf.\
+ uk:case:square).
+\end{description}}
+
+These are, so to speak, the basic elements of a
+\mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} citation, which may, depending on
+specific circumstances, require supplementation by the following:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[entrysubtype\{\mycolor{square}\} \textrm{or}
+ \{\mycolor{round}\}] The \emph{Manual} includes examples for citing
+ cases in Canada and in the United Kingdom, and the \texttt{square}
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} identifies the reporter either as Canadian or
+ as a UK reporter for which the year is essential to locating the
+ case, that is, when \enquote{there is either no volume number or the
+ volumes for each year are numbered anew, not cumulatively}
+ (14.310). The \texttt{round} subtype, by contrast, identifies a UK
+ reporter where the volumes are numbered cumulatively, making the
+ year inessential. (The names refer to the shapes of the brackets
+ placed around the year in each case. Cf.\ canada:case,
+ uk:case:round, and uk:case:square.)
+\item[origlocation \textrm{or} origpublisher] If you need to cite more
+ than one reporter for a given case, then there are two
+ possibilities. Either the second (and subsequent) reporter(s)
+ use(s) the same pagination as the first (\textsf{origpublisher}) or
+ the reporters use different pagination (\textsf{origlocation}).
+ Since both are list fields, you can in theory provide several
+ reporters, but please note that these fields are currently only
+ provided for citations of American cases. (Cf.\ state:case:2reps.)
+\item[related] It may be necessary sometimes to indicate further
+ action by another, higher court, such as the US Supreme Court's
+ grant or denial of \emph{certiorari}. The usual \textsf{related}
+ mechanism is useful in such situations, particularly with a tailored
+ \textsf{relatedstring} field. (Cf.\ federal:lower:related.)
+\end{description}}
+
+This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legislation}} is the most complicated of
+the new entry types, with several \textsf{entrysubtypes} and a number
+of tricky corners, particularly with regard to the provision of
+subsequent short notes after the first full citation. It is intended
+to cope with constitutions and with legislative and executive
+documents of all kinds, with the exception of treaties, for which you
+can use the \mycolor{\textsf{legal}} type, below. In effect, the type
+tries to cover federal, state, and municipal laws and ordinances,
+statutes, bills, resolutions, reports, debates, hearings, presidential
+and congressional documents, and constitutions, none of which it does
+with particular elegance, so consider it a work in progress. Many of
+the fields have close analogues in the \textsf{jurisdiction} type, so
+at least there is some bare minimum of consistency when dealing with
+public and legal material.
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[author] Some kinds of material, usually reports, may have an
+ \textsf{author}, often an organizational one. (Cf.\ congress:report and
+ uk:command.)
+\item[title] Reports, bills, hearings and the like frequently have a
+ \textsf{title} which, please note, quite frequently will not turn up
+ in short notes, depending on which other fields are present.
+\item[titleaddon] This field is considerably more important in
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} entries than the \textsf{shorttitle}
+ field, mainly because it will turn up in many short notes where the
+ \textsf{title} will not. It will frequently contain specifying
+ information on legislative material, and will therefore often allow
+ short notes to differentiate citations of sources that might have
+ the same \textsf{title} but differ in other respects. (Cf.\
+ congress:publiclaw, congress:bill, and congress:report.)
+\item[number] Gives an identifying number to a \textsf{title} or a
+ \textsf{titleaddon}, prefixed with \cmd{bib\-string\{number\}}. It
+ too can appear in short notes.
+\item[note] This gives a section or other specifying information
+ related to a \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{number}. (Cf.\
+ congress:publiclaw.)
+\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] There is usually a
+ standard place for publishing various sorts of legislative material,
+ and as in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries it is
+ \emph{always} presented in a standard abbreviated form available in
+ the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place the abbreviation either in the
+ \textsf{journaltitle} or in the \textsf{shortjournal} field. If you
+ wish to present your readers with a list of abbreviations with their
+ expansions, then the expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the
+ abbreviation in \textsf{shortjournal}. Like \textsf{titleaddon},
+ this field will often appear in short notes. (Cf.\
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
+\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}. It can
+ be a cardinal or an ordinal, depending on the \textsf{shortjournal}.
+ (Cf.\ congress:publiclaw and congress:bill.)
+\item[series] In citations of American material, this will usually
+ contain session information pertaining to a legislative publication.
+ Elsewhere it will often contain just be a plain number, not unlike
+ in \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries. (Cf.\
+ congress:debate:globe, state:statute:okla, and uk:hansard.)
+\item[issue] This field can provide an identifying number in some
+ circumstances, particularly when you don't want it prefixed by any
+ bibstring --- cf.\ uk:command.
+\item[pages] Somewhat similar to its use in
+ \mycolor{\textsf{jurisdiction}} entries, this will usually contain
+ the opening page, or sometimes the section number, of the material
+ in the \textsf{shortjournal}, while any \textsf{postnote} field will
+ contain the specific page on which a particular citation appears (a
+ \enquote{pincite}).
+\item[part \textrm{or} chapter] Some sources use \textsf{part} or
+ \textsf{chapter} numbers instead of \textsf{pages} or sections.
+ (Cf.\ canada:statute and uk:statute.)
+\item[date] The date of publication of the material, usually just a
+ \textsf{year}, though sometimes a full date, e.g., see
+ executive:proclamation.
+\item[location] If it is not clear from the \textsf{title} or the
+ \textsf{shortjournal}, this field can specify, in abbreviated form,
+ the US state where the legislative material originates. It will be
+ associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes, but will appear
+ elsewhere in short notes. (Cf.\ state:statute:okla.)
+\item[usera] This specifies a particular edition, possibly from a
+ commercial electronic data\-base, of a legislative publication. It
+ will be associated with the \textsf{date} in long notes but won't
+ appear in short ones. (Cf.\ congress:debate:new and
+ state:statute:ky.)
+\item[addendum] You can use this field to specify the speaker at
+ hearings or in debates, the Canadian or British jurisdiction of some
+ laws if not otherwise clear from the citation, or possibly simply
+ additional information about a source. (Cf.\ canada:statute,
+ congress:debate:new, congress:hearing, state:statute:ky, and
+ uk:statute.)
+\item[entrysubtype] The sheer variety of sources included under the
+ \mycolor{\textsf{legislation}} type, and the specialized rules for
+ presenting them, have necessitated the introduction of a substantial
+ network of \textsf{entrysubtypes}:
+ {\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\mycolor{\textsf{#1}}:}
+ \begin{description}
+ \setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+ \item[canada] Identifies Canadian statutes (canada:statute).
+ \item[constitution] For constitutions, be they federal, state, or
+ local (constitution:ar\-kansas and constitution:federal).
+ \textsf{Biber} will automatically detect if the \textsf{title}
+ contains the string \texttt{Const} and provide the
+ \textsf{entrysubtype} for you, but in other cases you'll have to
+ provide it yourself.
+ \item[hansard] Identifies UK parliamentary debates as published in
+ \emph{Hansard}. (Cf.\ uk:\break hansard.)
+ \item[hearing] For congressional hearings (congress:hearing).
+ \item[uk] Identifies UK statutes and command papers. (Cf.\
+ uk:command, uk:statute, and uk:statute:regnal.)
+ \item[un] For UN documents (un:resolution).
+ \end{description}}
+\end{description}}
+
+A glance through the \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} file should
+help enormously when you're trying to work out how to present a
+particular source, and all suggestions for pruning the foliage will be
+welcome.
+
+\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{legal}} type is intended as a
+catch-all for miscellaneous public documents not included in the
+previous two types, but for the moment the only sort of material for
+which it is required is international treaties (14.302; treaty). The
+usual fields for such material include:
+
+{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\quad\textsf{#1}:}
+\begin{description}
+\setlength{\parskip}{-2pt}
+\item[title] The treaty name as seen in the first, long note.
+\item[shorttitle] The treaty name for subsequent, short notes. You
+ can also use the \textsf{shorthand} field in such entries.
+\item[titleaddon] This contains the names of the countries involved
+ in the treaty, in abbreviated form.
+\item[journaltitle \textrm{and/or} shortjournal] The standard
+ publication containing the treaty, \emph{always} presented in an
+ abbreviated form available in the \emph{Bluebook}. You can place
+ the abbreviation either in the \textsf{journaltitle} or in the
+ \textsf{shortjournal} field. If you wish to present your readers
+ with a list of abbreviations with their expansions, then the
+ expansion goes in \textsf{journaltitle} and the abbreviation in
+ \textsf{shortjournal}. (Cf.\
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how this might look.)
+\item[issue] This will contain the identifying number provided by the
+ \textsf{shortjournal}.
+\item[volume] The volume number of the \textsf{shortjournal}.
+\item[date] The exact date of signing, as the year of publication can
+ differ from it.
+\item[pages] This, or a \textsf{postnote} field, can contain a
+ specific page reference (\enquote{pincite}).
+\end{description}}
+
+\subsection{Citation Commands}
+\label{sec:legal:citcommands}
+
+The \emph{Bluebook} style mandates footnotes without a bibliography,
+so it should be simple to include such references in the Chicago notes
+\&\ bibliography style, which uses foot- or endnotes as standard. The
+usual citation commands should work as you expect, though I wouldn't
+recommend the \cmd{textcite} commands, as they will produce surprising
+and unsatisfactory results. For users of the author-date styles,
+however, the \emph{Bluebook} more or less requires you to adopt a
+separate set of notes in addition to the standard author-year
+citations, which means that for these three legal entry types you'll
+have to remember to use new citation commands that I've provided:
+\mycolor{\cmd{fullcite}}, \mycolor{\cmd{footfullcite}}, and
+\mycolor{\cmd{parenfullcite}}. The first prints the reference, the
+second does so in a footnote, and the third does so inside
+parentheses.
+
+\subsection{Options}
+\label{sec:legal:options}
+
+Several new options allow you to control the presentation of legal
+notes in your document. The default settings are indicated in the
+margins.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{legalnotes=true} option prevents the
+printing of legal citations in a bibliography or reference list, as
+the \emph{Bluebook} recommends. You can change this to \texttt{false}
+in the preamble of your document, but you should be aware that the
+reference printed in the bibliography will be a clone of the long-note
+form, as the \emph{Bluebook} doesn't provide an alternative version.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{noneshort=false} option controls the
+availability of the short form of the note, intended for use in
+subsequent citations of entries already presented in full notes. By
+default, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} attempts to provide
+\emph{Bluebook}-authorized short versions of citations in this
+situation, and some of the many \textsf{entrysubtypes} are at least
+partially designed to cope with the complexities of the specification.
+The \emph{Manual}, for its part, suggests that \enquote{works that
+ cite only a few legal documents may be better off using the full
+ form for each citation} (14.287). In the author-date styles, you
+can set this option to \texttt{true} either in the preamble or in
+individual .bib entries to accomplish this. Assuming you've only used
+the \cmd{fullcite} commands for the \emph{Bluebook} entry types, the
+option will only apply to such entries. In the notes \&\ bibliography
+style the global option would apply to all entry types, but you can,
+in addition to the two methods available to author-date users, set
+this to \texttt{true} on a type-by-type basis in your preamble. It is
+designed mainly for use with \emph{Bluebook} entries, but it might
+perhaps be useful elsewhere. Please be aware that, even with this
+option on, the \emph{ibidem} mechanism remains in operation for
+repeated citations, and also that the option may give surprising
+results in the presence of \textsf{shorthand} fields and/or the
+\texttt{shorthandfirst} and \texttt{short} options.
+
+\mylittlespace I \colmarginpar{short=false} have ported this option,
+already present in the notes \&\ bibliography style, to the
+author-date styles to allow users to present short notes from the very
+first citation. I'm not certain what the use case might be for this,
+as it's intended for saving space in documents where short notes can
+point to references in a full bibliography. Still, if for any reason
+you need this you can set the option to \texttt{true} in the preamble.
+
+\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{supranotes=\\true} is a
+\emph{Bluebook}-specific option, and it produces, for some entry types
+and subtypes, a back reference to the first, long note at the end of
+subsequent, short citations. It takes the form \enquote{\emph{supra}
+ note \#,} and is available in all Chicago styles, though you'll only
+see it in certain sorts of citation, automatically controlled by
+\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in accordance with the \emph{Bluebook}
+specification. If you prefer not to see such back references, you can
+set the option to \texttt{false} either in the preamble or in
+individual .bib entries.
+
\section{Internationalization}
\label{sec:international}
@@ -11344,12 +11898,13 @@
for producing a Chicago-like style in other languages. I have
supplied three lbx files, \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, its clone
\textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}, and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, in at least
-partial fulfillment of this request. For this release, Stefan Bj\xF6rk
-has very kindly provided \mycolor{\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}} for
-speakers of that language, thereby adding to the generous
-contributions of Antti-Juhani Kaijahano (\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}),
-Baldur Kristinsson (\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}), and H\xE5kon Malmedal
-(\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, \textsf{cms-norwegian.lbx}, and
+partial fulfillment of this request. For this release, Gustavo Barros
+has very kindly provided \textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx} for speakers of
+that language, thereby adding to the generous contributions of Stefan
+Bj\xF6rk (\textsf{cms-swedish.lbx}), Antti-Juhani Kaijahano
+(\textsf{cms-finnish.lbx}), Baldur Kristinsson
+(\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}), and H\xE5kon Malmedal
+(\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}, \textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}, and
\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}). I include \textsf{cms-british.lbx} in
order to simplify and to improve the package's handling of
non-American typographical conventions in English. This means that
@@ -11388,9 +11943,10 @@
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Instead, simply load \textsf{babel} with
the \texttt{british} option.
-\mylittlespace If you want to use Finnish, French, German, Icelandic,
-Norwegian, or Swedish strings in the reference apparatus, then you can
-load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{finnish}, \texttt{french},
+\mylittlespace If you want to use Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish,
+French, German, Icelandic, Norwegian, or Swedish strings in the
+reference apparatus, then you can load \textsf{babel} with
+\texttt{brazilian}, \texttt{finnish}, \texttt{french},
\texttt{german}, \texttt{icelandic}, \texttt{ngerman}, \texttt{norsk},
\texttt{nynorsk}, or \texttt{swedish} as the main document language.
You no longer need any calls to \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} in your
@@ -11404,8 +11960,8 @@
\cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} call in the preamble. Indeed, if
\texttt{american} isn't the main text language when loading
\textsf{babel}, then in order to have access to those strings you'll
-need \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping\{american\}\{cms-american\}} in your
-preamble, as \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} won't load it for you.
+need \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping\break\{american\}\{cms-american\}} in
+your preamble, as \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} won't load it for you.
\mylittlespace Three other hints may be in order here. Please note,
first, that I haven't altered the standard punctuation procedures used
@@ -11590,32 +12146,21 @@
titles between itself and the notes \&\ bibliography style. I
strongly encourage users to migrate to one of the styles implementing
the most recent specification, as I am focusing all of my development
-and testing time there. With the current release, I am calling the
-15th-edition styles \enquote{obsolete,} and have moved them into a
-separate directory in the package.
+and testing time there. With the current release I am removing the
+15th-edition styles, long obsolete, in preparation for the move to the
+17th edition in the next feature release.
\mylittlespace Regardless of which edition you are considering, there
-are a number of things I haven't implemented. The solution in
-brown:bre\-mer to multi-part journal articles obviously isn't optimal,
-and I should investigate a way of making it simpler. If the kludge
-presented there doesn't appeal, you can always, for the time being,
-refer separately to the various parts. Legal citations are another
-thorny issue, and implementing them would involve choosing a
-particular documentation scheme (for which there exist at least three
-widely-used standards in the US), then providing what would be, it has
-seemed to me, an entirely separate \textsf{biblatex} style, bearing
-little or no relation to the usual look of Chicago citations. Indeed,
-the \emph{Manual} (14.281) even makes it clear that you should be
-using a different reference book if you are presenting work in the
-field, so I've thought it prudent to stay clear of those waters so
-far. I have received a request for this feature, however, so when I
-have cleared a few long-standing requests I shall look at it more
-closely. If you have other issues with particular sorts of citation,
-I'm of course happy to take them on board. The \emph{Manual} covers
-an enormous range of materials, but if we exclude the legal citations
-it seems to me that the available entry types could be pressed into
-service to address the vast majority of them. If this optimism proves
-misguided, please let me know.
+remain things I haven't implemented. The solution in brown:bre\-mer
+to multi-part journal articles obviously isn't optimal, and I should
+investigate a way of making it simpler. If the kludge presented there
+doesn't appeal, you can always, for the time being, refer separately
+to the various parts. If you have other issues with particular sorts
+of citation, I'm of course happy to take them on board. The
+\emph{Manual} covers an enormous range of materials, but it seems to
+me that the available entry types could be pressed into service to
+address the vast majority of them. If this optimism proves misguided,
+please let me know.
\mylittlespace I haven't yet explored the possible uses in
\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for the \textsf{biblatex}
@@ -11642,9 +12187,7 @@
%\enlargethispage{-4\baselineskip}
\mylittlespace This release fixes the formatting errors of which I am
-aware, though users writing in French should be aware of problems with
-the \cmd{partedit} command in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands} above.
-There also remain the larger issues I've discussed throughout this
+aware. There remain the larger issues I've discussed throughout this
documentation, which mainly represent my inability to make all of
\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} formatting functions transparent for the
user, but thankfully \textsf{biblatex's} superb punctuation-tracking
@@ -11653,18 +12196,168 @@
there are other micro-bugs seems certain --- if you report them I'll
do my best to fix them.
-\mylittlespace I haven't looked closely at the standard
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ style by Glenn Paulley, contained in
-the \textsf{chicago} package on CTAN, which implements the
-author-date specification from the 13th edition of the \emph{Manual}.
-If anyone is still using the style, and requires some compatibility
-code for it, let me know, and I'll look into it.
-
\section{Revision History}
\label{sec:history}
-\textbf{1.0rc4: Released \today}
+\textbf{1.0rc5: Released \today}
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:\label{deprec:obsol}
+\begin{itemize}
+\item As Nikola Le\v{c}i\'c spotted, recent releases of
+ \textsf{biblatex} have introduced some compatibility problems for
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, particularly with regard to the handling
+ of the \textsf{origlanguage} field (now a list), but also through
+ the renaming of several other fields and declarations (e.g.\
+ \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSortingTemplate}}). I have improved the
+ handling of the \textsf{origlanguage} list by including many new
+ bibstrings in the package's localization files, but other changes to
+ formatting macros have made backward compatibility with older
+ releases of \textsf{biblatex} difficult or impossible. Please
+ upgrade to version 3.10 --- which has received the most testing ---
+ to use these styles.
+\item As I mentioned in the Notice (section~\ref{sec:Notice}), the
+ 17th edition of the \emph{Manual} has now appeared, and my
+ development energies from this point will be devoted to upgrading
+ all styles to conform to it. You can still file bug reports against
+ the 16th edition, but the next major feature release will be based
+ on the 17th. In preparation for these changes, I have removed all
+ the 15th-edition files from the package.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Other New Features:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item After fielding multiple requests over the years, I have added
+ three new entry types --- \mycolor{\textbf{jurisdiction}},
+ \mycolor{\textbf{legal}}, and \mycolor{\textbf{legislation}} --- to
+ allow the presentation of court cases, laws, treaties, congressional
+ (parliamentary) debates and hearings, constitutions, and executive
+ documents. The first (\mycolor{\texttt{round}} and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{square}}) and last (\mycolor{\texttt{canada}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{constitution}}, \mycolor{\texttt{hansard}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{hearing}}, \mycolor{\texttt{uk}}, and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{un}}) introduce a number of new
+ \textsf{entrysubtypes} to help with formatting quirks, including the
+ presentation of Canadian and UK materials for inclusion in an
+ otherwise US context. There are also several new options
+ (\mycolor{\texttt{legalnotes}}, \mycolor{\texttt{noneshort}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{short}}, and \mycolor{\texttt{supranotes}}) for
+ controlling the output. I have documented all of this in
+ section~\ref{sec:legal} above, a separate section both because the
+ specification really comes from the \emph{Bluebook} rather than the
+ \emph{Manual}, and also because they are the only entry types
+ treated identically by the notes \&\ bibliography style and the
+ author-date styles (itself a formatting quirk). You can also look
+ at the sample files \mycolor{\textsf{legal-test.bib}} and
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-legal-sample.pdf}} to see how you might
+ construct your database entries. Support for \emph{Bluebook}
+ citations is in its infancy, so if you have ideas for sorting out
+ its complexities more elegantly or spot any inaccuracies then I
+ would be happy to hear about it. The implementation is intended
+ mainly for American documents, but there is some rudimentary
+ localization for the other languages supported by
+ \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. The actual citations in such contexts
+ would, let it be noted, fall outside of the \emph{Bluebook} spec.
+\item I am grateful to Gustavo Barros for providing a Brazilian
+ Portuguese localization for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in
+ the \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} file.
+\item Gustavo also pointed out a couple of instances where the
+ package's \textsf{bibstrings} couldn't accommodate the needs of his
+ localization, so with his help I've split the \texttt{recorded}
+ string into \texttt{discrecorded} and \texttt{songrecorded}, then
+ added it to all the .lbx files. I've also added two new
+ \textsf{bibstrings} for the \textsf{lista} field format:
+ \mycolor{\texttt{subverbo}} and \mycolor{\texttt{subverbis}}. I've
+ added them to all the .lbx files, but only
+ \mycolor{\textsf{cms-brazilian.lbx}} differs from the default. If
+ other languages need this change please let me know.
+\item The same user also suggested a fix to \textbf{patent} entries:
+ removing the comma from between the dates when the language doesn't
+ use a comma in lists.
+\item Timo Thoms pointed out some annoying inconsistencies when using
+ the \textsf{hyperref} package with the author-date styles, and I
+ have attempted to rectify them. In citations, only the
+ \textsf{date} portion should act as a link, if there is a
+ \textsf{date}, otherwise a \textsf{title} or perhaps a
+ \textsf{shorthand} will link to the entry in the list of references.
+ If you have entries that you believe should present hyperlinks but
+ don't, you can try setting the new \mycolor{\texttt{hypertitle}}
+ option in their \textsf{options} fields. Alternately, you can set
+ the option to \texttt{true} globally in the preamble and then
+ \textsf{titles} and \textsf{shorthands} will serve as links whether
+ there's a \textsf{date} or not. Cf.\
+ section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above.
+\item Bertold Schweitzer requested that the styles allow using the
+ string \texttt{forth\-coming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field to
+ present sources that are yet to be published. This is now supported
+ in all styles, and has the additional benefit of rendering recourse
+ to the \cmd{autocap} command unnecessary, as the styles print
+ \cmd{bibstring\{forthcoming\}} where the \textsf{year} would
+ normally appear. Using the \textsf{year} field itself is, of
+ course, still supported too.
+\item The same user requested that I allow
+ \mycolor{\texttt{newspaper}} as an exact synonym of
+ \texttt{magazine} in the \textsf{entrysubtype} field of
+ \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, \textsf{periodical}, and
+ \textsf{suppperiodical} entries. I have provided this in all
+ styles, and whereever you see \texttt{magazine} in this
+ documentation then \texttt{newspaper} will work in exactly the same
+ way.
+\item Bertold also suggested that, following the example of Philip
+ Kime's \textsf{biblatex-apa} package, I support the use of
+ \textsf{related} functionality when presenting reviews, so that you
+ can, for example, easily present multiple reviews of the same item.
+ I have provided this functionality in all styles. To enable it
+ you'll need to set the \textsf{relatedtype} field to
+ \mycolor{\texttt{reviewof}} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{review}, or
+ \textsf{suppperiodical} types. You should also read the
+ documentation in section \ref{sec:related} or \ref{sec:authrelated},
+ above, as this \textsf{relatedtype} works somewhat differently from
+ the others. The standard, manual way of citing such works remains,
+ of course, available.
+\item Jan David Hauck suggested that there was a need for an
+ \mycolor{\texttt{unpublished}} \textsf{entrysubtype} to the
+ \textsf{report} type, which would present the \textsf{title} in
+ quotation marks (or plain roman in \textsf{authordate-trad}) instead
+ of italics. I can't quite tell if the \emph{Manual} agrees, but I
+ have fulfilled this request in all styles.
+\item The same user pointed out that standard \textsf{biblatex} and
+ the discussion in the \emph{Manual} both suggest providing
+ \textsf{venue}, \textsf{eventdate}, \textsf{eventtitle}, and
+ \textsf{eventtitleaddon} fields for the \textsf{unpublished} type,
+ thereby allowing for the further specification of unpublished
+ conference papers and the like. I have added these fields in all
+ styles.
+\item At the request of N.\ Andrew Walsh, the notes \&\ bibliography
+ style now offers a way to disambiguate references to different
+ sources which would ordinarily produce identical short notes, that
+ is, where the \textsf{author} and \textsf{labeltitle} are the same.
+ \textsf{Biblatex's} \texttt{uniquework} option is now active by
+ default, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides three new user
+ options, one for choosing a disambiguating field, one for setting
+ the punctuation between that field and the rest of the short note,
+ and one for formatting the field using parentheses or square
+ brackets --- \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}},
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrapunct}}, and
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shortextraformat}}, respectively. Please see
+ section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above, for the details, and note that
+ \mycolor{\texttt{shortextrafield}} has to be set for the mechanism
+ to print anything at all.
+\item User P\xE9t\xF9r spotted two long-standing bugs: first, that the
+ \texttt{url=false} option didn't stop the printing of the
+ \textsf{urldate}, and second that empty parentheses would appear in
+ some circumstances around non-existent dates in the author-date
+ styles. I have fixed both.
+\item Philipp Immel wondered whether I could address a long-standing
+ bug when presenting a \textsf{subtitle} after a \textsf{title} that
+ ends in an exclamation point or question mark. This bug has existed
+ since the first release of the 16th-edition styles, and I think I've
+ finally solved it now after the release of the \emph{Manual's }17th
+ edition. (Cf.\ batson.)
+\end{itemize}
+
+\textbf{1.0rc4: Released May 2, 2017}
+
\mylittlespace Another bug-fix release.
\begin{itemize}
@@ -11686,7 +12379,7 @@
in the last release by some careless editing by me, and should be
fixed now.
\item Charles also pointed me to a discussion about a problem using
- \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ with \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Ulrike Fischer
+ \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ with \textsf{bibla\-tex-chicago}. Ulrike Fischer
very kindly suggested an elegant solution, and I have integrated it
into this release.
\end{itemize}
@@ -11746,7 +12439,7 @@
\textbf{1.0rc1: Released June 7, 2016}
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:\label{deprec:obsol}
+\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item The 15th-edition styles are now obsolete, and have been moved to
a new \mycolor{\texttt{obsolete}} subdirectory. You can still use
@@ -11961,7 +12654,7 @@
on that portion of the code it seemed an opportune moment to fulfill
some feature requests bearing on the same area of functionality.
\item First, following a request from Alexandre Roberts, I have added
- the \mycolor{\texttt{inher\-itshorthand}} option to the notes \&\
+ the \mycolor{\texttt{inheritshort\-hand}} option to the notes \&\
bibliography style, which allows child entries to inherit the
\textsf{shorthand} field from their parents. This in turn allows
the \textsf{shorthand} itself to appear in place of the usual
@@ -12291,17 +12984,17 @@
\textbf{0.9.9b: Released December 6, 2012}
\begin{itemize}
\item This release contains a new variant of the author-date style,
- available as the \mycolor{\texttt{authordate-trad}} option when
- loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. This provides the traditional,
- plain, pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling --- sentence-style
- capitalization, absence of quotation marks in \textsf{article}
- titles and the like --- but in all other respects follows the
- 16th-edition specification, as suggested by the \emph{Manual}
- (15.45). Remember that the \texttt{headline} package option can be
- used to turn off the automatic sentence-style capitalization,
- meaning that titles will appear as presented in the .bib file, at
- least as far as capitalization is concerned. Please see especially
- the documentation of \textsf{\textbf{title}} in
+ available as the\break \mycolor{\texttt{authordate-trad}} option
+ when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. This provides the
+ traditional, plain, pre-16th-edition Chicago title handling ---
+ sentence-style capitalization, absence of quotation marks in
+ \textsf{article} titles and the like --- but in all other respects
+ follows the 16th-edition specification, as suggested by the
+ \emph{Manual} (15.45). Remember that the \texttt{headline} package
+ option can be used to turn off the automatic sentence-style
+ capitalization, meaning that titles will appear as presented in the
+ .bib file, at least as far as capitalization is concerned. Please
+ see especially the documentation of \textsf{\textbf{title}} in
section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above, for the details.
\item I have updated calls to \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
\cmd{DeclareLabelyear} in several .cbx files so that the package
@@ -12417,7 +13110,7 @@
fields. This should reduce the instances where you need a
\textsf{shortauthor} field to provide such a name.
\item The Chicago-specific setting of another \textsf{Biber}-only
- command, \mycolor{\cmd{Declare\-SortingScheme=cms}}, allows
+ command, \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting\-Scheme=cms}}, allows
non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a
\textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries. If you aren't using
@@ -12430,7 +13123,7 @@
\begin{itemize}
\item All title fields now follow the rules for the notes \&\
bibliography style as far as punctuation, formatting, and
- capitalization are concerned. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate}
+ capitalization are concerned. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-\break authordate}
will deal with most of this automatically, but if you have any hand
formatting of lowercase letters within curly braces in your .bib
file, you will need to restore the headline-style capitalization
@@ -12534,10 +13227,10 @@
mean that \textsf{biblatex} no longer requires assistance when
alphabetizing such author-less entries.
\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command,
- \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSort\-ing\-Scheme=cms}}, allows non-standard
- fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting algorithms,
- which should reduce the instances where you need a \textsf{sortkey}
- or the like in your entries.
+ \mycolor{\cmd{DeclareSorting-\break Scheme=cms}}, allows
+ non-standard fields to be considered by \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
+ algorithms, which should reduce the instances where you need a
+ \textsf{sortkey} or the like in your entries.
\item The Chicago-specific setting of the \textsf{Biber}-only command
\mycolor{\cmd{DeclareLabel\-name}} allows \textsf{biblatex} to find
a name (\enquote{\textsf{label}}) for citations outside the standard
@@ -12620,8 +13313,8 @@
new citation command, \mycolor{\cmd{shorthandcite}}, which prints
the \textsf{shorthand} even in the first citation of a given work.
\item Following suggestions by Roger Hart, I have implemented three
- new field-exclusion options in the notes \&\ bibliography style. In
- all three cases, the field in question will always appear in the
+ new field-exclu\-sion options in the notes \&\ bibliography style.
+ In all three cases, the field in question will always appear in the
bibliography, but not in long notes, which may help to save space.
The fields at stake are \textsf{addendum}, \textsf{note}, and
\textsf{series}, controlled respectively by the new
@@ -12748,7 +13441,7 @@
\item Fixed the \cmd{smartcite} citation command in, and added a
\cmd{smartcites} command to, \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, so that the
notes \&\ bibliography style no longer prints parentheses around
- citations produced using \cmd{autocite(s)} commands inside
+ citations produced using \cmd{autocite(s)} commands inside\break
\cmd{footnote} commands. Many thanks to Louis-Dominique Dubeau for
pointing out this error.
\item Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron Lambert pointed out an issue with a
@@ -12801,7 +13494,7 @@
and the details for each type are to be found under their individual
headings.
\item I have transformed the \textbf{customc} entry type to enable
- alphabetized cross-references --- the \enquote{c} is meant to be
+ alphabetized cross-referen\-ces --- the \enquote{c} is meant to be
mnemonic --- to other, separate entries in a reference list or
bibliography. In particular, this facilitates cross-references to
other names in a list, rather than to other works. In author-date,
@@ -13012,7 +13705,7 @@
you can also consult the documentation of those entry types above.
\item The modified \textsf{csquotes.cfg} file I provided in earlier
releases is now obsolete, and has been removed from the package.
- Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes} and, if
+ Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{cs\-quotes} and, if
you are still using my modified .cfg file, remove it from your \TeX\
search path, or at the very least excise the code I provided.
\end{itemize}
@@ -13020,9 +13713,9 @@
Other New Features:
\begin{itemize}
\item Added the files \textsf{cms-german.lbx} (with its clone
- \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}) and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, which allow
- the creation of Chicago-like references in those languages. See
- section \ref{sec:international} above for details on usage.
+ \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}) and \textsf{cms-french\break .lbx}, which
+ allow the creation of Chicago-like references in those languages.
+ See section \ref{sec:international} above for details on usage.
\item Added the \texttt{annotation} package option to allow the
creation of annotated bibliographies. This code is still not
entirely polished yet, but it is usable. Please see page
@@ -13099,7 +13792,7 @@
\texttt{footmarkoff} package option when loading
\textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
\item Updates to Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package have rendered my
- modifications in \textsf{csquotes.cfg} obsolete. Please use the
+ modifications in \textsf{cs\-quotes.cfg} obsolete. Please use the
latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (4.4a at time of writing) and
ignore my file, which will disappear in a later release.
\item At the request of Will Small, I have included some code, still
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago15.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago15.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago15.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago15.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,9414 +0,0 @@
-%
-% This file documents the biblatex-chicago package, which allows users
-% of the biblatex package to format references according to the
-% Chicago Manual of Style, 15th edition.
-%
-\documentclass[a4paper]{article}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[american]{babel}
-\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
-\usepackage{vmargin}
-\setpapersize{A4}
-\setmarginsrb{1.65in}{.9in}{1.75in}{.6in}{0pt}{0pt}{12pt}{24pt}
-\setlength{\marginparwidth}{1in}
-\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,linkcolor=blue]{hyperref}
-\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
-\usepackage[scaled]{helvet}
-\usepackage[pdftex]{xcolor}
-%\usepackage[dvips]{xcolor}
-\newcommand{\mycolor}[1]{\textcolor[HTML]{228B22}{#1}}
-\usepackage{multicol}
-% Some generic settings.
-\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
-\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
-\newcommand{\mymarginpar}[1]{\marginpar{\flushright#1}}
-\newcommand{\colmarginpar}[1]{\mymarginpar{\mycolor{#1}}}
-\newcommand{\mybigspace}{\vspace{\baselineskip}}
-\newcommand{\mylittlespace}{\vspace{.5\baselineskip}}
-\makeatletter
-\renewcommand{\section}{\@startsection
- {section}%
- {1}%
- {0mm}%
- {\baselineskip}%
- {\baselineskip}%
- {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
-\renewcommand{\subsection}{\@startsection
- {subsection}%
- {1}%
- {0mm}%
- {\baselineskip}%
- {.5\baselineskip}%
- {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
-\renewcommand{\subsubsection}{\@startsection
- {subsubsection}%
- {1}%
- {0mm}%
- {\baselineskip}%
- {.5\baselineskip}%
- {\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries}}%
-\makeatother
-\begin{document}
-\begin{center}
- \sffamily\large\bfseries The biblatex-chicago package: \\
- 15th-edition style files for biblatex
-
-\vspace{.3\baselineskip}
-\sffamily\normalsize\bfseries David Fussner\qquad Version 0.9.9g (beta) \\
-\href{mailto:djf027 at googlemail.com}{djf027 at googlemail.com}\\ \today
-
-\end{center}
-\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
-\begin{multicols}{2}
-\footnotesize
-\tableofcontents
-\end{multicols}
-\normalsize
-\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}
-\section{Notice}
-\label{sec:Notice}
-
-\textbf{This file documents the \textsf{biblatex} style files
- implementing the 15th edition of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style}.
- This edition has been superseded by the 16th edition, documented in
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}. There may still be some users,
- however, who wish to continue using the 15th-edition styles, so I am
- continuing to provide them, though I am now marking them as
- \enquote{strongly deprecated,} and will soon mark them as
- \enquote{obsolete.} I have included very few fixes in this release
- cycle, enough so that my test files do still compile correctly. The
- main reason to continue using these files is perhaps a desire not to
- interrupt a work-in-progress. Given how little attention they are
- currently receiving, however, I encourage all users of both the
- \textsf{authordate15} and \textsf{notes15} styles to upgrade to the
- current release of the 16th-edition styles as soon as may be
- practicable. If the changes to the author-date style's treatment of
- titles has thus far discouraged you from upgrading, please be aware
- that the new \mycolor{\textsf{authordate-trad}} style retains the
- traditional Chicago sentence-style capitalization (and absence of
- quotation marks) in titles while in all other respects adhering to
- the 16th-edition specification. I can't promise that switching to a
- newer style will be entirely painless, but if you read through the
- RELEASE file you'll find that it won't, under ordinary
- circumstances, require Herculean efforts. \mylittlespace \\ The
- package remains beta software. If it seems like it could be of use
- to you, yet it doesn't do something you need/want it to do, please
- feel free to let me know, and of course any suggestions for solving
- problems more elegantly or accurately would be most welcome.}
-
-\mylittlespace\textbf{Important Note:} If you have used
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} before, please make sure you have read the
-RELEASE file that came with the package. It details the changes
-you'll need to make to your .bib database in order for it to work
-properly with this release. If you are new to these styles, please
-read on.
-
-\section{Quickstart}
-\reversemarginpar
-
-%\enlargethispage{-3\baselineskip}
-
-The \textsf{biblatex-chicago} package is designed for writers who wish
-to use \LaTeX\ and \textsf{biblatex}, and who either want or need to
-format their references according to one of the specifications defined
-by the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}. This package includes both the
-\emph{Manual's} \enquote{author-date} system, favored by many
-disciplines in the sciences and social sciences, and its
-\enquote{notes \&\ bibliography} style, generally favored in the
-humanities. The latter code produces a full reference in a first
-footnote, shorter references in subsequent notes, and a full reference
-in the bibliography. Some authors prefer to use the shorter note form
-even for the first occurrence, relying on the bibliography to provide
-the full information. This, too, is supported by the code. The
-author-date style produces a short, in-text citation inside
-parentheses --- (Author Year) --- keyed to a list of references where
-entries start with the same name and year.
-
-\mylittlespace The documentation you are reading covers both of these
-Chicago styles and their variants. Much of what follows is relevant
-to all users, but I have decided, after some experimentation, to keep
-the instructions for the two styles separate, at least in
-sections~\ref{sec:Spec} and \ref{sec:authdate}. Information provided
-under one style will often duplicate that found under the other, but
-efficiency's loss should, I hope, be clarity's gain, and much of what
-you learn using one style will be applicable without alteration to the
-other. Throughout the documentation, any \mycolor{green} text
-\colmarginpar{\textsf{New!}} indicates something \mycolor{new} in this
-release.
-
-\mylittlespace Here's a list of things you will need in order to use
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}:
-
-\begin{itemize}{}{}
-\item Philipp Lehman's \textsf{biblatex} package, of course! You
- should use the latest version(s) --- 1.7 or 2.9a --- as those
- versions have been tested more thoroughly than any other, meaning
- that these style files may well not function properly with earlier
- iterations of \textsf{biblatex}. Lehman's tools require several
- packages, and he strongly recommends several more:
- \begin{itemize}{}{}
- \item e-\TeX\ (required)
- \item \textsf{etoolbox} --- available from CTAN (required)
- \item \textsf{keyval} --- a standard package (required)
- \item \textsf{ifthen} --- a standard package (required)
- \item \textsf{url} --- a standard package (required)
- \item \textsf{babel} --- a standard package (\emph{strongly}
- recommended)
- \item \textsf{csquotes} --- available from CTAN (recommended).
- Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (5.1b).
- \item \textsf{bibtex8} --- a replacement for \textsc{Bib}\TeX, which
- can, with the right com\-mand-line switches, process very large
- .bib files. It also does the right thing when alphabetizing
- non-ASCII entries. It is available from CTAN, but please be aware
- that this database parser no longer suffices if you are using the
- Chicago author-date style with any version of \textsf{biblatex}
- from version 1.5 onwards. For that style you must use the
- following:
- \item \textsf{Biber} --- the next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
- replacement, which is available from SourceForge. You should use
- the latest version, 1.9, to work with \textsf{biblatex} 2.9a, and
- it is required for users who are either using the author-date
- style or processing a .bib file in Unicode. See
- \textsf{cms15-dates-sample.pdf} for more details.
- \end{itemize}
-\item The line:
- \begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[\mycolor{notes15}]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
- \end{quote}
- in your document preamble to load the 15th-edition notes \&\
- bibliography style, or the line:
- \begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[\mycolor{authordate15},backend=biber]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
- \end{quote}
- to load the 15th-edition author-date style. Any other options you
- usually pass to \textsf{biblatex} can be given to
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago} instead, but loading it this way sets up a
- number of other parameters automatically. You can also load the
- package via the traditional \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex\}}, adding
- \mycolor{\texttt{style=chicago-notes15}} or
- \mycolor{\texttt{style=chicago-authordate15}}, but these are mainly
- for those who wish to set much of the low-level formatting of their
- document themselves. Please see sections~\ref{sec:loading} and
- \ref{sec:loading:auth} below for a fuller discussion of the issues
- involved here.
-\item You can use
- \cmd{usepackage[\mycolor{notes15},short]\{biblatex-chicago\}} to get
- the short note format even in the first reference of a notes \&\
- bibliography document, letting the bibliography provide the full
- reference.
-\item If you are accustomed to using the \textsf{natbib} compatibility
- option with \textsf{biblatex}, then you can continue to do so with
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. If you are using
- \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}} to load the package, then the
- option must be the plain \texttt{natbib} rather than
- \texttt{natbib=true}. If you use the latter, you'll get a
- \textsf{keyval} error. Please see sections~\ref{sec:useropts} and
- \ref{sec:authuseropts}, below.
-\item By far the simplest setup is to use \textsf{babel}, and to have
- \texttt{american} as the main text language. As before,
- \textsf{babel}-less setups, and also those choosing \texttt{english}
- as the main text language, should work out of the box.
- \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} also now provides support for German and
- French. Please see below (section~\ref{sec:international}) for a
- fuller explanation of all the options.
-\item The \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-notes15.bbx}},
- \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-notes15.cbx}},
- \mycolor{\textsf{chicago-authordate15.cbx}},
- \mycolor{\textsf{chi\-cago-authordate15.bbx}},
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, \textsf{cms-am\-erican.lbx},
- \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, and
- \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx} files from \textsf{biblatex-chicago},
- installed either in a system-wide \TeX\ directory, or in the working
- directory where you keep your *.tex files. The .zip file from CTAN
- contains several subdirectories to help keep the growing number of
- files organized, so the files listed above can be found in the
- \texttt{latex/} subdirectory, itself further divided into the
- \texttt{bbx/}, \texttt{cbx/}, and \texttt{lbx/} subdirectories. If
- you install in a system-wide directory, I recommend following
- standard advice and using
- \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/tex/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},
- where \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>} is the root of your local \TeX\
- installation --- for example, and depending on your system and
- preferences, \texttt{/usr/share/texmf-local},
- \texttt{/usr/local/share/texmf}, or \texttt{C:\textbackslash{}Local
- TeX Files\textbackslash}. Then you can copy the contents of the
- \texttt{latex/} directory there, subdirectories and all. (If you
- install into your working directory, then you'll need to copy the
- files directly there, without subdirectories.) Of course, if you
- choose to place them anywhere in the \texttt{texmf} tree, you'll
- need to update the file name database to make sure \TeX\ can find
- them.
-\item Philipp Lehman's very clear and detailed documentation of the
- \textsf{biblatex} system, available in his package as
- \textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Here he explains why you might want to use
- the system, the rules for constructing .bib files for it, and the
- (numerous) methods at your disposal for modifying the formatted
- output.
-\item The annotated bibliography files \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
- \textsf{dates-test.bib}, which will acquaint you with most of the
- details on how to get started constructing your own .bib files for
- use with the two \textsf{biblatex-chicago} styles.
-\item The files \textsf{cms15-notes-sample.pdf} and
- \textsf{cms15-dates-sample.pdf}. The first shows how my system
- processes \textsf{notes-test.bib} and
- \textsf{cms15-notes-sample.tex}, in both footnotes and bibliography,
- the second is the result of processing \textsf{dates-test.bib} and
- \textsf{cms15-dates-sample.tex}. All of these files are in
- \texttt{doc/examples/}.
-\item The file you are reading, \textsf{biblatex-chicago15.pdf}, which
- aims to be as complete a description as possible of the rules for
- creating a .bib file that will, when processed by \LaTeX\ and
- \textsc{Bib}\TeX, at least somewhat ease the burden when you try to
- implement the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}'s specifications.
- These docs may seem frustratingly over-long, but remember that you
- only need to read the part(s) that apply to the style in which you
- are interested. Much of the information in section~\ref{sec:Spec}
- is duplicated in section~\ref{sec:authdate}, so even if you have a
- need for both styles then using one will be excellent preparation
- for the other. If you have used a previous version of this package,
- please pay particular attention to the sections on Obsolete and
- Deprecated Features, starting on page~\pageref{deprec:obsol}. You
- will find the seven previous files in the \texttt{doc/} subdirectory
- once you've extracted \textsf{biblatex-chicago.zip}. If you wish to
- place them in a system-wide directory, I would recommend
- \texttt{<TEXMFLOCAL>/doc/latex/biblatex-contrib/biblatex-chicago},
- all the while remembering, of course, to update the file name
- database afterward. (Let me reiterate, also, that if you currently
- have quoted material in your .bib file, and are using \cmd{enquote}
- or the standard \LaTeX\ mechanisms there, then the simplest
- procedure is always to use \cmd{mkbibquote} instead in order to
- ensure that punctuation works out right.)
-\item Access to a copy of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style} itself,
- which naturally contains incomparably more information than I can
- hope to present here. It should always be your first port of call
- when any doubts arise as to exactly what the specification requires.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\subsection{License}
-\label{sec:lppl}
-
-Copyright \xA9 2008--2014 David Fussner. This package is
-author-maintained. This work may be copied, distributed and/or
-modified under the conditions of the \LaTeX\ Project Public License,
-either version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any later
-version. The latest version of this license is in
-http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt and version 1.3 or later is part
-of all distributions of \LaTeX\ version 2005/12/01 or later. This
-software is provided \enquote{as is,} without warranty of any kind,
-either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the
-implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular
-purpose.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\subsection{Acknowledgements}
-\label{sec:acknowl}
-
-Even a cursory glance at the cbx and bbx files in the package will
-demonstrate how much of Lehman's code from \textsf{biblatex} I've
-adapted and re-used, and I've also followed some of the advice he gave
-to others in the \texttt{comp.text.tex} newsgroup. He has been
-instrumental in improving the contextual capitalization procedures of
-which the style makes such frequent use, and his advice on
-constructing \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} was invaluable. The code
-for formatting the footnote marks, and that for printing the
-separating rule only after a run-on note, I've adapted from the
-\textsf{footmisc} package by Robin Fairbairns, and I've borrowed ideas
-for the \texttt{shorthandibid} option from Dominik Wa\xDFenhoven's
-\textsf{biblatex-dw} package. I am very grateful to Baldur
-Kristinsson for providing the Icelandic localization, and to H\xE5kon
-Malmedal for the Norwegian localizations. Kazuo Teramoto and Gildas
-Hamel both sent patches to improve the package, and there may be other
-\LaTeX\ code I've appropriated and forgotten, in which case please
-remind me. Finally, Charles Schaum and Joseph Reagle Jr.\ were both
-extremely generous with their help and advice during the development
-of this package, and have both continued indefatigably to test it and
-suggest needed improvements. They were particularly instrumental in
-encouraging the greatest possible degree of compatibility with other
-\textsf{biblatex} styles. Indeed, if the task of adapting .bib files
-for use with the Chicago style seems onerous now, you should have
-tried it before they got their hands on it.
-
-\section{Detailed Introduction}
-\label{sec:Intro}
-
-The \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, implemented here in its 15th
-edition, has long, in America at least, been one of the most
-influential style guides for writers and publishers. While one's
-choices are now perhaps more extensive than ever, the \emph{Manual} at
-least still provides a widely-recognized, and widely-utilized,
-standard. Indeed, when you add to this the sheer completeness of the
-specification, its detailed instructions for referencing an enormous
-number of different kinds of source material, then your choice (or
-your publisher's choice) of the \emph{Manual} as a style guide seems
-set to be a happy one.
-
-\mylittlespace These very strengths, however, also make the style
-difficult to use. Admittedly, the \emph{Manual} does leave room for
-\enquote{inventive solutions} to particular problems (17.2), and it
-also emphasizes consistency within a work, as opposed to rigid
-adherence to the specification, at least when writer and publisher
-agree (17.18). Sometimes a publisher demands such adherence, however,
-and anyone who has attempted to produce it may well come away with the
-impression that the specification itself is somewhat idiosyncratic in
-its complexity, and I can't help but agree. In the notes \&\
-bibliography style, the numerous differences in punctuation (and
-strings identifying translators, editors, and the like) between
-footnotes and bibliographies and the sometimes unusual location of
-page numbers; in both styles the distinction between \enquote{journal}
-and \enquote{magazine,} and the formatting differences between (e.g.)
-a work from antiquity and one from the Renaissance, all of these tend
-to overburden the writer who wants to comply with the standard. Many
-of these complexities, in truth, make the specification very nearly
-impossible to implement straightforwardly in a system like
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- options multiply, each requiring a particular
-sort of formatting, until one almost reaches the point of believing
-that every individual book or article should have its own entry type.
-Completeness and usability tend each to exclude the other, so the code
-you have before you is a first attempt to achieve the former without
-utterly sacrificing the latter.
-
-\subsection*{What \textsf{biblatex-chicago} can and can't do}
-\label{sec:bltries}
-
-In short, the \textsf{biblatex} style files in this package try to
-simplify the task of following the two Chicago specifications. In the
-notes \&\ bibliography style, the two sorts of reference are treated
-separately (as are the two different note forms, long and short), and
-you can choose always to use the short note form, even at the first
-citation. In the author-date style, a series of options allows you to
-choose which date (original printing, reprint, or both) appears in
-citations and at the head of entries in the list of references. In
-both styles, punctuation is placed within quotation marks when needed,
-and as a general rule as many parts of the style as possible are
-implemented as transparently as possible. Thanks to advice I received
-from Joseph Reagle Jr.\ and Charles Schaum while these files were a
-work in progress, I have attended as carefully as I can to backward
-compatibility with the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles, and have
-attempted to minimize both any changes you need to make to achieve
-compliance with the Chicago specification, and indeed also any changes
-necessary to switch between the two Chicago styles. There is no doubt
-room for improvement on this score, but even now, for a substantial
-number of entries, any well-constructed .bib file that works for other
-\textsf{biblatex} styles will \enquote{just work} under
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. By no means, however, will all entries in
-such a .bib file produce equally satisfactory results. Using this
-documentation and the examples in \textsf{dates-test.bib} and/or
-\textsf{notes-test.bib}, it should be possible to achieve compliance,
-though the amount of revision necessary to do so will vary
-significantly from .bib file to .bib file. Conversely, once you have
-created a database for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it won't necessarily
-work well with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. Indeed, most, quite
-possibly all, users will find that they need to use special formatting
-macros within the .bib file that would make such a file unusable in
-any other context. I strongly recommend, if you want to experiment
-with this style, that you work on a copy of any .bib files that are
-important to you, until you have determined that this package does
-what you need/want it to do.
-
-\mylittlespace When I first began working on this package, I made the
-decision to alter as little as possible the main files from Lehman's
-\textsf{biblatex}, so that my .bbx and .cbx files would use his
-original \LaTeX\ .sty file and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ .bst file. As you
-proceed, you will no doubt encounter some of the consequences of this
-decision, with certain fields and entry types in the .bib file having
-less-than-memorable names because I chose to use the supplementary
-ones provided by \textsf{biblatex.bst} rather than alter that file. I
-intended then, if it turned out that anyone besides myself actually
-used \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, to ask Mr.\ Lehman to include more
-descriptive names for these few entry types and fields in
-biblatex.bst, if he were willing. As luck would have it, several new
-types appeared in \textsf{biblatex} 0.8, many of which I have
-incorporated as replacements for the custom entry types I defined
-before. If a consensus emerges about how best to assign the data to
-various fields in such entries, then I shall adopt it. In the
-meantime, as you will see below, I have made two of the old custom
-types obsolete, and recycled the third for an entirely new purpose.
-Needless to say, I'm open to advice and suggestions on this score.
-
-\section{The Specification:\ Notes\,\&\,Bibliography}
-\label{sec:Spec}
-
-In what follows, I attempt to explain all the parts of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that might be considered somehow
-\enquote{non standard,} at least with respect to the styles included
-with \textsf{biblatex} itself, though in the section on entry fields I
-have also duplicated a lot of the information in
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of
-the system. Headings in \mycolor{green} \colmarginpar{\textsf{New in
- this release}} indicate material new to this release, or
-occasionally old material that has undergone significant revision.
-Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the \emph{Chicago Manual
- of Style}, 15th edition. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} contains
-many examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, should produce the same output as you
-see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output, where
-the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state of
-affairs which does sometimes occur. I have provided
-\textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}, which shows how my system processes
-\textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I have also included the reference keys
-from the latter file below in parentheses.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\subsection{Entry Types}
-\label{sec:entrytypes}
-
-The complete list of entry types currently available in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, minus the odd \textsf{biblatex}
-alias, is as follows: \mycolor{\textbf{article}}, \textbf{artwork},
-\textbf{audio}, \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
-\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
-\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
-\textbf{inreference}, \textbf{letter}, \textbf{manual},\textbf{misc},
-\textbf{music}, \textbf{online} (with its alias \textbf{www}),
-\textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical}, \textbf{proceedings},
-\textbf{reference}, \textbf{report} (with its alias
-\textbf{techreport}), \mycolor{\textbf{review}}, \textbf{suppbook},
-\textbf{suppcollection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
-(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
-\textbf{unpublished}, and \textbf{video}.
-
-\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
-differences between these types and the standard provided by
-\textsf{biblatex}. If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is
-safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles. In
-general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here,
-unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given
-entry type. As a general and important rule, most entry types require
-very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, so it
-seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in the
-next section.
-
-\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{article}} \emph{Chicago Manual of
- Style} (17.148) recognizes three different sorts of periodical
-publication, \enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and
-\enquote{newspapers.} The first (17.150) includes \enquote{scholarly
- or professional periodicals available mainly by subscription,} while
-the second refers to \enquote{weekly or monthly} publications that are
-\enquote{available either by subscription or in individual issues at
- bookstores or newsstands.} \enquote{Magazines} will tend to be
-\enquote{more accessible to general readers,} and typically won't have
-a volume number. Indeed, by fiat I declare that should you need to
-refer to a journal that identifies its issues mainly by year, month,
-or week, then for the purposes of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} such
-a publication is a \enquote{magazine,} and not a \enquote{journal.}
-
-\mylittlespace Now, for articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply
-use the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex}
---- \textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set
-off the page numbers with a colon, as required by the \emph{Manual}.
-If, however, you need to refer to a \enquote{magazine} or a
-\enquote{newspaper,} then you need to add an \textsf{entrysubtype}
-field containing the exact string \texttt{magazine}. The main
-formatting differences between a \texttt{magazine} (which includes
-both \enquote{magazines} and \enquote{newspapers}) and a plain
-\textsf{article} are that the year isn't placed within parentheses,
-and that page numbers are set off by a comma rather than a colon.
-Otherwise, the two sorts of reference have much in common. (For
-\textsf{article}, see \emph{Manual} 17.154--181; batson,
-beattie:crime, friedman:learning, garaud:gatine, garrett, hlatky:hrt,
-kern, lewis, loften:hamlet, mcmillen:antebellum, warr:ellison,
-white:callimachus. For \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, see
-17.166, 17.182--198; assocpress:gun, morgenson:market, reaves:rosen,
-rozner:liberation, stenger:privacy.)
-
-\mylittlespace It gets worse. The \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of
-books, plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
-\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,}
-distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review
-itself. In \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, happily, Lehman provided a
-\textsf{review} entry type which will handle a large subset of such
-citations, though not all. The key rule is this: if a review has a
-separate, non-generic title (gibbard; osborne:poison) in addition to
-something that reads like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you need an
-\textsf{article} entry, with or without the \texttt{magazine}
-\textsf{entrysubtype}, depending on the sort of publication containing
-the review. If the only title is the generic \enquote{review of
- \ldots,} for example, then you'll need the \textsf{review} entry
-type, with or without this same \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle using
-\texttt{magazine}. On \textsf{review} entries, see below. (The
-curious reader will no doubt notice that the code for formatting any
-sort of review still exists in \textsf{article}, as it was initially
-designed for \textsf{biblatex 0.6}, but this new arrangement is
-somewhat simpler and therefore, I hope, better.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a
-generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the
-latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field. Standard \textsf{biblatex}
-intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to
-be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
-additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
-entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
-powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-to do what you want. Here, however, if all you need is a
-\textsf{titleaddon}, then you want to switch to the \textsf{review}
-type, where you can simply use the \textsf{title} field instead.
-
-\mylittlespace No less than six more things need explication here.
-First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies that much of what goes into a
-\textsf{titleaddon} field stays unformatted --- no italics, no
-quotation marks --- this plain style is the default for such text,
-which means that you'll have to format any titles within
-\textsf{titleaddon} yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. Second,
-the \emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain style for the titles of
-other sorts of material found in \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries, letters to the editor,
-interviews, the names of regular columns, and the like. References
-may contain both the title of an individual article and the name of
-the regular column, in which case the former should go, as usual, in a
-\textsf{title} field, and the latter in \textsf{titleaddon}. As with
-reviews proper, if there is only the generic title, then you want the
-\textsf{review} entry type. (See 17.188, 17.190, 17.193;
-morgenson:market, reaves:rosen.)
-
-\mylittlespace Third, the \emph{Manual} suggests that, in the case of
-\enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features \ldots the name of
- the newspaper stands in place of the author} (17.192). It doesn't
-always carry through on this in its own presentation of newspaper
-citations (see esp.\ 17.188), but I've implemented their
-recommendation nonetheless, which means that in an \textsf{article}
-entry, \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, or in a
-\textsf{review} entry, \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and
-only in such entries, a missing \textsf{author} field results in the
-name of the periodical (in the \textsf{journaltitle} field) being used
-as the missing author. If, for reasons of emphasis or merely because
-of personal preference, you wish to keep the \textsf{title} in initial
-position, then you need to define the \textsf{author} using,
-effectively, anything at all, then set \texttt{useauthor=false} in the
-\textsf{options} field. (The \cmd{isdot} macro in the \textsf{author}
-field no longer works on its own under \textsf{biblatex 1.6} and
-later, so you may need to change your .bib files when you upgrade.)
-Note that if you choose to use the name of the newspaper as an author,
-then you'll need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure that the
-bibliography entry is alphabetized by \textsf{journaltitle} rather
-than by \textsf{title}. The provision of a \textsf{shortauthor} field
-is no longer necessary, as in its absence the package automatically
-takes it from \textsf{journaltitle}. (See lakeforester:pushcarts.)
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Fourth, if you've been using
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for a while, you may remember using
-the single-letter \cmd{bibstring} mechanism in order to help
-\textsf{biblatex} decide where to capitalize a wide variety of strings
-in numerous entry fields. This mechanism was particularly common in
-all the periodical types, but if you've had a look in
-\textsf{notes-test.bib} while following this documentation, you'll
-have noticed that it no longer appears there. The regular whole-word
-bibstrings still work as normal, but the single-letter ones are now
-obsolete, replaced by Lehman's macro \cmd{autocap}, which itself only
-occurs twice in \textsf{notes-test.bib}. Basically, in certain
-fields, just beginning your data with a lowercase letter activates the
-mechanism for capitalizing that letter depending on its context within
-a note or bibliography entry. Please see \textbf{\textbackslash
- autocap} below for the details, but both the \textsf{titleaddon} and
-\textsf{note} fields are among those treating their data this way, and
-since both appear regularly in \textsf{article} entries, I thought the
-problem merited a preliminary mention here.
-
-\mylittlespace Fifth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort
-of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the
-\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the
-\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype}, is what you'll
-need. (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would
-normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and
-retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement
-isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.) The \textsf{note}
-field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with
-the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines),
-whether you are citing one article or the whole issue
-(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). Indeed, this is a somewhat
-specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of
-information you need to include in an \textsf{article},
-\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, then you shouldn't put
-it in the \textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or
-perhaps \textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer).
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, and in the interests of completeness, it may be
-as well to suggest that if you wish to cite a television or radio
-broadcast, the \textsf{article} type, \textsf{entrysubtype}
-\texttt{magazine} is the place for it. The name of the program would
-go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the episode in
-\textsf{title}. The network's name now goes into the new
-\textsf{usera} field, replacing the formatting kludge I suggested in
-version 0.7. Of course, if the piece you are citing has only a
-generic name (an interview, for example), then the \textsf{review}
-type would be the best place for it. (8.196, 17.207; see
-bundy:macneil for an example of how this all might look in a .bib
-file.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
-browse through \textsf{notes-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many
-of the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article} and
-\textsf{review} (and, indeed, \textsf{periodical}) types attempt to
-address. It may be that in future releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} I'll be able to simplify these
-procedures somewhat, but in the meantime it might be of some comfort
-that I have found in my own research that the unusual and/or limit
-cases are really rather rare, and that the vast majority of sources
-won't require any knowledge of these onerous details.
-
-\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has
-pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were
-straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks. The
-\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such
-references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to
-include them in the bibliographical apparatus at all. Still, it's
-easy to conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might
-be desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this
-purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined. The two I
-have included in this release are \textsf{artwork} and \textsf{image},
-the former intended for paintings, sculptures, etchings, and the like,
-the latter for photographs. The two entry types work in exactly the
-same way as far as constructing your .bib entry, and when printed the
-only difference will be that the titles of \textsf{artworks} are
-italicized, those of \textsf{images} placed within quotation marks.
-
-\mylittlespace As one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author}
-and the name of the work in \textsf{title}. The \textsf{type} field
-is intended for the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper
---- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an
-etching. You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note},
-and the current location in \textsf{organization},
-\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of
-generality. The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types,
-uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the
-first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence,
-use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for
-you. (See \emph{Manual} 12.33; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.)
-
-\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.206) says
-that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set
- in roman.} If you should need to include such a work in the
-reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype}
-for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could
-use the \textsf{misc} entry type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
-Fortunately, in this instance the other fields in a \textsf{misc}
-entry function pretty much as in \textsf{artwork} or \textsf{image}.
-
-\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} this release of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, following the request of Johan Nordstrom, I
-have included three new entry types, all undefined by the standard
-styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual sources in
-accordance with the Chicago specifications. The \emph{Manual's}
-presentation of such sources (17.263--273), though admirably brief,
-seems to me somewhat inconsistent. I attempted to condense all the
-requirements into two new entry types, but ended up relying on three,
-the differences between which I shall attempt to delineate here.
-There are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not
-obvious, but at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help
-you maintain consistency.
-
-\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical
-recordings that do not have a video component. This means, for
-example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records,
-and tapes. The \textbf{video} type includes (nearly) all visual
-media, whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding
-or of any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia.
-Finally, the \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in
-the two others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like}
-manner. Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones
-would use \textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype} (shapey:partita)
---- as do such favorite educational formats as the slideshow and the
-filmstrip (greek:filmstrip, schubert:muellerin, verdi:corsaro). The
-\emph{Manual} (17.269--270) sometimes uses a similar format for audio
-books and even for films (twain:audio, weed:flatiron), though
-elsewhere these sorts of material are presented as \textsf{music} and
-\textsf{video}, respectively. It would appear to depend on which
-sorts of publication facts you wish to present --- cf.\ \emph{Manual}
-17.269.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to
-\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly
-straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in
-\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries. Indeed, please note that I
-compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other
-audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue
-for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an
-\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a
-\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a
-\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see
-schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song
-from a cycle. If the medium in question needs specifying, the
-\textsf{type} field is the place for it. (It is characteristic of
-this entry type that such information is placed after the publisher
-information, whereas in the other audiovisual types their order is
-reversed.) Finally, the \textsf{titleaddon} field can specify
-functions for which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated
-handling, e.g., a librettist (verdi:corsaro).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the
-means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other
-contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or
-articles. (Older versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} used
-\textbf{customb} for this purpose, but this is now obsolete.) Such an
-entry can have a \textsf{title} and a \textsf{maintitle}, but it can
-also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all three of which will be
-italicized when printed. In general usage it is, therefore, rather
-like the traditional \textsf{inbook} type, only with its
-\textsf{title} in italics rather than in quotation marks. (See
-\emph{Manual} 17.72, 17.89, 17.93; bernard:boris, euripides:orestes,
-plato:republic:gr.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly
-different presentations in 17.89 and 17.93. Although the
-specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or
-variation. Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to
-maintain consistency.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two
-entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below
---- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
-\emph{Manual} (17.241) suggests may well be treated basically as
-books. In the interests of backward compatibility,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will so format such an entry, which
-uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
-\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
-\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
-\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}.
-(See clark:mesopot.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is now
-obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
-error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type
-instead.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is now
-obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
-error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook}
-type instead.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type has
-undergone a metamorphosis with this release, as I previously warned
-both here and in the RELEASE file. Rather than being a (deprecated)
-alias of the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{suppbook}, it now
-allows you to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate
-entries in the bibliography, particularly to other names or
-pseudonyms, as recommended by the \emph{Manual}. (This is different
-from the usual \textsf{crossref}, \textsf{xref}, and \textsf{userf}
-mechanisms, all primarily designed to include cross-references to
-other works. Cf.\ 17.39--40). The lecarre:cornwell entry, for
-example, would allow your readers to find the more-commonly-used
-pseudonym \enquote{John Le Carr\xE9} even if they were, for some reason,
-looking under his real name \enquote{David John Moore Cornwell.}
-
-\mylittlespace In such a case, you would need merely to place the
-author's real name in the \textsf{author} field, and the pseudonym(s),
-under which his or her works are presented in the bibliography, in the
-\textsf{title} field. To make sure the cross-reference also appears
-in the bibliography, you can either manually include the entry key in
-a \cmd{nocite} command, or you can put that entry key in the
-\textbf{userc} field in the main .bib entry, in which case
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the expanded abbreviation if and
-only if you cite the main entry. (Cf.\ lecarre:cornwell,
-lecarre:quest; \textsf{userc}, below.)
-
-\mylittlespace Under ordinary circumstances, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-will connect the two parts of the cross-reference with the word
-\enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in the document's language
---- in italics. If you wish to present the cross-reference
-differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into the
-\textsf{nameaddon} field.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
-undefined in the standard styles, is in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-intended for referring to photographs. Excluding the possible use of
-the \textsf{entrysubtype} field, which in an \textsf{image} entry
-would be ignored, this type is a clone of \textsf{artwork}, so you
-should consult the latter's documentation above to see how to
-construct your .bib entry. (See \emph{Manual} 12.33; bedford:photo.)
-
-\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}}
-two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical
-formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is
-concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility.
-\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (\xA7~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part
- of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,}
-while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection
- which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own
- title.} The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be placed within
-quotation marks, and in general you can use either type for most
-material falling into these categories. There is, however, an
-important difference between them, as it is only in
-\textsf{incollection} entries that I implement the \emph{Manual's}
-recommendations for space-saving abbreviations in notes and
-bibliography when you cite multiple pieces from the same
-\textsf{collection}. These abbreviations are activated when you use
-the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in \textsf{incollection}
-entries, and not in \textsf{inbook} entries, mainly because the
-\emph{Manual} (17.70) here specifies a \enquote{multiauthor book.}
-(For more on this mechanism see \textbf{crossref}, below, and note
-that it is also active in \textsf{letter} and \textsf{inproceedings}
-entries. There is, of course, nothing to prevent you from using the
-mechanism when referring to, e.g., chapters from a single-author book,
-but you'll have to use \textsf{incollection} instead of
-\textsf{inbook}.) If the part of a book to which you are referring
-has had a separate publishing history as a book in its own right, then
-you may wish to use the \textsf{bookinbook} type, instead, on which
-see above. (See \emph{Manual} 17.68--72; \textsf{inbook}:
-ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere; \textsf{incollection}:
-centinel:letters, contrib:contrib, sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena,
-keating:dearborn, and lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection}
-entry prairie:state] demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref}
-field with its attendant abbreviations in notes and bibliography.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when
-referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the
-inclusive page numbers, not both. If, however, you wish to refer in a
-footnote to a specific page within the chapter,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will always print the optional,
-postnote argument of a \cmd{cite} command --- the page number, say ---
-instead of any inclusive page numbers given in the .bib file
-\textsf{incollection} entry. This mechanism is quite general, that
-is, any specific page reference given in any sort of \cmd{cite}
-command overrides the contents of a \textsf{pages} field in a .bib
-file entry.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works
-pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, the main
-differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an
-\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an
-\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher},
-even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (17.71). Please
-note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} mechanism for
-shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same
-\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in
-\textsf{incollection} entries. See \textbf{crossref}, below, for more
-details.
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}} entry type is
-aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard styles, but the
-\emph{Manual} has particular requirements, so if you are citing
-\enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries and
- encyclopedias,} then this type should simplify the task of
-conforming to the specifications (17.238--239). The main thing to
-keep in mind is that I have designed this entry type for
-\enquote{alphabetically arranged} works, which you shouldn't cite by
-page, but rather by the name(s) of the article(s). Because of the
-formatting required by the \emph{Manual}, we need one of
-\textsf{biblatex's} list fields for this purpose, and in order to keep
-all this out of the way of the standard styles, I have chosen the
-\textsf{lista} field. You should present these article names just as
-they appear in the work, separated by the keyword
-\enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will provide the appropriate prefatory
-string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose each in its
-own set of quotation marks (ency:britannica). In a typical
-\textsf{inreference} entry, very few other fields are needed, as
-\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition
- (if not the first) must be specified.} In practice, this means a
-\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field.
-
-\mylittlespace There are quite a few other peculiarities to explain
-here. First of all, you should present any well-known works
-\emph{only} in notes, not in a bibliography, as your readers are
-assumed to know where to go for such a reference. You can use the
-\texttt{skipbib} option or the \textsf{keywords} mechanism I discuss
-below under \textbf{crossref} and \textbf{keywords}. For such works,
-and given how little information will be present even in a full note,
-you may wish to use \cmd{fullcite} or \cmd{footfullcite} in place of
-the short form, especially if, for example, you are citing different
-versions of an article appearing in different editions.
-
-\mylittlespace If the work is slightly less well known, it may be that
-full publication details are appropriate (times:guide), but this makes
-things more complicated. In previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, you would have had to format the
-\textsf{postnote} field of short notes appropriately, including the
-prefatory string and quotation marks I mentioned above. Now you can
-put an article name in the \textsf{postnote} field of
-\textsf{inreference} entries and have it formatted for you, and this
-holds for both long and short notes, which could allow you to refer
-separately to many different articles from the same reference work
-using only one .bib entry. (In a long note, any \textsf{postnote}
-field stops the printing of the contents of \textsf{lista}.) The only
-limitation on this system is that the \textsf{postnote} field, unlike
-\textsf{lista}, is not a list, and therefore for the formatting to
-work correctly you can only put one article name in it. Despite this
-limitation, I hope that the current system might simplify things for
-users who cite numerous works of reference.
-
-\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the
-bibliography, be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field
-will also be presented there, which may not be what you want. A
-separate \textsf{reference} entry might solve this problem, but you
-may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure proper
-alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an
-\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present. (Cf.\
-mla:style, a \textsf{reference} entry that uses section numbers
-instead of alphabetized headings, and \texttt{useeditor=false} in the
-\textsf{options} field instead of a \textsf{sortkey} to ensure the
-correct alphabetization.)
-
-\mylittlespace Speaking of the \textsf{author}, this field holds the
-author of the specific entry (in \textsf{lista}), not the author of
-the \textsf{title} as a whole. This name will be printed in
-parentheses after the entry's name (grove:sibelius). If you wish to
-refer to a reference work by author or indeed by editor, having either
-appear at the head of the note (long or short) or bibliography entry,
-then you'll need to use a \textsf{book} entry instead (cf.\
-schellinger:novel), where the \textsf{lista} mechanism will also work
-in the bibliography, but which in every other way will be treated as a
-normal book, often a good choice for unfamiliar or non-standard
-reference works.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, all of these rules apply to online reference
-works, as well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url}
-but also, always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant
-flux (wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{letter}} is the entry type to
-use for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but \emph{only}
-when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished material of
-this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see below.)
-Depending on what sort of information you need to present in a
-citation, you may simply be able to get away with a standard
-\textsf{book} entry, which may then be cited by page number (see
-\emph{Manual} 17.31, 17.42; meredith:letters, adorno:benj). If,
-however, for whatever reason, you need to give full details of a
-specific letter, then you'll need to use the \textsf{letter} entry
-type, which attempts to simplify for you the \emph{Manual}'s rather
-complicated rules for formatting such references. (See 17.76--78;
-jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ [a completely
-fictitious entry to show the \textsf{xref} mechanism], white:total [a
-\textsf{book} entry, for the bibliography]).
-
-\mylittlespace To start, the name of the letter writer goes in the
-\textsf{author} field, while the \textsf{title} field contains both
-the name of the writer and that of the recipient, in the form
-\texttt{Author to Recipient}. The \textsf{titleaddon} field contains
-the type of correspondence involved. If it's a letter, this field may
-be left blank, but if it's a memorandum or report or the like, then
-this is the place to specify that fact. Also, because the
-\textsf{origdate} field only accepts numbers, if you want to use the
-abbreviation \enquote{n.d.} (or \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for undated
-letters, then this is where you should put it. If you need to specify
-where a letter was written, then you can also use this field, and, if
-both are present, remember to separate the location from the type with
-a comma, like so: \texttt{memorandum, London}. Alternatively, you can
-put the place of writing into the \mycolor{\textsf{origlocation}}
-field. Most importantly, the date of the letter itself goes in the
-\textsf{origdate} field (\texttt{year-month-day}), which now allows a
-full date specification, while the publishing date of the whole
-collection goes in the \textsf{date} field, instead of in the obsolete
-\textsf{origyear}. As in other entry types, then, the \textsf{date}
-field now has its ordinary meaning of \enquote{date of publication.}
-(You may have noticed here that the presentation of the
-\textsf{origdate} in this sort of reference is different from the date
-format required elsewhere by the \emph{Manual}. This appears to
-result from some recent changes to the specification, and it may be
-that we could get away with choosing one or the other format for all
-occurrences [6.46], but for the moment I hope this mixed solution will
-suffice.) Another difficulty arises when producing the short footnote
-form, which requires you to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} field of the
-form \enquote{\texttt{to Recipient},} the latter name as short as
-possible while avoiding ambiguity. The remaining fields are fairly
-self explanatory, but do remember that the title of the published
-collection belongs in \textsf{booktitle} rather than in
-\textsf{title}.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, the \emph{Manual} specifies that if you cite
-more than one letter from a given published collection, then the
-bibliography should contain only a reference to said collection,
-rather than to each individual letter, while the form of footnotes
-would remain the same. This should be possible using
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX's standard \textsf{crossref} field, with each
-\textsf{letter} entry pointing to a \textsf{collection} or
-\textsf{book} entry, for example. I shall discuss cross references at
-length later (\textbf{crossref} and \textbf{xref}, below), but I
-should mention here that \textsf{letter} is one of the entry types in
-which a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field automatically
-results in special shortened forms in notes and bibliography if more
-than one piece from a single collection is cited. (The other entry
-types are \textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inproceedings}; see 17.70
-for the \emph{Manual}'s specification.) This ordinarily won't be an
-issue for \textsf{letter} entries in the bibliography, as individual
-letters aren't included there, but it is operative in notes, where you
-can disable it simply by not using a \textsf{crossref} or an
-\textsf{xref} field. In the \textsf{crossref} docs, below, I
-recommend a way of keeping the individual letters from turning up in
-the bibliography, involving the use of the \textsf{keywords} field.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two
-traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual}
-suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As
-with this latter, I have retained it in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for backward compatibility, its main
-peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the
-\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be printed both as
-author and as publisher. In such a case, you'll need a
-\textsf{sortkey} field to aid \textsf{biblatex's} alphabetization
-routines, but you no longer need to provide a \textsf{shortauthor}
-field, as the style will automatically use \textsf{organization} in
-the absence of anything else. Of course, if you were to use a
-\textsf{book} entry for such a reference, then you would need to
-define both \textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher} using the name you
-here might have put in \textsf{organization}. (See 17:47;
-chicago:manual:15, dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.)
-
-\mybigspace As \colmarginpar{\textbf{misc}} its name suggests, the
-\textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a hold-all for citations that
-didn't quite fit into other categories. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I have somewhat extended its
-applicability, while retaining its traditional use. Put simply, with
-no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a \textsf{misc} entry will retain
-backward compatibility with the standard styles, so the usual
-\textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version}, and \textsf{type} fields are
-all available for specifying an otherwise unclassifiable text, and the
-\textsf{title} will be italicized. (The \emph{Manual}, you may wish
-to note, doesn't give specific instructions on how such citations
-should be formatted, so when using the Chicago style I would recommend
-you have recourse to this traditional entry type as sparingly as
-possible.)
-
-\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the
-\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters,
-memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making
-it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter},
-\textsf{article}, and \textsf{review} entry types (which see).
-Typically, such an entry will cite part of an archive, and equally
-typically the text cited won't have a specific title, but only a
-generic one, whereas an \textsf{unpublished} entry will ordinarily
-have a specific author and title, and won't come from a named archive.
-The \textsf{misc} type with an \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the
-least formatted of all those specified by the \emph{Manual}, so titles
-are in plain text, and any location details take no parentheses in
-full footnotes. (It is quite possible, though somewhat unusual, for
-archival material to have a specific title, rather than a generic one.
-In these cases, you will need to enclose the title inside a
-\cmd{mkbibquote} command manually. Cf.\ shapey:partita.)
-
-\mylittlespace If you are wondering what to put in
-\textsf{entrysubtype}, the answer is, currently, anything at all. You
-no longer need to put the exact string \texttt{letter} there in order
-to move the date into closer proximity with the \textsf{title}.
-Indeed, recent reconsideration of the \emph{Manual} has suggested that
-the distinction to be drawn in this class of material hasn't to do
-with \emph{where} the date is presented but, rather, with \emph{how}
-it is presented. As I now understand the specification, it draws a
-distinction between archival material that is \enquote{letter-like}
-(letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams) and that which isn't
-(interviews, wills, contracts, or even personal communications you've
-received and which you wish to cite). This may not always be the
-easiest distinction to draw, and in previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} I have been ignoring it, but once you've
-decided to classify it one way or the other you put the date in the
-\textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc., and into the \textsf{date}
-field for the others.
-
-\mylittlespace In effect, whether it's a \textsf{letter} entry or a
-\enquote{letter-like} \textsf{misc} entry (with
-\textsf{entrysubtype}), it is by using the \textsf{origdate} field
-that you identify when it was written, and the \textsf{origlocation},
-if needed, identifies where it was written. Other sorts of
-\textsf{misc} entry (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) use the \textsf{date}
-field (but still the \textsf{origlocation}). This maintains
-consistency of usage across entry types and also, I hope, improves
-compliance when using the \textsf{misc} type for citing archival
-material. Remember, however, that without an \textsf{entrysubtype}
-the entry will be treated as traditional \textsf{misc}, and the title
-italicized. In addition, defining \textsf{entrysubtype} activates the
-automatic capitalization mechanism in the \textsf{title} field of
-\textsf{misc} entries, on which see \textbf{\textbackslash autocap}
-below. (See 17.205-206, 17.220, 17.222-232; creel:house,
-dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview.)
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
-unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipient}, and
-further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
-including the abbreviation \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ (or
-\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) for undated examples. The \textsf{note},
-\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location}
-fields (in ascending order of generality) allow the specification of
-which manuscript collection now holds the letter, though the
-\emph{Manual} specifies (17.228) that well-known depositories don't
-usually need a city, state or country specified. (The traditional
-\textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.) Both the long
-and short note forms can use the same \textsf{title}, but in both
-cases you may need to use the \cmd{headlesscite} command to avoid the
-awkward repetition of the author's name, though that name will always
-appear in the bibliography (creel:house). If you want to include the
-date of a letter in a short note, I have provided the
-\cmd{letterdatelong} command for inclusion in the postnote field of
-the citation command. (The standard \textsf{biblatex} command
-\cmd{printdate} will work if you need to do the same for interviews.)
-
-\mylittlespace As with \textsf{letter} entries, the \emph{Manual}
-(17.223) suggests that bibliography entries contain only the name of
-the manuscript collection, unless only one item from that collection
-is cited. The \textsf{crossref} field can be used, as well as the
-\textsf{keywords} mechanism (or \texttt{skipbib} option) for
-preventing the individual items from turning up in the bibliography.
-Obviously, this is a matter for your discretion, and if you're using
-only short notes (see the \texttt{short} option,
-section~\ref{sec:useropts} below), you may feel the need to include
-more information in the note if the bibliography doesn't contain a
-full reference to an individual item.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, if the \textsf{misc} entry isn't a letter,
-remember that, as in \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries,
-words like \texttt{interview} or \texttt{memorandum} needn't be
-capitalized unless they follow a period --- the automatic
-capitalization routines (with the \textsf{title} field starting with a
-lowercase letter [see dinkel:agassiz, spock:interview, and
-\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}]) will ensure correctness. In all
-this class of archived material, the \emph{Manual} (17.222) quite
-specifically requires more consistency within your own work than
-conformity to some external standard, so it is the former which you
-should pursue. I hope that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} proves
-helpful in this regard.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} is one of three new
-audiovisual entry types, and is intended primarily to aid in the
-presentation of musical recordings that do not have a video component,
-though it can also include audio books (auden:reading). A DVD or VHS
-of an opera or other performance, by contrast, should use the
-\textbf{video} type instead (handel:messiah). Because
-\textsf{biblatex} --- and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were
-designed primarily for citing book-like objects, some choices needed
-to be made in assigning the various roles found on the back of a CD to
-the fields in a typical .bib entry. I have also implemented several
-new bibstrings to help in identifying these roles within entries. If
-you can think of a simpler way to distribute the roles, please let me
-know, so that I can consider making changes before anyone gets used to
-the current equivalences.
-
-\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are:
-
-{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
-\begin{description}
-\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s),
- depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head
- of the entry.
-\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or
- performer(s). These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of
- the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor}
- options can alter the presentation within an entry. Because these
- are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the
- following:
-\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
- all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be
- \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and,
- oddly, \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful when
- identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need
- further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from
- falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
-\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual
- types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to
- collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a
- song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
- \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
- something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
-\item[series, number:] These two are closely associated, and are
- intended for presenting the catalog information provided by the
- music publisher, especially in the case when a publisher oversees
- more than one label. In nytrumpet:art:15, for example, the
- \textsf{series} field holds the label (\texttt{Vox/Turn\-about}) and
- the \textsf{number} field the catalog number (\texttt{PVT 7183}).
- You can certainly put all of this information into one of the above
- fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more
- readable.
-\item[howpublished/pubstate, date, publisher:] The \emph{Manual}
- (17.268) follows the rather specialized requirements for presenting
- publishing information for musical recordings. The normal symbol
- for musical copyright is\ \texttt{\textcircledP} (Unicode point
- u+2117, SOUND RECORDING COPYRIGHT), but other copyrights
- \texttt{\textcopyright} are often also asserted. The
- \textsf{howpublished} field is the place for these symbols, and it
- may also have to hold a year designation if the
- \texttt{\textcircledP} and the \texttt{\textcopyright} apply to
- different years, as sometimes happens. (The \textsf{pubstate} field
- in this entry type is a synonym for \textsf{howpublished}. Please
- use only one of them per entry, and note that the usual mechanism
- for automatically printing \cmd{bibstring\{reprint\}} is turned off
- in \textsf{music} entries.) The \textsf{date} field holds the year
- either of all the symbols or of whichever symbol appears last in
- \textsf{howpublished}, and the \textsf{publisher} field is
- self-explanatory. (See nytrumpet:art:15.)
-\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
- field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm,
- 8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis.
-\end{description}}
-
-I should also note here that I have implemented the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} \textsf{eventdate} field, in case you need it to
-identify a particular recording session or concert. It will be
-printed just after the \textsf{title}. The entries in
-\textsf{notes-test.bib} should at least give you a good idea of how
-this all works, and that file also contains an example of an audio
-book presented in a \textsf{music} entry. If you browse the examples
-in the \emph{Manual} you will see some variation from the formatting
-choices I have made for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but it wasn't
-always clear to me that these variations were rules as opposed to
-suggestions, so I've ignored some of them in the code. Arguments as
-to why I'm wrong will, of course, be entertained. (Cf. 17.268;
-auden:reading, beethoven:sonata29, bernstein:shostakovich,
-nytrumpet:art:15.)
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{online}} \emph{Manual}'s
-instructions (17.142--147, 17.198, 17.234--237) for citing online
-materials are slightly different from those suggested by standard
-\textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, this is a case where complete backward
-compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible,
-because as a general rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not
-only where a source is found, but also the nature of that source,
-e.g., if it's an online edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it
-calls for a \textsf{book} entry. Even if you cite an
-\enquote{intrinsically online} source, if that source is structured
-more or less like a conventional printed periodical, then you'll
-probably want to use \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} instead of
-\textsf{online} (stenger:privacy, which cites \emph{CNN.com} ---
-\emph{Yahoo!\ News} is another example that would be treated in such a
-way). If the \enquote{standard facts of publication} are missing,
-then the \textsf{online} type is usually the best choice
-(evanston:library, powell:email). Some online materials will, no
-doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry type, but so long as all
-locating information is present, then perhaps that is enough to
-fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like to hope.
-
-\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much
-the same as in \textsf{biblatex}. The \textsf{title} field would
-contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could
-hold the title or owner of the whole site. If there is no specific
-title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then such a
-title should go in \textsf{titleaddon}, not forgetting to begin that
-field with a lowercase letter so that capitalization will work out
-correctly.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
-brief on this subject (17.219), but very clear about which information
-it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well with other
-\textsf{biblatex} styles. The important date, as far as Chicago is
-concerned, is the filing date. If a patent has been filed but not yet
-granted, then you can place the filing date in either the
-\textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically prepend the
-bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it. If the patent has been granted,
-then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you
-put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the
-bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended. (In
-other words, you no longer need to use a hand-formatted
-\textsf{addendum} field, though you can place additional information
-in that field if desired, and it will be printed in close association
-with the dates.) The patent number goes in the \textsf{number} field,
-and you should use the standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the
-\textsf{type} field. Though it isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual},
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the \textsf{holder} after
-the \textsf{author}, if you provide one. See petroff:impurity.
-
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
-periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same
-function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and in the main uses the
-same fields, though in keeping with the system established in the
-\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are
-citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a
-\enquote{journal.} Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the
-place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its
-initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
-routines. (See \emph{Manual} 17.170; good:wholeissue.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
-aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
-styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
-reference work but not an alphabetized entry or entries in that work.
-This could be because it doesn't contain such entries, or perhaps
-because you intend the citation to appear in a bibliography rather
-than in notes. Indeed, the only differences between it and
-\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present
-an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field
-will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
-entry. (See mla:style for an example of a reference work that uses
-numbered sections rather than alphabetized entries, and that appears
-in the bibliography as well.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
-\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather
-thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (17.241), so I have followed
-the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope that the
-results conform to the specification. Its main peculiarities are the
-\textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher}, the
-\textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in question,
-and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International Standard
-Technical Report Number of a technical report. As in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry, then the
-\textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
-\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} and
-\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the
-report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
-\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace The \colmarginpar{\textbf{review}} \textsf{review} entry
-type was added to \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, and it certainly eases the
-task of coping with the \emph{Manual}'s complicated requirements for
-citing periodicals of all sorts, though it doesn't, I admit, eliminate
-all difficulties. As its name suggests, this entry type was designed
-for reviews published in periodicals, and if you've already read the
-\textsf{article} instructions above --- if you haven't, I recommend
-doing so now --- you'll know that \textsf{review} serves as well for
-citing other sorts of material with generic titles, like letters to
-the editor, obituaries, interviews, and the like. The primary rule is
-that any piece that has only a generic title, like \enquote{review of
- \ldots,} \enquote{interview with \ldots,} or \enquote{obituary of
- \ldots,} calls for the \textsf{review} type. Any piece that also
-has a specific title, e.g., \enquote{\enquote{Lost in
- \textsc{Bib}\TeX,} an interview with \ldots,} requires an
-\textsf{article} entry. (This assumes the text is found in a
-periodical of some sort. Were it found in a book, then the
-\textsf{incollection} type would serve your needs, and you could use
-\textsf{title} and \textsf{titleaddon} there. While we're on the
-topic of exceptions, the \emph{Manual} includes an example --- 17.207
---- where the \enquote{Interview} part of the title is considered a
-subtitle rather than a titleaddon, said part therefore being included
-inside the quotation marks and capitalized accordingly. Not having
-the journal in front of me I'm not sure what prompted that decision,
-but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} would obviously have no difficulty
-coping with such a situation.)
-
-\mylittlespace Once you've decided to use \textsf{review}, then you
-need to determine which sort of periodical you are citing, the rules
-for which are the same as for an \textsf{article} entry. If it is a
-\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper}, then you need an
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}. The generic title goes in
-\textsf{title} and the other fields work just as as they do in an
-\textsf{article} entry with the same \textsf{entrysubtype}, including
-the substitution of the \textsf{journaltitle} for the \textsf{author}
-if the latter is missing. (See 17.185, 17.188--194, 17.199--203,
-17.207; barcott:review, bundy:macneil, Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006,
-kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke:15,
-wallraff:word.) If, on the other hand, the piece comes from a
-\enquote{journal,} then you don't need an \textsf{entrysubtype}. The
-generic title goes in \textsf{title}, and the remaining fields work
-just as they do in a plain \textsf{article} entry. (See 17.201;
-ratliff:review.)
-
-\mylittlespace The onerous details are the same as I described them in
-the \textbf{article} section above, but I'll repeat some of them
-briefly here. If anything in the \textsf{title} needs formatting, you
-need to provide those instructions yourself, as the default is
-completely plain. In the short note form you no longer need to
-provide a formatted \textsf{shortauthor} field for when a
-\textsf{journaltitle} replaces an absent \textsf{author}, as the
-package automatically prints the former there in the absence of
-anything else (gourmet:052006, nyt:trevorobit). If you wish to keep
-the title at the head of an entry, then you'll need to define
-\textsf{author} somehow and place \texttt{useauthor=false} in the
-\textsf{options} field (as in nyt:obittrevor, by contrast with
-nyt:trevorobit. Please note that the \cmd{isdot} macro alone in the
-\textsf{author} field no longer works in \textsf{biblatex} 1.6 and
-later, so you may need to check your .bib files when you upgrade.) As
-in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, words like
-\enquote{interview,} \enquote{review,} and \enquote{letter} only need
-capitalization after a full stop, i.e., ordinarily in a bibliography
-and not a note, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} automatically deals
-with this problem itself if you start the \textsf{title} field with a
-lowercase letter. The file \textsf{notes-test.bib} and the
-documentation of \cmd{autocap} will provide guidance here.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
-use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
-book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward,
-either by the same or a different author. In previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} these three just-mentioned types of
-material, and only these three types, could be referenced using the
-\textsf{introduction}, \textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword}
-fields, a system that required you simply to define one of them in any
-way and leave the others undefined. The macros don't use the text
-provided by such an entry, they merely check to see if one of them is
-defined, in order to decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at
-stake, and to print the appropriate string before the \textsf{title}
-in long notes, short notes, list of shorthands, and bibliography. I
-have retained this mechanism both for backward compatibility and
-because it works without modification across multiple languages, but
-have also added functionality which allows you to cite any sort of
-supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field. Under
-this system, simply put the nature of the material, including the
-relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase letter
-so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization
-depending on the context. Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface
- to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.} (Please note, however,
-that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type}
-field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.)
-
-\mylittlespace The other rules for constructing your .bib entry remain
-the same. The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the
-introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the
-author of the main text of the work, if the two differ. If the focus
-of the reference is the main text of the book, but you want to mention
-the name of the writer of an introduction or afterword for
-bibliographical completeness, then the normal \textsf{biblatex} rules
-apply, and you can just put their name in the appropriate field of a
-\textsf{book} entry, that is, in the \textsf{foreword},
-\textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{introduction} field. (See
-\emph{Manual} 17.74--75; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a
-function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}. Indeed, I believe the
-\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in
-both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to
-\textsf{suppbook}, which see.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type, new to
-\textsf{biblatex} 0.8, is intended to allow reference to
-generically-titled works in periodicals, such as regular columns or
-letters to the editor. Previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provided the \textsf{review} type for
-this purpose, and now you can use either of these, as I've added
-\textsf{suppperiodical} as an alias of \textsf{review}. Please see
-above under \textbf{review} for the full instructions on how to
-construct a .bib entry for such a reference.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{unpublished}}
-\textsf{unpublished} entry type works largely as it does in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, though it's worth remembering that you should use a
-lowercase letter at the start of your \textsf{note} field (or perhaps
-an\ \cmd{autocap} command in the somewhat contradictory
-\textsf{howpublished}, if you have one) for material that wouldn't
-ordinarily be capitalized except at the beginning of a sentence
-(nass:address).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the new
-audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
-citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
-on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray. As with the \textsf{music} type
-discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the
-production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided
-by \textsf{biblatex}. Here are the main correspondences:
-
-{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
-\begin{description}
-\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the
- director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed
- in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate
- \textsf{editortype} (see below). You will need it, however, to
- identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS (handel:messiah),
- or perhaps the provider of commentaries or other extras on a film
- DVD (cleese:holygrail).
-\item[editor, editora, editorb =] director or producer, or possibly
- the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances. These
- will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the
- usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter
- the presentation within an entry. Because these are non-standard
- roles, you will need to identify them using the following:
-\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
- all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will
- likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly,
- \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful if you want to
- identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying
- and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the
- default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
-\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other
- audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an analogue both to
- books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may be of a whole
- film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one episode in a
- series or one scene in a film. In the latter cases, the title of
- the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{titleaddon}
- field may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number
- of a TV series, or for any other information that needs to come
- between the \textsf{title} and the \textsf{booktitle}
- (cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah). As in the
- \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary for a boxed
- set or something similar.
-\item[date, origdate:] The publication details of this sort of
- material are usually straightforward, at least compared with the
- \textsf{music} type, but there will be occasions when you need two
- dates. When citing an episode of a long-running TV series you may
- need both a date for the episode and a date range for the whole run,
- and when citing a film on DVD you may want to present both the
- original release date and the date of release on DVD. In both
- cases, the \textsf{origdate} field holds the year of the original
- showing or transmission, while the \textsf{date} field holds either
- the years for an entire run of a TV show or the year of publication
- of the DVD (or other medium). Cf. episode:tv, hitchcock:nbynw.
-\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
- field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD,
- Blu-ray, MPEG.
-\end{description}}
-
-As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib}
-should at least give you a good idea of how all this works. (Cf.\
-17.270, 273; cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah,
-hitchcock:nbynw, loc:city.)
-
-\subsection{Entry Fields}
-\label{sec:entryfields}
-
-The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete
-list of the entry fields you will need to use
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. As in section \ref{sec:entrytypes},
-I shall include references to the numbered paragraphs of the
-\emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to the entries in
-\textsf{notes-test.bib}. Many fields are most easily understood with
-reference to other, related fields. In such cases, cross references
-should allow you to find the information you need.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous
-information to the end of an entry, after publication data but before
-any \textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field. In the \textsf{patent} entry
-type (which see), it will be printed in close association with the
-filing and issue dates. In any entry type, if your data begins with a
-word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
-sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the
-style will take care of the rest. Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See
-\emph{Manual} 17.145, 17.123; davenport:attention, natrecoff:camera.)
-
-\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances,
-this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex},
-i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given
-work. The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the
-afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right
-to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly
-a matter for the user's judgment. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the
-name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator,
-then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will concatenate these fields in
-the formatted references.
-
-%\vspace{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special
-meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an
-afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation. If
-it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way
-you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}
-undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will do the rest. Cf.\
-\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 17.46,
-17.74; polakow:afterw.)
-
-\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}} \label{sec:annote}
-the request of Emil Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} has, as of
-version 0.9, added a package option (see \texttt{annotation} below,
-section \ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated
-bibliographies. The formatting of such a bibliography is currently
-fairly basic, though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal
-guidelines (16.77). The default in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} is to
-define \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using
-\cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak} \cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can
-alter it by re-declaring the format in your preamble. The
-page-breaking algorithms don't always give perfect results here, but
-the default formatting looks, to my eyes, fairly decent. In addition
-to tweaking the field formatting you can also insert \cmd{par} (or
-even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}}) commands into the text of your
-annotations to improve the appearance. Please consider the
-\texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but it is usable now.
-(N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote} serves as an alias
-for this.)
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this
-\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
-do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
-be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have
-implemented this field in a completely standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-fashion. Remember that corporate or organizational authors need to
-have an extra set of curly braces around them (e.g.,
-\texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from
-treating one part of the name as a surname (17.47, 17.197;
-assocpress:gun, chicago:manual:15). If there is no \textsf{author},
-then \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will look, in sequence, for an
-\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, or \textsf{compiler} (actually
-\textsf{namec}, currently) and use that name (or those names) instead,
-followed by the appropriate identifying string (esp.\ 17.41, also
-17.28--29, 17.88, 17.95, 17.172; boxer:china, brown:bremer,
-harley:cartography, schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:ga\-wain,
-soltes:georgia). Please note that when a \textsf{namec} appears at
-the head of an entry, you'll need to assist \textsf{biblatex}'s
-sorting algorithms by providing a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure
-correct alphabetization in the bibliography. Also, a
-\textsf{shortauthor} entry is necessary to provide a name at the head
-of the short note form.
-
-\mylittlespace In the rare cases when this substitution mechanism
-isn't appropriate, you have two options: either you can
-(chaucer:liferecords) put all the information into a \textsf{note}
-field rather than individual fields, or you can use the
-\textsf{biblatex} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
-\texttt{useeditor=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
-\texttt{usecompiler=\\false} in the \textsf{options} field
-(chaucer:alt). If you look at the chaucer:alt entry in
-\textsf{notes-test.bib}, you'll notice a peculiarity of this system of
-toggles. In order to ensure that the \textsf{title} of the book
-appears at the head of the entry, you need to use \emph{all four} of
-the toggles, even though the entry contains no \textsf{translator}.
-Internally, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} is either searching for an
-author-substitute, or it is skipping over elements of the ordered,
-unidirectional chain \textsf{author -> editor -> translator ->
- compiler -> title}. If you don't include
-\texttt{usetranslator=false} in the \textsf{options} field, then the
-package begins its search at \textsf{translator} and continues on to
-\textsf{namec}, even though you have \texttt{usecompiler=false} in
-\textsf{options}. The result will be that the compilers' names will
-appear at the head of the entry. If you want to skip over parts of
-the chain, you must turn off \emph{all} of the parts up to the one you
-wish printed.
-
-\mylittlespace This system of toggles, then, can turn off
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}'s mechanism for finding a name to
-place at the head of an entry, but it also very usefully adds the
-possibility of citing a work with an \textsf{author} by its editor,
-compiler or translator instead (17.45; eliot:pound), something that
-wasn't possible before. For full details of how this works, see the
-\textsf{editortype} documentation below. (Of course, in
-\textsf{collection} and \textsf{proceedings} entry types, an
-\textsf{author} isn't expected, so there the \textsf{editor} is
-required, as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Also, in \textsf{article}
-or \textsf{review} entries with \textsf{entrysubtype}
-\texttt{magazine}, the absence of an \textsf{author} triggers the use
-of the \textsf{journaltitle} in its stead. See those entry types for
-further details.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} provides specific
-instructions for formatting the names of both anonymous and
-pseudonymous authors (17.32--39). In the former case, if no author is
-known or guessed at, then it may simply be omitted
-(virginia:plantation). The use of \enquote{Anonymous} as the name is
-\enquote{generally to be avoided,} but may in some cases be useful
-\enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works need to be
- grouped.} If, on the other hand, \enquote{the authorship is known
- or guessed at but was omitted on the title page,} then you need to
-use the \textsf{authortype} field to let
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} know this fact. If the author is
-known (horsley:prosodies), then put \texttt{anon} in the
-\textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at (cook:sotweed) put
-\texttt{anon?}\ there. (In both cases,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} tests for these \emph{exact} strings,
-so check your typing if it doesn't work.) This will have the effect
-of enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question
-mark indicating doubt. As long as you have the right string in the
-\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also
-do the right thing automatically in the short note form.
-
-\mylittlespace The \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes the means to
-cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the author's real
-name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.} (or
-\cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters). If
-you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include it
-there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
-field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
-(lecarre:quest). If you have given the author's real name in the
-\textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in \textsf{nameaddon},
-in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname, pseud.}\ (creasey:ashe:blast,
-creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death). This latter method will
-allow you to keep all references to one author's work under different
-pseudonyms grouped together in the bibliography, as recommended by the
-\emph{Manual}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
-keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its
-letter. Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify
-an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is
-anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title
-page of the work you are citing. As I've just detailed under
-\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of
-\enquote{Anonymous} as an author, preferring that you simply omit it.
-If, however, the name of the author is known or guessed at, then
-you're supposed to enclose that name within square brackets, which is
-exactly what \textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put
-either \texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed
-at) in the \textsf{authortype} field. (Putting the square brackets in
-yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.) The macros test
-for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see
-the brackets. Assuming the strings are correct,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will also automatically do the right
-thing in the short note form. Cf.\ \textsf{author}. (See 17.33--34;
-cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.)
-
-\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in
-\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a
-\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has
-different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that
-fact in a reference (17.75; will:cohere). Keep in mind, however, that
-the entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords
-(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of
-\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
-
-\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}}
-a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix
-the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages}
-field. If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying
-string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the
-practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers.
-Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear
-from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank.
-If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the
-\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that
-field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the
-\textsf{bookpagination} field. These bibstrings currently are
-\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,}
-\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by
-\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles.
-
-\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here.
-First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago
-specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the
-strings you expect. Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination}
-applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a
-citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use
-\textsf{pagination}, which see (15.45--46, 17.128--138).
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{booktitle}. See the next entry for further information.
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the
-\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
-\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the
-\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which
-the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part. It is important
-not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more
-general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}. It
-is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three
-sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr). You may also
-find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g.,
-\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost
-invariably be providing information for the \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-cross-referencing apparatus (prairie:state), which I discuss below
-(\textbf{crossref}).
-
-\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
-\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without
-quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would
-ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
-simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
-chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
-\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter
-of a book (ashbrook:brain).
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this
-\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
-do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
-be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.
-
-\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex} \mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}} uses the
-standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing mechanism, and has also
-introduced a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}). The
-\textsf{crossref} field works exactly the same as it always has, while
-\textsf{xref} attempts to remedy some of the deficiencies of the usual
-mechanism by ensuring that child entries will inherit no data at all
-from their parents. Having said all that, a few further instructions
-may be in order for users of both \textsf{biblatex} and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. First, remember that fields in a
-\textsf{collection} entry, for example, differ from those in an
-\textsf{incollection} entry. In order for the latter to inherit the
-\textsf{booktitle} field from the former, the former needs to have
-such a field defined, even though a \textsf{collection} entry has no
-use itself for such an entry (see ellet:galena, keating:dearborn,
-lippincott:chicago, and prairie:state). Note also that an entry with
-a \textsf{crossref} field will mechanically try to inherit all
-applicable fields from the entry it cross-references. In the case of
-ellet:galena et al., you can see that this includes the
-\textsf{subtitle} field found in prairie:state, which would then,
-quite incorrectly, be added to the \textsf{title} of ellet:galena. In
-cases like these, you could just make sure that prairie:state didn't
-contain such a field, by placing the entire title + subtitle in the
-\textsf{title} field, separated by a colon. You'd certainly need to
-provide a \textsf{shorttitle} field for short footnotes, if you chose
-this solution. Alternatively, as you can see in ellet:galena, you can
-just define an empty \textsf{subtitle} field to prevent it inheriting
-the unwanted subtitle from prairie:state.
-
-\mylittlespace Turning now more narrowly to
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the \emph{Manual} (17.70) specifies
-that if you cite several contributions to the same collection, all
-(including the collection itself) may be listed separately in the
-bibliography, which the package does automatically, using the default
-inclusion threshold of 2 in the case both of \textsf{crossref}'ed and
-\textsf{xref}'ed entries. (The familiar \cmd{nocite} command may also
-help in some circumstances.) In footnotes the specification suggests
-that, after a citation of any one contribution to the collection, all
-subsequent contributions may, even in the first, long footnote, be
-cited using a slightly shortened form, thus \enquote{avoiding
- clutter.} In the bibliography the abbreviated form is appropriate
-for all the child entries. The current version of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} implements these instructions, but
-only if you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field, and
-only in \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, or
-\textsf{letter} entries (on the last named, see just below). If you
-look at ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and
-prairie:state you'll see this mechanism in action in both notes and
-bibliography. If you wish to disable this, then simply don't use a
-\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in your entries.
-
-\mylittlespace There is a subtlety involved in this mechanism that I
-should address here. Andrew Goldstone has pointed out to me some
-inaccuracies in the package's treatment of these abbreviated
-citations, both in notes and bibliography. Most of the changes I've
-made won't affect users in any way, only the actual printed output,
-but if you refer separately to chapters in a single-author
-\textsf{book}, then the shortened part of the reference, to the whole
-book, won't repeat the author's name before the title of the whole.
-If, however, you refer separately to parts of a \textsf{collection} or
-\textsf{proceedings}, even when the \textsf{editor} of the
-\textsf{collection} is the same as the \textsf{author} of an essay in
-the collection, you will see the name repeated before the abbreviated
-part referencing the whole parent volume. Because the code tests for
-entry type, if you don't use \textsf{collection} or
-\textsf{proceedings} for the whole volume, you'll not get the repeated
-name, so there may be corner cases where careful choice of the parent
-entry type gets you what you want.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace A published collection of letters requires a somewhat
-different treatment (17.78). If you cite more than one letter from
-the same collection, then the \emph{Manual} specifies that only the
-collection itself should appear in the bibliography. In footnotes,
-you can use the \textsf{letter} entry type, documented above, for
-each individual letter, while the collection as a whole may well
-require a \textsf{book} entry. I have, after some consideration,
-implemented the system of shortened references in \textsf{letter}
-entries, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly require it.
-As with \textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inproceedings}, mere use of
-a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field will activate this
-mechanism, while avoidance of said fields will disable it. (See
-white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the
-\textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and please note that the
-second of these entries is entirely fictitious, provided merely for
-the sake of example.) How then to keep the individual letters from
-appearing in the bibliography? The simplest mechanism is one provided
-by \textsf{biblatex}, which involves the \textsf{keywords} field.
-Choose a keyword for any entry you wish excluded from the bibliography
---- I've chosen \texttt{original}, for reasons that will become
-clearer later --- then in the optional argument to the
-\cmd{printbibliography} command in your document include, e.g.,
-\texttt{notkeyword=original}. (Cf.\ \textbf{keywords} and
-\textbf{userf}.)
-
-\mylittlespace If you look closely at the .bib entries for
-white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see that, despite using
-\textsf{xref} instead of \textsf{crossref}, the notes referring to
-them inherit data from the parent (white:total). The citation
-mechanism is making a separate call to the parent's .bib entry,
-formatting the information there to fill out the bare data provided by
-the child, but this only happens in \textsf{letter},
-\textsf{incollection}, and \textsf{inproceedings} entries. It is
-perfectly possible that other sorts of entries may make use of
-\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields --- \textsf{inbook} and
-\textsf{bookinbook} come to mind --- but such entries will not result in
-the activation of shortened references in notes and bibliography, nor,
-when using \textsf{xref}, in the inheritance I have just pointed out.
-This is how I interpret the specification, though I'm open to
-persuasion on this score.
-
-\mylittlespace I should also take this opportunity to mention that you
-need to be careful when using the \textsf{shorthand} field in
-conjunction with the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields,
-bearing in mind the complicated questions of inheritance posed by all
-such cross-references, most especially in \textsf{letter},
-\textsf{incollection}, and \textsf{inproceedings} entries. A
-\textsf{shorthand} field in a parent entry is, at least in the current
-state of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, a bad idea.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{date}} field may be used to
-specify an item's complete date of publication, in \textsc{iso}8601
-format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. It may also be used to specify a
-date range, according to Lehman's instructions in \xA7~2.3.8 of
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf}. Please be aware, however, that \textsf{Biber}
-is somewhat more exacting when parsing the \textsf{date} field than
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like \texttt{1968/75} will simply
-be ignored --- you need \texttt{1968/1975} instead. If you want to
-present a more compressed year range, or more generally if only part
-of a date is required, then the \textsf{month} and \textsf{year}
-fields may be more convenient. The latter may be particularly useful
-in some entries because it can hold more than just numerical data, in
-contrast to \textsf{date} itself. Cf.\ the \textsf{misc} entry type
-in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above for how to use this field to
-distinguish between two classes of archival material. See also
-\textsf{origdate} and \textsf{urldate}.
-
-\mylittlespace (Users of the Chicago author-date style who wish to
-minimize the labor needed to convert a .bib database for the notes \&\
-bibliography style should be aware that, in this release, the latter
-style includes compatibility code for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently
-ignored) and \texttt{switchdates} options, along with the mechanism
-for reversing \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}. This means that
-you can, in theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib file when
-making the conversion, though I'm retaining the right to revoke this
-if the code in question demonstrably interferes with the functioning
-of the notes \&\ bibliography style.)
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
-\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
-in your .bib files. Use \textsf{date} instead.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. The Digital Object Identifier of the work, which the
-\emph{Manual} suggests you can use \enquote{in place of page numbers
- or other locators} (17.181; friedman:learn\-ing). Cf.\
-\textsf{url}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will
-convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual:15), followed by the
-appropriate string. Any other sort of edition information will be
-printed as is, though if your data begins with a word (or
-abbreviation) that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the
-beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure that that word (or
-abbreviation) is in lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
-will automatically do the right thing (babb:peru, times:guide). In
-most situations, the \emph{Manual} generally recommends the use of
-abbreviations in both bibliography and notes, but there is room for
-the user's discretion in specific citations (emerson:nature).
-
-\mylittlespace In a previous release of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, I introduced the \textsf{userd} field
-to hold this non-numeric information, as \textsf{biblatex} only
-accepted an integer in the \textsf{edition} field, but this changed in
-version 0.8. The \textsf{userd} field is now obsolete, and will be
-silently ignored.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have
-implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but
-the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
-complications that need explaining. Lehman points out in his
-documentation that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a
-\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
-depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most
-comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is
-one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the
-other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is exactly
-the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
-plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
-numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one
-part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. For
-these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field. You should
-format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
-\textsf{title} (donne:var).
-
-\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a
-\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given
-\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If \textsf{namea} and
-\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
-concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for
-\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the
-compiler). Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will
-need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title. For this,
-and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit}
-macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field
-or in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (chaucer:liferecords).
-(Because the strings identifying an editor differ in notes and
-bibliography, one can't simply write them out in such a field, hence
-the need for a macro, which I discuss further in the commands section
-below [\ref{sec:formatcommands}].) Cf.\ \textsf{namea},
-\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} newer
-releases of \textsf{biblatex} provide these fields as a means to
-specify additional contributors to texts in a number of editorial
-roles. In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for the
-audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, where
-they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and
-performers. To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype},
-\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\
-bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
-exception of the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} types,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically find a name to put
-at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
-proceeding in order through \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and
-\textsf{namec} (the compiler). If all four are missing, then the
-\textsf{title} will be placed at the head. (In \textsf{article} and
-\textsf{review} entries with a \texttt{magazine}
-\textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing author immediately prompts the use of
-\textsf{journaltitle} at the head of an entry. See above under
-\textsf{article} for details.) The \textsf{editortype} field, added
-in \textsf{biblatex 0.7}, provides even greater flexibility, giving
-you the ability to put a compiler at the head of an entry without
-using \textsf{namec}, freeing you from the need to use a
-\textsf{sortkey} and a \textsf{shortauthor}. You can do this even
-though an author is named (eliot:pound shows this mechanism in action
-for a standard editor, rather than a compiler). Two things are
-necessary for this to happen. First, in the \textsf{options} field
-you need to set \texttt{useauthor=false}, then you need to put the
-name you wish to see at the head of your entry into the
-\textsf{editor} or the \textsf{namea} field. If the \enquote{editor}
-is in fact a compiler, then you need to put \texttt{compiler} into the
-\textsf{editortype} field, and \textsf{biblatex} will print the
-correct string after the name in both the bibliography and in the long
-note form.
-
-\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
-Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
-which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
-\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a
-\textsf{booktitle}, the \textsf{editortype} mechanism checks first to
-see whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be
-used at the head of the entry, if it isn't it will go ahead and look
-for an \textsf{editor}. When the \textsf{editor} field is used,
-\textsf{biblatex}'s sorting algorithms will work properly, and also
-its \textsf{labelname} mechanism, meaning that a shortened form of the
-\textsf{editor} will be used in the short note form. If, however, the
-\textsf{namea} field provides the name, then your .bib entry will need
-to have a \textsf{sortkey} field to aid in alphabetizing, and it will
-also need a \textsf{shorteditor} defined to help with the short note
-form, not a \textsf{shortauthor}, ruled out because
-\texttt{useauthor=false}.
-
-\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman reworked the string
-concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlined in his RELEASE file,
-and I have followed his lead. In short, if you define the
-\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
-the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
-\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype}, the
-usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if the \textsf{editor}
-exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a \textsf{namec}, or
-alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a \textsf{nameb}
-and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will print the
-appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (17.41)
-recommends not using these identifying strings in the short note form,
-and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If
-you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
-manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
-sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.
-
-\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain
-requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author},
-for example -- the \texttt{useauthor} mechanism won't work properly in
-the following entry types: \textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter},
-\textsf{patent}, \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings},
-\textsf{review}, \textsf{suppbook}, \textsf{suppcollection}, and
-\textsf{suppperiodical}.
-
-\mybigspace These
-\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields
-identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding
-\textsf{editor[a-c]} field. Note that they are not part of the string
-concatenation mechanism. I have implemented them just as the standard
-styles do, and they have now found a use particularly in
-\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. Cf.\
-bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to
-identify a particular article. Only applicable to the
-\textsf{article} entry type. Not typically required by the
-\emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}} and very
-powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by the standard
-styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} it has four very specific
-uses, the first three of which I have designed in order to maintain,
-as much as possible, backward compatibility with the standard styles.
-First, in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review}
-entries, the field allows you to differentiate between scholarly
-\enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers} on the other. Usage is fairly simple: you need
-to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into the
-\textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter two
-types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,} then
-you need do nothing.
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from
-classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the
-Middle Ages, as well. When you cite such a work using the traditional
-divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
-presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the
-exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
-This has no effect in long notes or in the bibliography, but it does
-affect the formatting of short notes, where it suppresses some of the
-punctuation. Ordinarily, you will use this toggle in a \textsf{book}
-or a \textsf{bookinbook} entry, but it is possible that a journal
-might well also present an edition of such a work. Given the
-tradition of using italics for the titles of such works, this may
-require using a \textsf{titleaddon} field (with hand formatting)
-instead of a \textsf{title}. If you wish to reference a classical or
-medieval work by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard
-edition, then you shouldn't use the \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle.
-Also, and the specification is reasonably clear about this, works from
-the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional divisions,
-have short notes formatted normally, and therefore don't need an
-\textsf{entrysubtype} field. (See \emph{Manual} 17.250--262;
-aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr; euripides:orestes is an
-example of a translation cited by page number in a modern edition.)
-
-\mylittlespace The third use occurs in \textsf{misc} entries. If such
-an entry contains no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, then the citation
-will be treated just as the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles would,
-including the use of italics for the \textsf{title}. Any string at
-all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to
-treat the source as part of an unpublished archive. A \textsf{misc}
-entry with \textsf{entrysubtype} defined is the least formatted of all
-those specified by the \emph{Manual} --- see
-section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above under \textbf{misc} for all the
-details on how these citations work.
-
-\mylittlespace Fourth, and finally, the field can be defined in the
-new \textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from
-antiquity whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see
-the documentation of \textsf{artwork} above for the details.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, added recently to the \textbf{music} entry
-type in case users need it to identify a particular recording session
-or concert. See the documentation of that type above. The field will
-currently be ignored in any other sort of entry.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the
-\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general
-function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Like
-\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a
-special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to
-define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and
-\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a
-citation.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
-field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ
-from the \textsf{author}. The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the
-subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints it (them), in
-parentheses, just after the author(s).
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
-entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}. I have also
-retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
-for historical reasons, and either it or \textsf{pubstate} can be used
-in \textsf{music} entries to clarify publication details.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field. In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will
-usually identify the university for which the thesis was written,
-while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of
-institution issuing the report.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the
-\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above,
-\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}. Like those fields, however, it has a special
-meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define
-it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword}
-undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a
-publication. Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report
-Number of a report. Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type,
-and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a
-periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry. Not
-typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, designed for \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or
-\textsf{review} entries identified by something like \enquote{Spring}
-or \enquote{Summer} rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or
-\textsf{number} fields (brown:bremer).
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
-\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special
-issue of any sort of periodical. If the reference is to one article
-within the special issue, then this field should be used in an
-\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing
-the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical}
-entry, instead (good:wholeissue). The \textsf{note} field is the
-proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special
- issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic
-contextual capitalization.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias. It
-contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found
-in the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entry types. In the case
-where a piece in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review}
-(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't have an author,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} provides for this field to be used as
-the author. See above (section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}) under
-\textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and
-nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{notes-test.bib} will give you some
-idea of how this works.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
-\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
-filtering bibliography entries, allowing you to subdivide a
-bibliography according to just about any criteria you care to invent.
-See \textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.10.4) for thorough documentation. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field can provide a convenient means to
-exclude certain entries from making their way into a bibliography. We
-have already seen (\textbf{letter}, above) how the \emph{Manual}
-(17.78) requires, in the case of published collections of letters,
-that when more than one letter from the same collected is cited, the
-bibliography should contain only a reference to the collection as a
-whole (white:ross:memo, white:russ, white:total). Similarly, when
-citing both an original text and its translation (see \textbf{userf},
-below), the \emph{Manual} (17.66) suggests including the original at
-the end of the translation's bibliography entry, a procedure which
-requires that the original not also be printed as a separate
-bibliography entry (furet:passing:eng, furet:passing:fr,
-aristotle:metaphy:trans, aristotle:metaphy:gr). Finally, citations of
-well-known reference works (like the \emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica},
-for example), need only be presented in notes, and not in the
-bibliography (17.238--239; ency:britannica, wikiped:bibtex; see
-\textsf{inreference}, above). In all these cases, I have suggested the
-inclusion of \texttt{original} in the \textsf{keywords} field, along
-with a \texttt{notkeyword=original} in the optional argument to the
-\cmd{printbibliography} command, though of course you can choose any
-key you wish.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the
-language(s) in which a work is written. As a general rule, the
-Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though
-it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such
-as bilingual editions, for example. There is at least one situation,
-however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is
-when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no
-translation of the work has been published, something that might
-happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a
-majority of your expected readership (17.65--67, 17.166, 17.177;
-pirumova, rozner:liberation). In such a case, you should provide the
-language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple languages
-using the keyword \texttt{and}. (I have retained \textsf{biblatex's}
-\cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that you can use the
-standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the language you
-need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as it should
-appear in your text. You can also mix these two modes inside one
-entry without apparent harm.)
-
-\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the
-\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to
-provide its translation, as well. If you choose this option, you'll
-need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below. In
-effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields
-in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will
-only print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere}
-over \textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern and weresz). Note
-also that both of these fields are universally associated with the
-\textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a \textsf{booktitle} or a
-\textsf{maintitle}. If you need to attach a language or a translation
-to either of the latter two, you could probably manage it with special
-formatting inside those fields themselves.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field
-specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are
-arranged alphabetically, where the name of the item rather than a page
-or volume number should be given. The field is a \textsf{biblatex}
-list, which means you should separate multiple items with the keyword
-\texttt{and}. Each item receives its own set of quotation marks, and
-the whole list will be prefixed by the appropriate string
-(\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\ \enquote{s.vv.}).
-\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes} will only print such a field in a
-\textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you should look at
-the documentation of these entry types for further details. (See
-\emph{Manual} 17.238--239; ency:britannica, grove:sibelius,
-times:guide, wikiped:bibtex.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is
-\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field
-\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that
-simplifies the modification of older .bib files. According to the
-\emph{Manual} (17.99), a citation usually need only provide the first
-city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by
-the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately.
-If the place of publication is unknown, you can use
-\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (17.102), though in many or even most
-cases this isn't strictly necessary (17.32--34; virginia:plantation).
-For all cities, you should use the common English version of the name,
-if such exists (17.101).
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Two more details need explanation here. In
-\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries,
-there is usually no need for a \textsf{location} field, but
-\enquote{if a journal might be confused with another with a similar
- title, or if it might not be known to the users of a bibliography,}
-then this field can present the place or institution where it is
-published (17.174, 17.196; lakeforester:pushcarts, kimluu:diethyl, and
-garrett). Less predictably, it is here that \emph{Manual} indicates
-that a particular book is a reprint edition (17.123), so in such a
-case you can use the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} macro \cmd{reprint},
-followed by a comma, space, and the location (aristotle:metaphy:gr,
-schweitzer:bach). (You can also now, somewhat more simply, just put
-the string \texttt{reprint} into the \textsf{pubstate} field to
-achieve the same result. See the \textsf{pubstate} documentation
-below.) The \textsf{origdate} field may be used to give the original
-date of publication, and of course more complicated situations should
-usually be amenable to inclusion in the \textsf{note} field
-(emerson:nature).
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
-multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
-(See donne:var, euripides:orestes, harley:cartography, lach:asia,
-pelikan:chris\-tian, and plato:republic:gr.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
-\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would
-be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word
-that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
-sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, containing the month of publication. This should be an
-integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See
-\textsf{date} for more information.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
-\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
-leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
-name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
-\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
-the \textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter
-fields (donne:var). You should present names in this field exactly as
-you would those in an \textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and
-the package will concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they
-are identical. See under \textbf{editor} above for the full details.
-Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the
-macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},
-\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which see
-section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided by
-\textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you, in most entry types, to
-specify that an author's name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either
-the real name or the pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided
-in the \textsf{author} field. The abbreviation
-\enquote{\texttt{pseud}.}\ (always lowercase in English) is specified,
-either on its own or after the pseudo\-nym (centinel:letters,
-creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:york:death, and
-le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}} does the work for you.
-See under \textbf{author} above for the full details.
-
-\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, on the other hand,
-which is used to create alphabetized cross-references to other
-bibliography entries, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to
-change the default string linking the two parts of the
-cross-reference. The code automatically tests for a known bibstring,
-which it will italicize. Otherwise, it prints the string as is.
-
-\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above,
-this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
-styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the
-translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
-\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
-the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter
-fields (euripides:orestes). You should present names in this field
-exactly as you would those in an \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{translator} field, and the package will concatenate this field
-with \textsf{namea} if they are identical. See under the
-\textbf{translator} field below for the full details. Cf.\ also
-\textsf{namea}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{origlanguage},
-\textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} and the macros \cmd{partedit},
-\cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp},
-\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransandcomp} in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (17.41)
-specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
-translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
-specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All
-this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard
-information that should be made available in a bibliographic
-reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that
-\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor},
-\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and
-\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction},
-\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}. Since \textsf{biblatex.bst}
-doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this
-purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}. It is important to
-understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not
-function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like
-\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be
-associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were
-they present in the same entry. Identical fields among these three
-will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the
-(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest. Also
-please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include
-\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb},
-so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
-\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
-fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
-may, in certain circumstances, use that field to identify a compiler.
-This method will be particularly useful if you don't need to
-concatenate the \textsf{namec} with any other role, because if you use
-the \textsf{editor} field \textsf{biblatex} will automatically attend
-to alphabetization and name-replacement in the bibliography, and will
-also provide a name for short notes.)
-
-\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
-identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
-compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the
-moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have
-to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related
-\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands
-(section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}) below. (Future releases may be
-able to remedy this.) It may be as well to mention here too that of
-the three names that can be substituted for the missing
-\textsf{author} at the head of an entry,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will choose an \textsf{editor} if
-present, then a \textsf{translator} if present, falling back to
-\textsf{namec} only in the absence of the other two, and assuming that
-the fields aren't identical, and therefore to be concatenated. In a
-change from the previous behavior, these algorithms also now test for
-\textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, which will be used instead of
-\textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator}, respectively, giving the
-package the greatest likelihood of finding a name to place at the head
-of an entry. Please remember, however, that if this name is supplied
-by any of the non-standard fields \textsf{name[a-c]}, then you will
-need to provide a \textsf{sortkey} to assist with alphabetization in
-the bibliography, and also a \textsf{shortauthor} for the short note
-form.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
-that doesn't easily fit into any other field. In this sense, it's
-very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be
-printed just before the publication data. (See chaucer:alt,
-chaucer:liferecords, cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for
-examples of this usage in action.) It also has a specialized use in
-all the periodical types (\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
-\textsf{review}), where it holds supplemental information about a
-\textsf{journaltitle}, such as \enquote{special issue}
-(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). In all uses, if your data
-begins with a word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the
-beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in
-lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do
-the right thing. Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a
-\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry,
-the number of a \textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, or the
-volume/number of a book in a \textsf{series}. Generally, in an
-\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, this
-will be a plain cardinal number, but in such entries
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does the right thing if you have a list
-or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke:15). In any \textsf{book}-like entry
-the field may well contain considerably more information, including
-even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for example, while the
-\textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain the name of the
-series, rather than a number. This field is also the place for the
-patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry. Cf.\ \textsf{issue} and
-\textsf{series}. (See \emph{Manual} 17.90--95 and boxer:china,
-palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 17.163 and beattie:crime,
-conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learning, garrett, gibbard, hlatky:hrt,
-mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation, warr:ellison.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point
-out that the \emph{Manual} (17.129) prefers arabic to roman numerals
-in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even
-when such numbers might be roman in the work cited. The obvious
-exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
-citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.
-Another possible exception is in references to works \enquote{with
- many and complex divisions,} in which \enquote{a mixture of roman
- and arabic} may be \enquote{easier to disentangle.}
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
-basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common
-options may be found above under \textsf{author} and below in
-section~\ref{sec:options}. See chaucer:alt, eliot:pound,
-herwign:office, lecarre:quest, and mla:style for examples of the field
-in use.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
-\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
-use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other
-categories. In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the
-organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or
-\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a
-possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} is a new
-\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the obsolete \textsf{origyear}, and
-allowing more than one full specification for those references which
-need to provide more than one date. As with the analogous
-\textsf{date} field, you provide the date (or range of dates) in
-\textsc{iso}8601 format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. In most entry
-types, you would use \textsf{origdate} to provide the date of first
-publication of a work, most usually needed only in the case of reprint
-editions, but also recommended by the \emph{Manual} for electronic
-editions of older works (17.123, 17.146--7; aristotle:metaphy:gr,
-emerson:nature, james:ambassadors, schweitzer:bach). In the
-\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entry
-types, the \textsf{origdate} identifies when a letter (or similar) was
-written. In such \textsf{misc} entries, some
-\enquote{non-letter-like} materials (like interviews) need the
-\textsf{date} field for this purpose, while in \textsf{letter} entries
-the \textsf{date} applies to the publication of the whole collection.
-If such a published collection were itself a reprint, improvisation in
-the \textsf{location} field might be able to rescue the situation.
-(See jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ, and
-white:total for how \textsf{letter} entries usually work; creel:house
-shows the field in action in a \textsf{misc} entry, while
-spock:interview uses \textsf{date}.)
-
-\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts
-numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include
-\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry. In
-\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in
-\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the
-\textsf{location} field.
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
-\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined
-\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations. The
-\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and
-\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties. The
-\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in
-presenting translations in a bibliography. The details of the
-\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an
-original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}. Here,
-however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect
-the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally
- published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great
-many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical
-antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have
-been published in the Loeb Classical Library. Although not, strictly
-speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way
-to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field,
-which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the
- original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans). If you put one of the
-standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then
-the entry will work properly across multiple languages. Otherwise,
-just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published
- as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French
- edition:}. This has no effect in notes, where only the work cited
---- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help to
-make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the bibliography more
-palatable.
-
-\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
-spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping
-with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s
-functionality for this field. If an entry doesn't have a
-\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its
-translation in the bibliography, you can also use
-\textsf{origlanguage} as Lehman intended it, so that instead of
-saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will read
-\enquote{translated from the German by X.} The \emph{Manual} doesn't
-mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain ambiguities in
-some citations. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish to use this
-functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of the
-language, but rather a bibliography string, which may, at the time of
-writing, be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian},
-\texttt{danish}, \texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french},
-\texttt{german}, \texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin},
-\texttt{norwegian}, \texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or
-\texttt{swedish}, to which I've added \texttt{russian}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace At \colmarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} least one example
-in the \emph{Manual} provides a more complete specification of a
-reprinted book's original publication details than has been possible
-using previous releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} (17.123).
-Starting with this release, you can provide both an
-\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with
-the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information
-will be printed in long notes and bibliography. You can now also use
-this field in a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with
-\textsf{entrysubtype}) entry to give the place where a published or
-unpublished letter was written (17.76). (Jonathan Robinson has
-suggested that the \textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances
-actually be necessary for disambiguation, his example being early
-printed editions of the same material printed in the same year but in
-different cities. The new functionality should make this simple to
-achieve. Cf.\ \textsf{origdate}, \textsf{origpublisher} and
-\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
-
-\mybigspace As \colmarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
-\textsf{origlocation} field just above, this new field allows you to
-provide fuller original publication details for reprinted books
-(17.123). You can now provide an \textsf{origpublisher} and/or an
-\textsf{origlocation} in addition to the \textsf{origdate}, and all
-will be presented in long notes and bibliography. (Cf.\
-\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{origlocation}, and \textsf{pubstate};
-schweitzer:bach.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origyear}} field is, as of
-\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, obsolete. It is ignored if it appears in a
-.bib file.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references. In many
-\textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries you'll find this contains
-something other than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition
-specification (17.188, 17.191, 17.202; kozinn:review, nyt:obittrevor,
-nyt:trevorobit). Of course, the same may be true of almost any sort
-of entry, though perhaps with less frequency. Curious readers may
-wish to look at brown:bremer (17.172) for an example of a
-\textsf{pages} field used to facilitate reference to a two-part
-journal article. Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more information on the
-\emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the formatting of numerals;
-\textsf{bookpagination} and \textsf{pagination} provide details about
-\textsf{biblatex's} mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a
-given \textsf{pages} field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a
-different way to present the section information pertaining to a
-newspaper article.
-
-\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the
-appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the
-\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas
-\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the
-\textsf{pages} field. Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for
-all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference
-just mentioned the two fields are equivalent.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in
-\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals. It has the same
-purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, but because the
-\emph{Manual} (17.88) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a
-\enquote{part,} the string printed in notes and bibliography will, at
-least in English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of
-the plain dot between volume number and part number
-(harley:cartography, lach:asia). This field should only be used in
-association with a \textsf{volume} number, so if you need to identify
-\enquote{parts} or \enquote{books} that are part of a published
-\textsf{series}, for example, then you'll need to use a different
-field, (which in this case would be \textsf{number}
-[palmatary:pottery]). Cf.\ \textsf{volume}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field. Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a
-keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name
-contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&)
-or enclose the whole name in additional braces. (See \emph{Manual}
-17.103--114; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast,
-dunn:revolutions.)
-
-\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further
-subtleties involved here. Ordinarily, two publishers will be
-separated by a forward slash in both notes and bibliography, but if a
-company issues \enquote{certain books through a special publishing
- division or under a special imprint,} then the two names will be
-separated by a comma, which you will need to provide in the
-\textsf{publisher} field. The \emph{Manual}'s example (17.112) is
-\enquote{\texttt{Ohio University Press, Swallow Press},} which would
-cause \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} no problems. If a book has two
-co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different countries,} (17.113) then
-the simplest thing to do is to choose one, probably the nearest one
-geographically. If you feel it necessary to include both, then
-levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing so, using a
-combination of the \textsf{publisher} and \textsf{location} fields.
-Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then the \emph{Manual}
-recommends (17.109) simply using the place (if known) and the date.
-If for some reason you need to indicate the absence of a publisher,
-the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is \texttt{n.p.}, though
-this can also stand for \enquote{no place.} Some style guides
-apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(= \emph{sine nomine}) to
-specify the lack of a publisher, but the \emph{Manual} doesn't mention
-this.
-
-\mybigspace Due \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} to specific
-requirements in the author-date style, I have implemented this field
-there as a way of providing accurate citations of reprinted books. As
-the functionality seemed useful, I have also included some of it in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. In previous releases you could
-identify a reprint by placing \cmd{bibstring\{reprint\}} in the
-\textsf{location} field, followed by a comma, and the style would
-print the appropriate string in notes and bibliography. Now, if it is
-more convenient, easier to remember, or if you want to reuse your .bib
-database for the author-date style, you can simply put the string
-\texttt{reprint} into the \textsf{pubstate} field, and the package
-will take care of everything for you. Both of these methods will now
-work just fine, but please choose only one per entry, otherwise the
-string will be printed twice. Please note, also, that this automatic
-mechanism has been disabled in \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}
-entries, as it isn't appropriate to those sorts of material. In the
-latter, \textsf{pubstate} will be silently ignored, whereas in the
-former, for compatibility with the author-date style, the field
-functions as a synonym for \textsf{howpublished}, and will be printed
-verbatim. Currently, if you put anything besides \texttt{reprint} in
-the \textsf{pubstate} field of anything except \textsf{music} entries,
-it too will silently be ignored, but this may change in future
-releases.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
-field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
-\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some
-purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.
-
-\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
-\textbf{Please note that this feature is in an alpha state, and that
- I'm contemplating using a different field in the future for this
- functionality. I include it here in the hope that it might receive
- some testing in the meantime.} At the request of Will Small, I have
-included a means of providing the original publication details of an
-essay or a chapter that you are citing from a subsequent reprint,
-e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays} volume. In such a case, at least
-according to the \emph{Manual} (17.73), such details needn't be
-provided in notes, only in the bibliography, and then only if these
-details are \enquote{of particular interest.} The data would follow
-an introductory phrase like \enquote{originally published as,} making
-the problem strictly parallel to that of including details of a work
-in the original language alongside the details of its translation. I
-have addressed the latter problem with the \textsf{userf} field, which
-provides a sort of cross-referencing method for this purpose, and
-\textsf{reprinttitle} works in \emph{exactly} the same way. In the
-.bib entry for the reprint you include a cross-reference to the cite
-key of the original location using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field
-(which it may help mnemonically to think of as a \enquote{reprinted
- title} field). The main difference between the two forms is that
-\textsf{userf} prints all but the \textsf{author} of the original
-work, whereas \textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the
-\textsf{author} and the \textsf{title} of the original, giving only
-the more general details, beginning with, e.g., the
-\textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle} and continuing from there.
-The string prefacing this information will be \enquote{Originally
- published in.} Please see the documentation on \textsf{userf} below
-for all the details on how to create .bib entries for presenting your
-data.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
-field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article},
-\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name
-of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries. If you need to
-attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a
-\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place
-for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like
-\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.} Of
-course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or
-\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there
-you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself. (In fact, the
-\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
-\textsf{review} entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex}
-allows you just to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for
-example, rather than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.
-The \textsf{type} field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent},
-\textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} entries also has this
-auto-detection mechanism in place; see the discussion of
-\cmd{bibstring} below for details.) In whatever entry type, these
-bibstrings produce the required abbreviation, which thankfully is the
-same in both notes and bibliography. (For books and similar entries,
-see \emph{Manual} 17.90--95; boxer:china, browning:aurora,
-palmatary:pottery, plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for
-periodicals, see 17.178; garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.) Cf.\
-\textsf{number} for more information on the \emph{Manual}'s
-preferences regarding the formatting of numerals.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} makes
-considerably grea\-ter use of it than the standard styles. For the
-purposes of the Chicago style, the field provides the name to be used
-in the short form of a footnote. In the vast majority of cases, you
-don't need to specify it, because the \textsf{biblatex} system selects
-the author's last name from the \textsf{author} field and uses it in
-such a reference, but in a few cases this default behavior won't work.
-In books without an author and listed under an editor,
-\textsf{biblatex} does the right thing and uses the surname of the
-editor in a short note (zukowsky:chicago), but if the work is listed
-under a compiler (or any of the non-standard names
-\textsf{name[a-c]}), you need to provide that person's name in
-\textsf{shortauthor}, and also remember to provide a \textsf{sortkey}
-to make sure the work will be alphabetized correctly in the
-bibliography. (The current version of \textsf{biblatex} will now
-automatically alphabetize by \textsf{translator} if that is the name
-given at the head of an entry.) You no longer, however, need to
-provide one in an author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review}
-entry (\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), where you allow
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} to use the \textsf{journaltitle} as
-the author, nor in author-less \textsf{manual} entries, where the
-\textsf{organization} will be so used. The style now automatically
-provides the same substitution in the short note form, though you'll
-still need to help the alphabetization routines by providing a
-\textsf{sortkey} field in such cases (dyna:browser, gourmet:052006,
-lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit).
-
-\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
-\emph{Manual} (17.41) recommends against providing the identifying
-string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in the short note form, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} follows their recommendation. If you
-need to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to
-do so by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the
-\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using.
-
-\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}}
-\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a short footnote,
-in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically
-lacks an author. The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in
-most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not
-\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then
-only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized. Cf.\
-\textsf{editortype}, above.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}} is
-\textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in place of the
-usual short note form, and I've left it effectively unmodified in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, apart from a few formatting tweaks.
-Any entry which contains such a field will produce a normal first
-note, either long or short according to your package options,
-informing the reader that the work will hereafter be cited by this
-abbreviation. As in \textsf{biblatex}, the \cmd{printshorthands}
-command will produce a formatted list of abbreviations for reference
-purposes, a list which the \emph{Manual} suggests should be placed
-either in the front matter (when using footnotes) or before the
-endnotes, in case these are used. (See 16.39--40, and also
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} for more information.)
-
-\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, extra
-care is needed when using shorthands with cross-references, and I
-would avoid them in all parent entries, at least in the current state
-of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.
-
-\mybigspace When \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthandintro}} you include a
-\textsf{shorthand} in an entry, it will ordinarily appear the first
-time you cite the work, at the end of a long note, prefaced by the
-phrase \enquote{Henceforth cited as.} With this standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, you can change that phrase to suit your
-needs. Please note, first, that you need to include the shorthand in
-this field as you intend it to appear and, second, that you still need
-the \textsf{shorthand} field present in order to ensure the
-appropriate presentation of the shorthand in later citations and in
-the list of shorthands.
-
-\mybigspace A \colmarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
-title for short notes. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, you need
-to take particular care with \textsf{letter} entries, where, as
-explained above, the \emph{Manual} requires a special format
-(\enquote{\texttt{to Recipient}}). (See 17.76--78;
-jackson:paulina:letter, white:ross:memo, white:russ.) Some
-\textsf{misc} entries (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}) also need
-special attention. (See creel:house, where the full \textsf{title} is
-used as the \textsf{shortauthor} + \textsf{shorttitle} by using
-\cmd{headlesscite} commands. Placing \cmd{isdot} into the
-\textsf{shortauthor} field no longer works in \textsf{biblatex} 1.6
-and later, so be sure to check your .bib files when you upgrade.)
-Remember, also, that the generic titles in \textsf{review} and
-\textsf{misc} entries may not want capitalization in all contexts, so,
-as with the \textsf{title} field, if you begin a \textsf{shorttitle}
-with a lowercase letter the style will do the right thing
-(barcott:review, bundy:macneil, Clemens:letter, kozinn:review,
-ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke:15).
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want
-an entry alphabetized in a bibliography. In general, if an entry
-doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should provide
-the solution. More particularly, entries without an \textsf{author}
-or an \textsf{editor}, or with a corporate author beginning with the
-definite or indefinite article, will usually require your assistance
-in this way (chaucer:alt, cotton:manufacture:15, gourmet:052006,
-lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:obittrevor, nyt:trevorobit, silver:gawain,
-unsigned:ranke:15, virginia:plantation). Lehman also provides
-\textbf{sortname}, \textbf{sorttitle}, and \textbf{sortyear} for more
-fine-grained control. Please consult \textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the
-details.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{title} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} the vast majority of
-cases, this field works just as it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and
-just as it does in \textsf{biblatex}. Nearly every entry will have
-one, the most likely exceptions being \textsf{incollection} or
-\textsf{online} entries with a merely generic title, instead of a
-specific one (centinel:letters, powell:email). The main source of
-difficulties flows from the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting
-\textsf{titles}, rules which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and
-\textsf{maintitles}. The whole point of using a
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to do the formatting for you,
-and in most cases \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} does just that,
-surrounding titles with quotation marks, italicizing them, or
-occasionally just leaving them alone. When, however, a title is
-quoted within a title, then you need to know some of the rules. A
-summary here should serve to clarify them, and help you to understand
-when \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} might need your help in order to
-comply with them.
-
-\mylittlespace The internal rules of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
-are as follows:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
- \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
- \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
- \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{inbook},
- \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no \textsf{entrysubtype}),
- \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{report},
- \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} entry types.
-\item[\qquad Quotation Marks:] \textsf{title} of \textsf{article},
- \textsf{image}, \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings},
- \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{periodical},
- \textsf{thesis}, and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
- \textsf{issuetitle} in \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
- \textsf{review} entry types.
-\item[\qquad Unformatted:] \textsf{booktitleaddon},
- \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types,
- \textsf{title} of \textsf{customc}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}
- (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{review}, and
- \textsf{suppperiodical} entry types.
-\item[\qquad Italics or Quotation Marks:] All of the audiovisual entry
- types --- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} ---
- have to serve as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to
- \textsf{inbook}. Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
- \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in quotation
- marks. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
- will be italicized.
-\end{description}
-
-Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
-to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
-section \ref{sec:entrytypes} above, the examples in
-\textsf{notes-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
-8.164--210. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
-title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
-its own, require, then the following rules apply:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
- quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
- is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
- take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
- within the closing quotation mark(s) (17.58; donne:var,
- mchugh:wake).
-\item Inside a quoted title, you should present another title as it
- would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need to
- do the formatting yourself. Within the double quotes of the title
- another quoted title would take single quotes --- the
- \cmd{mkbibquote} command does this for you automatically, and also,
- I repeat, takes care of any following punctuation that needs to be
- brought within the closing quotation mark(s). (See 17.157; garrett,
- loften:hamlet, murphy:silent, white:callimachus.)
-\item Inside a plain title (most likely in a \textsf{review} entry or
- a \textsf{titleaddon} field), you should present another title as it
- would appear on its own, once again formatting it yourself using
- \cmd{mkbibemph} or \cmd{mkbibquote}. (barcott:review, gibbard,
- osborne:poison, ratliff:review, unsigned:ranke:15).
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\enlargethispage{-2\baselineskip}
-
-The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
-italicized in text should also be italicized in a quoted or plain-text
-title, but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an
-italicized title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or
-without a subtitle) retains its quotation marks when it is quoted or
-plain, but loses them when it is italicized (17.60, 17.157; lewis). A
-word or phrase in quotation marks, but that isn't a quotation, retains
-those marks in all title types (kimluu:diethyl).
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and
-\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries, and in \textsf{misc} entries with an
-\textsf{entrysubtype}, and only in those entries,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically capitalize the
-first word of the \textsf{title} after sentence-ending punctuation,
-assuming that such a \textsf{title} begins with a lowercase letter in
-your .bib database. See \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} below for
-more details.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
-\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
-that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
-and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses it in just this way, with the
-additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
-entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
-powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters, powell:email). This field
-will always be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed
-within quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it
-you'll need to provide manually yourself. The single exception to
-this rule is when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily
-only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you
-need then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will automatically do the right thing.
-See\ \textbf{\textbackslash autocap}, below. (Cf.\ brown:bremer,
-osborne:poison, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for examples where
-the field starts with a lowercase letter; morgenson:market provides an
-example where the \textsf{titleaddon} field, holding the name of a
-regular column in a newspaper, is capitalized, a situation that is
-handled as you would expect.)
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
-have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
-but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
-complications that need explaining. Lehman points out in his
-documentation that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated
-with a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
-depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the
-most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if
-there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title},
-if the other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is
-exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
-plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
-numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for
-one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.
-For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field. You should
-format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
-\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes).
-
-\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
-holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If
-\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
-\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
-\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler).
-Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate
-translators for each of the three sorts of title. For this, and for
-various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro
-(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in
-one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review). (Because the
-strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one
-can't simply write them out in such a field, hence the need for a
-macro, which I discuss further in the commands section below
-[\ref{sec:formatcommands}].)
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in
-the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}, the
-\textsf{translator} will be used at the head of an entry
-(silver:gawain), and the bibliography entry alphabetized by the
-translator's name, behavior that can be controlled with the
-\texttt{{usetranslator}} switch in the \textsf{options} field. Cf.\
-\textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and
-\textsf{namec}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify
-the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or
-\textsf{thesis} entry. \textsf{Biblatex} 0.7 introduced the ability,
-in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a
-\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
-field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
-\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
-will work. (See petroff:impurity; herwign:office, murphy:silent, and
-ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may sometimes
-be automatically set in such entries by using one of the standard
-entry-type aliases).
-
-\mylittlespace With the arrival of Lehman's remarkable
-punctuation-tracking code in \textsf{biblatex} 0.8, there can be
-almost no use for the \textsf{type} field as a switch for the
-\cmd{custpunct} macro, so I have been able to reuse it in order to
-generalize the functioning of the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and of
-its alias \textsf{suppcollection}. In such entries, you can now use
-the \textsf{type} field to specify what sort of supplemental material
-you are citing, e.g., \enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or
-\enquote{\texttt{postscript to}.} Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the
-details. (See \emph{Manual} 17.74--75; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
-
-\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
-\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
-\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g.,
-\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc}
-or \texttt{MPEG}. If the first word in this field would normally only
-be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in
-lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically
-do the right thing in citations. Cf.\ \textsf{artwork},
-\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video},
-above, for all the details. (See auden:reading, bedford:photo,
-cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art:15.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
-provide one for all entry types. The required \LaTeX\ package
-\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
-properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a given url. This
-field would contain the whole date, in \textsc{iso}8601 format
-(evanston:library, grove:sibelius, hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison,
-sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bibtex). Please note that the
-\textbf{urlday}, \textbf{urlmonth}, and \textbf{urlyear} fields are
-all now obsolete.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental
-\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field. In
-\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries
-with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the contents of this
-field will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the
-\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date. The main use is for
-identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television
-program (bundy:macneil), though you may also want to use it to
-identify the section of a newspaper in which you've found a particular
-article (morgenson:market). (See \emph{Manual} 17.190, 17.207. As
-far as I can work out, newspaper section information may be placed
-either before the date [\textsf{usera}] or after it [\textsf{pages}].
-Cp. kozinn:review [17.202] and morgenson:market [17.190]. The choice
-would appear to be yours.)
-
-\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{userb}} \textbf{this
- field is now deprecated, mainly because it is very unlikely you will
- have any further need for the \textbackslash custpunct macros. I
- leave the code, and the instructions for how to use it, in place,
- because it's barely possible that a need for it might still arise.}
-A supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field, with a very specific use in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. If the occasion does arise when you
-need to supply some context-sensitive punctuation yourself, then
-usually the \cmd{custpunct} command will then be needed, controlled in
-certain circumstances by a toggle in the \textsf{type} field. If,
-however, you already need the \textsf{type} field for its regular
-usage in a \textsf{suppbook}, \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent},
-\textsf{report}, or \textsf{thesis} entry, and if you need to control
-the \cmd{custpunct} with a toggle, then you'll have to use
-\cmd{custpunctb}, toggled by putting the exact string \texttt{plain}
-in \textsf{userb}.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have now implemented this
-supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of Chicago's name
-cross-referencing system. (The \enquote{c} part is meant as a sort of
-mnemonic for this function, though it's perfectly possible to use the
-field in other contexts.) If you use the \textbf{customc} entry type
-to include alphabetized cross-references to other, separate entries in
-a bibliography, it is unlikely that you will cite the \textsf{customc}
-entry in the body of your text. Therefore, in order for it to appear
-in the bibliography, you have two choices. You can either include the
-entry key of the \textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command
-inside your document, or you can place that entry key in the
-\textsf{userc} field of another .bib entry that you will be citing.
-In the latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will call \cmd{nocite}
-for you, and this method should ensure that there will be at least one
-entry in the bibliography to which the cross-reference will point.
-(See 17.39--40; lecarre:cornwell, lecarre:quest.)
-
-\mybigspace NB: \mymarginpar{\textbf{userd}} this field is now
-obsolete. If it appears in a .bib file it will be ignored.
-
-\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental
-\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses
-specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work,
-something that may be needed if you deem the original language
-unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership. The
-\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you
-can translate the title and use that translation in your
-\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in
-\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in
-\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}. If you choose
-the latter, you may need to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} so that the
-short note form is also parseable. Cf.\ \textbf{language}, above.
-(See 17.65--67, 17.166, 17.177; kern, weresz.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is the last of the
-supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, used by
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose. When you cite
-both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (17.66)
-recommends that, in the bibliography at least, you combine references
-to both texts in one entry, though the presentation in notes is pretty
-much up to you. In order to follow this specification, I have
-provided a third cross-referencing system (the others being
-\textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the name
-\textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its function.
-
-\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by
-entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file,
-just as you normally would. The mechanism works for any entry type,
-and the two entries need not be of the same type. In the entry for
-the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the
-\textsf{userf} field. In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to
-include a toggle in the \textsf{keywords} field that will prevent that
-entry from being printed separately in the bibliography --- I have
-chosen the string \texttt{original}, and use
-\texttt{notkeyword=original} in the \cmd{printbibliography} command,
-though you can use anything you want. In this standard case, the data
-for the translation will be printed first, followed by the string
-\texttt{originally published as}, followed by the original, author
-omitted, in what amounts to the same format that the \emph{Manual}
-uses for long footnotes (furet:passing:eng, furet:passing:fr). As
-explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), I have also included a way to
-modify the string printed before the original. In the entry for the
-\emph{translation}, you put the original's language in
-\textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of \texttt{originally published
- as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} or \texttt{Latin edition:},
-etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, aristotle:metaphy:trans).
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
-offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and
-\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it,
-mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it. Perhaps
-the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment,
-instead. Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent}
-entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in
-\textsf{article} (and some \textsf{review}) entries, and also the
-volume of a multi-volume work in many other sorts of entry. Cf.\
-\textsf{part}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work,
-and its use in an entry triggers particular behavior in short notes
-referring to such an entry, which notes will not print any punctuation
-between the title of the work and the volume+page reference given in
-the optional postnote field of the relevant \cmd{cite} command
-(17.134; meredith:letters). If this behavior is inconvenient in a
-particular entry, you may need to provide a \textsf{shorttitle} field
-ending in an \cmd{addcomma}, though in such a case you'd need to
-ensure that the \cmd{cite} command's postnote field contained
-something, as otherwise the note would end, wrongly, with a comma.
-(The \emph{Manual} appears to be somewhat inconsistent on this
-question [cf.\ 16.47], so if this feature proves onerous in use I
-could remove it.)
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref}
-field provided by \textsf{biblatex}. See \textbf{crossref}, above.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. It usually identifies the year of publication, though unlike
-the \textsf{date} field it allows non-numeric input, so you can put
-\enquote{n.d.}\ (or, to be language agnostic,
-\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) here if required, or indeed any other sort
-of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date then you
-can include that guess in square brackets instead of, or after, the
-\enquote{n.d.}\ abbreviation. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot,
-ross:leo, thesis:madonna.
-
-\subsection{Commands}
-\label{sec:commands}
-
-In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may
-need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} that I have either
-altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or
-that I have provided myself. Some of these, unfortunately, will make
-your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but
-I've been unable to avoid this. Any ideas for more elegant, and more
-compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed.
-
-\subsubsection{Formatting Commands}
-\label{sec:formatcommands}
-
-These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your
-references in both notes and bibliography. You can find many examples
-of their usage in \textsf{notes-test.bib}, and I shall try to point
-you toward a few such entries in what follows. \textbf{NB:}
-\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is now mandatory in some
-situations. See its entry below.
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8
-of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which
-capitalizes a word inside a note or bibliography entry if that word
-follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase
-otherwise. As this command is both more powerful and more elegant
-than the kludge I designed for a previous version of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} (see\ \textbf{\textbackslash
- bibstring} below), you should be aware that the use of the
-single-letter \cmd{bibstring} commands in your .bib file is obsolete.
-
-\mylittlespace In order somewhat to reduce the burden on users even
-further, I have, following Lehman's example, implemented a new system
-which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields in
-your .bib file. I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey of
-entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the
-extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them.
-In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is
-begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter,
-e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}. If the data
-begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that
-capital will always be retained. (cf., e.g., creel:house,
-morgenson:market.) If, on the other hand, you for some reason need
-such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try
-using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the
-mechanism without printing anything itself. Here, then, is the
-complete list of fields where this functionality is active:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types. (Numerals work
- as you expect them to here.)
-\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
- (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
- in the latter case, however, only when there is an
- \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
- from an archive.
-\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review}
- (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
- in the latter case, however, only when there is an
- \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
- from an archive.
-\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio},
- \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook},
- \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-In any other cases --- and there are only two examples of this in
-\textsf{notes-test.bib} (centinel:letters, powell:email) --- you'll
-need to provide the \cmd{autocap} command yourself. Indeed, if you
-accidentally do so in one of the above fields, it shouldn't matter at
-all, and you'll still get what you want, but taking advantage of the
-automatic provisions should at least save some typing.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is
-Lehman's very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex}
-automatically to provide a localized version of a string, and to
-determine whether that string needs capitalization, depending on where
-it falls in an entry. In the first release of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the style relied very heavily on this
-macro, particularly on an extension I provided by defining all 26
-letters of the (ASCII) alphabet as \texttt{bibstrings}
-(\cmd{bibstring\{a\}}, \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.) While you should
-continue to use the standard, whole-word bibstrings, \textbf{all use
- of the single-letter variants I formerly provided is obsolete, and
- will generate an error}. This functionality has been replaced by
-the \cmd{autocap} command, which does the same thing, only more
-elegantly. This command was designed by Philipp Lehman, and has now
-been included in version 0.8 of \textsf{biblatex}. For yet greater
-convenience I have implemented, following Lehman's example, a system
-automating this functionality in all of the entry fields where its use
-was, by my reckoning, most frequent. This means that, when you
-require this functionality, all you need do is input the data in such
-a field starting with a lowercase letter, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will do the rest with no further
-assistance. In my \textsf{notes-test.bib} file, this new mechanism in
-effect eliminated all need for the single-letter \texttt{bibstrings}
-and very nearly all need for the \cmd{autocap} command ---
-centinel:letters and powell:email being the only exceptions. Please
-see \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} above for full details.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace I should also mention here that \textsf{biblatex 0.7}
-introduced a new functionality which sometimes allows you simply to
-input, for example, \texttt{newseries} instead of
-\cmd{bib\-string\{newseries\}}, the package auto-detecting when a
-bibstring is involved and doing the right thing, though in all such
-cases either form will work. This functionality is available in the
-\textsf{series} field of \textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and
-\textsf{review} entries; in the \textsf{type} field of
-\textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis}
-entries; in the \textsf{location} field of \textsf{patent} entries; in
-the \textsf{language} field in all entry types; and in the
-\textsf{nameaddon} field in \textsf{customc} entries. These are the
-places, as far as I can make out, where \textsf{biblatex's} standard
-styles support this feature, and I have added the last,
-style-specific, one. If Lehman generalizes it still further in a
-future release, I shall do the same, if possible.
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} \\
- \textbf{\textbackslash custpunctb}} common with other American
-citation styles, the \emph{Manual} requires that the commas and
-periods separating units of a reference go inside any quotation marks
-that happen to be present. As of version 0.8c, \textsf{biblatex}
-contains truly remarkable code that handles this situation in very
-nearly complete generality, detecting punctuation after the closing
-quotation mark and moving it inside when necessary, and also
-controlling which punctuation marks can be printed after which other
-punctuation marks, whether quotation marks intervene or not. This
-functionality is now mature, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}
-relies on this code to place punctuation in the \enquote{American
- style,} rather than on complicated \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}
-instructions that attempt to anticipate all possible permutations.
-One result of this, thankfully, is that both \cmd{custpunct} and
-\cmd{custpunctb} are now basically unnecessary, as their only purpose
-was to supply context-appropriate punctuation inside any quotation
-marks that users themselves provided as part of various entry fields.
-A second consequence, and I've already recommended this in previous
-releases anyway, is that users now \emph{must} use \cmd{mkbibquote}
-instead of \cmd{enquote} or the usual \LaTeX\ mechanisms inside their
-.bib files. For further details, please see the \cmd{mkbibquote}
-entry below.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace I have retained the code for the \cmd{custpunct}
-commands in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, in case a particularly gnarly
-entry might still require them, but I have already started to re-use
-the \textsf{type} field, which formerly served as a switch for
-\cmd{custpunct}, in other contexts (see \textbf{artwork},
-\textbf{image}, and \textbf{suppbook} above).
-
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash isdot}} is a
-standard \textsf{biblatex} macro, which in previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} could function as a convenient placeholder
-in entry fields that, for one reason or another, you may have wanted
-to have defined and yet to print nothing. With the release of
-\textsf{biblatex} 1.6, this no longer works as before, a situation
-which has revealed a number of inconsistencies and bugs in my code,
-the rectification of which may therefore require some changes to your
-.bib files, assuming you've taken advantage of this mechanism. I
-believe that all the situations formerly calling for this specific use
-of the macro can now be addressed by more standard means, i.e., the
-\cmd{headlesscite} commands and the \texttt{useauthor=false}
-declaration in the \textsf{options} field. (See creel:house,
-nyt:obittrevor, sewall:letter, unsigned:ranke:15, and white:total.)
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash letterdatelong}}
-have provided this macro mainly for use in the optional postnote field
-of the various citation commands. When citing a letter (published or
-unpublished, \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc}), it may be useful to
-append the date to the usual short note form in order to disambiguate
-references. This macro simply prints the date of a letter, or indeed
-of any other sort of correspondence. (If your main document language
-isn't English, it's better just to use the standard \textsf{biblatex}
-command \cmd{printorigdate}.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is
-the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here
-because it is a crucial part of the mechanism of Lehman's
-\enquote{American} punctuation system. If you look in
-\textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} you'll see that the quoted fields, e.g., an
-\textsf{article} or \textsf{incollection title}, have this command in
-their formatting, which does most of the work for you. If, however,
-you need to provide additional quotation marks in a field --- a quoted
-title within a title, for example --- then you may need to use this
-command so that any following period or comma will be brought within
-the closing quotation marks. Its use is \emph{required} when the
-quoted material comes at the end of a field, and I recommend always
-using it in your .bib database, as it does no harm even when that
-condition is not fulfilled. A few examples from
-\textsf{notes-test.bib} should help to clarify this.
-
-\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title}
-contains a quoted phrase:
-
-\begin{quotation}
- \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\
- \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{Morning After\} Pill\}}
-\end{quotation}
-
-Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no
-punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation
-mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{Morning After\}} or
-even \texttt{`Morning After'}. (Note the single quotation marks here
---- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting
-for you.) All of these will produce the formatted
-\enquote{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \enquote{Morning
- After} Pill.} Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}:
-
-\begin{quotation}
- \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to
- \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans Wake\}\}}
-\end{quotation}
-
-Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the
-field, and because this bibliographical unit will be separated from
-what follows by a period in the bibliography, then the
-\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the
-final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to
- \enquote{Finnegans Wake.}}
-
-\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with
-Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though
-the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style,
-to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't
-loaded.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash reprint}} and the
-following 7 macros all help \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} cope with
-the fact that many bibstrings in the Chicago system differ between
-notes and bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms
-when the latter prints them in full. In the current case, if a book
-is a reprint, then the macro \cmd{reprint}, followed by a comma,
-should go in the \textsf{location} field before the city of
-publication (aristotle:metaphy:gr, schweitzer:bach). See
-\textbf{location}, above.
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB:} The rules for employing abbreviated or
-full bibstrings in the \emph{Manual} are remarkably complex, but I
-have attempted to make them as transparent for users as possible. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, if you don't see it mentioned in this
-section, then in theory you should always provide an abbreviated
-version, using the \cmd{bibstring} mechanism, if necessary
-(babb:peru). The standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings should also
-work (palmatary:pottery), and any that won't should be covered by the
-series of macros beginning here with \cmd{reprint} and ending below
-with \cmd{parttransandcomp}.
-
-\mybigspace Since \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} the
-\emph{Manual} specifies that the strings \texttt{editor},
-\texttt{translator}, and \texttt{compiler} all require different forms
-in notes and bibliography, and since it mentions these three apart
-from all the others \textsf{biblatex} provides (\textsf{annotator},
-\textsf{commentator}, et al.), and further since it may indeed happen
-that the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea},
-\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't
-adequate for presenting some entries, I have provided 7 macros to
-allow you to print the correct strings for these functions in both
-notes and bibliography. Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as
-originally I intended them for use when a particular name applied only
-to a specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or
-\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above).
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to
-identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} won't do, e.g., in a
-\textsf{note} field or the like. In such a case,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will print the appropriate string in
-your references.
-
-\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
-macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
-into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If
-you are writing in French and using \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, then
-currently you'll need to add either \texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after
-this command in your .bib files to make the references come out right.
-I'm working on this.) See chaucer:liferecords.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a
-compiler.
-
-\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a
-translator (ratliff:review).
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a
-translator and a compiler.
-
-\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator
-whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields
-(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}).
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a
-compiler.
-
-\subsubsection{Citation Commands}
-\label{sec:citecommands}
-
-The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
-commands, some of which (e.g., \cmd{supercite(s)}, \cmd{citeyear})
-provide functionality that isn't really needed by the Chicago notes
-and bibliography style offered here. If you are getting unexpected
-behavior when using them please have a look in your .log file. A
-command like \cmd{textcite}, listed in \xA7~3.6.2 of the
-\textsf{biblatex} manual but not defined by \textsf{biblatex-chicago},
-defaults to \cmd{cite}, and leaves a warning in the .log. Others
-(e.g., \cmd{cite\-url}), though I haven't tested them extensively,
-should pretty much work out of the box. What remains are the commands
-I have found most useful and necessary for following the
-\emph{Manual}'s specifications, and I document in this section any
-alterations I have made to these. As always, if there are standard
-commands that don't work for you, or new commands that would be
-useful, please let me know, and it should be possible to fix or add
-them.
-
-\mylittlespace A number of users have run into a problem that appears
-when they've used a command like \cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}
-macro. In this situation, the automatic capitalization routines will
-not be in operation at the start of the footnote, so instead of
-\enquote{Ibid.,} for example, you'll see \enquote{ibid.} If you need
-to use the \cmd{cite} command within a \cmd{footnote} command, the
-solution is to use \cmd{Cite} instead. Alternatively, don't use a
-\cmd{footnote} macro at all, rather try \cmd{footcite} or
-\cmd{autocite} with the optional prenote and postnote arguments. Cf.\
-\cmd{Citetitle} below, and also section~3.6 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't
-adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out
-that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} sets this command to use
-\cmd{footcite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much
-the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
-its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.
-
-\mybigspace While \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash cite*}} the
-\cmd{cite} command works just as you would expect it to, I have also
-provided a starred version for the rare situations when you might need
-to turn off the ibidem tracking mechanism. \textsf{Biblatex} provides
-very sophisticated algorithms for using \enquote{Ibid} in notes, so in
-general you won't find a need for this command, but in case you'd
-prefer a longer citation where you might automatically find
-\enquote{Ibid,} I've provided this. Of course, you'll need to put it
-inside a \cmd{footnote} command manually. (See also section
-\ref{sec:useropts}, below.)
-
-\mybigspace I \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citeauthor}} have
-adapted this standard \textsf{biblatex} command only very slightly to
-bring it into line with \textsf{biblatex-chicago's} needs. Its main
-usage will probably be for references to works from classical
-antiquity, when an \textsf{author's} name (abbreviated or not)
-sometimes suffices in the absence of a \textsf{title}, e.g.,
-Thuc.\ 2.40.2--3 (17.252). You'll need to put it inside a
-\cmd{footnote} command manually. (Cf.\ also \textsf{entrysubtype} in
-section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, above.)
-
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citejournal}}
-command provides an alternative short form when citing journal
-\textsf{articles}, giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and
-\textsf{volume} number instead of the article \textsf{title} after the
-\textsf{author's} name. The \emph{Manual} suggests that this format
-might be helpful \enquote{in the absence of a full bibliography}
-(17.179).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle}}
-simply prepends \cmd{bibsentence} to the usual \cmd{citetitle}
-command. Some titles may need this for the automatic contextual
-capitalization facility to work correctly. (Included as standard from
-\textsf{biblatex} 0.8d.)
-
-\mybigspace Joseph \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash citetitles}}
-Reagle noticed that, because of the way
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} formats titles in quotation marks,
-using the \cmd{citetitle} command will often get you punctuation you
-don't want, especially when presenting a list of titles. I've
-included this multicite command to enable you to present such a list,
-if the need arises. Remember that you'll have to put it inside a
-\cmd{footnote} command manually.
-
-\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash footfullcite}}
-standard \textsf{biblatex} command, modified to work properly with
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, and provided in case you find
-yourself in a situation where you really need the full citation in a
-footnote, but where \cmd{autocite} would print a short note or even
-\enquote{Ibid.} This may be particularly useful if you've chosen to use all
-short notes by setting the \texttt{short} option in the arguments to
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex\}}, yet still feel the need for the
-occasional full citation.
-
-\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash fullcite}} too,
-is a standard command, and it too provides a full citation, but unlike
-the previous command it doesn't automatically place it in a footnote.
-It may be useful within long textual notes.
-
-\mybigspace Matthew \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash headlesscite}}
-Lundin requested a more generalized \cmd{headlesscite} macro,
-suppressing the author's name in specific contexts while allowing
-users not to worry about whether a particular citation needs the long
-or short form, a responsibility thereby handed over to
-\textsf{biblatex's} tracking mechanisms. This citation command
-attempts to fulfill this request. Please note that, in the short
-form, the result will be rather like a \cmd{citetitle} command, which
-may or may not be what you want. Note, also, that as I have provided
-only the most flexible form of the command, you'll have to wrap it in
-a \cmd{footnote} yourself. Please see the next entry for further
-discussion of some of the needs this command might help address.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- headless-\\fullcite}} have provided this command in case you want
-to print a full citation without the author's name. The \emph{Manual}
-(17.31, 17.42) suggests this for brevity's sake in cases where that
-name is already obvious enough from the title, and where repetition
-might seem awkward (creel:house, feydeau:farces, meredith:letters, and
-sewall:letter). \textsf{Letter} entries --- and only such entries ---
-do this for you automatically, and of course the repetition is
-tolerated in bibliographies for the sake of alphabetization, but in
-notes this command may help achieve greater elegance, even if it isn't
-strictly necessary. As I've provided only the most flexible form of
-the command, you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote} yourself.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash shortcite}} have
-provided this command in case, for any reason, you specifically
-require the short form of a note, and \textsf{biblatex} thinks you
-want something else. Again, I've provided only the most flexible form
-of the command, so you'll have to wrap it in a \cmd{footnote}
-manually.
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace If you look at \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, you'll see a
-number of other citation commands, but those are intended for internal
-use only, mainly in cross-references of various sorts. Use at your
-own risk.
-
-\subsection{Package Options}
-\label{sec:options}
-
-\subsubsection{Pre-Set \textsf{biblatex} Options}
-\label{sec:presetopts}
-
-Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
-tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I
-thought I might gather them here also for your perusal. These
-settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you
-can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
-preamble or by loading the package via
-\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes]\{biblatex\}}, which gives you the
-\textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself inside
-the square brackets.
-
-\mylittlespace By \mymarginpar{\texttt{abbreviate=\\false}} default,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} prints the longer bibstrings, mainly
-for use in the bibliography, but since notes require the shorter forms
-of many of them, I've had to define many new strings for use there.
-
-\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-notes}
-\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\footnote}} places references in
-footnotes by default.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker
-for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification calls
-for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened when
-presenting date ranges.
-
-\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{dateabbrev=\\false}}
-\emph{Manual} prefers full month names in the notes \&\ bibliography
-style.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}}
-enables the use of \enquote{Ibid} in notes, but only in the most
-strictly-defined circumstances. Whenever there might be any
-ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more
-informative reference. Remember also that you can use the \cmd{cite*}
-command to disable this functionality in any given reference, or
-indeed one of the \texttt{fullcite} commands if you need the long note
-form for any reason.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace This \marginpar{\texttt{loccittracker\\=constrict}}
-allows the package to determine whether two consecutive citations of
-the same source also cite the same page of that source. In such a
-case, \texttt{Ibid} alone will be printed, without the page reference,
-following the specification (16.47).
-
-\mylittlespace These \colmarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\
- minbibnames\\=7}}} two options are new, and control the number
-of names printed in the bibliography when that number exceeds 10.
-These numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual}
-(17.29--30), and they are different from those for use in notes. With
-\textsf{biblatex} 1.6 and later you can no longer redefine
-\texttt{maxnames} and \texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbibliography}
-command at the bottom of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-now does this automatically for you, though of course you can change
-them in your document preamble.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables
-page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage}
-commands for controlling, among other things, the printing of
-\enquote{Ibid.} It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside
-mode, or whole spreads in twoside mode.
-
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
-the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
-which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
-enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
-entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
-In the bibliography, the entry will be alphabetized by the
-translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a
-per-entry basis by setting \texttt{usetranslator=false} in the
-\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain.
-
-\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
-\label{sec:formatopts}
-
-I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands
-provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between
-bibliography items and between items in the list of shorthands
-(\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}). I define many of these in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to redefine
-them to your own needs and tastes. It may be as well you know that
-the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the formatting
-options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a replacement
-for repeated names in the bibliography (16.103--106); and the
-formatting of note numbers, both in the main text and at the bottom of
-the page / end of the essay (superscript in the text, in-line in the
-notes; 16.25). The code for this last formatting is also in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped it in a test that
-disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir} class, which I
-believe has its own commands for defining these parameters. You can
-also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff} package option, on
-which see below.
-
-\subsubsection{{Pre-Set \textsf{chicago} Options}}
-\label{sec:chicpreset}
-
-At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request of Scot
-Becker, I have included this rather specialized option, which controls
-the printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book} entries.
-Some bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total page count in
-that field by default, and this option allows you to stop the printing
-of this information in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true,
-which means the field is printed, but it can be set to false either in
-the preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
-\textsf{options} field (though rather than use this latter method it
-would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages} field from the
-affected entries).
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
-printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true, and can be
-set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
-per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn},
-\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the
-.bib file will be printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to
-true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
-document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.
-
-\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again
-at the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which
-controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the
-periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present.
-Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of
-publication even when a \textsf{number} is present. When all this
-information is available the \emph{Manual} (17.181) prints everything,
-so this option defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but
-it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document,
-or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be
-printed in notes and bibliography. It defaults to true, and can be
-set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
-per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Please note that, as
-in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always
-printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this
-option.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the
-one option that rules the five preceding, either printing all the
-fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of
-them. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, but
-you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or in
-the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. The rationale for
-all of these options is the availability of bibliographic managers
-that helpfully present as much data as possible, in every entry, some
-of which may not be felt to be entirely necessary. Setting
-\texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably works just fine for
-those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but others may find that
-some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at least to a first
-approximation. Some per-entry work afterward may then polish up the
-details.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}} option
-enables automatic use of the name of the compiler (in the
-\textsf{namec} field) at the head of an entry, usually in the absence
-of an \textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, or \textsf{translator}, in
-accordance with the specification (\emph{Manual} 17.41). It may also,
-like \texttt{useauthor}, \texttt{useeditor}, and
-\texttt{usetranslator}, be disabled on a per-entry basis by setting
-\texttt{usecompiler=false} in the \textsf{options} field. Please
-remember that, because \textsf{namec} isn't a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, this name won't be part of its standard name
-algorithms, and that any entry headed by a \textsf{namec} will
-therefore need a \textsf{shortauthor} for short notes and a
-\textsf{sortkey} or the like in order to have it appear in the correct
-place in the bibliography. (The exception to this is when you modify
-the \textsf{editor's} identifying string using the \textsf{editortype}
-field, which is the procedure I recommend if the entry-heading
-compiler is only a compiler, and not also, e.g., an editor or a
-translator.)
-
-\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
-\label{sec:useropts}
-
-These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
-enable. All except the second can be used even if you load the
-package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users
-can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
-
-\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
-Emil Salim, I included in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} the ability to
-produce annotated bibliographies. If you turn this option on then the
-contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or \textsf{annote}) field will
-be printed after the bibliographical reference. (You can also use
-external files to store annotations -- please see
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7~3.10.7 for details on how to do this.) This
-functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it
-please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation}
-field, on page~\pageref{sec:annote} above.
-
-\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the
-\emph{Manual} (16.25) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and
-endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or
-endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all
-publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style. I
-have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include
-the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} will
-not alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in
-any way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your
-publisher. I have placed all of this code in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if you load the package with a call
-to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then once again footnote marks will
-revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of course you also lose a fair
-amount of other formatting, as well. See section~\ref{sec:loading},
-below.
-
-\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
-(6.49) states that \enquote{commas are no longer required around
- \emph{Jr.}\ and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-has followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in
-names like \enquote{John Doe Jr.} Charles Schaum has pointed out that
-traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and
-since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an
-option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the
-whole document or on a per-entry basis. Please note, first, that
-numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma. The code
-tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if
-you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in
-the \textsf{options} field of some entries. Second, I have fixed a
-bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of
-the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came
-before the given names (as in a bibliography). The package now
-correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given
-names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of
-which is unaffected by this option.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the
-standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
-reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
-\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
-read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter
-form also works if you load the style using
-\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
-requirement isn't too onerous.
-
-\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
-early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to
-turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} uses by default. Some publishers, it
-would appear, require this. Setting this option will mean that all
-possible instances of \emph{ibid.}\ will be replaced by the short note
-form. For more fine-grained control of individual citations you'll
-probably want to use specialized citation commands, instead. See
-section \ref{sec:citecommands}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{short}} option means that
-your text will only use the short note form, even in the first
-citation of a particular work. The \emph{Manual} (16.3) recommends
-this space-saving format only when you provide a \emph{full}
-bibliography, though even with such a bibliography you may feel it
-easier for your readers to present long first citations. If you do
-use the \texttt{short} option, remember that there are several
-citation commands which allow you to present the full reference in
-specific cases (see section \ref{sec:citecommands}). If your
-bibliography is not complete, then you should not use this option.
-
-\mylittlespace Chris Sparks \mymarginpar{\texttt{shorthandibid}}
-pointed out that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} would never use
-\emph{ibid.}\ in the case of entries containing a \textsf{shorthand}
-field, but rather that consecutive references to such an entry
-continued to provide the shorthand, instead. The \emph{Manual} isn't,
-as far as I can tell, completely clear on this question. In 17.252,
-discussing references to works from classical antiquity, it states
-that \enquote{when abbreviations are used, these rather than
- \emph{ibid.}\ should be used in succeeding references to the same
- work,} but I can't make out whether this rule is specific to
-classical references or has more general scope. Given this ambiguity,
-I don't think it unreasonable to provide an option to allow printing
-of \emph{ibid.}\ instead of the shorthand in such circumstances,
-though the default behavior remains the same as it always has.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental
-option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (16.57)
-for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and
-the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short
-rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation. I haven't tested this
-code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
-might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems.
-
-
-\subsection{General Usage Hints}
-\label{sec:hints}
-
-\subsubsection{Loading the Style}
-\label{sec:loading}
-
-With the addition of the author-date style to the package, I have
-provided two keys for choosing which style to load, \texttt{notes} and
-\texttt{authordate}, one of which you put in the options to the
-\cmd{usepackage} command. The default way of loading the notes +
-bibliography style has therefore slightly changed. With early
-versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, the standard way of
-loading the package was via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
-\begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes,strict,backend=bibtex8,\%\\
- babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}}
-\end{quote}
-Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the
-vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old
-invocation, will look like this:
-\begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[notes,strict,backend=bibtex8,babel=other,\%\\
- bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
-\end{quote}
-
-(In point of fact, the previous \textsf{biblatex-chicago} loading
-method without the \texttt{notes} option will still work, but only
-because I've made the notes \&\ bibliography style the default if no
-style is explicitly requested.) If you read through
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it sets a number of
-\textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the Chicago
-specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables intended
-as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:presetopts}, above).
-Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more
-\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many
-publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in
-citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the
-defaults I have provided do not conform.
-
-\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this
-can easily be done by putting different options in the call to
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in
-the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults. If, however,
-you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package,
-perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether,
-then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above.
-You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
-including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that
-sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or
-footnotes. Also in this file is the code that calls
-\textsf{cms-american.lbx}, which means that you'll lose all the
-Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your
-preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command adapted for your
-setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and also
-\xA7\xA7~4.9.1 and 4.11.7 in Lehman's \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call
-the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, short,} and
-\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:useropts}, above), in case these
-continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications.
-There's very little code, therefore, actually in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal
-separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable. Any
-suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome.
-
-\subsubsection{Other Hints}
-\label{sec:otherhints}
-
-One useful rule, when you are having difficulty creating a .bib entry,
-is to ask yourself whether all the information you are providing is
-strictly necessary. The Chicago specification is a very full one, but
-the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many circumstances, fairly relaxed
-about how much of the data from a work's title page you need to fit
-into a reference. Authors of introductions and afterwords, multiple
-publishers in different countries, the real names of authors more
-commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these are candidates for
-exclusion if you aren't making specific reference to them, and if you
-judge that their inclusion won't be of particular interest to your
-readers. Of course, any data that may be of such interest, and
-especially any needed to identify and track down a reference, has to
-be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and reevaluate how much
-information you're providing. I've tried to make
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} robust enough to handle the most
-complex, data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can
-save yourself some typing by keeping it simple.
-
-\mylittlespace Scot Becker has pointed out to me that the inverse
-problem not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to
-wit, .bib database entries generated by bibliographic managers which
-helpfully provide as much information as is available, including
-fields that users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI,
-\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia). The standard \textsf{biblatex}
-styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
-\xA73.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and
-with this release I have implemented the ones that are relevant to
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and
-that may be of more general usefulness. There is also a general
-option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration
--- please see section~\ref{sec:chicpreset} above.
-
-\mylittlespace If you are having problems with the interaction of
-punctuation and quotation marks in notes or bibliography, first please
-check that you've used \cmd{mkbibquote} in the relevant part of your
-.bib file. If you are still getting errors, please let me know, as it
-may well be a bug.
-
-\mylittlespace For the \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} style, I have
-fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing punctuation at
-the end of entries. Several users noted insufficiencies in previous
-releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, sometimes related to the
-semicolon between multiple citations, sometimes to ineradicable
-periods after long notes, bugs that were byproducts of my attempt to
-fix other end-of-entry errors. One of the side effects of this older
-code was (wrongly) to put a period after a long note produced, e.g.,
-by a command like \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash headlessfullcite\}},
-whereas only the \enquote{foot} cite commands (including
-\cmd{autocite} in the default \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} set up)
-should do so. If you came to rely on this side effect, please note
-now that you'll have to put the period in yourself when explicitly
-calling \cmd{footnote}, like so: \cmd{footnote\{\textbackslash
- headlessfullcite\{key\}.\}}
-
-\mylittlespace When you use abbreviations at the ends of fields in
-your .bib file (e.g., \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} or
-\enquote{\texttt{Inc.},}) \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} should deal
-automatically with adding (or suppressing) appropriate punctuation
-after the final dot. This includes retaining periods after such dots
-when a closing parenthesis intervenes, as in (n.d.). Merely entering
-the abbreviation without informing \textsf{biblatex} that the final
-dot is a dot and not a period should always work, though you do have
-to provide manual formatting in those rare cases when you need a comma
-after the author's initials in a bibliography, usually in a
-\textsf{misc} entry (see house:papers). If you find you need to
-provide such formatting elsewhere, please let me know.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what Philipp Lehman says
-in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}, to wit, use \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than
-standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and avoid the cryptic errors that ensue
-when your .bib file gets to a certain size.
-
-\section{The Specification: Author-Date}
-\label{sec:authdate}
-
-In what follows, I attempt to explain all the parts of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} that might be considered somehow
-\enquote{non standard,} at least with respect to the styles included
-with \textsf{biblatex} itself, though in the section on entry fields I
-have also duplicated a lot of the information in
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf}, which I hope won't badly annoy expert users of
-the system. Headings in \mycolor{green} \colmarginpar{\textsf{New in
- this release}} indicate material new to this release, or
-occasionally old material that has undergone significant revision.
-Numbers in parentheses refer to sections of the \emph{Chicago Manual
- of Style}, 15th edition. The file \textsf{dates-test.bib} contains
-many examples from the \emph{Manual} which, when processed using
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, should produce the same output
-as you see in the \emph{Manual} itself, or at least compliant output,
-where the specifications are vague or open to interpretation, a state
-of affairs which does sometimes occur. I have provided
-\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}, which shows how my system processes
-\textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I have also included the reference keys
-from the latter file below in parentheses.
-
-\subsection{Entry Types}
-\label{sec:types:authdate}
-
-The complete list of entry types currently available in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, minus the odd \textsf{biblatex}
-alias, is as follows: \textbf{article}, \textbf{artwork},
-\textbf{audio}, \textbf{book}, \textbf{bookinbook}, \textbf{booklet},
-\textbf{collection}, \textbf{customc}, \textbf{image},
-\textbf{inbook}, \textbf{incollection}, \textbf{inproceedings},
-\textbf{inreference}, \mycolor{\textbf{letter}}, \textbf{manual},
-\mycolor{\textbf{misc}}, \textbf{music}, \textbf{online} (with its
-alias \textbf{www}), \textbf{patent}, \textbf{periodical},
-\textbf{proceedings}, \textbf{reference}, \textbf{report} (with its
-alias \textbf{techreport}), \textbf{review}, \textbf{suppbook},
-\textbf{suppcollection}, \textbf{suppperiodical}, \textbf{thesis}
-(with its aliases \textbf{mastersthesis} and \textbf{phdthesis}),
-\textbf{unpublished}, and \textbf{video}.
-
-\mylittlespace What follows is an attempt to specify all the
-differences between these types and the standard provided by
-\textsf{biblatex}. If an entry type isn't discussed here, then it is
-safe to assume that it works as it does in the standard styles. In
-general, I have attempted not to discuss specific entry fields here,
-unless such a field is crucial to the overall operation of a given
-entry type. As a general and important rule, most entry types require
-very few fields when you use \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, so
-it seemed to me better to gather information pertaining to fields in
-the next section.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{article}} \emph{Chicago Manual of
- Style} (17.148) recognizes three different sorts of periodical
-publication, \enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and
-\enquote{newspapers.} The first (17.150) includes \enquote{scholarly
- or professional periodicals available mainly by subscription,} while
-the second refers to \enquote{weekly or monthly} publications that are
-\enquote{available either by subscription or in individual issues at
- bookstores or newsstands.} \enquote{Magazines} will tend to be
-\enquote{more accessible to general readers,} and typically won't have
-a volume number.
-
-\mylittlespace Now, for articles in \enquote{journals} you can simply
-use the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ --- and indeed \textsf{biblatex}
---- \textsf{article} entry type, which will work as expected and set
-off the page numbers with a colon in the list of references, as
-required by the \emph{Manual}. If, however, you need to refer to a
-\enquote{magazine} or a \enquote{newspaper,} then you need to add an
-\textsf{entrysubtype} field containing the exact string
-\texttt{magazine}. The main formatting differences between a
-\texttt{magazine} (which includes both \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers}) and a plain \textsf{article} are that time
-specifications (month, day, season) aren't placed within parentheses,
-and that page numbers are set off by a comma rather than a colon.
-Otherwise, the two sorts of reference have much in common. (For
-\textsf{article}, see \emph{Manual} 17.154--181; batson,
-beattie:crime, chu:panda, connell:chronic, conway:evolution,
-friedman:learning, garaud:gatine, garrett:15, hlatky:hrt, kern,
-lewis:15, loften:hamlet, loomis:structure:15, rozner:liberation,
-schneider:mittelpleistozaene, terborgh:preservation, wall:ra\-di\-o,
-white:callima\-chus. With \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine},
-cf.\ 17.166, 17.182--198; assocpress:gun, lakeforester:pushcarts,
-morgenson:market, reaves:ro\-sen, stenger:privacy.)
-
-\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual} suggests that \enquote{a list of
- works cited need not list newspaper items if these have been
- documented in the text} (17.191). This involves giving the title of
-the journal and the full date of publication in a parenthetical
-reference, including any other information in the main text, thereby
-obviating the need to present such an entry in the list of references.
-To utilize this method in the author-date style, in addition to a
-\texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, you'll need to place
-\mycolor{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} into the \textsf{options} field,
-including \texttt{skipbib} there as well to stop the entry printing in
-the list of references. If the entry only contains a \textsf{date}
-and \textsf{journaltitle} that's enough, but if it's a fuller entry
-also containing an \textsf{author} then you'll also need
-\texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} field. Other surplus
-fields will be ignored.
-
-\mylittlespace If you are familiar with the notes \&\ bibliography
-style, you'll know that the \emph{Manual} treats reviews (of books,
-plays, performances, etc.) as a sort of recognizable subset of
-\enquote{journals,} \enquote{magazines,} and \enquote{newspapers,}
-distinguished mainly by the way one formats the title of the review
-itself. In the author-date style, however, since both a generic title
-like \enquote{review of \ldots} and a specific one (cf. gibbard:15;
-osborne:poison:15) are formatted in the same way (no quotation marks or
-italics, sentence-style capitalization), all you really need,
-conveniently, is the \textsf{article} type, with the
-\textsf{entrysubtype} toggle to distinguish the sort of periodical
-which contains the review.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace In the case of a review with a specific as well as a
-generic title, the former goes in the \textsf{title} field, and the
-latter in the \textsf{titleaddon} field. Standard \textsf{biblatex}
-intends this field for use with additions to titles that may need to
-be formatted differently from the titles themselves, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses it in just this way, with
-the additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the
-\textsf{title} entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type,
-providing a fairly powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ to do what you want. Here, however, if all you need
-is a generic title like \enquote{review of \ldots,} then you can
-simply use the \textsf{title} field for it, ignoring
-\textsf{titleaddon}.
-
-\mylittlespace No less than seven more things need explication under
-this heading. First, since the \emph{Manual} specifies, for the
-author-date style, that what goes into the \textsf{title} or the
-\textsf{titleaddon} fields of \textsf{article} entries stays
-unformatted --- no italics, no quotation marks --- this plain style
-(with sentence-style capitalization, as usual) is the default for such
-text, which means that you'll have to format any titles within these
-fields yourself, e.g., with \cmd{mkbibemph\{\}}. Second, the
-\emph{Manual} specifies a similar plain style for the titles of other
-sorts of material found in \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers,} e.g., obituaries, letters to the editor,
-interviews, the names of regular columns, and the like, though the
-names of regular columns, please note, need to be capitalized headline
-style. References may contain both the title of an individual article
-and the name of the regular column, in which case the former should
-go, as usual, in a \textsf{title} field, and the latter in
-\textsf{titleaddon}. (See 17.188, 17.190, 17.193; morgenson:market,
-reaves:rosen.)
-
-\mylittlespace Third, the \emph{Manual} suggests that
-\enquote{unsigned newspaper articles or features are best dealt with
- in text or notes. But if a \ldots\ reference-list entry should be
- needed, the name of the newspaper stands in place of the author}
-(17.192). It doesn't always carry through on this in its own
-presentation of newspaper citations (see esp.\ 17.188), but I've
-implemented their recommendation nonetheless, which means that in an
-\textsf{article} (or a \textsf{review}) entry, \textsf{entrysubtype}
-\texttt{magazine}, and only in such an entry, a missing
-\textsf{author} field results in the name of the periodical (in the
-\textsf{journaltitle} field) being used as the missing author. You
-can also place \mycolor{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} and \texttt{skipbib}
-into the \textsf{options} field to produce an augmented in-text
-citation whilst keeping this material out of the reference list. If
-the citation does appear in the reference list, the new default
-sorting scheme in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} means that you
-no longer need the \textsf{sortkey} field to alphabetize by
-\textsf{journaltitle} instead of \textsf{title}, though you will still
-need one if you retain the definite or indefinite article at the
-beginning of the \textsf{journaltitle}. Also, if you want to
-abbreviate the \textsf{journaltitle} for use in citations, then the
-\textsf{shortauthor} field, somewhat surprisingly, is the place for
-it. (See section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below;
-lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Fourth, in certain fields, just beginning your data
-with a lowercase letter activates the mechanism for capitalizing that
-letter depending on its context within a list of references entry.
-This is less important in the author-date style, where this
-information only turns up in the reference list and not in citations,
-but you can consult \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} below for all the
-details. Both the \textsf{titleaddon} and \textsf{note} fields are
-among those treating their data this way, and since both appear
-regularly in \textsf{article} entries, I thought the problem merited a
-preliminary mention here.
-
-\mylittlespace Fifth, if you need to cite an entire issue of any sort
-of periodical, rather than one article in an issue, then the
-\textsf{periodical} entry type, once again with or without the
-\texttt{magazine} toggle in \textsf{entrysubtype,} is what you'll
-need. (You can also use the \textsf{article} type, placing what would
-normally be the \textsf{issuetitle} in the \textsf{title} field and
-retaining the usual \textsf{journaltitle} field, but this arrangement
-isn't compatible with standard \textsf{biblatex}.) The \textsf{note}
-field is where you place something like \enquote{special issue} (with
-the small \enquote{s} enabling the automatic capitalization routines),
-whether you are citing one article or the whole issue
-(conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). Indeed, this is a somewhat
-specialized use of \textsf{note}, and if you have other sorts of
-information you need to include in an \textsf{article} or
-\textsf{periodical} entry, then you shouldn't put it in the
-\textsf{note} field, but rather in \textsf{titleaddon} or perhaps
-\textsf{addendum} (brown:bremer).
-
-\mylittlespace Sixth, I would suggest that if you wish to cite a
-television or radio broadcast, the \textsf{article} type,
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} is the place for it. The name
-of the program would go in \textsf{journaltitle}, with the name of the
-episode in \textsf{title}. The network's name goes into the
-\textsf{usera} field. (8.196, 17.207; see bundy:macneil for an
-example of how this all might look in a .bib file.)
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, if you're planning to use the same .bib file
-for the author-date and for the notes \&\ bibliography style, you may
-need to look under the \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries in
-section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} above for the full instructions on their
-differences. Any well-constructed \textsf{review} entry will work
-just fine under author-date, but if you only need the author-date
-style then you can avoid the complexity of learning another entry
-type.
-
-\mylittlespace If you're still with me, allow me to recommend that you
-browse through \textsf{dates-test.bib} to get a feel for just how many of
-the \emph{Manual}'s complexities the \textsf{article} and
-\textsf{periodical} types attempt to address. It may be that in
-future releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I'll be able to simplify
-these procedures somewhat, but if you are only using author-date at
-least you've avoided some of the worst of it.
-
-\mybigspace Arne \mymarginpar{\textbf{artwork}} Kjell Vikhagen has
-pointed out to me that none of the standard entry types were
-straightforwardly adaptable when referring to visual artworks. The
-\emph{Manual} doesn't give any thorough specifications for such
-references, and indeed it's unclear that it believes it necessary to
-include them in the reference apparatus at all. Still, it's easy to
-conceive of contexts in which a list of artworks studied might be
-desirable, and \textsf{biblatex} includes entry types for just this
-purpose, though the standard styles leave them undefined. The two I
-have adopted are \textsf{artwork} and \textsf{image}, the former
-intended for paintings, sculptures, etchings, and the like, the latter
-for photographs. The two entry types work in exactly the same way as
-far as constructing your .bib entry, and when printed the only
-difference will be that the titles of \textsf{artworks} are
-italicized, those of \textsf{images} in plain text.
-
-\mylittlespace As one might expect, the artist goes in \textsf{author}
-and the name of the work in \textsf{title}. The \textsf{type} field
-is intended for the medium --- e.g., oil on canvas, charcoal on paper
---- and the \textsf{version} field might contain the state of an
-etching. You can place the dimensions of the work in \textsf{note},
-and the current location in \textsf{organization},
-\textsf{institution}, and/or \textsf{location}, in ascending order of
-generality. The \textsf{type} field, as in several other entry types,
-uses \textsf{biblatex's} automatic capitalization routines, so if the
-first word only needs a capital letter at the beginning of a sentence,
-use lowercase in the .bib file and let \textsf{biblatex} handle it for
-you. (See \emph{Manual} 12.33; leo:madonna, bedford:photo.)
-
-\mylittlespace As a final complication, the \emph{Manual} (8.206) says
-that \enquote{the names of works of antiquity \ldots\,are usually set
- in roman.} If you should need to include such a work in the
-reference apparatus, you can either define an \textsf{entrysubtype}
-for an \textsf{artwork} entry --- anything will do --- or you could
-use the \textsf{image} type, or you could try the \textsf{misc} entry
-type with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. Fortunately, in this instance the
-other fields in a \textsf{misc} entry function pretty much as in
-\textsf{artwork} or \textsf{image}.
-
-\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{audio}} this release of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, following the request of Johan Nordstrom, I
-have included three new entry types, all undefined by the standard
-styles, designed to allow users to present audiovisual sources in
-accordance with the Chicago specifications. The \emph{Manual's}
-presentation of such sources (17.263--273), though admirably brief,
-seems to me somewhat inconsistent. I attempted to condense all the
-requirements into two new entry types, but ended up relying on three,
-the differences between which I shall attempt to delineate here.
-There are likely to be occasions when your choice of entry type is not
-obvious, but at the very least \textsf{biblatex-chicago} should help
-you maintain consistency. For users of the author-date style, it is
-as well to note here that the \emph{Manual} (17.265) suggests that
-\enquote{such materials are best mentioned in running text and grouped
- in the reference list under a subhead,} a suggestion you may wish to
-follow, particularly if your audiovisual entries don't typically
-contain the information --- \textsf{author} and \textsf{date} ---
-needed to produce a parseable parenthetical citation.
-
-\mylittlespace The \textbf{music} type is intended for all musical
-recordings that do not have a video component. This means, for
-example, digital media (whether on CD or hard drive), vinyl records,
-and tapes. The \textbf{video} type includes (nearly) all visual
-media, whether it be films, TV shows, tapes and DVDs of the preceding
-or of any sort of performance (including music), or online multimedia.
-Finally, the \textbf{audio} type, our current concern, fills gaps in
-the two others, and presents its sources in a more \enquote{book-like}
-manner. Published musical scores need this type --- unpublished ones
-would use \textsf{misc} with an \textsf{entrysubtype}
-(shapey:partita:15) --- as do such favorite educational formats as the
-slideshow and the filmstrip (greek:filmstrip:15, schubert:muellerin,
-verdi:corsaro). The \emph{Manual} (17.269--270) sometimes uses a
-similar format for audio books and even for films (twain:audio,
-weed:flatiron), though elsewhere these sorts of material are presented
-as \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, respectively. It would appear
-to depend on which sorts of publication facts you wish to present ---
-cf.\ \emph{Manual} 17.269.
-
-\mylittlespace Once you've accepted the analogy of composer to
-\textsf{author}, constructing an \textsf{audio} entry should be fairly
-straightforward, since many of the fields function just as they do in
-\textsf{book} or \textsf{inbook} entries. Indeed, please note that I
-compare it to both these other types as, in common with the other
-audiovisual types, \textsf{audio} has to do double duty as an analogue
-for both books and collections, so while there will normally be an
-\textsf{author}, a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{publisher}, a
-\textsf{date}, and a \textsf{location}, there may also be a
-\textsf{booktitle} and/or a \textsf{maintitle} --- see
-schubert:muellerin for an entry that uses all three in citing one song
-from a cycle. If the medium in question needs specifying, the
-\textsf{type} field is the place for it. (It is characteristic of
-this entry type that such information is placed after the publisher
-information, whereas in the other audiovisual types their order is
-reversed.) Finally, the \textsf{titleaddon} field can specify
-functions for which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides no automated
-handling, e.g., a librettist (verdi:corsaro).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookinbook}} type provides the
-means of referring to parts of books that are considered, in other
-contexts, themselves to be books, rather than chapters, essays, or
-articles. (Older versions of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} used
-\textbf{customb} for this purpose, but this is now deprecated.) Such
-an entry can have a \textsf{title} and a \textsf{maintitle}, but it
-can also contain a \textsf{booktitle}, all three of which will be
-italicized in the reference matter. In general usage it is,
-therefore, rather like the traditional \textsf{inbook} type, only with
-its \textsf{title} in italics rather than in plain text. (See
-\emph{Manual} 17.72, 17.89, 17.93; bernard:boris, euripides:orestes,
-plato:republic:gr.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The Euripides play receives slightly
-different presentations in 17.89 and 17.93. Although the
-specification is very detailed, it doesn't eliminate all choice or
-variation. Using a system like \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ should help to
-maintain consistency.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{booklet}} is the first of two
-entry types --- the other being \textsf{manual}, on which see below
---- which are traditional in \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ styles, but which the
-\emph{Manual} (17.241) suggests may well be treated basically as
-books. In the interests of backward compatibility,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will so format such an entry,
-which uses the \textsf{howpublished} field instead of a standard
-\textsf{publisher}, though of course if you do decide just to use a
-\textsf{book} entry then any information you might have given in a
-\textsf{howpublished} field should instead go in \textsf{publisher}.
-(See clark:mesopot.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customa}} entry type is now
-obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
-error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{letter} type
-instead.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customb}} entry type is now
-obsolete, and any such entries in your .bib file will trigger an
-error. Please use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{bookinbook}
-type instead.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{customc}} entry type has
-undergone a metamorphosis with this release, as I previously warned
-both here and in the RELEASE file. Rather than being a (deprecated)
-alias of the standard \textsf{biblatex} \textbf{suppbook}, it now
-allows you to include the expansions of abbreviations and shorthands
-\emph{inside} the list of references itself, as recommended by the
-\emph{Manual} (17.47), rather than in the list of shorthands.
-
-\mylittlespace In its simplest form, you need merely place the
-abbreviation of the (often institutional) author's name into the
-\textsf{author} field, and its expansion into the \textsf{title}
-field. To make sure it appears in the list of references, you can
-either manually include the entry key in a \cmd{nocite} command, or
-you can put that entry key in the \textsf{userc} field in the main
-.bib entry, in which case \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will
-print the expanded abbreviation if and only if you cite the main
-entry. (See abbrev:BSI, abbrev:ISO, bsi:abbreviation:15,
-iso:electrodoc:15.) Under ordinary circumstances,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will connect the abbreviation and its
-expansion with the word \enquote{\emph{See}} --- or its equivalent in
-the document's language --- in italics. If you wish to present the
-cross-reference differently, you can put the connecting word(s) into
-the \textsf{nameaddon} field.
-
-\mylittlespace I haven't disabled in any way the mechanisms
-\textsf{biblatex} uses to produce the list of shorthands, so the
-\cmd{printshorthands} command will still print that list in your
-document. Judicious use of \texttt{skiplos} in the \textsf{options}
-field will therefore enable simultaneous use of several methods of
-shorthand presentation, if that is useful. It may be as well to
-mention here that the \emph{Manual} (17.39--40) offers other uses for
-this alphabetized cross-referencing system in reference lists, which
-may also prove helpful for the author-date style. See the discussion
-of \textsf{customc} in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes} of the notes \&\
-bibliography docs, above.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, you may need to use this entry type if you
-wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation, as
-specified by the \emph{Manual} (16.111). If you have a
-\textsf{postnote}, then you can manually provide the punctuation and
-comment there, e.g., \cmd{autocite[4; the unrevised
- trans.]\{stendhal:parma\}}. Without a \textsf{postnote}, you'll
-need a separate \textsf{misc} or \textsf{customc} entry containing
-just the text of the comment in the \textsf{title} field,
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical}, and \textsf{options}
-\texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command calling both the main
-text and the comment will do the trick, e.g.,
-\cmd{autocites\{chicago:manual:15\}\{chicago:comment\}}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{image}} entry type, left
-undefined in the standard styles, is in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} intended for referring to
-photographs. Excluding the possible use of the \textsf{entrysubtype}
-field, which in an \textsf{image} entry would be ignored, this type is
-a clone of \textsf{artwork}, so you should consult the latter's
-documentation above to see how to construct your .bib entry. (See
-\emph{Manual} 12.33; bedford:photo.)
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace These \mymarginpar{\textbf{inbook}\\\textbf{incollection}}
-two standard \textsf{biblatex} types have very nearly identical
-formatting requirements as far as the Chicago specification is
-concerned, but I have retained both of them for compatibility.
-\textsf{Biblatex.pdf} (\xA7~2.1.1) intends the first for \enquote{a part
- of a book which forms a self-contained unit with its own title,}
-while the second would hold \enquote{a contribution to a collection
- which forms a self-contained unit with a distinct author and its own
- title.} The \textsf{title} of both sorts will be in plain text, and
-in general you can use either type for most material falling into
-these categories. There is, however, an important difference between
-them, as it is only in \textsf{incollection} entries that I implement
-the \emph{Manual's} recommendations for space-saving abbreviations in
-the list of references when you cite multiple pieces from the same
-\textsf{collection}. These abbreviations are activated when you use
-the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in \textsf{incollection}
-entries, and not in \textsf{inbook} entries, mainly because the
-\emph{Manual} (17.70) here specifies a \enquote{multiauthor book.}
-(For more on this mechanism see \textbf{crossref}, below, and note
-that it is also active in \textsf{letter} and \textsf{inproceedings}
-entries. There is, of course, nothing to prevent you from using the
-mechanism when referring to, e.g., chapters from a single-author book,
-but you'll have to use \textsf{incollection} instead of
-\textsf{inbook}.) If the part of a book to which you are referring
-has had a separate publishing history as a book in its own right, then
-you may wish to use the \textsf{bookinbook} type, instead, on which
-see above. (See \emph{Manual} 17.68--72; \textsf{inbook}:
-ashbrook:brain, phibbs:diary, will:cohere; \textsf{incollection}:
-centinel:letters, contrib:contrib, sirosh:visualcortex; ellet:galena,
-keating:dearborn, and lippincott:chicago [and the \textsf{collection}
-entry prairie:state] demonstrate the use of the \textsf{crossref}
-field with its attendant abbreviations in the list of references.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} suggests that, when
-referring to a chapter, one use either a chapter number or the
-inclusive page numbers, not both. In-text citations, of course,
-require any \textsf{postnote} field to specify if it is a whole
-chapter to which you are referring.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inproceedings}} entry type works
-pretty much as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, the main
-differences between it and \textsf{incollection} are the lack of an
-\textsf{edition} field and the possibility that an
-\textsf{organization} may be cited alongside the \textsf{publisher},
-even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't specify its use (17.71). Please
-note, also, that the \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref} mechanism for
-shortening citations of multiple pieces from the same
-\textsf{proceedings} is operative here, just as it is in
-\textsf{incollection} entries. See \textbf{crossref}, below, for more
-details.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{inreference}} entry type is
-aliased to \textsf{incollection} in the standard styles, but the
-\emph{Manual's} requirements for the notes \&\ bibliography style
-prompted a thoroughgoing revision. Unfortunately, instructions for
-the author-date style are considerably less copious, so parts of what
-follows are my best guess at following the specification
-(17.238--239).
-
-\mylittlespace One thing, at least, seems clear. If your reference
-work can easily or conveniently be presented like a regular book, that
-is, with an author or editor, a year of publication, and a title, and
-if you you will be citing it by page or section number, then you
-should almost certainly simply choose the \textsf{book} entry type for
-your .bib entry. (Cf.\ mla:style, schellinger:novel, times:guide. The
-latter was presented as an \textsf{inreference} entry for the notes
-\&\ bibliography style, but because the \textsf{book} entry type can
-also present references to alphabetized headings [see below], at least
-in the list of references, then it seemed better just to choose a
-\textsf{book} entry for the author-date style.)
-
-\mylittlespace If you simply cannot make your source fit the template
-for a \textsf{book}, then you may need to use the \textsf{inreference}
-type, the main feature of which is the \textsf{lista} field, which you
-use to present citations from \enquote{alphabetically arranged} works
-by named article rather than by page number. You should present these
-article names just as they appear in the work, separated by the
-keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} if there is more than one, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will provide the appropriate
-prefatory string (\texttt{s.v.}, plural \texttt{s.vv.}), and enclose
-each in its own set of quotation marks (times:guide). More relevant
-to the author-date style is the fact that the \textsf{postnote} field
-works the same way in \textsf{inreference} entries, the only
-limitation on this system being that this field, unlike
-\textsf{lista}, is not a list, and therefore for the formatting to
-work correctly you can only put one article name in it. In the case
-of \enquote{[w]ell-known reference books, such as major dictionaries
- and encyclopedias,} you are encouraged not to include them in the
-list of references, so the \textsf{lista} field actually may be of
-less use than this special formatting of \textsf{postnote}. You may
-want to look at ency:britannica, where only a (carefully-formatted)
-\textsf{shorttitle} and an \textsf{options} field are necessary to
-allow you to produce in-text citations that look like (\emph{Ency.\
- Brit.}\ 15th ed., s.v. \enquote{Article}).
-
-\mylittlespace If it seems appropriate to include such a work in the
-list of references, perhaps because the work is not so well known that
-a short citation will be parseable by your readers, or perhaps because
-it is an online work, which requires you to provide a \textsf{urldate}
-(see below), be aware that the contents of the \textsf{lista} field
-will also be presented there, which may not be what you want. A
-separate \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference} entry might solve
-this problem, but you may also need a \textsf{sortkey} field to ensure
-proper alphabetization, as \textsf{biblatex} will attempt to use an
-\textsf{editor} or \textsf{author} name, if either is present. In a
-typical \textsf{inreference} entry, very few fields are needed, as
-\enquote{the facts of publication are often omitted, but the edition
- (if not the first) must be specified.} In practice, this means a
-\textsf{title} and possibly an \textsf{edition} field. The
-\textsf{author} field holds the author of the specific article (in
-\textsf{lista}), not the author of the \textsf{title} as a whole.
-This name will be printed in parentheses after the entry's name
-(grove:sibelius).
-
-\mylittlespace All of these rules apply to online reference works, as
-well, for which you need to provide not only a \textsf{url} but also,
-always, a \textsf{urldate}, as these sources are in constant flux
-(wikiped:bibtex, grove:sibelius). For author-date, it may be
-convenient to duplicate the \textsf{urlyear} in the \textsf{year}, as
-this will help to present and categorize the material both in
-citations and in the list of references. Please note, however, that
-the automatic provision of the \enquote{n.d.} abbreviation when a
-\textsf{year} is missing has been turned off for \textsf{inreference}
-entries, as for \textsf{misc} and \textsf{reference} entries.
-
-\mylittlespace Some of these presentational difficulties might make
-switching between the two Chicago styles rather more difficult,
-depending on the nature of your sources. The advice I offer in
-section~\ref{sec:twostyles} below may be of assistance.
-
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{letter}} entry type was designed
-to be used for citing letters, memoranda, or similar texts, but
-\emph{only} when they appear in a published collection. (Unpublished
-material of this nature needs a \textsf{misc} entry, for which see
-below.) The author-date specification (17.77), however, recommends
-against individual letters appearing in a list of references,
-suggesting instead that you put the whole published collection in a
-\textsf{book} entry and use a notice in the text to specify the letter
-(white:total).
-
-\mylittlespace If you absolutely must include individual letters in
-the list of references, for whatever reason, then the instructions
-above for the notes \&\ bibliography style in
-section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v.\ \enquote{\textsf{letter,}} should
-get you started. There are a few wrinkles, related to date
-specifications, that I shall attempt to clarify here. If you look at
-white:ross:memo and white:russ, you'll see two letters from the same
-published collection, both written in the same year. You can now
-simply use the \textsf{origdate} field in both of them, because in the
-absence of a \textsf{date} (or an \textsf{eventdate}) \textsf{Biber}
-and \textsf{biblatex} will use the \textsf{origyear} as the
-\textsf{labelyear}, putting it at the head of the entry and in the
-citation, and also ensuring that the letters \texttt{a,b,c} are
-appended to disambiguate the two sources. You no longer need anything
-in the \textsf{options} field at all, thanks to the way
-\cmd{DeclareLabelyear} works through the possibilities and finds a
-date to head the entry. In this case, it works because we are using
-the \textsf{xref} mechanism to refer to the whole published collection
-(white:total), so a separate citation of that entry provides the
-\textsf{date} for the shortened cross-reference included in the list
-of references, and the \textsf{letter} entry never sees that
-\textsf{date} at all.
-
-\mylittlespace If this all seems clear as mud, I'm not surprised, but
-let me suggest that you experiment with the different date settings to
-see what kinds of effects they have on the final result, and also read
-the documentation of the \textsf{date} field in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{manual}} is the second of two
-traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ entry types that the \emph{Manual}
-suggests formatting as books, the other being \textsf{booklet}. As
-with this latter, I have retained it in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} for backward compatibility, its
-main peculiarity being that, in the absence of a named author, the
-\textsf{organization} producing the manual will be provided both as
-author and as publisher. (You can give a shortened form of the
-\textsf{organization} in the \textsf{shortauthor} field for text
-citations, if needed.) Of course, if you were to use a \textsf{book}
-entry for such a reference, then you would need to define both
-\textsf{author} and \textsf{publisher} using the name you here might
-have put in \textsf{organization}. (See 17:47; chicago:manual:15,
-dyna:browser, natrecoff:camera.)
-
-\mybigspace As \colmarginpar{\textbf{misc}} its name suggests, the
-\textsf{misc} entry type was designed as a hold-all for citations that
-didn't quite fit into other categories. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago},
-I have somewhat extended its applicability, while retaining its
-traditional use. Put simply, with no \textsf{entrysubtype} field, a
-\textsf{misc} entry will retain backward compatibility with the
-standard styles, so the usual \textsf{howpublished}, \textsf{version},
-and \textsf{type} fields are all available for specifying an otherwise
-unclassifiable text, and the \textsf{title} will be italicized. (The
-\emph{Manual}, you may wish to note, doesn't give specific
-instructions on how such citations should be formatted, so when using
-the Chicago style I would recommend you have recourse to this
-traditional entry type as sparingly as possible.)
-
-\mylittlespace If you do provide an \textsf{entrysubtype} field, the
-\textsf{misc} type provides a means for citing unpublished letters,
-memoranda, private contracts, wills, interviews, and the like, making
-it something of an unpublished analogue to the \textsf{letter} and
-\textsf{article} entry types (which see). Typically, such an entry
-will cite part of an archive, and equally typically the text cited
-won't have a specific title, but only a generic one, whereas an
-\textsf{unpublished} entry will ordinarily have a specific author and
-title, and won't come from a named archive. As a rule, and as with
-the \textsf{letter} type, the \emph{Manual} (17.233) suggests that the
-list of references will usually contain only the name of the whole
-archived collection, with more specific information about individual
-items provided in the text, \enquote{outside the parentheses.} If, on
-the other hand, \enquote{only one item from a collection has been
- mentioned in text, the entry may begin with the writer's name (if
- known).} (See 17.205-206, 17.220, 17.222-232; house:papers cites a
-whole archive, while creel:house, dinkel:agassiz, and spock:interview
-cite individual pieces.)
-
-\mylittlespace As far as constructing your .bib entry goes, you should
-first know that, like the \textsf{inreference} and \textsf{reference}
-types, the absence of any date will not result in the \enquote{n.d.}
-abbreviation automatically being provided. As for presenting the
-date, the \emph{Manual} draws a distinction between archival material
-that is \enquote{letter-like} (letters, memoranda, reports, telegrams)
-and that which isn't (interviews, wills, contracts, or even personal
-communications you've received and which you wish to cite). This may
-not always be the easiest distinction to draw, and in previous
-releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} I have been ignoring it, but
-once you've decided to classify it one way or the other you put the
-date in the \textsf{origdate} field for letters, etc.\ (creel:house),
-and into the \textsf{date} field for the others (spock:interview).
-Like with the \textsf{letter} type, if the only date present is an
-\textsf{origdate}, you no longer need to set the \texttt{cmsdate}
-option in your .bib entry to make sure that that year appears at the
-head of the entry (and in citations) --- this now happens
-automatically. (Cf.\ particularly the documentation in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below, s.v.\ \enquote{date}, and
-also the \textsf{letter} type above for some of the date-related
-complications that can arise, and how you can address them with
-judicious use of the \textsf{options}, \textsf{date}, and
-\textsf{origdate} fields.)
-
-\mylittlespace As in \textsf{letter} entries, the titles of
-unpublished letters are of the form \texttt{Author to Recipient},
-further information can be given in the \textsf{titleaddon} field,
-while the \textsf{origlocation} field can hold the place where the
-letter was written. Interviews or similar pieces will have a
-different sort of title, but all types will use the \textsf{note},
-\textsf{organization}, \textsf{institution}, and \textsf{location}
-fields (in ascending order of generality) to identify the archive,
-though the \emph{Manual} specifies (17.228) that well-known
-depositories don't usually need a city, state or country specified.
-(The traditional \textsf{misc} fields are all still available, also.)
-
-\mylittlespace When your .bib entry refers to an entire archived
-collection, then you may wish to use the word
-\enquote{\texttt{classical}} as your \textsf{entrysubtype}, which will
-have no effect on the list of references but will change the look of
-the in-text citations (house:papers). Instead of any date, the
-citation will include the \textsf{title}, separated from the
-\textsf{author's} name by a space, e.g., (House Papers). This same
-arrangement, happily, allows you easily to cite individual books of
-the Bible, and also certain other sacred texts (17.246--49; genesis).
-Please see under \textsf{entrysubtype} in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} below for all the details of the
-\texttt{classical} toggle.
-
-\mylittlespace In all this class of archived material, the
-\emph{Manual} (17.222) quite specifically requires more consistency
-within your own work than conformity to some external standard, so it
-is the former which you should pursue. I hope that
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} proves helpful in this regard.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{music}} is one of three new
-audiovisual entry types, and is intended primarily to aid in the
-presentation of musical recordings that do not have a video component,
-though it can also include audio books (auden:reading:15). A DVD or
-VHS of an opera or other performance, by contrast, should use the
-\textbf{video} type instead (handel:messiah:15). Because
-\textsf{biblatex} --- and \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ before it --- were
-designed primarily for citing book-like objects, some choices needed
-to be made in assigning the various roles found on the back of a CD to
-the fields in a typical .bib entry. I have also implemented several
-new bibstrings to help in identifying these roles within entries. If
-you can think of a simpler way to distribute the roles, please let me
-know, so that I can consider making changes before anyone gets used to
-the current equivalences.
-
-\mylittlespace These equivalences, in summary form, are:
-
-{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
-\begin{description}
-\item[author =] composer, songwriter, or performer(s),
- depending on whom you wish to emphasize by placing them at the head
- of the entry.
-\item[editor, editora, editorb =] conductor, director or
- performer(s). These will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of
- the work, though the usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor}
- options can alter the presentation within an entry. Because these
- are non-standard roles, you will need to identify them using the
- following:
-\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
- all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will be
- \texttt{conductor}, \texttt{director}, \texttt{producer}, and,
- oddly, \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful when
- identifying the group performing a piece, as it usually doesn't need
- further specifying and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from
- falling back on the default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
-\item[title, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other audiovisual
- types, \textsf{music} serves as an analogue both to books and to
- collections, so the title will either be, e.g., the album title or a
- song title, in which latter case the album title would go into
- \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{maintitle} might be necessary for
- something like a box set of \emph{Complete Symphonies}.
-\item[series, number:] These two are closely associated, and are
- intended for presenting the catalog information provided by the
- music publisher, especially in the case when a publisher oversees
- more than one label. In nytrumpet:art:15, for example, the
- \textsf{series} field holds the label (\texttt{Vox/Turn\-about}) and
- the \textsf{number} field the catalog number (\texttt{PVT 7183}).
- You can certainly put all of this information into one of the above
- fields, but separating it may help make the .bib entry more
- readable.
-\item[howpublished/pubstate:] The \emph{Manual} (17.268) follows the
- rather specialized requirements for presenting publishing
- information for musical recordings. The normal symbol for musical
- copyright is\ \texttt{\textcircledP} (Unicode point u+2117, SOUND
- RECORDING COPYRIGHT), but other copyrights \texttt{\textcopyright}
- are often also asserted. The \textsf{howpublished} field is the
- place for these symbols, and it may also have to hold a year
- designation if the \texttt{\textcircledP} and the
- \texttt{\textcopyright} apply to different years, as sometimes
- happens. In keeping with its general usage in the author-date
- style, but also recognizing the peculiarities of this entry type, I
- have made the \textsf{pubstate} field a synonym for
- \textsf{howpublished}. Please choose only one of them per entry,
- and remember that the automatic presentation of reprints via the
- \textsf{pubstate} field is disabled in \textsf{music} entries. (See
- nytrumpet:art:15.)
-\item[date, publisher:] Ordinarily, you can use a combination of the
- \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields, along with the
- \texttt{cmsdate} entry option, to present the various dates of
- publication and republication of a work. This will mostly still
- work in \textsf{music} entries, but, as I just pointed out, the
- automatic presentation of reprints via the \textsf{pubstate} field
- has been turned off, as it doesn't provide a good fit for the
- materials at hand. Instead, the \textsf{howpublished} or
- \textsf{pubstate} field can be used manually to present the
- publishing complexities, including year information that won't be
- placed at the head of an entry. Any year data you do wish placed
- there needs to go in \textsf{date} or \textsf{origdate}, as usual.
- Thankfully, the \textsf{publisher} field itself is self-explanatory.
-\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
- field holds the medium of the recording, e.g., vinyl, 33 rpm,
- 8-track tape, cassette, compact disc, mp3, ogg vorbis.
-\end{description}}
-
-I should also note here that I have implemented the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} \textbf{eventdate} field, in case you need it to
-identify a particular recording session or concert. It will be
-printed just after the \textsf{title}. The entries in
-\textsf{dates-test.bib} should at least give you a good idea of how
-this all works, and that file also contains an example of an audio
-book presented in a \textsf{music} entry. If you browse the examples
-in the \emph{Manual} you will see that no author-date examples are
-given, so I have generally adopted the formatting decisions I made for
-the notes \&\ bibliography style. Arguments as to why I'm wrong will,
-of course, be entertained. (Cf. 17.268; auden:reading:15,
-beethoven:sonata29, bernstein:shostakovich, nytrumpet:art:15.)
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{online}} \emph{Manual}'s
-instructions (17.142--147, 17.198, 17.234--237) for citing online
-materials are slightly different from those suggested by standard
-\textsf{biblatex}. Indeed, this is a case where complete backward
-compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles may be impossible,
-because as a general rule the \emph{Manual} considers relevant not
-only where a source is found, but also the nature of that source,
-e.g., if it's an online edition of a book (james:ambassadors), then it
-calls for a \textsf{book} entry. Even if you cite an
-\enquote{intrinsically online} source, if that source is structured
-more or less like a conventional printed periodical, then you'll
-probably want to use \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} instead of
-\textsf{online} (stenger:privacy, which cites \emph{CNN.com} ---
-\emph{Yahoo!\ News} is another example that would be treated in such a
-way). If the \enquote{standard facts of publication} are missing,
-then the \textsf{online} type is usually the best choice
-(evanston:library, powell:email). Some online materials will, no
-doubt, make it difficult to choose an entry type, but so long as all
-locating information is present, then perhaps that is enough to
-fulfill the specification, or at least so I'd like to hope.
-
-\mylittlespace Constructing an \textsf{online} .bib file entry is much
-the same as in \textsf{biblatex}. The \textsf{title} field would
-contain the title of the page, the \textsf{organization} field could
-hold the title or owner of the whole site. If there is no specific
-title for a page, but only a generic one (powell:email), then in the
-author-date style the \textsf{title} will serve just as well as
-\textsf{titleaddon}, which latter is required for the notes \&\
-bibliography style.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{patent}} \emph{Manual} is very
-brief on the subject of patents (17.219), but very clear about which
-information it wants you to present, so such entries may not work well
-with other \textsf{biblatex} styles. The important date, as far as
-Chicago is concerned, is the filing date. If a patent has been filed
-but not yet granted, then you can place the filing date in either the
-\textsf{date} field or the \textsf{origdate} field, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically prepend the
-bibstring \texttt{patentfiled} to it. If the patent has been granted,
-then you put the filing date in the \textsf{origdate} field, and you
-put the date it was issued in the \textsf{date} field, to which the
-bibstring \texttt{patentissued} will automatically be prepended. In
-this entry type, and in no other, the \texttt{cmsdate=on} option is
-turned on by default, so that the filing date will be at the head of
-the entry in the list of references and in the citation, as well. If
-you have more than one patent by the same author(s) filed in the same
-year, and if one or both of them have also been granted, then you'll
-need to reverse the dates (or put \texttt{switchdates} in the
-\textsf{options} field) so that \enquote{a,b,c} etc.\ can be appended
-to the year. (If there is just the one, filing, date, please don't
-use the \texttt{switchdates} option.) The patent number goes in the
-\textsf{number} field, and you should use the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} bibstrings in the \textsf{type} field. Though it
-isn't mentioned by the \emph{Manual},
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will print the \textsf{holder}
-after the \textsf{author}, if you provide one. See petroff:impurity.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{periodical}} is the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} entry type for presenting an entire issue of a
-periodical, rather than one article within it. It has the same
-function in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and in the main uses the same
-fields, though in keeping with the system established in the
-\textsf{article} entry type (which see) you'll need to provide
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine} if the periodical you are
-citing is a \enquote{newspaper} or \enquote{magazine} instead of a
-\enquote{journal.} Also, remember that the \textsf{note} field is the
-place for identifying strings like \enquote{special issue,} with its
-initial lowercase letter to activate the automatic capitalization
-routines, though this isn't strictly necessary in the author-date
-style. (See \emph{Manual} 17.170; good:wholeissue.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{reference}} entry type is
-aliased to \textsf{collection} by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
-styles, but I intend it to be used in cases where you need to cite a
-reference work but not an alphabetized article or articles in that
-work. This could be because it doesn't contain such articles, and yet
-you still want the entry in the list of references to start with the
-\textsf{title}. Indeed, the only differences between it and
-\textsf{inreference} are the lack of a \textsf{lista} field to present
-an alphabetized entry, and the fact that any \textsf{postnote} field
-will be printed verbatim, rather than formatted as an alphabetized
-entry. (Cf.\ \textsf{inreference}, above.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{report}} entry type is a
-\textsf{biblatex} generalization of the traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-type \textsf{techreport}. Instructions for such entries are rather
-thin on the ground in the \emph{Manual} (17.241), so I have followed
-the generic advice about formatting it like a book, and hope that the
-results conform to the specification. Its main peculiarities are the
-\textsf{institution} field in place of a \textsf{publisher}, the
-\textsf{type} field for identifying the kind of report in question,
-and the \textsf{isrn} field containing the International Standard
-Technical Report Number of a technical report. As in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, if you use a \textsf{techreport} entry, then the
-\textsf{type} field automatically defaults to
-\cmd{bibstring\{techreport\}}. As with \textsf{booklet} and
-\textsf{manual}, you can also use a \textsf{book} entry, putting the
-report type in \textsf{note} and the \textsf{institution} in
-\textsf{publisher}. (See herwign:office.)
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{review}} its name suggests, this
-entry type was designed for reviews published in periodicals, and if
-you've already read the \textsf{article} documentation above you'll
-know that I haven't yet found an example where you absolutely need to
-use it for the author-date style. The code to process such an entry
-remains in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}, so if you are
-building a .bib file for use with both Chicago styles then any
-\textsf{review} entries in it will work fine in both, but otherwise
-the \textsf{article} type will suffice. If you find I'm wrong about
-this, please let me know. (Cf.\ barcott:review:15, bundy:macneil,
-Clemens:letter, gourmet:052006, kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit,
-ratliff:review:15, unsigned:ranke, wallraff:word.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppbook}} is the entry type to
-use if the main focus of a reference is supplemental material in a
-book or in a collection, e.g., an introduction, afterword, or forward,
-either by the same or by a different author. There are two mechanisms
-in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} for producing such a citation. First,
-these three just-mentioned types of material, and only these three
-types, can be referenced using the \textsf{introduction},
-\textsf{afterword}, or \textsf{foreword} fields, a system that
-requires you simply to define one of them in any way and leave the
-others undefined. The macros don't use the text provided by such an
-entry, they merely check to see if one of them is defined, in order to
-decide which sort of pre- or post-matter is at stake, and to print the
-appropriate string before the \textsf{title} in the list of
-references, and possibly also in the list of shorthands. This
-mechanism works without modification across multiple languages, but I
-have also provided functionality which allows you to cite any sort of
-supplemental material whatever, using the \textsf{type} field. Under
-this second system, simply put the nature of the material, including
-the relevant preposition, in that field, beginning with a lowercase
-letter so \textsf{biblatex} can decide whether it needs capitalization
-depending on the context. Examples might be \enquote{\texttt{preface
- to}} or \enquote{\texttt{colophon of}.} (Please note, however,
-that unless you use a \cmd{bibstring} command in the \textsf{type}
-field, the resultant entry will not be portable across languages.)
-
-\mylittlespace The other rules for constructing your .bib entry remain
-the same. The \textsf{author} field refers to the author of the
-introduction or afterword, while \textsf{bookauthor} refers to the
-author of the main text of the work, if the two differ. If the focus
-of the reference is the main text of the book, but you want to mention
-the name of the writer of an introduction or afterword for
-completeness, then the normal \textsf{biblatex} rules apply, and you
-can just put their name in the appropriate field of a \textsf{book}
-entry, that is, in the \textsf{foreword}, \textsf{afterword}, or
-\textsf{introduction} field. (See \emph{Manual} 17.74--75;
-friedman:intro, polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppcollection}} fulfills a
-function analogous to \textsf{suppbook}. Indeed, I believe the
-\textbf{suppbook} type can serve to present supplemental material in
-both types of work, so this entry type is an alias to
-\textsf{suppbook}, which see.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{suppperiodical}} type is
-intended to allow reference to generically-titled works in
-periodicals, such as regular columns or letters to the editor.
-\textsf{Biblatex} also provides the \textsf{review} type for this
-purpose, and in the notes \&\ bibliography style
-\textsf{suppperiodical} is an alias of \textsf{review}. In the
-author-date style, however, as discussed above, you really only need
-the \textsf{article} entry type for this purpose, though I have
-retained \textsf{suppperiodical} in order to facilitate switching
-between the two Chicago styles.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{video}} is the last of the new
-audiovisual entry types, and as its name suggests it is intended for
-citing visual media, be it films of any sort or TV shows, broadcast,
-on the Net, on VHS, DVD, or Blu-ray. As with the \textsf{music} type
-discussed above, certain choices had to be made when associating the
-production roles found, e.g., on a DVD, to those bookish ones provided
-by \textsf{biblatex}. Here are the main correspondences:
-
-{\renewcommand{\descriptionlabel}[1]{\qquad\textsf{#1}}
-\begin{description}
-\item[author:] This will not infrequently be left undefined, as the
- director of a film should be identified as such and therefore placed
- in the \textsf{editor} field with the appropriate
- \textsf{editortype} (see below). You will need it, however, to
- identify the composer of, e.g., an oratorio on VHS
- (handel:messiah:15), or perhaps the provider of commentaries or
- other extras on a film DVD (cleese:holygrail).
-\item[editor, editora, editorb:] The director or producer, or possibly
- the performer or conductor in recorded musical performances. These
- will ordinarily follow the \textsf{title} of the work, though the
- usual \texttt{useauthor} and \texttt{useeditor} options can alter
- the presentation within an entry. Because these are non-standard
- roles, you will need to identify them using the following:
-\item[editortype, editoratype, editorbtype:] The most common roles,
- all associated with specific bibstrings (or their absence), will
- likely be \texttt{director}, \texttt{produ\-cer}, and, oddly,
- \texttt{none}. The last is particularly useful if you want to
- identify performers, as they usually don't need further specifying
- and this role prevents \textsf{biblatex} from falling back on the
- default \texttt{editor} bibstring.
-\item[title, titleaddon, booktitle, maintitle:] As with the other
- audiovisual types, \textsf{video} serves as an analogue both to
- books and to collections, so the \textsf{title} may be of a whole
- film DVD or of a TV series, or it may identify one episode in a
- series or one scene in a film. In the latter cases, the title of
- the whole would go in \textsf{booktitle}. The \textsf{titleaddon}
- field may be useful for specifying the season and/or episode number
- of a TV series, or for any other information that needs to come
- between the \textsf{title} and the \textsf{booktitle}
- (cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah:15). As in the
- \textsf{music} type, \textsf{maintitle} may be necessary for a boxed
- set or something similar.
-\item[date, origdate, pubstate:] The publication details of this sort
- of material are usually straightforward, at least compared with the
- \textsf{music} type, but there will be occasions when you need two
- dates. When citing an episode of a long-running TV series you may
- need both a date for the episode and either a range for the whole
- run or a year for the release of the box set, and when citing a film
- on DVD you may want to present both the original release date and
- the date of release on DVD. In these cases, the usual
- \textsf{chicago-authordate} mechanisms for choosing the date to
- appear at the head of an entry apply. You can also use the standard
- \textsf{pubstate} field with \texttt{reprint} in it to control the
- printing of the original date in parentheses at the end of the
- entry, though I have altered the string that is printed there (see
- next item). I have also disabled the printing of the
- \cmd{bibstring\{reprint\}} before the publication information, as it
- doesn't really apply to this class of material. Cf.\ episode:tv,
- hitchcock:nbynw; \textsf{pubstate}, below.
-\item[entrysubtype:] In most entry types, the string printed in
- parentheses to date the original appearance of a work is
- \enquote{\texttt{Orig.\ pub.}} This won't work in \textsf{video},
- so by default in this entry type it will print
- \enquote{\texttt{Orig.\ released.}} As this isn't quite right for
- TV shows, you can place the exact string \texttt{tv} into the
- \textsf{entrysubtype} field to obtain \enquote{\texttt{Orig.\
- shown.}} Alternatively, you can put whatever you like in the
- \textsf{pubstate} field, including parentheses and the year if you
- want them, and all of it will appear where it should. (The
- \emph{Manual} gives no guidance on presenting televisual materials,
- so I've improvised. Any improvements will be gratefully
- considered.)
-\item[type:] As in all the audiovisual entry types, the \textsf{type}
- field holds the medium of the \textsf{title}, e.g., 8 mm, VHS, DVD,
- Blu-ray, MPEG.
-\end{description}}
-
-As with the \textsf{music} type, entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}
-should at least give you a good idea of how all this works. (Cf.\
-17.270, 273; cleese:holygrail, episode:tv, handel:messiah:15,
-hitchcock:nbynw, loc:city.)
-
-\subsection{Entry Fields}
-\label{sec:fields:authdate}
-
-The following discussion presents, in alphabetical order, a complete
-list of the entry fields you will need to use
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}. As in
-section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}, I shall include references to the
-numbered paragraphs of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}, and also to
-the entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib}. Many fields are most easily
-understood with reference to other, related fields. In such cases,
-cross references should allow you to find the information you need.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{addendum}} in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to add miscellaneous
-information to the end of an entry, after publication data but before
-any \textsf{url} or \textsf{doi} field. In the \textsf{patent} entry
-type (which see), it will be printed in close association with the
-filing and issue dates. In any entry type, if your data begins with a
-word that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
-sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and the
-style will take care of the rest. Cf.\ \textsf{note}. (See
-\emph{Manual} 17.145, 17.123; davenport:attention, natrecoff:camera.)
-
-\mybigspace In most \mymarginpar{\textbf{afterword}} circumstances,
-this field will function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex},
-i.e., you should include here the author(s) of an afterword to a given
-work. The \emph{Manual} suggests that, as a general rule, the
-afterword would need to be of significant importance in its own right
-to require mentioning in the reference apparatus, but this is clearly
-a matter for the user's judgment. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if the
-name given here exactly matches that of an editor and/or a translator,
-then \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate these fields in the
-formatted references.
-
-\mylittlespace As noted above, however, this field has a special
-meaning in the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, used to make an
-afterword, foreword, or introduction the main focus of a citation. If
-it's an afterword at issue, simply define \textsf{afterword} any way
-you please, leave \textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}
-undefined, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will do the rest. Cf.\
-\textsf{foreword} and \textsf{introduction}. (See \emph{Manual} 17.46,
-17.74; polakow:afterw.)
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace At \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotation}} the request of Emil
-Salim, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has, as of version 0.9, added a
-package option (see \texttt{annotation} below, section
-\ref{sec:useropts}) to allow you to produce annotated lists of
-references. The formatting of such a list is currently fairly basic,
-though it conforms with the \emph{Manual's} minimal guidelines
-(16.77). The default in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} is to define
-\cmd{DeclareFieldFormat\{an\-notation\}} using \cmd{par}\cmd{nobreak}
-\cmd{vskip} \cmd{bibitemsep}, though you can alter it by re-declaring
-the format in your preamble. The page-breaking algorithms don't
-always give perfect results here, but the default formatting looks, to
-my eyes, fairly decent. In addition to tweaking the field formatting
-you can also insert \cmd{par} (or even \cmd{vadjust\{\cmd{eject}\}})
-commands into the text of your annotations to improve the appearance.
-Please consider the \texttt{annotation} option a work in progress, but
-it is usable now. (N.B.: The \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field \textsf{annote}
-serves as an alias for this.)
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{annotator}} have implemented this
-\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
-do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
-be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{commentator}.
-
-\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{author}} the most part, I have
-implemented this field in a completely standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-fashion. Remember that corporate or organizational authors need to
-have an extra set of curly braces around them (e.g.,
-\texttt{\{\{Associated Press\}\}}\,) to prevent \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ from
-treating one part of the name as a surname (17.47, 17.197;
-assocpress:gun, chicago:manual:15). If there is no \textsf{author}, then
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will look, in sequence, for an
-\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, or \textsf{compiler} (actually
-\textsf{namec}, currently) and use that name (or those names) instead,
-followed by the appropriate identifying string (esp.\ 17.41, also
-17.28--29, 17.88, 17.95, 17.172; boxer:china, brown:bremer,
-harley:cartography, schellinger:novel, sechzer:women, silver:ga\-wain,
-soltes:georgia). \textsf{Biber} now takes care of alphabetizing
-entries no matter which name appears at their head, and the package
-also automatically provides a name for citations.
-
-\mylittlespace As its name suggests, the author-date style very much
-wants to have a name of some sort present both for the entries in the
-list of references and for the in-text citations. Indeed,
-\enquote{this system works best where all or most of the sources are
- easily convertible to author-date references} (16.4). The
-\emph{Manual} is nothing if not flexible, however, so with unsigned
-articles or encyclopedia entries the \textsf{journaltitle} or
-\textsf{title} may take the place of the \textsf{author}
-(gourmet:052006, lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit,
-unsigned:ranke, wikipedia:bibtex). Even in such \textsf{article}
-entries, however, it may be advantageous to provide a (formatted and
-abbreviated) \textsf{shortauthor} field to keep the in-text citations
-to a reasonable length, though not at the expense of making it hard to
-find the relevant entries in the reference list.
-
-\mylittlespace If you wish to emphasize the activity of an editor or a
-translator, you can use the \textsf{biblatex} and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} options \texttt{useauthor=false},
-\texttt{useeditor=false}, \texttt{usetranslator=false}, and
-\texttt{usecompiler=false} in the \textsf{options} field to choose
-which one appears at the head of an entry. A peculiarity of this
-system of toggles is that in order to ensure that the \textsf{title}
-of a book appears at the head of an entry, you would need to use
-\emph{all four} of the toggles, even though the hypothetical entry
-contains no \textsf{translator}. Internally,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} is either searching for an
-author-substitute, or it is skipping over elements of the ordered,
-unidirectional chain \textsf{author -> editor -> translator ->
- compiler -> title}. If you don't include
-\texttt{usetranslator=false} in the \textsf{options} field, then the
-package begins its search at \textsf{translator} and continues on to
-\textsf{namec}, even though you have \texttt{usecompiler=false} in
-\textsf{options}. The result will be that the compilers' names will
-appear at the head of the entry. If you want to skip over parts of
-the chain, you must turn off \emph{all} of the parts up to the one you
-wish printed. Another peculiarity of the system is that setting the
-Chicago-specific \texttt{usecompiler} option to \texttt{false} doesn't
-remove \textsf{namec} from the sorting list, whereas the other
-standard \textsf{biblatex} toggles \emph{do} remove their names from
-the sorting list, so in some corner cases you may need the
-\textsf{sortkey} field. See \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in
-section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.
-
-\mylittlespace This system of toggles, then, can turn off
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}'s mechanism for finding a name to place at
-the head of an entry, but it also very usefully adds the possibility
-of citing a work with an \textsf{author} by its editor, compiler or
-translator instead (17.45; eliot:pound), something that wasn't
-possible before. For full details of how this works, see the
-\textsf{editortype} documentation below. (Of course, in
-\textsf{collection} and \textsf{proceedings} entry types, an
-\textsf{author} isn't expected, so there the \textsf{editor} is
-required, as in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Also, in \textsf{article}
-entries with \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, the absence of
-an \textsf{author} triggers the use of the \textsf{journaltitle} in
-its stead. See those entry types for further details.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: The \emph{Manual} provides specific
-instructions for formatting the names of both anonymous and
-pseudonymous authors (17.32--39). The use of \enquote{Anonymous} as
-the name is \enquote{generally to be avoided,} but may in some cases
-be useful \enquote{in a bibliography in which several anonymous works
- need to be grouped.} I would add that sometimes it's the simplest
-option for a difficult citation --- cf.\ virginia:plantation:15, where
-placing \enquote{\texttt{Anon.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ in the \textsf{author}
-field seems about the only way to fit this text into the author-date
-style. If \enquote{the authorship is known or guessed at but was
- omitted on the title page,} then you need to use the
-\textsf{authortype} field to let \textsf{biblatex-chicago} know this
-fact. If the author is known (horsley:prosodies), then put
-\texttt{anon} in the \textsf{authortype} field, if guessed at
-(cook:sotweed) put \texttt{anon?}\ there. (In both cases,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} tests for these \emph{exact} strings, so
-check your typing if it doesn't work.) This will have the effect of
-enclosing the name in square brackets, with or without the question
-mark indicating doubt. As long as you have the right string in the
-\textsf{authortype} field, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will
-also do the right thing automatically in text citations.
-
-\mylittlespace The \textsf{nameaddon} field furnishes the means to
-cope with the case of pseudonymous authorship. If the author's real
-name isn't known, simply put \texttt{pseud.}\ (or
-\cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}) in that field (centinel:letters). If
-you wish to give a pseudonymous author's real name, simply include it
-there, formatted as you wish it to appear, as the contents of this
-field won't be manipulated as a name by \textsf{biblatex}
-(lecarre:quest, stendhal:parma). If you have given the author's real
-name in the \textsf{author} field, then the pseudonym goes in
-\textsf{nameaddon}, in the form \texttt{Firstname Lastname,\,pseud.}\
-(creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide, creasey:\\york:death). This
-latter method will allow you to keep all references to one author's
-work under different pseudonyms grouped together in the list of
-references, a method recommended by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mylittlespace One final piece of advice. An institutional author's
-name, or a journal's name being used in place of an author, can be
-rather too long for in-text citations. In unsigned:ranke I placed an
-abbreviated form of the \textsf{journaltitle} into
-\textsf{shortauthor}, a practice condoned by the \emph{Manual}
-(17.159) even in author-date reference lists. In iso:electrodoc:15, I
-provided a \textsf{shorthand} field, which by default in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will appear in text citations.
-With this release, you can expand the abbreviation inside the list of
-references itself, as suggested by the \emph{Manual}, (17.47). Please
-see \textsf{customc} above and \textsf{shorthands} below for the
-details. (A list of shorthands can still clarify the abbreviation, if
-you wish.)
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{authortype}}
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, this field serves a function very much in
-keeping with the spirit of standard \textsf{biblatex}, if not with its
-letter. Instead of allowing you to change the string used to identify
-an author, the field allows you to indicate when an author is
-anonymous, that is, when his or her name doesn't appear on the title
-page of the work you are citing. As I've just detailed under
-\textsf{author}, the \emph{Manual} generally discourages the use of
-\enquote{Anonymous} (or \enquote{Anon.} as an author, though in some
-cases it may well be your best option. If, however, the name of the
-author is known or guessed at, then you're supposed to enclose that
-name within square brackets, which is exactly what
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} does for you when you put either
-\texttt{anon} (author known) or \texttt{anon?} (author guessed at) in
-the \textsf{authortype} field. (Putting the square brackets in
-yourself doesn't work right, hence this mechanism.) The macros test
-for these \emph{exact} strings, so check your typing if you don't see
-the brackets. Assuming the strings are correct,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will also automatically do the right thing
-in citations. (See the \textsf{author} docs just above. Also
-\emph{Manual} 17.33--34; cook:sotweed, horsley:prosodies.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace For \mymarginpar{\textbf{bookauthor}} the most part, as in
-\textsf{biblatex}, a \textsf{bookauthor} is the author of a
-\textsf{booktitle}, so that, for example, if one chapter in a book has
-different authorship from the book as a whole, you can include that
-fact in a reference (17.75; will:cohere). Keep in mind, however, that
-the entry type for introductions, forewords and afterwords
-(\textsf{suppbook}) uses \textsf{bookauthor} as the author of
-\textsf{title} (polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
-
-\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\vspace{-12pt}\textbf{bookpagination}}
-a standard \textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix
-the appropriate string to information you provide in a \textsf{pages}
-field. If you leave it blank, the default is to print no identifying
-string (the equivalent of setting it to \texttt{none}), as this is the
-practice the \emph{Manual} recommends for nearly all page numbers.
-Even if the numbers you cite aren't pages, but it is otherwise clear
-from the context what they represent, you can still leave this blank.
-If, however, you specifically need to identify what sort of unit the
-\textsf{pages} field represents, then you can either hand-format that
-field yourself, or use one of the provided bibstrings in the
-\textsf{bookpagination} field. These bibstrings currently are
-\texttt{column,} \texttt{line,} \texttt{paragraph,} \texttt{page,}
-\texttt{section,} and \texttt{verse}, all of which are used by
-\textsf{biblatex's} standard styles.
-
-\mylittlespace There are two points that may need explaining here.
-First, all the bibstrings I have just listed follow the Chicago
-specification, which may be confusing if they don't produce the
-strings you expect. Second, remember that \textsf{bookpagination}
-applies only to the \textsf{pages} field --- if you need to format a
-citation's \textsf{postnote} field, then you must use
-\textsf{pagination}, which see (15.45--46, 17.128--138).
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{booksubtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{booktitle}. See the next entry for further information.
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitle}} the
-\textsf{bookinbook}, \textsf{inbook}, \textsf{incollection},
-\textsf{inproceedings}, and \textsf{letter} entry types, the
-\textsf{booktitle} field holds the title of the larger volume in which
-the \textsf{title} itself is contained as one part. It is important
-not to confuse this with the \textsf{maintitle}, which holds the more
-general title of multiple volumes, e.g., \emph{Collected Works}. It
-is perfectly possible for one .bib file entry to contain all three
-sorts of title (euripides:orestes, plato:republic:gr). You may also
-find a \textsf{booktitle} in other sorts of entries (e.g.,
-\textsf{book} or \textsf{collection}), but there it will almost
-invariably be providing information for the \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-cross-referencing apparatus (prairie:state), which I discuss below
-(\textbf{crossref}). The \textsf{booktitle} takes sentence-style
-capitalization in author-date.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{booktitleaddon}} annex to the
-\textsf{booktitle}. It will be printed in the main text font, without
-quotation marks. If your data begins with a word that would
-ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
-simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{chapter}} field holds the
-chapter number, mainly useful only in an \textsf{inbook} or an
-\textsf{incollection} entry where you wish to cite a specific chapter
-of a book (ashbrook:brain).
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{commentator}} have implemented this
-\textsf{biblatex} field pretty much as that package's standard styles
-do, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may
-be useful for some purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator}.
-
-\mybigspace \textsf{Biblatex} \mymarginpar{\textbf{crossref}} uses the
-standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ cross-referencing mechanism, and has also
-introduced a modified one of its own (\textsf{xref}). The
-\textsf{crossref} field works exactly the same as it always has, while
-\textsf{xref} attempts to remedy some of the deficiencies of the usual
-mechanism by ensuring that child entries will inherit no data at all
-from their parents. Having said all that, a few further instructions
-may be in order for users of both \textsf{biblatex} and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. First, remember that fields in a
-\textsf{collection} entry, for example, differ from those in an
-\textsf{incollection} entry. In order for the latter to inherit the
-\textsf{booktitle} field from the former, the former needs to have
-such a field defined, even though a \textsf{collection} entry has no
-use itself for such an entry (see ellet:galena, keating:dearborn,
-lippincott:chicago, and prairie:state). Note also that an entry with
-a \textsf{crossref} field will mechanically try to inherit all
-applicable fields from the entry it cross-references. In the case of
-ellet:galena et al., you can see that this includes the
-\textsf{subtitle} field found in prairie:state, which would then,
-quite incorrectly, be added to the \textsf{title} of ellet:galena. In
-cases like these, you could just make sure that prairie:state didn't
-contain such a field, by placing the entire title + subtitle in the
-\textsf{title} field, separated by a colon. Alternatively, as you can
-see in ellet:galena, you can just define an empty \textsf{subtitle}
-field to prevent it inheriting the unwanted subtitle from
-prairie:state.
-
-\mylittlespace Turning now more narrowly to \textsf{biblatex-chicago},
-the \emph{Manual} (17.70) specifies that if you cite several
-contributions to the same collection, all (including the collection
-itself) may be listed separately in the list of references, which the
-package does automatically, using the default inclusion threshold of 2
-in the case both of \textsf{crossref}'ed and \textsf{xref}'ed entries.
-(The familiar \cmd{nocite} command may also help in some
-circumstances.) In the list of references an abbreviated form will be
-appropriate for all the child entries. The current version of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} implements these instructions,
-but only if you use a \textsf{crossref} or an \textsf{xref} field, and
-only in \textsf{incollection}, \textsf{inproceedings}, or
-\textsf{letter} entries (on the last named, see just below). If you
-look at ellet:galena, keating:dearborn, lippincott:chicago, and
-prairie:state you'll see this mechanism in action in the list of
-references. If you wish to disable this, then simply don't use a
-\textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field in your entries.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace A published collection of letters requires a somewhat
-different treatment (17.77--78). If you cite more than one letter
-from the same collection, then the \emph{Manual} specifies that only
-the collection itself --- probably in a \textsf{book} entry --- should
-appear in the list of references. In the author-date style, it
-discourages individual letters from appearing in that list at all,
-even if only one is cited from a collection. If you have special
-reason to do so, however, you can still present individual published
-letters there, and they too can use the system of shortened references
-just outlined, even though the \emph{Manual} doesn't explicitly
-require it. As with \textsf{incollection} and \textsf{inproceedings},
-mere use of a \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} field will activate
-this mechanism, while avoidance of said fields will disable it. (See
-white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total, for examples of the
-\textsf{xref} field in action in this way, and please note that the
-second of these entries is entirely fictitious, provided merely for
-the sake of example.)
-
-\mylittlespace I should also take this opportunity to mention that you
-need to be careful when using the \textsf{shorthand} field in
-conjunction with the \textsf{crossref} or \textsf{xref} fields,
-bearing in mind the complicated questions of inheritance posed by all
-such cross-references, most especially in \textsf{letter},
-\textsf{incollection}, and \textsf{inproceedings} entries. A
-\textsf{shorthand} field in a parent entry is, at least in the current
-state of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, a bad idea.
-
-\mybigspace Predictably, \colmarginpar{\textbf{date}} this is one of
-the key fields for the author-date style, and one which, as a general
-rule, every .bib entry designed for this system ought to contain. So
-important is it, that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will, in
-most entry types, supply a missing \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} if there
-is no date otherwise provided; citations will look like (Author n.d.),
-and entries in the list of references will begin: Author, Firstname.\
-n.d. This seems simple enough, but there are a surprising number of
-complications which require attention.
-
-\mylittlespace First, with \textsf{Biber}, an absent \textsf{date}
-will automatically provoke it into searching for other sorts of dates
-in the entry, in the order \textsf{date, eventdate, origdate,
- urldate}. Only when it finds no year at all will it fall back on
-\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. You can eliminate some of these dates from
-the running, or change the search order, using the
-\cmd{DeclareLabelyear} command in your preamble, but please be aware
-that I have hard-coded this order into the author-date style in order
-to cope with some tricky corners of the specification. If you reorder
-these dates, and your references enter these tricky corners, the
-results might be surprising. (Cf.\ section~4.5.2 in
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the \cmd{DeclareLabelyear} command.)
-Second, the entry types in which this automatic provision is turned
-off are \textsf{inreference}, \textsf{misc}, and \textsf{reference},
-none of which may be expected in the standard case to have a date
-provided. In all other entry types \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ will
-appear if no date is provided, though you can turn this off throughout
-the document in all entry types with the option \texttt{nodates=false}
-when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your preamble. (See
-section~\ref{sec:authpreset}, below.) Third, if you wish to provide
-the \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ yourself in the \textsf{year} field,
-please instead put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} there, as otherwise the
-punctuation in citations will come out (subtly) wrong. Fourth, while
-we're on the subject, the \textsf{year} field is also the place for
-things like \enquote{\texttt{forthcoming},} though you should use the
-\cmd{autocap} macro there to make sure the word comes out correctly in
-both citations and the list of references. The reason for this is
-that the \textsf{date} field accepts only numerical data, in
-\textsc{iso}8601 format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}), whereas \textsf{year}
-can, conveniently, hold just about anything. It may be worth noting
-here that \textsf{Biber} is somewhat more exacting when parsing the
-\textsf{date} field than \textsc{Bib}\TeX, so a field looking like
-\texttt{1968/75} will simply be ignored, producing
-\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}}\ in the output --- you need \texttt{1968/1975}
-instead. If you want a more compressed year range, then you'll want
-to use the \textsf{year} field.
-
-\mylittlespace Fifth, for most entry types, only a year is really
-necessary, and in all types only the year --- or year range --- will
-be printed in text citations and at the head of entries in the list of
-references. More specific \textsf{date} fields are often present,
-however, in \textsf{article}, \textsf{misc}, \textsf{online},
-\textsf{patent}, and \textsf{unpublished} entries, for all of which
-any day or month provided will be printed later in the reference list
-entry. If you follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual} and
-document newspaper articles within running text (17.191), then the
-citations need to contain the complete \textsf{date} along with the
-\textsf{journaltitle}. Placing \mycolor{\texttt{cmsdate=full}} (and
-\texttt{skipbib}) in the \textsf{options} field of an \textsf{article}
-or a \textsf{review} entry, alongside a possible
-\texttt{useauthor=false}, should allow you to achieve this. The
-\emph{Manual} is a little inconsistent when presenting the names of
-months in the author-date style, but currently
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses abbreviated forms, which you
-can change by setting the option \texttt{dateabbrev=false} in your
-document preamble. (Cf.\ assocpress:gun, barcott:review:15, batson,
-creel:house, nass:address, petroff:impurity, powell:email.)
-
-\mylittlespace Sixth, the \emph{Manual} (17.125--7) provides a number
-of options for when a particular entry --- a reprinted edition, say
---- has more than one date, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}
-allows you to choose among all of them. The user interface is a
-little more complicated than I had hoped, but I shall attempt to
-explain it here as clearly as I can. If a reprinted book, say, has
-both a \textsf{date} of publication for the reprint edition and an
-\textsf{origdate} for the original edition, then by default
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will use the \textsf{date} in
-citations and at the head of the entry in the reference list. If you
-inform \textsf{biblatex-chicago} that the book is a reprint by putting
-the string \texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field, then a
-parenthetical notice will be printed at the end of the entry saying
-\enquote{(Orig.\ pub.\ 1898.)} With no \textsf{pubstate} field (and
-no \texttt{cmsdate} option), the algorithms will ignore the
-\textsf{origdate}.
-
-\mylittlespace If, for any reason, you wish the \textsf{origdate} to
-appear at the head of the entry, then you need to use the
-\texttt{cmsdate} toggle in the \textsf{options} field. This has 4
-possible states relevant to this context, though there is a fifth
-state (\mycolor{\texttt{full}}) which I've discussed two paragraphs
-up:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=on} prints the \textsf{origdate} at the head of
- the entry in the list of references and in citations: (Author 1898).
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=new} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
- \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ \enquote{new} format:
- (Author 1898/1952).
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=old} prints both the \textsf{origdate} and the
- \textsf{date}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ \enquote{old} format:
- (Author [1898] 1952).
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} is the default, discussed above:
- (Author 1952).
-\end{enumerate}
-
-In the first three cases, if you put the string \texttt{reprint} in
-the \textsf{pubstate} field, then the publication data in the list of
-references will include a notice, formatted according to the
-specifications, that the modern, cited edition is a reprint. In the
-first case, since the \textsf{date} hasn't yet been printed, this
-publication data will also include the date of the modern reprint.
-
-\mylittlespace Let us imagine, however, that your list of references
-contains another book by the same author, also a reprint edition:
-(Author 1896/1974). How will these two works be ordered in the list
-of references? By whatever appears in the \textsf{date} field, which
-appears first in the default definition of \cmd{DeclareLabelyear}, and
-which in this case will be wrong, because the entries should always be
-ordered by the \emph{first} date to appear there, in this case the
-contents of \textsf{origdate}. In this example, the solution can be
-as simple as a \textsf{sortyear} field set to something earlier than
-the date of the other work, e.g., 1951.
-
-\mylittlespace And if the original publication dates of the two works
-are the same? Just as when it is ordering entries, \textsf{biblatex}
-will always first process the contents of the \textsf{date} field when
-it is deciding whether to add the alphabetical suffix (\texttt{a,b,c}
-etc.) to the year to distinguish different works by the same author
-published in the same year. You can't even put the suffix on yourself
-because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts numerical data.
-Citations of the two works should read, e.g., (Author 1898a) and
-(Author 1898b), but will in fact read, ambiguously, (Author 1898) and
-(Author 1898). Here we are forced to resort to an unusual expedient,
-which amounts to switching the two date fields, placing the earlier
-date in \textsf{date} and the later one in \textsf{origdate}.
-\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate} tests for this condition using a
-simple arithmetical comparison between the two years, then printing
-the two dates according to the state of the \texttt{cmsdate} toggle.
-The four states of this toggle are the same as before, but there are
-only three possible outcomes, as follows:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=off} (the default) and \texttt{cmsdate=on}
- \emph{both} print the \textsf{date} at the head of the entry in the
- list of references and in citations: (Author 1898a), (Author 1898b).
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=new} prints both the \textsf{date} and the
- \textsf{origdate}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ \enquote{new} format:
- (Author 1898a/1952), (Author 1898b/1974).
-\item \texttt{cmsdate=old} prints both the \textsf{date} and the
- \textsf{origdate}, using the \emph{Manual's}\ \enquote{old} format:
- (Author [1898a] 1952), (Author [1898b] 1974).
-\end{enumerate}
-
-If, for some reason, the automatic switching of the dates cannot be
-achieved, perhaps in crossref'd \textsf{letter} entries that you
-really want to have in your list of references (white:ross:memo,
-white:russ), or perhaps in a reprint edition that hasn't yet appeared
-in print (preventing the comparison between a year and the word
-\enquote{forthcoming}), then you can use the per-entry option
-\texttt{switchdates} in the \textsf{options} field to achieve the
-required effects. It may also be worth remarking that the
-instructions in the \emph{Manual} aren't entirely clear on the subject
-of the alphabetical affix when both dates are used in a citation or at
-the head of an entry. It's possible that the differentiation between
-(Author 1898/1952) and (Author 1898/1974) is good enough without
-affixing anything to the first year, but then in this situation you
-would have to be using either \texttt{cmsdate=new} or
-\texttt{cmsdate=old}, so the switching functionality at least allows
-maximum flexibility.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, in the \textsf{misc} entry type this field can
-help to distinguish between two classes of archival material, letters
-and \enquote{letter-like} sources using \textsf{origdate} while others
-(interviews, wills, contracts) use \textsf{date}. (See \textsf{misc}
-in section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} for the details.) If such an
-entry, as may well occur, contains only an \textsf{origdate}, as can
-also be the case in the \textsf{letter} entries I mentioned in the
-previous paragraph, \textsf{Biber} and the default
-\cmd{DeclareLabelyear} definition now make it possible to do without a
-\texttt{cmsdate} option, as \textsf{biblatex} will in such a case use
-the \textsf{origdate} to order the entries in a reference list, and
-will also append the alphabetical suffix if more than one entry by the
-same author has the same \textsf{origyear}. I recommend that you have
-a look through \textsf{dates-test.bib} to see how all these
-complications will affect the construction of your .bib database,
-especially at aristotle:metaphy:gr, creel:house, emerson:nature,
-james:ambassadors, maitland:canon, maitland:equity, schweit\-zer:bach,
-spock:in\-terview, white:ross:me\-mo, and white:russ. Cf.\ also
-\textsf{origdate} and \textsf{year}, below, and the \texttt{cmsdate},
-\texttt{nodates}, and \texttt{switchdates} options in
-sections~\ref{sec:preset:authdate} and \ref{sec:authentryopts}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{day}} field, as of
-\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, is obsolete, and will be ignored if you use it
-in your .bib files. Use \textsf{date} instead.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{doi}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. The Digital Object Identifier of the work, which the
-\emph{Manual} suggests you can use \enquote{in place of page numbers
- or other locators} (17.181; friedman:learn\-ing). Cf.\
-\textsf{url}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{edition}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. If you enter a plain cardinal number, \textsf{biblatex} will
-convert it to an ordinal (chicago:manual:15), followed by the appropriate
-string. Any other sort of edition information will be printed as is,
-though if your data begins with a word (or abbreviation) that would
-ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then
-simply ensure that that word (or abbreviation) is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing
-(babb:peru, times:guide). In most situations, the \emph{Manual}
-generally recommends the use of abbreviations in the list of
-references, but there is room for the user's discretion in specific
-citations (emerson:nature).
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{editor}} far as possible, I have
-implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, but
-the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
-complications that need explaining. Lehman points out in his
-documentation that the \textsf{editor} field will be associated with a
-\textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
-depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{editor} with the most
-comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if there is
-one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title}, if the
-other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is exactly
-the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
-plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
-numerous cases that require, for example, an additional editor for one
-part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work. For
-these cases I have provided the \textsf{namea} field. You should
-format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
-\textsf{title} (donne:var:15).
-
-\mylittlespace As you will see below, I have also provided a
-\textsf{nameb} field, which holds the translator of a given
-\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If \textsf{namea} and
-\textsf{nameb} are the same, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
-concatenate them, just as \textsf{biblatex} already does for
-\textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the
-compiler). Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will
-need separate editors for each of the three sorts of title. For this,
-and for various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{partedit}
-macro (and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note}
-field, in one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields, or even in a
-\textsf{number} field (howell:marriage). (Because the strings
-identifying an editor differ in notes and bibliography, one can't
-simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\
-bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date
-style, if you wish. Using the macros will make your .bib file more
-portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple
-languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary.
-Cf. section~\ref{sec:international}, and also \textsf{namea},
-\textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, and \textsf{translator}.)
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{editora\\editorb\\editorc}} newer
-releases of \textsf{biblatex} provide these fields as a means to
-specify additional contributors to texts in a number of editorial
-roles. In the Chicago styles they seem most relevant for the
-audiovisual types, especially \textsf{music} and \textsf{video}, where
-they help to identify conductors, directors, producers, and
-performers. To specify the role, use the fields \textsf{editoratype},
-\textsf{editorbtype}, and \textsf{editorctype}, which see. (Cf.\
-bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah:15.)
-
-\mybigspace Normally, \mymarginpar{\textbf{editortype}} with the
-exception of the \textsf{article} type,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically find a name to
-put at the head of an entry, starting with an \textsf{author}, and
-proceeding in order through \textsf{editor}, \textsf{translator}, and
-\textsf{namec} (the compiler). If all four are missing, then the
-\textsf{title} will be placed at the head. (In \textsf{article}
-entries with a \texttt{magazine} \textsf{entrysubtype}, a missing
-author immediately prompts the use of \textsf{journaltitle} at the
-head of an entry. See above under \textsf{article} for details.) The
-\textsf{editortype} field provides even greater flexibility, allowing
-you to choose from a variety of editorial roles while only using the
-\textsf{editor} field. You can do this even though an author is named
-(eliot:pound shows this mechanism in action for a standard editor,
-rather than a compiler). Two things are necessary for this to happen.
-First, in the \textsf{options} field you need to set
-\texttt{useauthor=false} (if there is an \textsf{author)}, then you
-need to put the name you wish to see at the head of your entry into
-the \textsf{editor} or the \textsf{namea} field. If the
-\enquote{editor} is in fact a compiler, then you need to put
-\texttt{compiler} into the \textsf{editortype} field, and
-\textsf{biblatex} will print the correct string after the name in the
-list of references.
-
-\mylittlespace There are a few details of which you need to be aware.
-Because \textsf{biblatex-chicago} has added the \textsf{namea} field,
-which gives you the ability to identify the editor specifically of a
-\textsf{title} as opposed to a \textsf{maintitle} or a
-\textsf{booktitle}, the \textsf{editortype} mechanism checks first to
-see whether a \textsf{namea} is defined. If it is, that name will be
-used at the head of the entry, if it isn't it will go ahead and look
-for an \textsf{editor}. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting algorithms, and
-also its \textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both work properly no
-matter sort of name you provide, thanks to \textsf{Biber} and the
-(default) Chicago-specific definitions of \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
-\cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}. (Cf.\ section~\ref{sec:authformopts},
-below). If, however, the \textsf{namea} field provides the name, and
-that name isn't automatically shortened properly by \textsf{biblatex},
-then your .bib entry will need to have a \textsf{shorteditor} defined
-to help with in-text citations, not a \textsf{shortauthor}, possibly
-ruled out because \texttt{useauthor=false}.
-
-\mylittlespace In \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 Lehman has reworked the string
-concatenation mechanism, for reasons he outlines in his RELEASE file,
-and I have followed his lead. In short, if you define the
-\textsf{editortype} field, then concatenation is turned off, even if
-the name of the \textsf{editor} matches, for example, that of the
-\textsf{translator}. In the absence of an \textsf{editortype}, the
-usual mechanisms remain in place, that is, if the \textsf{editor}
-exactly matches a \textsf{translator} and/or a \textsf{namec}, or
-alternatively if \textsf{namea} exactly matches a \textsf{nameb}
-and/or a \textsf{namec}, then \textsf{biblatex} will print the
-appropriate strings. The \emph{Manual} specifically (17.41)
-recommends not using these identifying strings in citations, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} follows that recommendation. If
-you nevertheless need to provide such a string, you'll have to do it
-manually in the \textsf{shorteditor} field, or perhaps, in a different
-sort of entry, in a \textsf{shortauthor} field.
-
-\mylittlespace It may also be worth noting that because of certain
-requirements in the specification -- absence of an \textsf{author},
-for example -- the \texttt{useauthor} mechanism won't work properly in
-the following entry types: \textsf{collection}, \textsf{letter},
-\textsf{patent}, \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings},
-\textsf{suppbook}, \textsf{suppcollection}, and
-\textsf{suppperiodical}.
-
-\mybigspace These
-\mymarginpar{\textbf{editoratype\\editorbtype\\editorctype}} fields
-identify the exact role of the person named in the corresponding
-\textsf{editor[a-c]} field. Note that they are not part of the string
-concatenation mechanism. I have implemented them just as the standard
-styles do, and they have now found a use particularly in
-\textsf{music} and \textsf{video} entries. Cf.\
-bernstein:shostakovich, handel:messiah:15.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{eid}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, providing a string or number some journals use uniquely to
-identify a particular article. Only applicable to the
-\textsf{article} entry type. Not typically required by the
-\emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{entrysubtype}} and very
-powerful \textsf{biblatex} field, left undefined by the standard
-styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} it has five very
-specific uses, the first three of which I have designed in order to
-maintain, as much as possible, backward compatibility with the
-standard styles. First, in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}
-entries, the field allows you to differentiate between scholarly
-\enquote{journals,} on the one hand, and \enquote{magazines} and
-\enquote{newspapers} on the other. Usage is fairly simple: you need
-to put the exact string \texttt{magazine} into the
-\textsf{entrysubtype} field if you are citing one of the latter two
-types of source, whereas if your source is a \enquote{journal,} then
-you need do nothing.
-
-\mylittlespace The second use involves references to works from
-classical antiquity and, according to the \emph{Manual}, from the
-Middle Ages, as well. When you cite such a work using the traditional
-divisions into books, sections, lines, etc., divisions which are
-presumed to be the same across all editions, then you need to put the
-exact string \texttt{classical} into the \textsf{entrysubtype} field.
-This has no effect in the list of references, which will still present
-the particular edition you are using, but it does affect the
-formatting of in-text citations, in two ways. First, it suppresses
-some of the punctuation. Second, and more importantly, it suppresses
-the \textsf{date} field in favor of the \textsf{title}, so that
-citations look like (Aristotle \emph{Metaphysics} 3.2.996b5--8)
-instead of (Aristotle 1997, 3.2.996b5--8). This mechanism may also
-prove useful in \textsf{misc} entries for citations from the Bible or
-other sacred texts (cf.\ genesis), and for citing archival collections
-(house:papers), where it produces citations of the form (House
-Papers). (Cf.\ the next but one paragraph.)
-
-\mylittlespace If you wish to reference a classical or medieval work
-by the page numbers of a particular, non-standard edition, then you
-shouldn't use the \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype} toggle.
-Also, and the specification isn't entirely clear about this, works
-from the Renaissance and later, even if cited by the traditional
-divisions, seem to have citations formatted normally, and therefore
-don't need an \textsf{entrysubtype} field. (See \emph{Manual}
-17.246--262; aristotle:metaphy:gr, plato:republic:gr;
-euripides:orestes is an example of a translation cited by page number
-in a modern edition.)
-
-\mylittlespace The third use of the \textsf{entrysubtype} field occurs
-in \textsf{misc} entries. If such an entry contains no such field,
-then the citation will be treated just as the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} styles would, including the use of italics for the
-\textsf{title}. Any string at all in \textsf{entrysubtype} tells
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to treat the source as part of an
-unpublished archive. Please see section~\ref{sec:types:authdate}
-above under \textbf{misc} for all the details on how these citations
-work.
-
-\mylittlespace Fourth, the field can be defined in the
-\textsf{artwork} entry type in order to refer to a work from antiquity
-whose title you do not wish to be italicized. Please see the
-documentation of \textsf{artwork} above for the details. Fifth, and
-finally, you can use the exact string \texttt{tv} to identify
-televisual material as a subset of the \textsf{video} entry type.
-This will only affect the entry in the list of references if you use
-\texttt{reprint} in the \textsf{pubstate} field in order to print
-the date a program was originally shown in parentheses at the end of
-such an entry. (It's a niche usage but it at least maintains
-consistency for the \texttt{reprint} mechanism. Cf.\
-\textsf{pubstate}, below.)
-
-\mybigspace Kazuo
-\colmarginpar{\textbf{eprint}\\\textbf{eprintclass}\\\textbf{eprinttype}}
-Teramoto suggested adding \textsf{biblatex's} excellent
-\textsf{eprint} handling to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, and he sent me
-a patch implementing it. With minor alterations, I have applied it to
-this release, so these three fields now work more or less as they do
-in standard \textsf{biblatex}. They may prove helpful in providing
-more abbreviated references to online content than conventional URLs,
-though I can find no specific reference to them in the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{eventdate}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, added recently to the \textbf{music} entry
-type in case users need it to identify a particular recording session
-or concert. See the documentation of that type above. In the default
-configuration of \cmd{DeclareLabel\-year}, an entry missing a
-\textsf{date} will use the \textsf{eventdate} to find a year for the
-citation and list of references, though the rest of the field would in
-such a case be ignored in any entry other than \textsf{music}.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{foreword}} with the
-\textsf{afterword} field above, \textsf{foreword} will in general
-function as it does in standard \textsf{biblatex}. Like
-\textsf{afterword} (and \textsf{introduction}), however, it has a
-special meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to
-define it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and
-\textsf{introduction} undefined) to make a foreword the focus of a
-citation.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{holder}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
-field for identifying a \textsf{patent}'s holder(s), if they differ
-from the \textsf{author}. The \emph{Manual} has nothing to say on the
-subject, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} prints it (them), in
-parentheses, just after the author(s).
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{howpublished}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field, mainly applicable in the \textsf{booklet}
-entry type, where it replaces the \textsf{publisher}. I have also
-retained it in the \textsf{misc} and \textsf{unpublished} entry types,
-for historical reasons, and either it or \textsf{pubstate} can be used
-in \textsf{music} entries to clarify publication details.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{institution}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field. In the \textsf{thesis} entry type, it will
-usually identify the university for which the thesis was written,
-while in a \textsf{report} entry it may identify any sort of
-institution issuing the report.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{introduction}} with the
-\textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword} fields above,
-\textsf{introduction} will in general function as it does in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}. Like those fields, however, it has a special
-meaning in a \textsf{suppbook} entry, where you simply need to define
-it somehow (and leave \textsf{afterword} and \textsf{foreword}
-undefined) to make an introduction the focus of a citation.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isbn}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, for providing the International Standard Book Number of a
-publication. Not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{isrn}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, for providing the International Standard Technical Report
-Number of a report. Only relevant to the \textsf{report} entry type,
-and not typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issn}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, for providing the International Standard Serial Number of a
-periodical in an \textsf{article} or a \textsf{periodical} entry. Not
-typically required by the \emph{Manual}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issue}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, designed for \textsf{article} or \textsf{periodical} entries
-identified by something like \enquote{Spring} or \enquote{Summer}
-rather than by the usual \textsf{month} or \textsf{number} fields
-(brown:bremer).
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuesubtitle}} subtitle for an
-\textsf{issuetitle} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{issuetitle}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field, intended to contain the title of a special
-issue of any sort of periodical. If the reference is to one article
-within the special issue, then this field should be used in an
-\textsf{article} entry (conley:fifthgrade), whereas if you are citing
-the entire issue as a whole, then it would go in a \textsf{periodical}
-entry, instead (good:wholeissue). The \textsf{note} field is the
-proper place to identify the type of issue, e.g.,\ \texttt{special
- issue}, with the initial letter lower-cased to enable automatic
-contextual capitalization.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{journalsubtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{journaltitle} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{journaltitle}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field, replacing the standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-field \textsf{journal}, which, however, still works as an alias. It
-contains the name of any sort of periodical publication, and is found
-in the \textsf{article} entry type. In the case where a piece in an
-\textsf{article} (\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}) doesn't
-have an author, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} provides for this field to
-be used as the author. See above (section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate})
-under \textbf{article} for details. The lakeforester:pushcarts and
-nyt:trevorobit entries in \textsf{dates-test.bib} will give you some
-idea of how this works.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{keywords}} field is
-\textsf{biblatex}'s extremely powerful and flexible technique for
-filtering entries in a list of references, allowing you to subdivide
-it according to just about any criteria you care to invent. See
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} (3.10.4) for thorough documentation. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the field provides one convenient means to
-exclude certain entries from making their way into a list of
-references, though the toggle \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options}
-field works just as well, and perhaps more simply. There are a few
-reasons for so excluding entries. When citing both an original text
-and its translation (see \textbf{userf}, below), the \emph{Manual}
-(17.66) suggests including the original at the end of the
-translation's reference list entry, a procedure which requires that
-the original not also be printed as a separate entry
-(furet:passing:eng, furet:passing:fr, aristotle:metaphy:trans,
-aristotle:metaphy:gr). Well-known reference works (like the
-\emph{Encyclopaedia Britannica}, for example) and many sacred texts
-need only be presented in citations, and not in the list of references
-(17.238--239; ency:britannica, genesis, wikiped:bibtex; see
-\textsf{inreference} and \textsf{misc}, above).
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{language}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify the
-language(s) in which a work is written. As a general rule, the
-Chicago style doesn't require you to provide this information, though
-it may well be useful for clarifying the nature of certain works, such
-as bilingual editions, for example. There is at least one situation,
-however, when the \emph{Manual} does specify this data, and that is
-when the title of a work is given in translation, even though no
-translation of the work has been published, something that might
-happen when a title is in a language deemed to be unparseable by a
-majority of your expected readership (17.65--67, 17.166, 17.177;
-chu:panda, pirumova, rozner:liberation). In such a case, you should
-provide the language(s) involved using this field, connecting multiple
-languages using the keyword \texttt{and}. (I have retained
-\textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{bibstring} mechanism here, which means that
-you can use the standard bibstrings or, if one doesn't exist for the
-language you need, just give the name of the language, capitalized as
-it should appear in your text. You can also mix these two modes
-inside one entry without apparent harm.)
-
-\mylittlespace An alternative arrangement suggested by the
-\emph{Manual} is to retain the original title of a piece but then to
-provide its translation, as well. If you choose this option, you'll
-need to make use of the \textbf{usere} field, on which see below. In
-effect, you'll probably only ever need to use one of these two fields
-in any given entry, and in fact \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will only
-print one of them if both are present, preferring \textsf{usere} over
-\textsf{language} for this purpose (see kern, pirumova:russian, and
-weresz). Note also that both of these fields are universally
-associated with the \textsf{title} of a work, rather than with a
-\textsf{booktitle} or a \textsf{maintitle}. If you need to attach a
-language or a translation to either of the latter two, you could
-probably manage it with special formatting inside those fields
-themselves.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{lista}} intend this field
-specifically for presenting citations from reference works that are
-arranged alphabetically, where the name of the article rather than a
-page or volume number should be given. The field is a
-\textsf{biblatex} list, which means you should separate multiple items
-with the keyword \texttt{and}. Each item receives its own set of
-quotation marks, and the whole list will be prefixed by the
-appropriate string (\enquote{s.v.,} \emph{sub verbo}, pl.\
-\enquote{s.vv.}). \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} will only print such a
-field in a \textsf{book} or an \textsf{inreference} entry, and you
-should look at the documentation of these entry types for further
-details. (See \emph{Manual} 17.238--239; grove:sibelius, times:guide,
-wikiped:bibtex.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{location}} is
-\textsf{biblatex}'s version of the usual \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ field
-\textsf{address}, though the latter is accepted as an alias if that
-simplifies the modification of older .bib files. According to the
-\emph{Manual} (17.99), a citation usually need only provide the first
-city listed on any title page, though a list of cities separated by
-the keyword \enquote{\texttt{and}} will be formatted appropriately.
-If the place of publication is unknown, you can use
-\cmd{autocap\{n\}.p.}\ instead (17.102), though in many or even most
-cases this isn't strictly necessary (17.32--34;
-virginia:plantation:15). For all cities, you should use the common
-English version of the name, if such exists (17.101).
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace One other use needs explanation here. In
-\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries, there is usually no
-need for a \textsf{location} field, but \enquote{if a journal might be
- confused with another with a similar title, or if it might not be
- known to the users of a bibliography,} then this field can present
-the place or institution where it is published (17.174, 17.196;
-garrett:15, kimluu:diethyl:15, and lakeforester:pushcarts).
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{mainsubtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{maintitle} --- see next entry.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitle}} main title for a
-multi-volume work, e.g., \enquote{Opera} or \enquote{Collected Works.}
-It takes sentence-style capitalization in author-date. (See
-donne:var:15, euripides:\-orestes, harley:cartography, lach:asia,
-pelikan:chris\-tian, and plato:republic:gr.)
-
-\mybigspace An \mymarginpar{\textbf{maintitleaddon}} annex to the
-\textsf{maintitle}, for which see previous entry. Such an annex would
-be printed in the main text font. If your data begins with a word
-that would ordinarily only be capitalized at the beginning of a
-sentence, then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{month}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, containing the month of publication. This should be an
-integer, i.e., \texttt{month=\{3\}} not \texttt{month=\{March\}}. See
-\textsf{date} for more information.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{namea}} is one of the fields
-\textsf{biblatex} provides for style writers to use, but which it
-leaves undefined itself. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago} it contains the
-name(s) of the editor(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
-\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
-the \textsf{editor} would be associated with one of these latter
-fields (donne:var:15). You should present names in this field exactly
-as you would those in an \textsf{author} or \textsf{editor} field, and
-the package will concatenate this field with \textsf{nameb} if they
-are identical. See under \textbf{editor} above for the full details.
-Cf.\ also \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{translator}, and the
-macros \cmd{partedit}, \cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans},
-\cmd{partcomp}, \cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransand\-comp}, for which see
-section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameaddon}} field is provided by
-\textsf{biblatex}, though not used by the standard styles. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it allows you to specify that an author's
-name is a pseudo\-nym, or to provide either the real name or the
-pseudonym itself, if the other is being provided in the
-\textsf{author} field. The abbreviation
-\enquote{\texttt{pseud.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ (always lowercase in English)
-is specified, either on its own or after the pseudonym
-(centinel:letters, creasey:ashe:blast, creasey:morton:hide,
-creasey:york:death, and le\-carre:quest); \cmd{bibstring\{pseudonym\}}
-does the work for you. See under \textbf{author} above for the full
-details.
-
-\mylittlespace In the \textsf{customc} entry type, on the other hand,
-which is used to create alphabetized expansions of
-\textsf{shorthands}, the \textsf{nameaddon} field allows you to change
-the default string linking the two parts of the expansion. The code
-automatically tests for a known bibstring, which it will italicize.
-Otherwise, it prints the string as is.
-
-\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{nameb}} \textsf{namea}, above,
-this is a field left undefined by the standard \textsf{biblatex}
-styles. In \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, it contains the name(s) of the
-translator(s) of a \textsf{title}, if the entry has a
-\textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, or both, in which situation
-the \textsf{translator} would be associated with one of these latter
-fields (euripides:orestes). You should present names in this field
-exactly as you would those in an \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{translator} field, and the package will concatenate this field
-with \textsf{namea} if they are identical. See under the
-\textbf{translator} field below for the full details. Cf.\ also
-\textsf{namea}, \textsf{namec}, \textsf{origlanguage},
-\textsf{translator}, \textsf{userf} and the macros \cmd{partedit},
-\cmd{parttrans}, \cmd{parteditandtrans}, \cmd{partcomp},
-\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransandcomp} in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{namec}} \emph{Manual} (17.41)
-specifies that works without an author may be listed under an editor,
-translator, or compiler, assuming that one is available, and it also
-specifies the strings to be used with the name(s) of compiler(s). All
-this suggests that the \emph{Manual} considers this to be standard
-information that should be made available in a bibliographic
-reference, so I have added that possibility to the many that
-\textsf{biblatex} already provides, such as the \textsf{editor},
-\textsf{translator}, \textsf{commentator}, \textsf{annotator}, and
-\textsf{redactor}, along with writers of an \textsf{introduction},
-\textsf{foreword}, or \textsf{afterword}. Since \textsf{biblatex.bst}
-doesn't offer a \textsf{compiler} field, I have adopted for this
-purpose the otherwise unused field \textsf{namec}. It is important to
-understand that, despite the analogous name, this field does not
-function like \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb}, but rather like
-\textsf{editor} or \textsf{translator}, and therefore if used will be
-associated with whichever title field these latter two would be were
-they present in the same entry. Identical fields among these three
-will be concatenated by the package, and concatenated too with the
-(usually) unnecessary commentator, annotator and the rest. Also
-please note that I've arranged the concatenation algorithms to include
-\textsf{namec} in the same test as \textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb},
-so in this particular circumstance you can, if needed, make
-\textsf{namec} analogous to these two latter, \textsf{title}-only
-fields. (See above under \textbf{editortype} for details of how you
-can use that field to identify a compiler.)
-
-\mylittlespace It might conceivably be necessary at some point to
-identify the compiler(s) of a \textsf{title} separate from the
-compiler(s) of a \textsf{booktitle} or \textsf{maintitle}, but for the
-moment I've run out of available \textsf{name} fields, so you'll have
-to fall back on the \cmd{partcomp} macro or the related
-\cmd{parteditandcomp}, \cmd{parttransandcomp}, and
-\cmd{partedittransandcomp}, on which see Commands
-(section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate}) below. (Future releases may
-be able to remedy this.) It may be as well to mention here too that
-of the three names that can be substituted for the missing
-\textsf{author} at the head of an entry, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-will choose an \textsf{editor} if present, then a \textsf{translator}
-if present, falling back to \textsf{namec} only in the absence of the
-other two, and assuming that the fields aren't identical, and
-therefore to be concatenated. In a change from the previous behavior,
-these algorithms also now test for \textsf{namea} or \textsf{nameb},
-which will be used instead of \textsf{editor} and \textsf{translator},
-respectively, giving the package the greatest likelihood of finding a
-name to place at the head of an entry. \textsf{Biblatex}'s sorting
-algorithms, and also its \textsf{labelname} mechanism, should both
-work properly no matter sort of name you provide, thanks to
-\textsf{Biber} and the (default) Chicago-specific definitions of
-\cmd{DeclareLabelname} and \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}. (Cf.\
-section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below).
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{note}} in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, this field allows you to provide bibliographic data
-that doesn't easily fit into any other field. In this sense, it's
-very like \textsf{addendum}, but the information provided here will be
-printed just before the publication data. (See chaucer:alt,
-cook:sotweed, emerson:nature, and rodman:walk for examples of this
-usage in action.) It also has a specialized use in the periodical
-types (\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}), where it holds
-supplemental information about a \textsf{journaltitle}, such as
-\enquote{special issue} (conley:fifthgrade, good:wholeissue). In all
-uses, if your data begins with a word that would ordinarily only be
-capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then simply ensure that
-that word is in lowercase, and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will
-automatically do the right thing. Cf.\ \textsf{addendum}.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{number}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, containing the number of a
-\textsf{journaltitle} in an \textsf{article} entry, the number of a
-\textsf{title} in a \textsf{periodical} entry, or the volume/number of
-a book in a \textsf{series}. Generally, in an \textsf{article} or
-\textsf{periodical} entry, this will be a plain cardinal number, but
-in such entries \textsf{biblatex-chicago} now does the right thing if
-you have a list or range of numbers (unsigned:ranke). In any
-\textsf{book}-like entry it may well contain considerably more
-information, including even a reference to \enquote{2nd ser.,} for
-example, while the \textsf{series} field in such an entry will contain
-the name of the series, rather than a number. This field is also the
-place for the patent number in a \textsf{patent} entry. Cf.\
-\textsf{issue} and \textsf{series}. (See \emph{Manual} 17.90--95 and
-boxer:china, palmatary:pottery, wauchope:ceramics; 17.163 and
-beattie:crime, conley:fifthgrade, friedman:learning, garrett:15,
-gibbard:15, hlatky:hrt, mcmillen:antebellum, rozner:liberation,
-warr:ellison.)
-
-\mylittlespace \textbf{NB}: This may be an opportune place to point
-out that the \emph{Manual} (17.129) prefers arabic to roman numerals
-in most circumstances (chapters, volumes, series numbers, etc.), even
-when such numbers might be roman in the work cited. The obvious
-exception is page numbers, in which roman numerals indicate that the
-citation came from the front matter, and should therefore be retained.
-Another possible exception is in references to works \enquote{with
- many and complex divisions,} in which \enquote{a mixture of roman
- and arabic} may be \enquote{easier to disentangle.}
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{options}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, for setting certain options on a per-entry
-basis rather than globally. Information about some of the more common
-options may be found above under \textsf{author} and \textsf{date},
-and below in section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}. See creel:house,
-eliot:pound, emerson:nature, ency:britannica, herwign:office,
-lecarre:quest, and maitland:canon for examples of the field in use.
-
-% \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{organization}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, retained mainly for use in the \textsf{misc},
-\textsf{online}, and \textsf{manual} entry types, where it may be of
-use to specify a publishing body that might not easily fit in other
-categories. In \textsf{biblatex}, it is also used to identify the
-organization sponsoring a conference in a \textsf{proceedings} or
-\textsf{inproceedings} entry, and I have retained this as a
-possibility, though the \emph{Manual} is silent on the matter.
-
-\mybigspace This \colmarginpar{\textbf{origdate}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field which replaced the obsolete \textsf{origyear},
-and which therefore allows more than one full date specification for
-those references which need to provide more than just one. As with
-the analogous \textsf{date} field, you provide the date (or range of
-dates) in \textsc{iso}8601 format, i.e., \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}. In most
-entry types, you would use \textsf{origdate} to provide the date of
-first publication of a work, most usually needed only in the case of
-reprint editions, but also recommended by the \emph{Manual} for
-electronic editions of older works (17.123, 17.146--7;
-aristotle:metaphy:gr, emerson:nature, james:ambassadors,
-schweitzer:bach). In both the \textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc} (with
-\textsf{entrysubtype)} entry types, the \textsf{origdate} identifies
-when a letter (or similar) was written. In such \textsf{misc}
-entries, some \enquote{non-letter-like} materials (like interviews)
-need the \textsf{date} field for this purpose, while in
-\textsf{letter} entries the \textsf{date} applies to the publication
-of the whole collection. If such a published collection were itself a
-reprint, judicious use of the \textsf{pubstate} field or perhaps
-improvisation in the \textsf{location} field might be able to rescue
-the situation. (See white:ross:memo, white:russ, and white:total for
-how \textsf{letter} entries can work; creel:house shows the field in
-action in a \textsf{misc} entry, while spock:interview uses
-\textsf{date} instead.)
-
-\mylittlespace Because of the importance of date specifications in the
-author-date style, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} provides a
-series of options and automated behaviors to allow you to emphasize
-the \textsf{origdate} in citations and at the head of entries in the
-list of references. In entries which have \emph{only} an
-\textsf{origdate} --- usually \textsf{misc} with an
-\textsf{entrysubtype} --- \textsf{Biber} and the default
-\cmd{DeclareLabelyear} configuration now make it possible to do
-without a \texttt{cmsdate} option, as the \textsf{origdate} will
-automatically appear where and as it should. In entries with both
-dates you have a choice of which appears where. In some cases it may
-even be necessary to reverse the two date fields, putting the earlier
-year in \textsf{date} and the later in \textsf{origdate}. Please see
-above under \textbf{date} for all the details on how these options
-interact.
-
-\mylittlespace Because the \textsf{origdate} field only accepts
-numbers, some improvisation may be needed if you wish to include
-\enquote{n.d.}\ (\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}) in an entry. In
-\textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}, this information can be placed in
-\textsf{titleaddon}, but in other entry types you may need to use the
-\textsf{location} field.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{origlanguage}} keeping with the
-\emph{Manual}'s specifications, I have fairly thoroughly redefined
-\textsf{biblatex}'s facilities for treating translations. The
-\textsf{origtitle} field isn't used, while the \textsf{language} and
-\textsf{origdate} fields have been press-ganged for other duties. The
-\textsf{origlanguage} field, for its part, retains a dual role in
-presenting translations in a list of references. The details of the
-\emph{Manual}'s suggested treatment when both a translation and an
-original are cited may be found below under \textbf{userf}. Here,
-however, I simply note that the introductory string used to connect
-the translation's citation with the original's is \enquote{Originally
- published as,} which I suggest may well be inaccurate in a great
-many cases, as for instance when citing a work from classical
-antiquity, which will most certainly not \enquote{originally} have
-been published in the Loeb Classical Library. Although not, strictly
-speaking, authorized by the \emph{Manual}, I have provided another way
-to introduce the original text, using the \textsf{origlanguage} field,
-which must be provided \emph{in the entry for the translation, not the
- original text} (aristotle:metaphy:trans). If you put one of the
-standard \textsf{biblatex} bibstrings there (enumerated below), then
-the entry will work properly across multiple languages. Otherwise,
-just put the name of the language there, localized as necessary, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will eschew \enquote{Originally published
- as} in favor of, e.g., \enquote{Greek edition:} or \enquote{French
- edition:}. This has no effect in citations, where only the work
-cited --- original or translation --- will be printed, but it may help
-to make the \emph{Manual}'s suggestions for the list of references
-more palatable.
-
-\mylittlespace That was the first usage, in keeping at least with the
-spirit of the \emph{Manual}. I have also, perhaps less in keeping
-with that specification, retained some of \textsf{biblatex}'s
-functionality for this field. If an entry doesn't have a
-\textsf{userf} field, and therefore won't be combining a text and its
-translation in the list of references, you can also use
-\textsf{origlanguage} as Lehman intended it, so that instead of
-saying, e.g., \enquote{translated by X,} the entry will read
-\enquote{translated from the German by X.} The \emph{Manual} doesn't
-mention this, but it may conceivably help avoid certain ambiguities in
-some citations. As in \textsf{biblatex}, if you wish to use this
-functionality, you have to provide \emph{not} the name of the
-language, but rather a bibstring, which may, at the time of writing,
-be one of \texttt{american}, \texttt{brazilian}, \texttt{danish},
-\texttt{dutch}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{french}, \texttt{german},
-\texttt{greek}, \texttt{italian}, \texttt{latin}, \texttt{norwegian},
-\texttt{portuguese}, \texttt{spanish}, or \texttt{swedish}, to which
-I've added \texttt{russian}.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace At \colmarginpar{\textbf{origlocation}} least one notes
-\&\ bibliography example in the \emph{Manual} provides a more complete
-specification of a reprinted book's original publication details than
-has been possible using previous releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-(17.123). It seems reasonable to include this in the author-date
-style, as well, so starting with this release, you can provide both an
-\textsf{origlocation} and an \textsf{origpublisher} to go along with
-the \textsf{origdate}, should you so wish, and all of this information
-will be printed in the reference list. You can now also use this
-field in a \textsf{letter} or \textsf{misc} (with
-\textsf{entrysubtype}) entry to give the place where a published or
-unpublished letter was written (17.76). (Jonathan Robinson has
-suggested that the \textsf{origlocation} may in some circumstances
-actually be necessary for disambiguation, his example being early
-printed editions of the same material printed in the same year but in
-different cities. The new functionality should make this simple to
-achieve. Cf.\ \textsf{origdate}, \textsf{origpublisher} and
-\textsf{pubstate}; schweitzer:bach.)
-
-\mybigspace As \colmarginpar{\textbf{origpublisher}} with the
-\textsf{origlocation} field just above, this new field allows you to
-provide fuller original publication details for reprinted books. You
-can now provide an \textsf{origpublisher} and/or an
-\textsf{origlocation} in addition to the \textsf{origdate}, and all
-will be presented in long notes and bibliography. (Cf.\
-\textsf{origdate}, \textsf{origlocation}, and \textsf{pubstate};
-schweitzer:bach.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{origyear}} field is, as of
-\textsf{biblatex} 0.9, obsolete. It is ignored if it appears in a
-.bib file. Please use \textsf{origdate} instead.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{pages}} is the standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field for providing page references. In many
-\textsf{article} entries you'll find this contains something other
-than a page number, e.g. a section name or edition specification
-(17.188, 17.191, 17.202; kozinn:review, nyt:trevorobit). Of course,
-the same may be true of almost any sort of entry, though perhaps with
-less frequency. Curious readers may wish to look at brown:bremer
-(17.172) for an example of a \textsf{pages} field used to facilitate
-reference to a two-part journal article. Cf.\ \textsf{number} for
-more information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
-formatting of numerals; \textsf{bookpagination} and
-\textsf{pagination} provide details about \textsf{biblatex's}
-mechanisms for specifying what sort of division a given \textsf{pages}
-field contains; and \textsf{usera} discusses a different way to
-present the section information pertaining to a newspaper article.
-
-\mybigspace This, \mymarginpar{\textbf{pagination}} a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, allows you automatically to prefix the
-appropriate identifying string to information you provide in the
-\textsf{postnote} field of a citation command, whereas
-\textsf{bookpagination} allows you to prefix a string to the
-\textsf{pages} field. Please see \textbf{bookpagination} above for
-all the details on this functionality, as aside from the difference
-just mentioned the two fields are equivalent.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{part}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, which identifies physical parts of a single logical volume in
-\textsf{book}-like entries, not in periodicals. It has the same
-purpose in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, but because the \emph{Manual}
-(17.88) calls such a thing a \enquote{book} and not a \enquote{part,}
-the string printed in the list of references will, at least in
-English, be \enquote{\texttt{bk.}\hspace{-2pt}}\ instead of the plain
-dot between volume number and part number (harley:cartography,
-lach:asia). This field should only be used in association with a
-\textsf{volume} number, so if you need to identify \enquote{parts} or
-\enquote{books} that are part of a published \textsf{series}, for
-example, then you'll need to use a different field, (which in the case
-of a series would be \textsf{number} [palmatary:pottery]). Cf.\
-\textsf{volume}; iso:electrodoc:15.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{publisher}}
-\textsf{biblatex} field. Remember that \enquote{\texttt{and}} is a
-keyword for connecting multiple publishers, so if a publisher's name
-contains \enquote{and,} then you should either use the ampersand (\&)
-or enclose the whole name in additional braces. (See \emph{Manual}
-17.103--114; aristotle:metaphy:gr, cohen:schiff, creasey:ashe:blast,
-dunn:revolutions.)
-
-\mylittlespace There are, as one might expect, a couple of further
-subtleties involved here. Ordinarily, two publishers will be
-separated by a forward slash in the list of references, but if a
-company issues \enquote{certain books through a special publishing
- division or under a special imprint,} then the two names will be
-separated by a comma, which you will need to provide in the
-\textsf{publisher} field. The \emph{Manual}'s example (17.112) is
-\enquote{\texttt{Ohio University Press, Swallow Press},} which would
-cause \textsf{biblatex-chicago} no problems. If a book has two
-co-publishers, \enquote{usually in different countries,} (17.113) then
-the simplest thing to do is to choose one, probably the nearest one
-geographically. If you feel it necessary to include both, then
-levistrauss:savage demonstrates one way of doing so, using a
-combination of the \textsf{publisher} and \textsf{location} fields.
-Finally, if the publisher is unknown, then the \emph{Manual}
-recommends (17.109) simply using the place (if known) and the date.
-If for some reason you need to indicate the absence of a publisher,
-the abbreviation given by the \emph{Manual} is \texttt{n.p.}, though
-this can also stand for \enquote{no place.} Some style guides
-apparently suggest using \texttt{s.n.}\,(= \emph{sine nomine}) to
-specify the lack of a publisher, but the \emph{Manual} doesn't mention
-this.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{pubstate}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, new to version 0.9. Because the author-date
-specification has fairly complicated rules about presenting reprinted
-editions, I have adopted this field as a means of simplifying the
-problem for users. Instead of hand-formatting in the
-\textsf{location} field, you can now simply put the string
-\texttt{reprint} into the \textsf{pubstate} field, and depending on
-which date you have chosen to appear at the head of the entry,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will either print the (localized)
-string \texttt{Repr.}\ in the proper place or otherwise provide a
-parenthesized notice at the end of the entry detailing the original
-publication date. See under \textbf{date} above for the available
-permutations. (Cf.\ aristotle:metaphy:gr, maitland:canon,
-maitland:equity, schweitzer:bach.) If the field contains something
-other than the word \texttt{reprint}, then it will be treated as in
-the standard styles, and printed after the publication information.
-In \textsf{music} entries, its literal contents will always be printed
-as part of the publication data.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{redactor}} have implemented this
-field just as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do, even though the
-\emph{Manual} doesn't actually mention it. It may be useful for some
-purposes. Cf.\ \textsf{annotator} and \textsf{commentator}.
-
-\mybigspace \textbf{NB:} \mymarginpar{\textbf{reprinttitle}}
-\textbf{Please note that this feature is in an alpha state, and that
- I'm contemplating using a different field in the future for this
- functionality. I include it here in the hope that it might receive
- some testing in the meantime.} At the request of Will Small, I have
-included a means of providing the original publication details of an
-essay or a chapter that you are citing from a subsequent reprint,
-e.g., a \emph{Collected Essays} volume. In such a case, at least
-according to the \emph{Manual} (17.73), such details need be provided
-only if they are \enquote{of particular interest.} The data would
-follow an introductory phrase like \enquote{originally published as,}
-making the problem strictly parallel to that of including details of a
-work in the original language alongside the details of its
-translation. I have addressed the latter problem with the
-\textsf{userf} field, which provides a sort of cross-referencing
-method for this purpose, and \textsf{reprinttitle} works in
-\emph{exactly} the same way. In the .bib entry for the reprint you
-include a cross-reference to the cite key of the original location
-using the \textsf{reprinttitle} field (which it may help mnemonically
-to think of as a \enquote{reprinted title} field). The main
-difference between the two forms is that \textsf{userf} prints all but
-the \textsf{author} of the original work, whereas
-\textsf{reprinttitle} suppresses both the \textsf{author} and the
-\textsf{title} of the original, giving only the more general details,
-beginning with, e.g., the \textsf{journaltitle} or \textsf{booktitle}
-and continuing from there. The string prefacing this information will
-be \enquote{Orig.\ pub.\ in.} Please see the documentation on
-\textsf{userf} below for all the details on how to create .bib entries
-for presenting your data.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{series}} standard \textsf{biblatex}
-field, usually just a number in an \textsf{article},
-\textsf{periodical}, or \textsf{review} entry, almost always the name
-of a publication series in \textsf{book}-like entries. If you need to
-attach further information to the \textsf{series} name in a
-\textsf{book}-like entry, then the \textsf{number} field is the place
-for it, whether it be a volume, a number, or even something like
-\enquote{2nd ser.} or \enquote{\cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}.} Of
-course, you can also use \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}} or
-\cmd{bibstring\{newseries\}} in an \textsf{article} entry, but there
-you would place it in the \textsf{series} field itself. (In fact, the
-\textsf{series} field in \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical}
-entries is one of the places where \textsf{biblatex} allows you just
-to use the plain bibstring \texttt{oldseries}, for example, rather
-than making you type \cmd{bibstring\{oldseries\}}. The \textsf{type}
-field in \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, and
-\textsf{thesis} entries also has this auto-detection mechanism in
-place; see the discussion of \cmd{bibstring} below for details.) In
-whatever entry type, these bibstrings produce the required
-abbreviation. (For books and similar entries, see \emph{Manual}
-17.90--95; boxer:china, browning:aurora, palmatary:pottery,
-plato:republic:gr, wauchope:ceramics; for periodicals, see 17.178;
-garaud:gatine, sewall:letter.) Cf.\ \textsf{number} for more
-information on the \emph{Manual}'s preferences regarding the
-formatting of numerals.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shortauthor}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, but \textsf{biblatex-chicago} makes
-considerably grea\-ter use of it than the standard styles. For the
-purposes of the author-date specification, the field provides the name
-to be used in text citations. In the vast majority of cases, you
-don't need to specify it, because the \textsf{biblatex} system selects
-the author's last name from the \textsf{author} field and uses it in
-such a reference, and if there is no \textsf{author} it will search
-\textsf{namea}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{nameb}, \textsf{translator},
-and \textsf{namec}, in that order. The current versions of
-\textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{biber} will now automatically
-alphabetize by any of these names if they appear at the head of an
-entry. If, in an author-less \textsf{article} entry
-(\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}), you allow
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} to use the title of the periodical as the
-author --- the default behavior --- then your \textsf{shortauthor}
-field can optionally contain an abbreviated form of the periodical
-name, formatted appropriately, which usually means something like
-\enquote{\cmd{mkbibemph\{Abbrev.\ Period.\ Title\}}} (gourmet:052006,
-lakeforester:pushcarts, nyt:trevorobit, unsigned:ranke). Indeed, with
-long, institutional authors, a shortened version in
-\textsf{shortauthor} may save space in the running text
-(cotton:manufacture, evanston:library). See just below under
-\textbf{shorthand} for another method of saving space.
-
-\mylittlespace As mentioned under \textsf{editortype}, the
-\emph{Manual} (17.41) recommends against providing the identifying
-string (e.g., ed.\ or trans.)\ in text citations, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} follows their recommendation. If you need
-to provide these strings in such a citation, then you'll have to do so
-by hand in the \textsf{shortauthor} field, or in the
-\textsf{shorteditor} field, whichever you are using.
-
-\mybigspace Like \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorteditor}}
-\textsf{shortauthor}, a field to provide a name for a text citation,
-in this case for, e.g., a \textsf{collection} entry that typically
-lacks an author. The \textsf{shortauthor} field works just as well in
-most situations, but if you have set \texttt{useauthor=false} (and not
-\texttt{useeditor=false}) in an entry's \textsf{options} field, then
-only \textsf{shorteditor} will be recognized. Cf.\
-\textsf{editortype}, above.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorthand}} is
-\textsf{biblatex}'s mechanism for using abbreviations in citations.
-For \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} I have modified it somewhat
-to conform to the needs of the specification, though there is a
-package option to revert the behavior to something closer to the
-\textsf{biblatex} standard --- see under \texttt{cmslos} in
-section~\ref{sec:authpreset}. The main problem when presenting
-readers with an abbreviation is to ensure that they know how to expand
-it. In the notes \&\ bibliography style this is accomplished with a
-notice in the first footnote citing a given work, which explains that
-henceforth the abbreviation will be used instead, and also, if needed,
-with a list of shorthands that summarizes all the abbreviations used
-in a particular text. The first part of this system isn't available
-in the author-date style of citation, and indeed these citations are
-in themselves already highly-abbreviated keys to the fuller
-information to be found in the list of references. There are cases,
-however, particularly when institutions or \textsf{journaltitles}
-appear as authors, when you may feel the need to provide a shortened
-version for citations. I have already discussed one option available
-to you just above (cf.\ \textbf{shortauthor}), but for this to work
-the abbreviation must either be instantly recognizable to your
-readership or at least easily parseable by them.
-
-\mylittlespace The \emph{Manual's} suggestion, particularly when
-\enquote{long names are cited several times} (17.47), is to provide an
-abbreviation which is then explained by an alphabetized
-cross-refer\-ence inside the list of references itself. In this
-release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, I have reclaimed one of the
-custom entry types (\textbf{customc}) to implement exactly this
-system. See the explanation of this entry type above, but basically
-you can put the abbreviation itself in the \textsf{author} field and
-its expansion in the \textsf{title} field, then use either
-\cmd{nocite} or a \textsf{userc} field to ensure the entry appears in
-the list of references. (Cf.\ abbrev:BSI, abbrev:ISO,
-bsi:abbreviation:15, iso:electrodoc:15.)
-
-\mylittlespace The author-date style will still automatically print
-the cross-reference in the list of shorthands too, as in standard
-\textsf{biblatex}, if the \cmd{printshorthands} command appears in
-your document. You can place \texttt{skiplos} in the \textsf{options}
-field to exclude a particular entry from the list of shorthands if you
-do decide to print that list, giving maximum flexibility. Indeed,
-\colmarginpar{New!} for this release, I have provided two new options
-to add to this flexibility. First, I have included two new
-\texttt{bibenvironments} for use with the \texttt{env} option to the
-\cmd{printshorthands} command: \mycolor{\texttt{losnotes}} is designed
-to allow a list of shorthands to appear inside footnotes, while
-\mycolor{\texttt{losendnotes}} does the same for endnotes. Their main
-effect is to change the font size, and in the latter case to clear up
-some spurious punctuation and white space that I see on my system when
-using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to use the option
-\texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the [oversized] default,
-providing your own within the \cmd{footnote} command.) Second, I have
-provided a new package option, \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfull}}, which
-prints entries in the list of shorthands which contain full
-bibliographical information, effectively allowing you to eschew the
-list of references in favor of a fortified shorthand list. This
-option will only work if used in tandem with \texttt{cmslos=false}, as
-the whole functionality seems to me closely related to the more
-standard ways of presenting shorthands. (See 16.39--40, and also
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} for more information.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace As I mentioned above under \textbf{crossref}, extra
-care is needed when using shorthands with cross-references, and I
-would avoid them in all parent entries, at least in the current state
-of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{shorttitle}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, primarily used to provide an abbreviated
-title for citation styles that need one. In
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} such a field will be necessary
-only very rarely (unlike in the notes \&\ bibliography style), and is
-most likely to turn up in \textsf{inreference} or \textsf{reference}
-entries (where the \textsf{title} takes the place of the
-\textsf{author}), or in any sort of entry with a \texttt{classical}
-\textsf{entrysubtype}. This latter toggle makes citations use
-\textsf{author} and \textsf{title} instead of \textsf{author} and
-\textsf{year}, and if an abbreviated version of that title would save
-space in your running text this is the field where you can provide it.
-(Cf.\ ency:britannica, grove:sibelius, aristotle:metaphy:gr.)
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortkey}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, designed to allow you to specify how you want
-an entry alphabetized in a list of references. In general, if an
-entry doesn't turn up where you expect or want it, this field should
-provide the solution. More particularly, entries with a corporate
-author beginning with the definite or indefinite article will usually
-require your assistance in this way (cotton:manufacture,
-grove:sibelius). The default settings of \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}
-now include the three supplemental name fields (\textsf{name[a-c]})
-and also the \textsf{journaltitle} in the sorting algorithm, so you
-should find these algorithms needing less help than before. There may
-be circumstances --- several reprinted books by the same author, for
-example --- when the \textbf{sortyear} field is more appropriate, on
-which see below. Lehman also provides \textbf{sortname} and
-\textbf{sorttitle} for equally fine-grained control. Please consult
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} for the details.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{sortyear}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, provided by Lehman for more fine-grained
-control over the sorting of entries in a list of references, and
-possibly useful in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to help
-present several reprinted books by the same author. See
-\textsf{sortkey} above and maitland:equity.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{subtitle}} subtitle for a
-\textsf{title} --- see next entry.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{title}} the vast majority of
-cases, this field works just as it always has in \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and
-just as it does in \textsf{biblatex}. Nearly every entry for the
-author-date specification will have such a field, any exceptions
-likely stemming from the need to re-use a database for the notes \&\
-bibliography style. Aside from this, the main source of difficulties
-flows from the \emph{Manual}'s rules for formatting \textsf{titles},
-rules which also hold for \textsf{booktitles} and \textsf{maintitles}.
-The whole point of using a \textsc{Bib}\TeX-based system is for it to
-do the formatting for you, and in most cases
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} does just that, capitalizing them
-sentence-style, italicizing them, and sometimes both. There are two
-situations that require user intervention. First, in titles that take
-sentence-style capitalization, you need, as always in traditional
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX, to assist the algorithms by placing anything that
-needs to remain capitalized within an extra pair of curly braces.
-Second, when a title is quoted within a title, you need to know some
-of the rules of the Chicago style. A summary here should serve to
-clarify them, and help you to understand when
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} might need your help in order to
-comply with them.
-
-\mylittlespace With regard to sentence-style capitalization, the rules
-of the Chicago author-date style are fairly simple:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad Headline Style:] \textsf{journaltitle} in all types,
- \textsf{series} in all \textsf{book}-like entries (i.e., not in
- \textsf{articles}), and \textsf{title} in \textsf{periodical}
- entries.
-\item[\qquad Sentence Style:] Every other \textsf{title},
- \emph{except} in \textsf{letter} entries and in \textsf{misc}
- entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}. Also, the
- \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{issuetitle}, and \textsf{maintitle} in
- all entry types.
-\item[\qquad Contextual Capitalization of First Word:]
- \textsf{titleaddon}, \textsf{booktitleaddon},
- \textsf{maintitleaddon} in all entry types, and the \textsf{title}
- of \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}.
-\item[\qquad Plain:] \textsf{title} in \textsf{letter} entries.
-\end{description}
-
-What this means in practice is that to get a title like \emph{The
- Chicago manual of style}, your .bib entry needs to have a field that
-looks something like this:
-\begin{quote}
- \texttt{title = \{The \{Chicago\} Manual of Style\}}
-\end{quote}
-
-This is completely straightforward, but remember that if an
-\textsf{article} has a title like: Review of \emph{The Chicago manual
- of style}, then the curly braces enclosing material to be formatted
-in italics will cause the capitalization algorithm to stop and leave
-all of that material as it is, so your .bib entry would need to have a
-field something like this:
-
-\begin{quote}
- \texttt{title = \{}\cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} \cmd{mkbibemph\{The
- Chicago manual of style\}\}}
-\end{quote}
-
-(As an aside, the use of the \texttt{reviewof} bibstring isn't
-strictly necessary here, but it helps with portability across
-languages and across the two Chicago styles. If you've noticed a lot
-of lowercase letters starting fields in \textsf{dates-test.bib},
-they're present because in the notes \&\ bibliography style
-capitalization is complicated by notes using commas where the
-bibliography uses periods, and words like \enquote{review} start in
-uppercase only if the context demands it. There's considerably less
-of this in the author-date style [note the \textsf{*titleaddon}
-fields], but it still pays to be aware of the issue.)
-
-\mylittlespace With regard to italics, the rules of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} are as follows:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad Italics:] \textsf{booktitle}, \textsf{maintitle}, and
- \textsf{journaltitle} in all entry types; \textsf{title} of
- \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{book}, \textsf{bookinbook},
- \textsf{booklet}, \textsf{collection}, \textsf{inbook},
- \textsf{manual}, \textsf{misc} (with no \textsf{entrysubtype}),
- \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{proceedings}, \textsf{report},
- \textsf{suppbook}, and \textsf{suppcollection} entry types.
-\item[\qquad Main Text Font (Roman):] \textsf{title} of
- \textsf{article}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{incollection},
- \textsf{inproceedings}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc} (with an
- \textsf{entrysubtype}), \textsf{online}, \textsf{patent},
- \textsf{periodical}, \textsf{suppperiodical}, \textsf{thesis}, and
- \textsf{unpublished} entry types, \textsf{issuetitle} in
- \textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entry types.
- \textsf{booktitleaddon}, \textsf{maintitleaddon}, and
- \textsf{titleaddon} in all entry types.
-\item[\qquad Italics or Roman:] All of the audiovisual entry types ---
- \textsf{audio}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video} --- have to serve
- as analogues both to \textsf{book} and to \textsf{inbook}.
- Therefore, if there is both a \textsf{title} and a
- \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title} will be in the main text
- font. If there is no \textsf{booktitle}, then the \textsf{title}
- will be italicized.
-\end{description}
-
-Now, the rules for which entry type to use for which sort of work tend
-to be fairly straightforward, but in cases of doubt you can consult
-section~\ref{sec:types:authdate} above, the examples in
-\textsf{dates-test.bib}, or go to the \emph{Manual} itself,
-8.164--210. Assuming, then, that you want to present a title within a
-title, and you know what sort of formatting each of the two would, on
-its own, require, then the following rules apply:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Inside an italicized title, all other titles are enclosed in
- quotation marks and italicized, so in such cases all you need to do
- is provide the quotation marks using \cmd{mkbibquote}, which will
- take care of any following punctuation that needs to be brought
- within the closing quotation mark(s) (17.58; donne:var:15,
- mchugh:wake:15).
-\item Inside a plain-text title, you should present another title as
- it would appear if it were on its own, so in such cases you'll need
- to do the formatting yourself, using \cmd{mkbibemph} or
- \cmd{mkbibquote}. (See 17.157; barcott:review:15, garrett:15,
- gibbard:15, loften:hamlet, loomis:structure:15, murphy:silent:15,
- osborne:poi\-son, ratliff:review:15, unsigned:ranke,
- white:\\callimachus.)
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-The \emph{Manual} provides a few more rules, as well. A word normally
-italicized in text should also be italicized in a plain-text title,
-but should be in roman (\enquote{reverse italics}) in an italicized
-title. A quotation used as a (whole) title (with or without a
-subtitle) retains its quotation marks when it is plain, but loses them
-when it is italicized (17.60, 17.157; lewis:15). A word or phrase in
-quotation marks, but that isn't a quotation, retains those marks in
-all title types (kimluu:diethyl:15).
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, please note that in all \textsf{review} (and
-\textsf{suppperiodical}) entries (if you happen to be using those),
-and in \textsf{misc} entries with an \textsf{entrysubtype}, and only
-in those entries, \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} will
-automatically capitalize the first word of the \textsf{title} after
-sentence-ending punctuation, assuming that such a \textsf{title}
-begins with a lowercase letter in your .bib database. See
-\textbf{\textbackslash autocap} below for more details.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{titleaddon}}
-\textsf{biblatex} intends this field for use with additions to titles
-that may need to be formatted differently from the titles themselves,
-and \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses it in just this way, with the
-additional wrinkle that it can, if needed, replace the \textsf{title}
-entirely, and this in, effectively, any entry type, providing a fairly
-powerful, if somewhat complicated, tool for getting \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-to do what you want (cf.\ centinel:letters). This field will always
-be unformatted, that is, neither italicized nor placed within
-quotation marks, so any formatting you may need within it you'll need
-to provide manually yourself. The single exception to this rule is
-when your data begins with a word that would ordinarily only be
-capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, in which case you need
-then simply ensure that that word is in lowercase, and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically do the right thing. See\
-\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}, below. (Cf.\ brown:bremer,
-osborne:poison:15, reaves:rosen, and white:ross:memo for examples
-where the field starts with a lowercase letter; morgenson:market
-provides an example where the \textsf{titleaddon} field, holding the
-name of a regular column in a newspaper, is capitalized, a situation
-that is handled as you would expect.)
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{translator}} far as possible, I
-have implemented this field as \textsf{biblatex}'s standard styles do,
-but the requirements specified by the \emph{Manual} present certain
-complications that need explaining. Lehman points out in his
-documentation that the \textsf{translator} field will be associated
-with a \textsf{title}, a \textsf{booktitle}, or a \textsf{maintitle},
-depending on the sort of entry. More specifically,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} associates the \textsf{translator} with the
-most comprehensive of those titles, that is, \textsf{maintitle} if
-there is one, otherwise \textsf{booktitle}, otherwise \textsf{title},
-if the other two are lacking. In a large number of cases, this is
-exactly the correct behavior (adorno:benj, centinel:letters,
-plato:republic:gr, among others). Predictably, however, there are
-numerous cases that require, for example, an additional translator for
-one part of a collection or for one volume of a multi-volume work.
-For these cases I have provided the \textsf{nameb} field. You should
-format names for this field as you would for \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{editor}, and these names will always be associated with the
-\textsf{title} (euripides:orestes).
-
-\mylittlespace I have also provided a \textsf{namea} field, which
-holds the editor of a given \textsf{title} (euripides:orestes). If
-\textsf{namea} and \textsf{nameb} are the same,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will concatenate them, just as
-\textsf{biblatex} already does for \textsf{editor},
-\textsf{translator}, and \textsf{namec} (i.e., the compiler).
-Furthermore, it is conceivable that a given entry will need separate
-translators for each of the three sorts of title. For this, and for
-various other tricky situations, there is the \cmd{parttrans} macro
-(and its siblings), designed to be used in a \textsf{note} field or in
-one of the \textsf{titleaddon} fields (ratliff:review:15). (Because the
-strings identifying a translator differ in notes and bibliography, one
-can't simply write them out in such a field when using the notes \&\
-bibliography style, but you can certainly do so in the author-date
-style, if you wish. Using the macros will make your .bib file more
-portable across both Chicago specifications, and also across multiple
-languages, but they are otherwise unnecessary. [See
-section~\ref{sec:international}].)
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, as I detailed above under \textbf{author}, in
-the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}, the
-\textsf{translator} will be used at the head of an entry
-(silver:gawain), and the reference list entry alphabetized by the
-translator's name, behavior that can be controlled with the
-\texttt{{usetranslator}} switch in the \textsf{options} field. Cf.\
-\textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea}, \textsf{nameb}, and
-\textsf{namec}.
-
-% \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{type}} is a standard
-\textsf{biblatex} field, and in its normal usage serves to identify
-the type of a \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent}, \textsf{report}, or
-\textsf{thesis} entry. \textsf{Biblatex} implements the possibility,
-in some circumstances, to use a bibstring without inserting it in a
-\cmd{bibstring} command, and in these entry types the \textsf{type}
-field works this way, allowing you simply to input, e.g.,
-\texttt{patentus} rather than \cmd{bibstring\{patentus\}}, though both
-will work. (See petroff:impurity; herwign:office, murphy:silent:15,
-and ross:thesis all demonstrate how the \textsf{type} field may
-sometimes be automatically set in such entries by using one of the
-standard entry-type aliases).
-
-\mylittlespace Another use for the field is to generalize the
-functioning of the \textsf{suppbook} entry type, and of its alias
-\textsf{suppcollection}. In such entries, the \textsf{type} field can
-specify what sort of supplemental material you are citing, e.g.,
-\enquote{\texttt{preface to}} or \enquote{\texttt{postscript to}.}
-Cf.\ \textsf{suppbook} above for the details. (See \emph{Manual}
-17.74--75; polakow:afterw, prose:intro).
-
-\mylittlespace You can also use the \textsf{type} field in
-\textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and
-\textsf{video} entries to identify the medium of the work, e.g.,
-\texttt{oil on canvas}, \texttt{albumen print}, \texttt{compact disc},
-or \texttt{MPEG}. If the first word in this field would normally only
-be capitalized at the beginning of a sentence, then leave it in
-lowercase in your .bib file and \textsf{biblatex} will automatically
-do the right thing in citations. Cf.\ \textsf{artwork},
-\textsf{audio}, \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, and \textsf{video},
-above, for all the details. (See auden:reading:15, bedford:photo,
-cleese:holygrail, leo:madonna, nytrumpet:art:15.)
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{url}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, it holds the url of an online publication, though you can
-provide one for all entry types. The required \LaTeX\ package
-\textsf{url} will ensure that your documents format such references
-properly, in the text and in the reference apparatus.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace Standard \colmarginpar{\textbf{urldate}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, it identifies exactly when you accessed a given url. This
-field would contain the whole date, in \textsc{iso}8601 format
-(evanston:library, grove:sibelius, hlatky:hrt, osborne:poison:15,
-sirosh:visualcortex, wikiped:bib\-tex). In the default setting of
-\cmd{DeclareLabelyear}, any entry without a \textsf{date},
-\textsf{eventdate}, or \textsf{origdate} will now use the
-\textsf{urldate} to find a year for citations and the list of
-references (grove:sibelius, wikiped:bibtex). Please note that the
-\textbf{urlday}, \textbf{urlmonth}, and \textbf{urlyear} fields are
-all now obsolete.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{usera}} supplemental
-\textsf{biblatex} field which functions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-almost as a \enquote{\textsf{journaltitleaddon}} field. In
-\textsf{article} and \textsf{periodical} entries with
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{maga\-zine}, the contents of this field
-will be placed, unformatted and between commas, after the
-\textsf{journaltitle} and before the date. The main use is for
-identifying the broadcast network when you cite a radio or television
-program (bundy:macneil), though you may also want to use it to
-identify the section of a newspaper in which you've found a particular
-article (morgenson:market). (See \emph{Manual} 17.190, 17.207. As
-far as I can work out, newspaper section information may be placed
-either before the date [\textsf{usera}] or after it [\textsf{pages}].
-Cp. kozinn:review [17.202] and morgenson:market [17.190]. The choice
-would appear to be yours.)
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{userc}} have now implemented this
-supplemental \textsf{biblatex} field as part of the Chicago
-author-date style's handling of the \textsf{shorthand} field and other
-cross-references within the list of references. (The \enquote{c} part
-is meant as a sort of mnemonic for this latter, general function,
-though its main use will probably be in association with the former.)
-If you use the \textbf{customc} entry type to include alphabetized
-expansions of \textsf{shorthands} in the reference list, or indeed to
-provide cross-references of any sort to separate entries in that list,
-it is unlikely that you will cite the \textsf{customc} entry itself in
-the body of your text. Therefore, in order for it to appear in the
-reference list, you have two choices. You can either include the
-entry key of the \textsf{customc} entry in a \cmd{nocite} command
-inside your document, or you can place that entry key in the
-\textsf{userc} field of the .bib entry that actually uses the
-\textsf{shorthand}. In the latter case, \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-will call \cmd{nocite} for you when you cite the main entry. (See
-17.39--40,47; abbrev:BSI, abbrev:ISO, bsi:abbreviation:15,
-iso:electrodoc:15.)
-
-\mybigspace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{usere}} supplemental
-\textsf{biblatex} field, which \textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses
-specifically to provide a translated \textsf{title} of a work,
-something that may be needed if you deem the original language
-unparseable by a significant portion of your likely readership. The
-\emph{Manual} offers two alternatives in such a situation: either you
-can translate the title and use that translation in your
-\textsf{title} field, providing the original language in
-\textsf{language}, or you can give the original title in
-\textsf{title} and the translation in \textsf{usere}. Cf.\
-\textbf{language}, above. (See 17.65--67, 17.166, 17.177; kern,
-pirumova:russian, weresz.)
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{userf}} is the last of the
-supplemental fields which \textsf{biblatex} provides, used by
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} for a very specific purpose. When you cite
-both a translation and its original, the \emph{Manual} (17.66)
-recommends that, in a reference list at least, you combine references
-to both texts in one entry. Lacking specific instructions about the
-author-date style, I have nonetheless chosen to implement this
-possibility also for a list of references, though in-text citations
-will still only refer to individual works. In order to follow this
-specification, I have provided a third cross-referencing system (the
-others being \textsf{crossref} and \textsf{xref}), and have chosen the
-name \textsf{userf} because it might act as a mnemonic for its
-function.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace In order to use this system, you should start by
-entering both the original and its translation into your .bib file,
-just as you normally would. The mechanism works for any entry type,
-and the two entries need not be of the same type. In the entry for
-the \emph{translation}, you put the cite key of the original into the
-\textsf{userf} field. In the \emph{original's} entry, you need to
-include some means of preventing it appearing separately in the list
-of references, either a toggle in the \textsf{keywords} field or
-perhaps \texttt{skipbib} in the \textsf{options} field. In this
-standard case, the data for the translation will be printed first,
-followed by the string \texttt{orig. pub. as}, followed by the
-original, author omitted (furet:passing:eng, furet:passing:fr). As
-explained above (\textbf{origlanguage}), I have also included a way to
-modify the string printed before the original. In the entry for the
-\emph{translation}, you put the original's language in
-\textsf{origlanguage}, and instead of \texttt{originally published
- as}, you'll get \texttt{French edition:} or \texttt{Latin edition:},
-etc.\ (aristotle:metaphy:gr, aristotle:metaphy:trans).
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{venue}} \textsf{biblatex}
-offers this field for use in \textsf{proceedings} and
-\textsf{inproceedings} entries, but I haven't yet implemented it,
-mainly because the \emph{Manual} has nothing to say about it. Perhaps
-the \textsf{organization} field could be used, for the moment,
-instead. Anything in a \textsf{venue} field will be ignored.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{version}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, currently only available in \textsf{misc} and \textsf{patent}
-entries in \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volume}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. It holds the volume of a \textsf{journaltitle} in
-\textsf{article} entries, and also the volume of a multi-volume work
-in many other sorts of entry. Cf.\ \textsf{part}; conway:evolution
-shows how sometimes this field may hold series information, as well.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{volumes}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field. It holds the total number of volumes of a multi-volume work,
-and in such references you should provide the volume and page numbers
-in the \textsf{postnote} field of the relevant \cmd{cite} command,
-e.g.:
-
-\begin{quote}
-\cmd{autocite}\texttt{[3:25]\{bibfile:key\}}.
-\end{quote}
-
-Cf.\ 16.110; meredith:letters, tillich:system, weber:saugetiere,
-wright:evolution. The entry wright:theory presents one volume of such
-a multi-volume work, so you would no longer need to give the volume in
-any \textsf{postnote} field when citing it.
-
-\mybigspace A \mymarginpar{\textbf{xref}} modified \textsf{crossref}
-field provided by \textsf{biblatex}. See \textbf{crossref}, above.
-
-\mybigspace Standard \mymarginpar{\textbf{year}} \textsf{biblatex}
-field, especially important for the author-date specification. Please
-see all the details under \textbf{date} above. Unlike the
-\textsf{date} field \textsf{year} allows non-numeric input, so you can
-put \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} here if required, or indeed any other
-sort of non-numerical date information. If you can guess the date
-then you can include that guess in square brackets instead of
-\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}. Cf.\ bedford:photo, clark:mesopot,
-ross:leo, thesis:madonna.
-
-\subsection{Commands}
-\label{sec:commands:authdate}
-
-In this section I shall attempt to document all those commands you may
-need when using \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} that I have either
-altered with respect to the standard provided by \textsf{biblatex} or
-that I have provided myself. Some of these, unfortunately, will make
-your .bib file incompatible with other \textsf{biblatex} styles, but
-I've been unable to avoid this. Any ideas for more elegant, and more
-compatible, solutions will be warmly welcomed.
-
-\subsubsection{Formatting Commands}
-\label{sec:formatting:authdate}
-
-These commands allow you to fine-tune the presentation of your
-references in both citations and list of references. You can find
-many examples of their usage in \textsf{dates-test.bib}, and I shall
-try to point you toward a few such entries in what follows.
-\textbf{NB:} \textsf{biblatex's} \cmd{mkbibquote} command is now
-mandatory in some situations. See its entry below.
-
-\mybigspace Version \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocap}} 0.8
-of \textsf{biblatex} introduced the \cmd{autocap} command, which
-capitalizes a word inside a citation or list of references entry if
-that word follows sentence-ending punctuation, and leaves it lowercase
-otherwise. The whole question of capitalization is considerably more
-complicated in the notes \&\ bibliography style, where the former uses
-commas and the latter (often) periods to separate blocks of
-information, whereas the more streamlined author-date specification
-has few such issues. In \textsf{dates-test.bib} there are only two
-places where the \cmd{autocap} macro is necessary, and they both
-involve the string \texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{year} field
-(author:forthcoming, contrib:contrib).
-
-\mylittlespace I have nonetheless retained the system developed,
-following Lehman's example, for the notes \&\ bibliography style,
-which automatically tracks the capitalization of certain fields in
-your .bib file. I chose these fields after a non-scientific survey of
-entries in my own databases, so of course if you have ideas for the
-extension of this facility I would be most interested to hear them.
-In order to take advantage of this functionality, all you need do is
-begin the data in the appropriate field with a lowercase letter,
-e.g.,\ \texttt{note = \{with the assistance of X\}}. If the data
-begins with a capital letter --- and this is not infrequent --- that
-capital will always be retained. (cf., e.g., creel:house,
-morgenson:market.) If, on the other hand, you for some reason need
-such a field always to start with a lowercase letter, then you can try
-using the \cmd{isdot} macro at the start, which turns off the
-mechanism without printing anything itself. Here, then, for reference
-purposes, is the complete list of fields where this functionality is
-active:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item The \textbf{addendum} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{booktitleaddon} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{edition} field in all entry types. (Numerals work
- as you expect them to here.)
-\item The \textbf{maintitleaddon} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{note} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{shorttitle} field in the \textsf{review}
- (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
- in the latter case, however, only when there is an
- \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
- from an archive.
-\item The \textbf{title} field in the \textsf{review}
- (\textsf{suppperiodical}) entry type and in the \textsf{misc} type,
- in the latter case, however, only when there is an
- \textsf{entrysubtype} defined, indicating that the work cited is
- from an archive.
-\item The \textbf{titleaddon} field in all entry types.
-\item The \textbf{type} field in \textsf{artwork}, \textsf{audio},
- \textsf{image}, \textsf{music}, \textsf{suppbook},
- \textsf{suppcollection}, and \textsf{video} entry types.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-If you accidentally use the \cmd{autocap} macro in one of the above
-fields, it frankly shouldn't matter at all, and you'll still get what
-you want, but taking advantage of the automatic provisions should at
-least save some typing.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash bibstring}} is
-Lehman's very powerful mechanism to allow \textsf{biblatex}
-automatically to provide a localized version of a string, and to
-determine whether that string needs capitalization, depending on where
-it falls in an entry. \textsf{Biblatex} also provides functionality
-which allows you sometimes simply to input, for example,
-\texttt{newseries} instead of \cmd{bib\-string\{newseries\}}, the
-package auto-detecting when a bibstring is involved and doing the
-right thing, though in all such cases either form will work. This
-functionality is available in the \textsf{series} field of
-\textsf{article}, \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries; in
-the \textsf{type} field of \textsf{manual}, \textsf{patent},
-\textsf{report}, and \textsf{thesis} entries; in the \textsf{location}
-field of \textsf{patent} entries; in the \textsf{language} field in
-all entry types; and in the \textsf{nameaddon} field in
-\textsf{customc} entries. These are the places, as far as I can make
-out, where \textsf{biblatex's} standard styles support this feature,
-though I have added the last, style-specific, one. If Lehman
-generalizes it still further in a future release, I shall do the same,
-if possible.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote}} is
-the standard \textsf{biblatex} command, which requires attention here
-because it is a crucial part of the mechanism of Lehman's
-\enquote{American} punctuation system. No titles in the author-date
-system require quotation marks, but titles-within-titles frequently
-do, so it is best to get accustomed to using this command to make sure
-any periods or commas appearing in the neighborhood of the closing
-quotes will appear inside them automatically. A few examples from
-\textsf{dates-test.bib} should help to clarify this.
-
-\mylittlespace In an \textsf{article} entry, the \textsf{title}
-contains a quoted phrase:
-
-\begin{quotation}
- \noindent\texttt{title = \{Diethylstilbestrol and Media Coverage of the \\
- \indent\cmd{mkbibquote}\{morning after\} Pill\}}
-\end{quotation}
-
-Here, because the quoted text doesn't come at the end of title, and no
-punctuation will ever need to be drawn within the closing quotation
-mark, you could instead use \texttt{\cmd{enquote}\{morning after\}} or
-even \texttt{``morning after''}. (Note the double quotation marks here
---- the other two methods have the virtue of taking care of nesting
-for you.) All of these will produce the formatted: Diethylstilbestrol
-and media coverage of the \enquote{morning after} pill.
-
-\mylittlespace Here, by contrast, is a \textsf{book title}:
-
-\begin{quotation}
- \noindent \texttt{title = \{Annotations to
- \cmd{mkbibquote}\{Finnegans wake\}\}}
-\end{quotation}
-
-Because the quoted title within the title comes at the end of the
-field, and because this reference unit will be separated from
-what follows by a period in the list of references, then the
-\cmd{mkbibquote} command is necessary to bring that period within the
-final quotation marks, like so: \emph{Annotations to
- \enquote{Finnegans wake.}}
-
-\mylittlespace Note in both cases how you need to be careful with the
-sentence-style capitalization inside the curly brackets. The
-automatic algorithms assume anything inside the brackets doesn't need
-alteration, so you need to provide lower- or uppercase as they should
-appear in the list of references.
-
-\mylittlespace Let me also add that this command interacts well with
-Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package, which I highly recommend, though
-the latter isn't strictly necessary in texts using an American style,
-to which \textsf{biblatex} defaults when \textsf{csquotes} isn't
-loaded.
-
-\mybigspace This \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partcomp}} and
-the following 6 macros were all designed to help
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} cope with the fact that many bibstrings in
-the notes \&\ bibliography style differ between notes and
-bibliography, the former sometimes using abbreviated forms when the
-latter prints them in full. These problems do not arise in the
-author-date style, but using these macros will make your .bib database
-more portable across languages and across both Chicago styles, and may
-be slightly easier to remember than the strings themselves. On the
-other hand, of course, they will make your .bib file less portable
-across multiple \textsf{biblatex} styles.
-
-\mylittlespace These macros allow you to provide an \texttt{editor}, a
-\texttt{translator}, and/or a \texttt{compiler} in situations where
-the available fields (\textsf{editor}, \textsf{namea},
-\textsf{translator}, \textsf{nameb}, and \textsf{namec}) aren't
-adequate. Their names all begin with \cmd{part}, as originally I
-intended them for use when a particular name applied only to a
-specific \textsf{title}, rather than to a \textsf{maintitle} or
-\textsf{booktitle} (cf.\ \textbf{namea} and \textbf{nameb}, above).
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace In the present instance, you can use \cmd{partcomp} to
-identify a compiler when \textsf{namec} (or \textsf{editortype}) won't
-do, e.g., in a \textsf{note} field or the like. In such a case,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} will print the appropriate string in your
-references.
-
-\mybigspace Use \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash partedit}} this
-macro when identifying an editor whose name doesn't conveniently fit
-into the usual fields (\textsf{editor} or \textsf{namea}). (N.B.: If
-you are writing in French and using \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, then
-currently you'll need to add either \texttt{de} or \texttt{d'} after
-this command in your .bib files to make the references come out right.
-I'm working on this.) See howell:marriage.
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- partedit-\\andcomp}} before, but for use when an editor is also a
-compiler.
-
-\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- partedit-\\andtrans}} before, but for when when an editor is also a
-translator (ratliff:review:15).
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- partedit-\\transandcomp}} before, but for when an editor is also a
-translator and a compiler.
-
-\vspace{1.3\baselineskip} As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- parttrans}} before, but for use when identifying a translator
-whose name doesn't conveniently fit into the usual fields
-(\textsf{translator} and \textsf{nameb}).
-
-\mybigspace As \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash
- parttrans-\\andcomp}} before, but for when a translator is also a
-compiler.
-
-\subsubsection{Citation Commands}
-\label{sec:cite:authordate}
-
-The \textsf{biblatex} package is particularly rich in citation
-commands, most of which, in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate},
-function as they do in the standard author-date styles. If you are
-getting unexpected behavior when using them please have a look in your
-.log file. A command like \cmd{supercite}, listed in \xA7~3.6.2 of the
-\textsf{biblatex} manual but not defined by
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} or by core \textsf{biblatex},
-defaults to \cmd{cite}, and leaves a warning in the .log. The
-following commands may require some minimal explanation, but if there
-are standard commands that don't work for you, or new commands that
-would be useful, please let me know, and it should be possible to fix
-or add them.
-
-\mybigspace I \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash autocite}} haven't
-adapted this in the slightest, but I thought it worth pointing out
-that \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} sets this command to use
-\cmd{parencite} as the default option. It is, in my experience, much
-the most common citation command you will use, and also works fine in
-its multicite form, \textbf{\textbackslash autocites}.
-
-\mybigspace In \mymarginpar{\textbf{\textbackslash textcite}} standard
-\textsf{biblatex} this command searches first for a
-\textsf{labelname}, usually taken from the \textsf{author} or
-\textsf{shortauthor} field, then uses the \textsf{shorthand} field if
-the former doesn't exist. Because of the way the Chicago author-date
-specification recommends handling abbreviations, I have switched this
-around, and the command now searches for a \textsf{shorthand} first.
-This holds also for the multicite form \textbf{\textbackslash
- textcites}, though both commands revert to their standard
-\textsf{biblatex} behavior when you give the \texttt{cmslos=false}
-option in the preamble.
-
-\subsection{Package Options}
-\label{sec:opts:authdate}
-
-\subsubsection{Pre-set \textsf{biblatex} Options}
-\label{sec:preset:authdate}
-
-Although a quick glance through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
-tell you which \textsf{biblatex} options the package sets for you, I
-thought I might gather them here also for your perusal. These
-settings are, I believe, consistent with the specification, but you
-can alter them in the options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
-preamble or by loading the package using
-\cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate]\{biblatex\}}, which gives
-you the \textsf{biblatex} defaults unless you redefine them yourself
-inside the square brackets.
-
-\mylittlespace \textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate}
-\mymarginpar{\texttt{autocite=\\inline}} places references in
-footnotes by default.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{citetracker=\\true}} citetracker
-for the \cmd{ifciteseen} test is enabled globally.
-
-\mybigspace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{alldates=comp}} specification
-calls for the long format when presenting dates, slightly shortened
-when presenting date ranges. Please note that because of the
-author-date style's complicated requirements with respect to dates,
-there will be cases when printed ranges don't look exactly right ---
-cf., e.g., nass:address. I'm working on this.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{ibidtracker=\\constrict}}
-enables an \emph{ibidem} mechanism in citations, but only in the most
-strictly-defined circumstances. The Chicago author-date style doesn't
-print \enquote{Ibid} in citations, but in general a repeated citation
-on the same page will print only the page reference. Technically,
-this should only occur when a source is cited \enquote{more than once
- in one paragraph} (16.114), so you can use the \cmd{citereset}
-command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest compliance, as
-the package only offers automatic resetting on part, chapter, section,
-and subsection boundaries, while \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-automatically resets the tracker at page breaks. (Cf.\
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA73.1.2.1.) Whenever there might be any
-ambiguity, \textsf{biblatex} should default to printing a more
-informative reference.
-
-\mylittlespace If you are going to repeat a source, make sure that the
-cite command provides a \textsf{postnote} --- if you don't need to cite a
-specific page, then it's better only to use one citation rather than
-two, as otherwise, in the current state of the code, you'll get empty
-parentheses, like so: ().
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{labelyear=\\true}} option
-tells \textsf{biblatex} to provide the special \textsf{labelyear} and
-\textsf{extrayear} fields for author-date styles.
-
-\mylittlespace These \colmarginpar{\textsf{\texttt{maxbibnames\\=10\\
- minbibnames\\=7}}} two options are new, and control the number
-of names printed in the list of references when that number exceeds
-10. These numbers follow the recommendations of the \emph{Manual}
-(17.29--30), and they are different from those for use in citations.
-With \textsf{biblatex} 1.6 and later you can no longer redefine
-\texttt{maxnames} and \texttt{minnames} in the \cmd{printbibliography}
-command at the bottom of your document, so \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-now does this automatically for you, though of course you can change
-them in your document preamble. Please see
-section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} below (and the file
-\textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}) for hints on dealing with entries with
-more than three authors.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{pagetracker=\\true}} enables
-page tracking for the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage}
-commands for controlling, among other things, the \emph{ibidem}
-mechanism. It tracks individual pages if \LaTeX\ is in oneside mode,
-or whole spreads in twoside mode.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{punctfont=\\true}} fixes a
-minor problem with punctuation in titles, ensuring that the colon
-between a title and a subtitle appears in the correct, matching font.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{sortcase=\\false}} turns off
-the sorting of uppercase and lowercase letters separately, a practice
-which the \emph{Manual} doesn't appear to recommend.
-
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{sorting=cms}} setting, new
-in this release, takes advantage of the \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}
-command provided by \textsf{biblatex} and \textsf{biber}, in effect
-implementing a default sorting order in the list of references
-tailored to comply with the Chicago author-date specification. Please
-see the documentation of \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} in
-section~\ref{sec:authformopts}, below.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquelist=\\minyear}}
-enables \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} to disambiguate entries
-which have more than three \textsf{authors}, but which differ
-\emph{after} the first name in the list. This will only occur when
-two such entries have the same \textsf{year} (16.118). The option is
-\textsf{Biber}-only, like the following, which means that this
-next-generation \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ replacement is now required for the
-author-date style. Please see \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and
-section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth}, below, for further details.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{uniquename=\\minfull}}
-enables the package to distinguish different authors who share a
-surname, using initials in the first instance, and whole names if
-initials aren't enough (16.108). The option is now
-\textsf{Biber}-only, like the previous one.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usetranslator\\=true}}
-enables automatic use of the \textsf{translator} at the head of
-entries in the absence of an \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
-In the list of references, the entry will be alphabetized by the
-translator's surname. You can disable this functionality on a
-per-entry basis by setting \texttt{usetranslator=false} in the
-\textsf{options} field. Cf.\ silver:gawain.
-
-\subsubsection*{Other \textsf{biblatex} Formatting Options}
-\label{sec:authformopts}
-
-I've chosen defaults for many of the general formatting commands
-provided by \textsf{biblatex}, including the vertical space between
-items in the list of references and between items in the list of
-shorthands (\cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{lositemsep}). I define many of
-these in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and of course you may want to
-redefine them to your own needs and tastes. It may be as well you
-know that the \emph{Manual} does state a preference for two of the
-formatting options I've implemented by default: the 3-em dash as a
-replacement for repeated names in the list of references
-(16.103--106); and the formatting of note numbers, both in the main
-text and at the bottom of the page / end of the essay (superscript in
-the text, in-line in the notes; 16.25). The code for this last
-formatting is also in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, and I've wrapped
-it in a test that disables it if you are using the \textsf{memoir}
-class, which I believe has its own commands for defining these
-parameters. You can also disable it by using the \texttt{footmarkoff}
-package option, on which see below.
-
-\mylittlespace Gildas Hamel pointed out that my default definition, in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, of \textsf{biblatex's}
-\cmd{bibnamedash} didn't work well with many fonts, leaving a line of
-three dashes separated by gaps. He suggested an alternative, which
-I've adopted, with a minor tweak to make the dash thicker, though you
-can toy with all the parameters to find what looks right with your
-chosen font. The default definition is:
-\cmd{renewcommand*\{\textbackslash bibnamedash\}\{\textbackslash
- rule[.4ex]\{3em\}\{.6pt\}\}}.
-
-\mylittlespace With \colmarginpar{\texttt{losnotes}
- \&\\\texttt{losendnotes}} this release, and at the request of
-Kenneth Pearce, I have added two new \texttt{bibenvironments} to
-\textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}, for use with the \texttt{env} option
-to the \cmd{printshorthands} command. The first, \texttt{losnotes},
-is designed to allow a list of shorthands to appear inside footnotes,
-while \texttt{losendnotes} does the same for endnotes. Their main
-effect is to change the font size, and in the latter case to clear up
-some spurious punctuation and white space that I see on my system when
-using endnotes. (You'll probably also want to use the option
-\texttt{heading=none} in order to get rid of the [oversized] default,
-providing your own within the \cmd{footnote} command.) Please see the
-documentation of \textsf{shorthand} in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for further options available
-to you for presenting and formatting the list of shorthands.
-
-\mylittlespace The next-generation backend \textsf{Biber} offers
-enhanced functionality in many areas, two of which I've implemented in
-this release. If the default definitions don't work well for you, you
-can redefine all of them in your document preamble --- see
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7\xA74.5.1 and 4.5.2.
-
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{Labelname}}
-option allows you to add name fields for consideration when
-\textsf{biblatex} is attempting to find a shortened name for in-text
-citations. This, for example, allows a compiler (=\textsf{namec}) to
-appear in citations without any other intervention from the user,
-rather than requiring a \textsf{shortauthor} field as previous
-releases of \textsf{biblatex-chicago} did. The default definition
-currently is
-\texttt{\{shortauthor,author,\\shorteditor,namea,editor,nameb,translator,namec\}}.
-
-\mylittlespace The
-\colmarginpar{\cmd{Declare-}\\\texttt{SortingScheme}} third
-\textsf{Biber} enhancement I have implemented allows you to include
-almost any field whatsoever in \textsf{biblatex's} sorting algorithms
-for the list of references, so that a great many more entries will be
-sorted correctly automatically rather than requiring manual
-intervention in the form of a \textsf{sortkey} field or the like.
-Code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} sets the \textsf{biblatex}
-option \texttt{sorting=cms}, which is a custom scheme, basically a
-Chicago-specific variant of the default \texttt{nyt}. You can find
-its definition in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}.
-
-\mylittlespace The advantages of this scheme are, specifically, that
-any entry headed by one of the supplemental name fields
-(\textsf{name[a-c]}), a \textsf{manual} entry headed by an
-\textsf{organization}, or an \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entry
-headed by a \textsf{journaltitle} will no longer need a
-\textsf{sortkey} set. The main disadvantage should only occur very
-rarely, and appears because the supplemental name fields are treated
-differently from the standard name fields by \textsf{biblatex}.
-Ordinarily, you can set, for example, \texttt{useauthor=false} in the
-\textsf{options} field to remove the \textsf{author's} name from
-consideration for sorting purposes. The Chicago-specific option
-\textsf{usecompiler=false}, however, doesn't remove \textsf{namec}
-from such consideration, so in some rare corner cases you may need a
-\textsf{sortkey}.
-
-\subsubsection{{Pre-set \textsf{chicago} Options}}
-\label{sec:authpreset}
-
-At \mymarginpar{\texttt{bookpages=\\true}} the request of Scot
-Becker, I have included this rather specialized option, which controls
-the printing of the \textsf{pages} field in \textsf{book} entries.
-Some bibliographic managers, apparently, place the total page count in
-that field by default, and this option allows you to stop the printing
-of this information in the reference list. It defaults to true, which
-means the field is printed, but it can be set to false either in the
-preamble, for the whole document, or on a per-entry basis in the
-\textsf{options} field (though rather than use this latter method it
-would make sense to eliminate the \textsf{pages} field from the
-affected entries).
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{doi=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{doi} fields present in the .bib file will be
-printed in the reference list. It defaults to true, and can be set to
-false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
-per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.
-
-\mylittlespace This \colmarginpar{\texttt{eprint=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{eprint} fields present in the .bib file will be
-printed in the list of references. It defaults to true, and can be
-set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
-per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. In \textsf{online}
-entries, the \textsf{eprint} field will always be printed.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{isbn=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{isan}, \textsf{isbn}, \textsf{ismn},
-\textsf{isrn}, \textsf{issn}, and \textsf{iswc} fields present in the
-.bib file will be printed in the list of references. It defaults to
-true, and can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole
-document, or on a per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field.
-
-%\enlargethispage{-\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Once \mymarginpar{\texttt{numbermonth=\\true}} again
-at the request of Scot Becker, I have included this option, which
-controls the printing of the \textsf{month} field in all the
-periodical-type entries when a \textsf{number} field is also present.
-Some bibliographic software, apparently, always includes the month of
-publication even when a \textsf{number} is present. When all this
-information is available the \emph{Manual} (17.181) prints everything,
-so this option defaults to true, which means the field is printed, but
-it can be set to false either in the preamble, for the whole document,
-or on a per-entry basis in the \textsf{options} field.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{url=true}} option controls
-whether any \textsf{url} fields present in the .bib file will be
-printed in the reference list. It defaults to true, and can be set to
-false either in the preamble, for the whole document, or on a
-per-entry basis, in the \textsf{options} field. Please note that, as
-in standard \textsf{biblatex}, the \textsf{url} field is always
-printed in \textsf{online} entries, regardless of the state of this
-option.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{includeall=\\true}} is the
-one option that rules the six preceding, either printing all the
-fields under consideration --- the default --- or excluding all of
-them. It is set to \texttt{true} in \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx},
-but you can change it either in the preamble for the whole document or
-in the \textsf{options} field of individual entries. The rationale
-for all of these options is the availability of bibliographic managers
-that helpfully present as much data as possible, in every entry, some
-of which may not be felt to be entirely necessary. Setting
-\texttt{includeall} to \texttt{true} probably works just fine for
-those compiling their .bib databases by hand, but others may find that
-some automatic pruning helps clear things up, at least to a first
-approximation. Some per-entry work afterward may then polish up the
-details.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{cmslos=true}} option alters
-\textsf{biblatex's} standard behavior when processing the
-\textsf{shorthand} field. Chicago's author-date style only seems to
-recommend the use of shorthands as abbreviations for long authors'
-names, particularly institutional names, which means the shorthand
-will replace only the name part in citations rather than the whole
-citation (17.47; bsi:abbreviation:15, iso:electrodoc:15). It suggests
-placing the expansion of the abbreviation into the reference list
-itself, a procedure that I have implemented in this release using the
-\textbf{customc} entry type, which see. Please note that you can
-still print a list of shorthands if you wish, and you can also get
-back something approaching the \enquote{standard} behavior of
-shorthands if you give the \texttt{cmslos=false} option to
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your document preamble. Cf.\
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate}, s.v. \enquote{\textbf{shorthand}}
-above, and also \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{nodates=true}} option means
-that for all entry types except \textsf{inreference}, \textsf{misc},
-and \textsf{reference}, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will automatically
-provide \cmd{bibstring\{nodates\}} for any entry that doesn't
-otherwise provide a date for citations and for the heads of entries in
-the list of references. If you set \texttt{nodates=false} in your
-preamble, then the package won't perform this substitution in any
-entry type whatsoever. (The bibstring expands to
-\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}} in English.)
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{usecompiler=\\true}} option
-enables automatic use of the name of the compiler (in the
-\textsf{namec} field) at the head of an entry, usually in the absence
-of an \textsf{author}, \textsf{editor}, or \textsf{translator}, in
-accordance with the specification (\emph{Manual} 17.41). It may also,
-like \texttt{useauthor}, \texttt{useeditor}, and
-\texttt{usetranslator}, be disabled on a per-entry basis by setting
-\texttt{usecompiler=false} in the \textsf{options} field. The only,
-subtle, difference between this switch and those standard
-\textsf{biblatex} switches is that this one won't remove
-\textsf{namec} from the sorting list, whereas \texttt{useauthor=false}
-and \texttt{useeditor=false} do remove the \textsf{author} and
-\textsf{editor}. You may, therefore, in corner cases, require a
-\textsf{sortkey} in the entry.
-
-\subsubsection{Style Options -- Preamble}
-\label{sec:authuseropts}
-
-These are parts of the specification that not everyone will wish to
-enable. All except the second can be used even if you load the
-package in the old way via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, but most users
-can just place the appropriate string(s) in the options to the
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}} call in your preamble.
-
-\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{annotation}} the request of
-Emil Salim, I have added to this version of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-the ability to produce annotated reference lists. If you turn this
-option on then the contents of your \textsf{annotation} (or
-\textsf{annote}) field will be printed after the reference. (You can
-also use external files to store annotations -- please see
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7~3.10.7 for details on how to do this.) This
-functionality is currently in a beta state, so before you use it
-please have a look at the documentation for the \textsf{annotation}
-field, in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above.
-
-\mylittlespace Although \mymarginpar{\texttt{footmarkoff}} the
-\emph{Manual} (16.25) recommends specific formatting for footnote (and
-endnote) marks, i.e., superscript in the text and in-line in foot- or
-endnotes, Charles Schaum has brought it to my attention that not all
-publishers follow this practice, even when requiring Chicago style. I
-have retained this formatting as the default setup, but if you include
-the \texttt{footmarkoff} option, \textsf{biblatex-chicago} will not
-alter \LaTeX 's (or the \textsf{endnote} package's) defaults in any
-way, leaving you free to follow the specifications of your publisher.
-I have placed all of this code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, so if
-you load the package with a call to \textsf{biblatex} instead, then
-once again footnote marks will revert to the \LaTeX\ default, but of
-course you also lose a fair amount of other formatting, as well. See
-section~\ref{sec:loading:auth}, below.
-
-\mylittlespace Several \colmarginpar{\texttt{headline}} users have
-requested an option that turns off the automatic transformations that
-produce sentence-style capitalization in the title fields of the
-author-date style. If you set this option, the word case in your
-title fields will not be changed in any way, that is, this doesn't
-automatically transform your titles into headline-style, but rather
-allows the .bib file to determine capitalization. It works by
-redefining the command \cmd{MakeSentenceCase}, so in the unlikely
-event you are using the latter anywhere in your document please be
-aware that it will also be turned off there.
-
-\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\texttt{juniorcomma}} \emph{Manual}
-(6.49) states that \enquote{commas are no longer required around
- \emph{Jr.}\ and \emph{Sr.},} so by default \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
-has followed standard \textsf{biblatex} in using a simple space in
-names like \enquote{John Doe Jr.} Charles Schaum has pointed out that
-traditional \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ practice was to include the comma, and
-since the \emph{Manual} has no objections to this, I have provided an
-option which allows you to turn this behavior back on, either for the
-whole document or on a per-entry basis. Please note, first, that
-numerical suffixes (John Doe III) never take the comma. The code
-tests for this situation, and detects cardinal numbers well, but if
-you are using ordinals you may need to set this to \texttt{false} in
-the \textsf{options} field of some entries. Second, I have fixed a
-bug in older releases which always printed the \enquote{Jr.}\ part of
-the name immediately after the surname, even when the surname came
-before the given names (as in a reference list). The package now
-correctly puts the \enquote{Jr.}\ part at the end, after the given
-names, and in this position it always takes a comma, the presence of
-which is unaffected by this option.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{natbib}} may look like the
-standard \textsf{biblatex} option, but to keep the coding of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} simpler for the moment I have
-reimplemented it there, from whence it is merely passed on to
-\textsf{biblatex}. If you load the Chicago style with
-\cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}}, then the option should simply
-read \texttt{natbib}, rather than \texttt{natbib=true}. The shorter
-form also works if you use \cmd{usepackage}\\
-\texttt{[style=chicago-authordate]\{biblatex\}}, so I hope this
-requirement isn't too onerous.
-
-\mylittlespace At \mymarginpar{\texttt{noibid}} the request of an
-early tester, I have included this option to allow you globally to
-turn off the \texttt{ibidem} mechanism that
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate} uses by default. This mechanism
-doesn't actually print \enquote{Ibid,} but rather includes only the
-\textsf{postnote} information in a citation, i.e., it will print (224)
-instead of (Author 2000, 224). Setting this option will mean that
-none of these shortened citations will appear automatically. For more
-fine-grained control of individual citations you'll probably want to
-use the \cmd{citereset} command, allied possibly with the
-\textsf{biblatex}\ \texttt{citereset} option, on which see
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA73.1.2.1.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Kenneth Pearce \colmarginpar{\texttt{shorthandfull}}
-has suggested that, in some fields of study, a list of shorthands
-providing full bibliographical information may replace the list of
-references itself. This option, which must be used in tandem with
-\texttt{cmslos=false}, prints this full information in the list of
-shorthands, though of course you should remember that any .bib entry
-not containing a \textsf{shorthand} field won't appear in such a list.
-Please see the documentation of the \textsf{shorthand} field in
-section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate} above for information on further
-options available to you for presenting and formatting the list of
-shorthands.
-
-\mylittlespace This \mymarginpar{\texttt{strict}} still-experimental
-option attempts to follow the \emph{Manual}'s recommendations (16.57)
-for formatting footnotes on the page, using no rule between them and
-the main text unless there is a run-on note, in which case a short
-rule intervenes to emphasize this continuation. I haven't tested this
-code very thoroughly, and it's possible that frequent use of floats
-might interfere with it. Let me know if it causes problems.
-
-\subsubsection{Style Options -- Entry}
-\label{sec:authentryopts}
-
-These options are settable on a per-entry basis in the
-\textsf{options} field; both relate to the presentation of dates in
-citations and the list of references.
-
-\mylittlespace The \colmarginpar{\texttt{cmsdate}} \emph{Manual}
-outlines a series of options for entries with more than one date
-(17.124--27). All of these possibilities are available in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} using the \texttt{cmsdate} entry option. It
-has 4 possible states relevant to this problem, alongside a fifth
-which I discuss below. An example should make this clearer. Let us
-assume that an entry presents a reprinted edition of a work by Smith,
-first published in 1926 (the \textsf{origdate}) and reprinted in 1985
-(the \textsf{date}):
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad \textbf{off}:] This is the default. The citation will
- look like (Smith 1985).
-\item[\qquad \textbf{on}:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926).
-\item[\qquad \textbf{new}:] The citation will look like (Smith
- 1926/1985).
-\item[\qquad \textbf{old}:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926]
- 1985).
-\end{description}
-
-As I explained in detail above in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
-s.v.\ \enquote{\textbf{date},}\ because \textsf{biblatex's} sorting
-algorithms and automatic creation of the \textsf{extrayear} field
-refer by default to the \textsf{date} before the \textsf{origdate}
-when both are present, there may be situations when you need to have
-the \emph{earlier} year in the \textsf{date} field, and the later one
-in \textsf{origdate}, e.g., if you have another reprinted work by the
-same author originally printed in the same year.
-\textsf{Biblatex-chicago-authordate} will automatically detect this
-switch, and given the same reprinted work as above, the results will
-be as follows:
-
-\begin{description}
-\item[\qquad \textbf{off}:] This is the default. The citation will
- look like (Smith 1926a).
-\item[\qquad \textbf{on}:] The citation will look like (Smith 1926a).
-\item[\qquad \textbf{new}:] The citation will look like (Smith
- 1926a/1985).
-\item[\qquad \textbf{old}:] The citation will look like (Smith [1926a]
- 1985).
-\end{description}
-
-If, \mymarginpar{\texttt{switchdates}} for any reason, simply
-switching the \textsf{date} and the \textsf{origdate} isn't possible
-in a given entry, then you can put \texttt{switchdates} in the
-\textsf{options} field to achieve the same result. Please take a look
-at the full documentation of the \textbf{date} field to which I
-referred just above, and also at \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and
-\textsf{dates-test.bib} for examples of how all this works.
-
-\mylittlespace The \colmarginpar{New!} \emph{Manual} specifies that
-\enquote{a list of works cited need not list newspaper items if these
- have been documented in the text} (17.191). This will apply mainly
-to \textsf{article} and \textsf{review} entries with
-\textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{magazine}, and involves a parenthetical
-citation giving the \textsf{journaltitle} and then the full
-\textsf{date}, not just the year, with any other relevant identifying
-information incorporated into running text. In order to facilitate
-this, I have added a further switch to the \texttt{cmsdate} option
-\colmarginpar{\mycolor{\texttt{cmsdate=full}}} ---
-\mycolor{\textbf{full}} --- which \emph{only} affects the presentation
-of citations, and causes the printing of the full date specification
-there. You can use the standard \textsf{biblatex} \texttt{skipbib}
-option to keep such entries from appearing in the list of references,
-and you may, if your .bib entry is a complete one, also need
-\texttt{useauthor=false} in order to ensure that the
-\textsf{journaltitle} appears in the citations rather than the
-\textsf{author}.
-
-\mylittlespace As a final note, I should point out that the code in
-\textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx} allows \texttt{cmsdate} to be used in
-the document preamble as a general setting. This leads to a world of
-pain, so I very strongly advise against it, though I'm leaving it in
-for testing purposes.
-
-\subsection{General Usage Hints}
-\label{sec:hints:auth}
-
-\subsubsection{Loading the Style}
-\label{sec:loading:auth}
-
-With the addition of the author-date style to the package, I have
-provided two keys for choosing which style to load, \texttt{notes} and
-\texttt{authordate}, one of which you put in the options to the
-\cmd{usepackage} command. With early versions of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, the standard way of loading the package was
-via a call to \textsf{biblatex}, e.g.:
-\begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,strict,backend=biber,\%\\
- babel=other,bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex\}}
-\end{quote}
-Now, the default way to load the style, and one that will in the
-vast majority of standard cases produce the same results as the old
-invocation, will look like this:
-\begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[authordate,strict,backend=biber,babel=other,\%\\
- bibencoding=inputenc]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
-\end{quote}
-
-If you read through \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, you'll see that it
-sets a number of \textsf{biblatex} options aimed at following the
-Chicago specification, as well as setting a few formatting variables
-intended as reasonable defaults (see section~\ref{sec:preset:authdate},
-above). Some parts of this specification, however, are plainly more
-\enquote{suggested} than \enquote{required,} and indeed many
-publishers, while adopting the main skeleton of the Chicago style in
-citations, nonetheless maintain their own house styles to which the
-defaults I have provided do not conform.
-
-\mylittlespace If you only need to change one or two parameters, this
-can easily be done by putting different options in the call to
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} or redefining other formatting variables in
-the preamble, thereby overriding the package defaults. If, however,
-you wish more substantially to alter the output of the package,
-perhaps to use it as a base for constructing another style altogether,
-then you may want to revert to the old style of invocation above.
-You'll lose all the definitions in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
-including those to which I've already alluded and also the code that
-sets the note number in-line rather than superscript in endnotes or
-footnotes. Also in this file is the code that calls
-\textsf{cms-american.lbx}, which means that you'll lose all the
-Chicago-specific bibstrings I've defined unless you provide, in your
-preamble, a \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} command adapted for your
-setup, on which see section~\ref{sec:international} below and also
-\xA7\xA7~4.9.1 and 4.11.7 in Lehman's \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
-
-\mylittlespace What you \emph{will not} lose is the ability to call
-the package options \texttt{annotation, strict, cmslos=false} and
-\texttt{noibid} (section~\ref{sec:authuseropts}, above), in case these
-continue to be useful to you when constructing your own modifications.
-There's very little code, therefore, actually in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, but I hope that even this minimal
-separation will make the package somewhat more adaptable. Any
-suggestions on this score are, of course, welcome.
-
-\subsubsection{Other Hints}
-\label{sec:otherhints:auth}
-
-Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
-author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
-process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
-variants) will no longer provide all the required features. The
-previous release of \textsf{Biber} (0.9.5), however, contained bugs
-that made it tricky to use with \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. These bugs
-have been addressed in 0.9.6, so I recommend you upgrade to it and to
-the latest \textsf{biblatex} (1.7), which are designed to work
-together. This document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
-you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
-\textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and, if you have any problems with the
-current release, possibly \textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.
-
-\mylittlespace If your .bib file contains a large number of entries
-with more than three authors, then you may run into some limitations
-of the \textsf{biblatex-chicago} code. The default settings in the
-package are \texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
-\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references. In
-practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
-will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
-to one in citations, like so: (Hlatky et al. 2002). For the vast
-majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
-Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference
- list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also
- be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
- different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
- must distinguish between them} (16.118). The new
-(\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{uniquelist},
-set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, will automatically
-handle many of these situations for you, but it is as well to
-understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the limits,
-listed above, on how many names to print in a citation. Without
-\texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a work as,
-e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be (Hlatky et
-al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but inaccurately, as
-it suggests that the two different author lists are exactly the same.
-With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might look like (Hlatky,
-Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\ 2002), which is
-what the specification requires.
-
-\mylittlespace If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further
-down the author list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples
---- then the default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5
-names printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation,
-you can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
-\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\}
-and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive
-Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
-references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of
- Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,}
-2002), again as the spec requires. There is, unfortunately, no
-simpler way that I know of to deal with this situation.
-
-\mylittlespace One useful rule, when you are having difficulty
-creating a .bib entry, is to ask yourself whether all the information
-you are providing is strictly necessary. The Chicago specification is
-a very full one, but the \emph{Manual} is actually, in many
-circumstances, fairly relaxed about how much of the data from a work's
-title page you need to fit into a reference. Authors of introductions
-and afterwords, multiple publishers in different countries, the real
-names of authors more commonly known under pseudonyms, all of these
-are candidates for exclusion if you aren't making specific reference
-to them, and if you judge that their inclusion won't be of particular
-interest to your readers. Of course, any data that may be of such
-interest, and especially any needed to identify and track down a
-reference, has to be present, but sometimes it pays to step back and
-reevaluate how much information you're providing. I've tried to make
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} robust enough to handle the most complex,
-data-rich citations, but there may be instances where you can save
-yourself some typing by keeping it simple.
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Scot Becker has pointed out to me that the inverse
-problem not only exists but may well become increasingly common, to
-wit, .bib database entries generated by bibliographic managers which
-helpfully provide as much information as is available, including
-fields that users may well wish not to have printed (ISBN, URL, DOI,
-\textsf{pagetotal}, inter alia). The standard \textsf{biblatex}
-styles contain a series of options, detailed in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}
-\xA73.1.2.2, for controlling the printing of some of these fields, and
-with this release I have implemented the ones that are relevant to
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}, along with a couple that Scot requested and
-that may be of more general usefulness. There is also a general
-option to excise with one command all the fields under consideration
--- please see section~\ref{sec:authpreset} above.
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, allow me to reiterate what Philipp Lehman says
-in \textsf{biblatex.pdf}, to wit, use \textsf{bibtex8}, rather than
-standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX, and avoid the cryptic errors that ensue
-when your .bib file gets to a certain size.
-
-\section{Internationalization}
-\label{sec:international}
-
-Several users have requested that, in line with analogous provisions
-in other \enquote{American} \textsf{biblatex} styles (e.g.,
-\textsf{biblatex-apa} and \textsf{biblatex-mla}), I include facilities
-for producing a Chicago-like style in other languages. I have
-supplied three lbx files, \textsf{cms-german.lbx}, its clone
-\textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}, and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, in at least
-partial fulfillment of this request. For this release, Baldur
-Kristinsson has very kindly provided
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}} for speakers of that language,
-while H\xE5kon Malmedal has equally kindly provided
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}},
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-norwegian.lbx}}, and
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}}. I have added
-\mycolor{\textsf{cms-british.lbx}} in order to simplify and to improve
-the package's handling of non-American typographical conventions in
-English. This means that all --- or at least most --- of the
-Chicago-specific bibstrings are now available for documents and
-reference apparatuses written in these languages, with, as I intend,
-more languages to follow, limited mainly by my finite time and
-even-more-finite competence. (If you would like to provide bibstrings
-for a language in which you want to work, or indeed correct
-deficiencies in the lbx files contained in the package, please contact
-me.)
-
-\mylittlespace Using \mymarginpar{\textbf{babel}} these facilities is
-fairly simple. By default, and this functionality remains the same as
-it was in the previous release of \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, calls to
-\cmd{DeclareLanguage\-Mapping} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} will
-automatically load the American strings, and also \textsf{biblatex's}
-American-style punctuation tracking, when you:
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{american} as the main text
- language.
-\item Load \textsf{babel} with \texttt{english} as the main text
- language.
-\item[] \qquad \emph{or}
-\item Do not load \textsf{babel} at all.
-\end{enumerate}
-(This last is a change from the \textsf{biblatex} defaults --- cp.\
-\xA7~3.9.1 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} --- but it seems to me reasonable, in
-an American citation style, to expect this arrangement to work well
-for the majority of users.)
-
-\mylittlespace If, \colmarginpar{New!} for whatever reason, you wanted
-to use \textsf{biblatex-chicago} but retain British typographical
-conventions --- punctuation outside of quotation marks, outer quotes
-single rather than double, etc.\ --- then you no longer need to follow
-the complicated rules outlined in previous releases of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Instead, simply load \textsf{babel} with
-the \texttt{british} option.
-
-\mylittlespace If you want to use French, German, Icelandic, or
-Norwegian strings in the reference apparatus, then you can load
-\textsf{babel} with \texttt{french}, \texttt{german},
-\texttt{icelandic}, \texttt{ngerman}, \texttt{norsk}, or
-\texttt{nynorsk} as the main document language. You no longer need
-any calls to \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} in your document preamble,
-since \textsf{bib\-latex-chicago.sty} now automatically provides these
-if you load the package in the standard way.
-
-\mylittlespace You can also define which bibstrings to use on an
-entry-by-entry basis by using the \textsf{hyphenation} field in your
-bib file, but you will have to make sure that the Chicago-specific
-strings for the given language are loaded using a
-\cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} call in the preamble. Indeed, if
-\texttt{american} isn't the main text language when loading
-\textsf{babel}, then in order to have access to those strings you'll
-need \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping\{american\}\{cms-american\}} in your
-preamble, as \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} won't load it for you.
-
-\mylittlespace Three other hints may be in order here. Please note,
-first, that I haven't altered the standard punctuation procedures used
-in any of the other available languages, so commas and full stops will
-appear outside of quotation marks, and those quotation marks
-themselves will be language-specific. If, for whatever reason, you
-wish to follow the Chicago specification and move punctuation inside
-quotation marks, then you'll need a declaration of this sort in your
-preamble:
-
-\begin{quote}
- \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras\{german\}\{\%}\\
- \hspace*{2em}\cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation\{.,\}\}}
-\end{quote}
-
-Second, depending on the nature of your bibliography database, it will
-only rarely be possible to process the same bib file in different
-languages and obtain completely satisfactory results. Fields like
-\textsf{note} and \textsf{addendum} will often contain
-language-specific information that won't be translated when you switch
-languages, so manual intervention will be necessary. If you suspect
-you may have a need to use the same bib file in different languages,
-you can minimize the amount of manual intervention required by using
-the bibstrings defined either by \textsf{biblatex} or by
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago}. Here, a quick read through
-\textsf{notes-test.bib} and/or \textsf{dates-test.bib} should give you
-an idea of what is available for this purpose --- see esp.\ the
-strings \texttt{by}, \texttt{nodate}, \texttt{newseries},
-\texttt{number}, \texttt{numbers}, \texttt{oldseries},
-\texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{reviewof}, \texttt{revisededition}, and
-\texttt{volume}, and also section \ref{sec:formatcommands} above,
-esp.\ s.v.\ \enquote{\cmd{partedit}.}
-
-\mylittlespace Finally, the French and German bibstrings I have
-provided may well break with established bibliographical traditions in
-those languages, but my main concern when choosing them was to remain
-as close as possible to the quirks of the Chicago specification. I
-have entirely relied on the judgment of the creators of the Icelandic
-and Norwegian localizations in those instances. If you have strong
-objections to any of the strings, or indeed to any of my formatting
-decisions, please let me know.
-
-\section{One .bib Database, Two Chicago Styles}
-\label{sec:twostyles}
-
-I have, when designing this package, attempted to keep at least half
-an eye on the possibility that users might want to re-use a .bib
-database in documents using the two different Chicago styles. I have
-no idea whether this will even be a common concern, but I thought I
-might gather in this section the issues that a hypothetical user might
-face. The two possible conversion vectors are by no means
-symmetrical, so I provide two lists, items within the lists appearing
-in no particular order. These may well be incomplete, so any
-additions are welcome.
-
-\subsection{Notes -> Author-Date }
-\label{sec:conv:notesauth}
-
-This is, I believe, the simpler conversion, as most well-constructed
-.bib entries for the notes \& bibliography style will nearly
-\enquote{just work} in author-date, but here are a few caveats
-nonetheless:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item You'll need curly brackets in titles, subtitles, etc., to
- protect capitalization in the sentence-style defaults of
- author-date.
-\item You may need to reevaluate your use of shorthands, given that by
- default the author-date style uses them in place of authors rather
- than in place of the whole citation. The preamble option
- \textsf{cmslos=false} may help, but this may leave your document
- out-of-spec.
-\item The potential problem with multiple author lists containing more
- than three names doesn't arise in the notes \& bibliography style,
- so the \textsf{shortauthor} fields in such entries may need
- alteration according to the instructions in
- section~\ref{sec:otherhints:auth} above.
-\item Date presentation is relatively simple in notes \& bibliography,
- but you'll need to contemplate the \texttt{cmsdate} options from
- section~\ref{sec:authentryopts} when doing the conversion to
- author-date.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\subsection{Author-date -> Notes}
-\label{sec:conv:authnotes}
-
-It is my impression that an author-date .bib database is somewhat
-easier to construct in the first instance, but subsequently converting
-it to notes \& bibliography is a little more onerous. Here are some
-of the things you may need to address:
-
-\begin{enumerate}
-\item If you've decided against using the \cmd{partedit} macro and
- friends from section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above, commands
- not strictly necessary for author-date, you'll need to insert them
- now.
-\item In general, you need to be more careful in notes \& bibliography
- about capitalization issues. Fields which only appear once in
- author-date --- in the list of references --- may appear in both
- long notes and in the bibliography, in different syntactic contexts,
- so a quick perusal of the documentation of the \cmd{autocap} macro
- in section~\ref{sec:formatting:authdate} above may help.
-\item You also need to be more careful about the use of abbreviations,
- e.g., in journal names, where the author-date style is more liberal
- in their use than the notes \&\ bibliography style. (Cf.\ 17.159.)
- The bibstrings mechanism and package options sort much of this out
- automatically, but not all.
-\item Although you can get away with the \textsf{article} type for all
- sorts of periodical entries in author-date, you'll need the
- \textsf{review} type for notes \& bibliography. Any
- well-constructed \textsf{review} entry should work just fine in
- author-date, so this is a one-time conversion. Please see the
- documentation in section~\ref{sec:entrytypes},
- s.vv. \enquote{article} and \enquote{review,} above.
-\item The \textsf{shorttitle} field is used extensively in notes \&
- bibliography to keep short notes short, so you may find that you
- need to add a fair number of these to an author-date database. In
- general this field is ignored by the latter style, so this, too,
- will be a one-time conversion.
-\item You may need to add \textsf{letter} entries if you are citing
- just one letter from a published collection. See
- section~\ref{sec:entrytypes}, s.v. \enquote{letter,} above.
-\item The default shorthand presentation differs from one style to the
- other. You may need to reconsider how you use this field when
- making the conversion.
-\item As I explained above in section~\ref{sec:entryfields}, s.v.\
- \enquote{date,} I have included compatibility code in
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} for the \texttt{cmsdate} (silently
- ignored) and \texttt{switchdates} options, along with the automatic
- mechanism for reversing \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate}. This
- means that you can, in theory, leave all of this alone in your .bib
- file when making the conversion, though I'm retaining the right to
- revise this if the code in question demonstrably interferes with the
- functioning of the notes \&\ bibliography style.
-\end{enumerate}
-
-\section{Interaction with Other Packages}
-\label{sec:otherpacks}
-
-For \mymarginpar{\textbf{endnotes}} users of the \textsf{endnotes}
-package --- or of \textsf{pagenote} --- \textsf{biblatex} 0.9 offers
-considerably enhanced functionality. Please read Lehman's RELEASE
-file and the documentation of the \texttt{notetype} option in
-\textsf{biblatex.pdf} \xA7~3.1.2.1.
-
-\mylittlespace Another \mymarginpar{\textbf{memoir}} problem I have
-found occurs because the \textsf{memoir} class provides its own
-commands for the formatting of foot- and end-note marks. By default,
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} uses superscript numbers in the text, and
-in-line numbers in foot- or end-notes, but I have turned this off when
-the \textsf{memoir} class is loaded, reasoning that users of that
-package may well have their own ideas about such formatting.
-
-\mylittlespace The \mymarginpar{\textbf{ragged2e}} footnote mark code
-I've just mentioned also causes problems for the \textsf{rag\-ged2e}
-package, but in this case a simple workaround is to load
-\textsf{biblatex} \emph{after} you've loaded \textsf{ragged2e} in your
-document preamble.
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Nick \mymarginpar{\textbf{Xe\LaTeX}} Andrewes alerted
-me to problems that appeared when he used the Xe\LaTeX\ engine to
-process his files. These included spurious punctuation after
-quotation marks in some situations, and also failures in the automatic
-capitalization routines. Some of these problems disappeared when I
-switched to using Lehman's punctuation-tracking code for
-\enquote{American} styles, but some remained. A bug report from
-J. P. E.~Harper-Scott suggested a new way of addressing the issue, and
-the newest version of Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package (4.4)
-incorporates a full fix. This, thankfully, doesn't require turning
-off any of Xe\LaTeX 's features, and indeed merely involves upgrading
-to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes}, which I recommend doing in
-any case. Compatibility with the EU1 encoding is now standard in that
-package.
-
-\section{TODO \&\ Known Bugs}
-\label{sec:bugs}
-
-This release, belatedly, implements the specifications of the 16th
-edition of the \emph{Chicago Manual of Style}. I am maintaining the
-15th-edition styles for those who may need them, but the majority of
-my time will now be devoted to improving, and extending the scope of,
-the styles devoted to the most recent edition. I encourage all users
-of the notes \&\ bibliography style to upgrade as soon as possible,
-and any users of the author-date style who don't require the (until
-now) traditional title formatting should do the same. The next
-release will contain an author-date style that allows you to maintain
-that title formatting while switching in all other respects to the
-latest specification. If you still have feature requests for the
-older specification, I'll do what I can to include them.
-
-\mylittlespace Regardless of which edition you are considering, there
-are a number of things I haven't implemented. The solution in
-brown:bre\-mer to multi-part journal articles obviously isn't optimal,
-and I should investigate a way of making it simpler. If the kludge
-presented there doesn't appeal, you can always, for the time being,
-refer separately to the various parts. Legal citations are another
-thorny issue, and implementing them would involve choosing a
-particular documentation scheme (for which there exist at least three
-widely-used standards in the US), then providing what would be, it has
-seemed to me, an entirely separate \textsf{biblatex} style, bearing
-little or no relation to the usual look of Chicago citations. Indeed,
-the \emph{Manual} (17.275) even makes it clear that you should be
-using a different reference book if you are presenting work in the
-field, so I've thought it prudent to stay clear of those waters so
-far. I have received a request for this feature, however, so when I
-have finished the updates for the 16th edition I shall look at it more
-closely. If you have other issues with particular sorts of citation,
-I'm of course happy to take them on board. The \emph{Manual} covers
-an enormous range of materials, but if we exclude the legal citations
-it seems to me that the available entry types could be pressed into
-service to address the vast majority of them. If this optimism proves
-misguided, please let me know.
-
-\mylittlespace Kenneth L. Pearce has reported a bug that appears when
-using multiple citation commands inside the \textsf{annotation} field
-of annotated bibliographies. As late as I am with the update to the
-16th edition of the \emph{Manual}, I shall attempt to address this in
-a future release. If you run into this problem, he suggests placing
-all the citations together in parentheses at the end of the
-annotation, though on my machine this doesn't always work too well,
-either.
-
-\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\mylittlespace Version 1.5 of \textsf{biblatex} revised the way the
-package deals with breaking long URLs and DOIs across lines. The new
-code is designed to deal as elegantly as possible with as wide a
-variety of cases as possible, but in a few of my test entries it has
-caused some line-breaking issues of its own. Depending on the nature
-of your cited sources, it may be useful for you to revert to the
-older, pre-1.5 \textsf{biblatex} behavior, something which is easily
-done by copying and pasting the old definition of the
-\cmd{biburlsetup} command into your document preamble. If you look in
-the preambles of \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex} or
-\textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex}, you can see the redefinition and copy
-it from there, just to see whether it helps your situation.
-\textsf{Biblatex} 1.7 also now provides several new counters for
-tuning the formatting of URLs, and these may serve you better than the
-old code. I have tested them in \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex} and
-they work well. Cf.\ \textsf{biblatex.pdf}, \xA7~4.10.3.
-
-\mylittlespace The switch to \textsf{Biber} for the author-date
-specification means that \textsf{biblatex} now provides considerably
-enhanced handling of the various date fields. I have attempted to
-document the relevant changes in \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and in
-the \textbf{date} discussion in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
-above, but it's possible the package may need some changes to cope
-with all the permutations. Please let me know if you find something
-that looks like a bug.
-
-\mylittlespace Recent versions of \textsf{biblatex} have introduced
-some new entry types for citing multi-volume works. These are largely
-aimed at those already using \textsf{Biber}, which provides
-much-improved functionality for the \textsf{crossref} field compared
-to standard \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ or \textsf{bibtex8}. Depending upon the
-time required to implement the changes for the 16th edition, these
-types may make it into the package for the next major release, or they
-may have to wait until the one after.
-
-\mylittlespace Roger Hart, Pierric Sans, and a number of other users
-have reported a bug in the formatting of title fields. This, as far
-as I can tell, has to do with the interaction between
-\cmd{MakeSentenceCase} and certain characters at the start of the
-title, particularly Unicode ones. It may help for the moment to put
-an empty set of curly braces \{\}\ at the start of the field, but I
-shall look into this further.
-
-\mylittlespace This release fixes the other formatting errors of which
-I am aware, though users writing in French should be aware of problems
-with the \cmd{partedit} command in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}
-above. There also remain the larger issues I've discussed throughout
-this documentation, which mainly represent my inability to make all of
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago's} formatting functions transparent for the
-user, but thankfully Lehman's superb punctuation-tracking code has
-preemptively fixed a great many small errors, some of which I hadn't
-even noticed before I began testing that functionality. That there
-are other micro-bugs seems certain --- if you report them I'll do my
-best to fix them.
-
-\mylittlespace I haven't looked closely at the standard
-\textsc{Bib}\TeX\ style by Glenn Paulley, contained in
-the \textsf{chicago} package on CTAN, which implements the
-author-date specification from the 13th edition of the \emph{Manual}.
-If anyone is still using the style, and requires some compatibility
-code for it, let me know, and I'll look into it.
-
-\section{Revision History}
-\label{sec:history}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9g: Released \today}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item No changes to the 15th-edition styles.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9f: Released August 15. 2014}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Small changes to both styles so that they compile with the
- latest \textsf{biblatex} (2.9a). No other fixes.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9e: Released January 29, 2014}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item No changes to the 15th-edition styles.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9d: Released October 30, 2013}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item I have made just enough changes to the styles to ensure they
- compile the test files correctly, but I am marking them as
- \enquote{strongly deprecated,} and encourage all users to upgrade as
- soon as is practicable to the 16th-edition styles. In the next
- release, I shall mark them as \enquote{obsolete,} and they will
- receive no further updates.
-
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9c: Released March 15, 2013}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item No changes to either style, but I am marking them as
- \enquote{deprecated,} and encourage all users to upgrade as soon as
- is practicable to the 16th-edition styles.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9b: Released December 6, 2012}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item I have updated calls to \cmd{DeclareLabelname} and
- \cmd{DeclareLabelyear} in .cbx files so that the package works
- correctly with the most recent version (2.4) of \textsf{biblatex}.
-\item I am grateful to Baldur Kristinsson for providing an Icelandic
- localization file for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, called
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-icelandic.lbx}}. You'll see if you look
- through it that it is still something of a work in progress, but it
- should cover most needs in that language very well. If you would
- like to fill in some of the gaps please let me know.
-\item I am also grateful to H\xE5kon Malmedal for providing Norwegian
- localizations for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, contained in the files
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norsk.lbx}},
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-norwe\-gian.lbx}}, and
- \mycolor{\textsf{cms-nynorsk.lbx}}.
-\item I have added a new British localization
- (\mycolor{\textsf{cms-british.lbx}}) that should make it much
- simpler for users to produce documents adhering to that tradition.
- For further details on the usage of all these localizations please
- see section~\ref{sec:international}, above.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9a: Released July 30, 2012}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item I have made a few changes to \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} to
- allow the package to work with the latest version (2.0) of
- \textsf{biblatex}. In all other respects this release is identical
- to 0.9.9. If you do use the package with \textsf{biblatex} 2.0,
- please let me know if there are issues I need to address. Thanks to
- Charles Schaum for alerting me to some of them.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.9: Released July 5, 2012}
-
-\mylittlespace \label{deprec:obsol} This release, for the first time,
-provides style files implementing the specifications of the 16th
-edition of \emph{The Chicago Manual of Style}. As I am continuing to
-maintain the older files, here follows a list of changes to the
-15th-edition styles since the last release:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item To continue using the 15th-edition styles, for whatever reason,
- please remember to specify either \texttt{notes15} or
- \texttt{authordate15} when loading \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
- preamble.
-\item For reprinted books, you can now present more detailed
- information about the original edition using the new
- \mycolor{\textbf{origlocation}} and \mycolor{\textbf{origpublisher}}
- fields. You can also use this field in \textsf{letter} or
- \textsf{misc} (with \textsf{entrysubtype}) entries to give the place
- where a published or unpublished letter was written. These uses
- apply to both styles.
-\item Thanks to a patch sent by Kazuo Teramoto, you can now take
- advantage of \textsf{biblatex's} facilities for citing
- \mycolor{\textbf{eprint}} resources. There is also a new
- \mycolor{\texttt{eprint}} option, set to \texttt{true} by default,
- which controls the printing of this field in the author-date style.
- You can set the option both in the preamble and in the
- \textsf{options} field of individual entries. The field will always
- print in \textbf{online} entries.
-\item I have added a new citation command,
- \mycolor{\cmd{citejournal}}, to the notes \&\ bibliography style to
- allow you to present journal articles using an alternative short
- note form, which may be a clearer form of reference in certain
- circumstances. Such short notes will present the name of the
- \textsf{author}, the \textsf{journaltitle}, and the \textsf{volume}
- number.
-\item I have included a very slightly modified version of the standard
- \textsf{biblatex} \cmd{citeauthor} command, which may be useful for
- references to works from classical antiquity.
-\item I have added a new \texttt{cmsdate=\mycolor{full}} switch to the
- author-date style, which only affects citations in the text, and
- means that a full date specification will appear there, rather than
- just the year. If you follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations
- concerning newspaper and magazine articles only appearing in running
- text and not in the reference list, this option will help.
-\item I have provided a new option, \mycolor{\texttt{headline}}, which
- turns off the automatic transformations that produce sentence-style
- capitalization in the title fields of the author-date style. If you
- set this option, the word case in your title fields will not be
- changed in any way, that is, this doesn't automatically transform
- your titles into headline-style, but rather allows the .bib file to
- determine capitalization.
-\item Following a request by Kenneth Pearce, I have added new
- facilities for presenting \textbf{shorthands} in the author-date
- style. There are two new \texttt{bibenvi\-ronments} which you can set
- using the \texttt{env} option to the \cmd{printshorthands} command:
- \mycolor{\texttt{losnotes}} formats the list of shorthands so that
- it can be presented in a footnote, while
- \mycolor{\texttt{losendnotes}} does the same for endnotes. There is
- also a new preamble option, \mycolor{\texttt{shorthandfull}}, which
- prints the full bibliographical information of each entry inside the
- list of shorthands, allowing such a list effectively to replace a
- list of references. You need to set the \texttt{cmslos=false}
- option as well in order for this to work.
-\item Thanks to a coding suggestion from Gildas Hamel, I have
- redefined the \cmd{bibnamedash} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
- which should now by default look a little better in a wider variety
- of fonts.
-\item At the request of Baldur Kristinsson, I have added
- \cmd{DeclareLanguageMap\-ping} commands to
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} for all the languages
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago} currently provides. If you load the style
- in the standard way, you no longer need to provide these mappings
- manually yourself.
-\item I have improved the date handling in both styles, particularly
- with regard to date ranges.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.8d: Released November 15, 2011}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Some minor fixes to both styles for compatibility with
- \textsf{biblatex} 1.7.
-\item Kenneth Pearce found an error in the formatting of
- \textsf{bookinbook} titles in the author-date style's list of
- shorthands. This should work properly now.
-\item Jonathan Robinson spotted some inconsistencies in the way the
- notes \&\ bibliography style interacts with the \textsf{hyperref}
- package. Following his suggestion, short notes now point to long
- notes when the latter are available, but to bibliography entries
- instead when you have set the \texttt{short} option.
-\end{itemize}
-
-%\enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
-
-\textbf{0.9.8c: Released October 12, 2011}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Emil Salim pointed out some rather basic errors in the
- presentation of \textsf{inproceedings} and \textsf{proceedings}
- entries, errors that have been present from the first release of the
- style(s). These should now, belatedly, have been put right.
-\item Minor improvements to coding and documentation.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.8b: Released September 29, 2011}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Bad Dates: Christian Boesch alerted me to some date-formatting
- errors produced when using the styles with the \texttt{german}
- option to \textsf{babel}. A little further investigation revealed
- similar problems with \texttt{french}, and before long it became
- clear that date handling in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} was generally,
- and significantly, sub-optimal. The whole system should now be more
- robust and more accurate.
-\item The new date-handling code shouldn't require any changes to your
- .bib files, but users of the author-date style may want to have a
- look at the documentation of the \textsf{letter} and \textsf{misc}
- entry types, and of the four date fields, for some information about
- how the changes could simplify the creation of their databases.
-\item Various other minor improvements.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.8a: Released September 21, 2011}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Fixed a series of unsightly errors in the author-date style,
- discovered while working on the pending update to the 16th edition.
-\item Fixed bugs uncovered in both the author-date and the notes \&\
- bibliography styles thanks to Charles Schaum's adventurous use of
- the \textsf{origyear} field.
-\item Added two new bibstrings to the cms-*.lbx files to fix potential
- bugs in some of the audiovisual entry types.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.8: Released August 31, 2011}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere
- to the author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber}
- to process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more
- recent variants) will no longer provide all the required features.
- Unfortunately, however, the current release of \textsf{Biber}
- (0.9.5) contains bugs that make it tricky to use with
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. These bugs have been addressed in 0.9.6
- beta, which is available for various operating systems in the
- \texttt{development} subdirectory of your SourceForge mirror, e.g.,
- \href{http://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/download.sourceforge.net/pub/sourceforge/b/project/bi/biblatex-biber/biblatex-biber/development/binaries/}{UK
- mirror}. (If, by the time you read this, \textsf{Biber} 0.9.6 has
- already been released, then so much the better.) Please see the
- start of \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} for more details.
-\item The switch to \textsf{Biber} for the author-date specification
- means that \textsf{biblatex} now provides considerably enhanced
- handling of the various date fields. I have attempted to document
- the relevant changes in \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf} and in the
- \textbf{date} discussion in section~\ref{sec:fields:authdate},
- above, but in my testing the only alterations I've so far had to
- make to my .bib files involve adhering more closely to the
- instructions for specifying date ranges. \textsf{Biber} doesn't
- like \{\texttt{1968/75}\}, and will ignore it. Either use
- \{\texttt{1968/1975}\} or use \{\texttt{1968-{}-75}\} in the
- \textsf{year} field.
-\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, and mainly in
- \textsf{article}, \textsf{letter}, \textsf{misc}, and
- \textsf{review} entries, previous releases of
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago} recommended using the \cmd{isdot} macro
- when you needed both to define a field and not have it appear in the
- printed output. This mechanism no longer works in \textsf{biblatex}
- 1.6, and while addressing the problem I realized that relying on it
- covered over some inconsistencies and bugs in my code, so from this
- release forward you will need to modify your .bib and .tex files to
- use other, more standard mechanisms to achieve the same ends, in
- particular the \cmd{headlesscite} commands and declaring
- \texttt{useauthor=false} in the \textsf{options} field. Please
- consult the documentation in section~\ref{sec:formatcommands}, s.v.\
- \enquote{\cmd{isdot},} for a list of example entries where you can
- see these changes at work.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Other New Features:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Fixed the \cmd{smartcite} citation command in, and added a
- \cmd{smartcites} command to, \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}, so that the
- notes \& bibliography style no longer prints parentheses around
- citations produced using \cmd{autocite(s)} commands inside
- \cmd{footnote} commands. Many thanks to Louis-Dominique Dubeau for
- pointing out this error.
-\item Rembrandt Wolpert and Aaron Lambert pointed out an issue with a
- command (\cmd{lbx at fromlang}) that \textsf{biblatex} no longer
- defines, and Charles Schaum very kindly suggested a temporary
- workaround in a newsgroup post, a workaround that should no longer
- be necessary.
-\item Version 1.6 of \textsf{biblatex} no longer allows you to
- redefine the \texttt{minnames} and \texttt{maxnames} options in the
- \cmd{printbibliography} command, so I've defined
- \texttt{minbibnames} and \texttt{maxbibnames} in
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, instead. These parameters have been
- available since version 1.1, so this is now the earliest version of
- \textsf{biblatex} that will work with the Chicago styles. Of
- course, if the (Chicago-recommended) values of these options don't
- suit your needs, you can redefine them in your document preamble.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.7a: Released March 17, 2011}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Added \cmd{smartcite} command to \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx} so
- that the notes \&\ bibliography style will work with
- \textsf{biblatex} 1.3.
-\item Added bibstrings \texttt{byconductor} and \texttt{cbyconductor}
- to the .lbx files, mistakenly omitted in version 0.9.7.
-\item Minor fixes to the docs.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.7: Released February 15, 2011}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The \textbf{customa} and \textbf{customb} entry types are now
- obsolete. Any such entries will be ignored. Please change any that
- remain to \textbf{letter} and \textbf{bookinbook}, respectively.
-\item If you still have any \textbf{customc} entries containing
- introductions, prefaces, or the like, please change them to
- \textbf{suppbook}. I have recycled \textsf{customc} for another
- purpose, on which see below.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Other New Features:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item At the request of Johan Nordstrom, I have added three new
- audiovisual entry types to both styles, \textbf{audio},
- \textbf{music}, and \textbf{video}. The documentation of
- \textsf{audio} in sections~ \ref{sec:entrytypes} and
- \ref{sec:types:authdate} above contains an overview of the three,
- and the details for each type are to be found under their individual
- headings.
-\item I have transformed the \textbf{customc} entry type to enable
- alphabetized cross-references --- the \enquote{c} is meant to be
- mnemonic --- to other, separate entries in a reference list or
- bibliography. In particular, this facilitates cross-references to
- other names in a list, rather than to other works. In author-date,
- in a procedure recommended by the \emph{Manual}, this now allows you
- to expand shorthands inside the reference list rather than in a list
- of shorthands. In both styles, you can now provide a pointer to the
- main entry if a reader is looking an author up under, e.g., a
- pseudonym or other alternative name.
-\item I have introduced the \textbf{userc} field, intended to simplify
- the printing of the cross-references provided by \textsf{customc}
- entries. The standard \cmd{nocite} command works as well, but the
- additional mechanism may be more convenient in some circumstances.
-\item You can now provide an \textbf{eventdate} in \textsf{music}
- entries to identify, e.g., a particular recording session. It will
- be printed just after the \textsf{title}.
-\item In the notes \&\ bibliography style, I have now implemented the
- \textbf{shorthandintro} field, which allows you to change the string
- introducing a shorthand in the first, long note. It works just as
- it does in the standard \textsf{biblatex} styles.
-\item At the request of Scot Becker, I have added six new
- field-exclusion options to both styles, all of which can be set both
- in the document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of
- individual .bib entries. Three of these --- \texttt{doi},
- \texttt{isbn}, and \texttt{url} --- are standard \textsf{biblatex}
- options, the others --- \texttt{bookpages}, \texttt{includeall}, and
- \texttt{numbermonth} --- are \textsf{chicago}-specific. See the
- docs in sections~\ref{sec:chicpreset} and \ref{sec:authpreset},
- above.
-\item At the request of Charles Schaum, I've added the
- \texttt{juniorcomma} option to both styles, which can be set in the
- document preamble and/or in the \textsf{options} field of individual
- entries. It allows you to get the traditional comma between a
- surname and \enquote{Jr.} or \enquote{Sr.}
-\item Fixed an old inaccuracy in the presentation of \enquote{Jr.} and
- \enquote{Sr.,} so that they now appear at the end of names printed
- surname first in bibliographies and reference lists.
-\item Thanks to Andrew Goldstone, I fixed some old inaccuracies in the
- syntax of shortened notes and bibliography entries presenting
- multiple contributions to one multi-author (or single-author)
- volume.
-\item I've altered the directory structure of the archive containing
- this release. Files were multiplying, and look set to multiply
- still further, so I've copied the structure used by Lehman for
- \textsf{biblatex} itself.
-\item Fixed an old bug, which I'd guess was triggered quite rarely, in
- the formatting of publication information in long notes.
-\item Fixed another bug in author-date where the colon separating
- titles and subtitles was in the wrong font. The \textsf{biblatex}
- \texttt{punctfont} option solved this.
-\item Fixed a punctuation bug in \textsf{InReference} entries in the
- notes \&\ bibliography style. Also fixed \textsf{title}
- presentation in \textsf{Reference} entries in author-date.
-\item Fixed some inaccuracies in the tests establishing priority
- between \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields. These arose
- when date ranges were involved, and it's possible I haven't yet
- addressed all possible permutations of the problem.
-\item Added several new bibstrings to the \textsf{cms-*.lbx} files for
- the new audiovisual entry types. This means that the
- \textsf{editortype} fields can now be set to \texttt{director},
- \texttt{producer}, or \texttt{conductor}, depending on your needs.
- You can also set the fields to \texttt{none}, which eliminates all
- identifying strings, and which is useful for identifying performers
- of various sorts.
-\item Minor improvements to documentation.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.5a: Released September 7, 2010}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Quick fix for an elementary and show-stopping mistake in
- \textsf{biblatex-chica\-go.sty}, a mistake disguised if you load
- \textsf{csquotes}, which I do in all my test files. Mea culpa.
- Many thanks indeed to Israel Jacques and Emil Salim for pointing
- this out to me.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9.5: Released September 3, 2010}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item All the custom entry types --- \textbf{customa},
- \textbf{customb}, and \textbf{customc} --- are now deprecated. They
- will still work for the time being, but please be aware that in the
- next major release they will no longer function, at least not as you
- might be expecting. Please change your .bib files to use
- \textbf{letter} (=\textbf{customa}), \textbf{bookinbook}
- (=\textbf{customb}), and \textbf{suppbook} (=\textbf{customc})
- instead.
-\item If by some chance anyone is still using the old \cmd{custpunctc}
- macro, it is now obsolete. It really shouldn't be needed, but let
- me know if I'm wrong.
-\end{itemize}
-
-%\vspace{2\baselineskip}
-
-Other New Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The Chicago author-date style is now implemented in the
- package, and is fully documented in section~\ref{sec:authdate},
- above.
-\item The default way of loading the style(s) has slightly changed.
- You should put either \texttt{notes} or \texttt{authordate} in the
- options to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}, e.g.:
- \begin{quote}
- \cmd{usepackage[authordate,more options%
- \,\ldots]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
- \end{quote}
-\item With the addition of the second Chicago style, I have thought it
- appropriate to alter both the name of the package and the names of
- the files it contains. The package is now \textsf{biblatex-chicago}
- instead of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, and the following
- files have been renamed:
- \begin{itemize}
- \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.cbx}
- \item \textsf{chicago-notes-df.bbx} is now \textsf{chicago-notes.bbx}
- \item \textsf{sample.tex} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.tex}
- \item \textsf{sample.pdf} is now \textsf{cms-notes-sample.pdf}
- \item \textsf{chicago-test.bib} is now \textsf{notes-test.bib}
- \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.pdf} (this file) is now
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.pdf}
- \end{itemize}
- The following files have been added:
- \begin{itemize}
- \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.cbx}
- \item \textsf{chicago-authordate.bbx}
- \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.tex}
- \item \textsf{cms-dates-sample.pdf}
- \item \textsf{dates-test.bib}
- \end{itemize}
- The following files have retained their old names:
- \begin{itemize}
- \item \textsf{cms-american.lbx}
- \item \textsf{cms-french.lbx}
- \item \textsf{cms-german.lbx}
- \item \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}
- \item \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}
- \end{itemize}
-\item I have implemented the \textsf{pubstate} field, slightly
- differently yet compatibly in the two styles, to provide a simpler
- mechanism for identifying a reprinted book. In the author-date
- style, it is highly recommended you use it, as it sorts out some
- complicated formatting questions automatically. In the notes \&\
- bibliography style it isn't strictly necessary, but may be useful
- anyway and easier to remember than the old system. See the
- documentation under \textsf{pubstate} in
- sections~\ref{sec:entryfields} and \ref{sec:fields:authdate}, above.
-\item Users of \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes} no longer need a
- \textsf{shortauthor} field in author-less \textsf{manual} entries,
- or in author-less \textsf{article} or \textsf{review} entries with a
- \texttt{maga\-zine} \textsf{entrysubtype}. The package will now
- automatically take an author for short notes from the
- \textsf{organization} field for \textsf{manual} entries and from the
- \textsf{journaltitle} field for the others. You can still use a
- \textsf{shortauthor} field if you want, but it's no longer
- necessary. (This also holds for \textsf{chicago-authordate}.)
-\item Date presentation in the \textsf{misc} entry type (with
- \textsf{entrysubtype}) has changed to fix an inaccuracy. You can
- now use the \textsf{date} and \textsf{origdate} fields to
- distinguish between two sorts of archival source: letters and
- \enquote{letter-like} sources use \textsf{origdate}, interviews and
- other non-letters use \textsf{date}. The only difference is in how
- the date is printed, so current .bib entries will continue to work
- fine, albeit with minor inaccuracies in the case of non-letter-like
- sources. See the docs on \textbf{misc} in
- sections~\ref{sec:entrytypes} and \ref{sec:types:authdate}, above.
-\item When only one date is presented in a \textsf{patent} entry ---
- either in the \textsf{date} or \textsf{origdate} field --- this will
- now always be used as the filing date. In
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}, this makes a change from the
- previous (incorrect) behavior.
-\item I have included the option \texttt{dateabbrev=false} in the
- default settings for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes}. This ensures
- that the long month names are printed, as otherwise recent releases
- of \textsf{biblatex} print the abbreviated ones by default.
-\item The provision of punctuation in \textsf{entrysubtype}
- \texttt{classical} entries has been improved, allowing the comma to
- appear before certain kinds of location specifiers even when citing
- works by their traditional divisions. See \emph{Manual} 17.253.
- (This applies to both Chicago styles.)
-\item The \textsf{number} field in \textsf{article},
- \textsf{periodical}, and \textsf{review} entries now allows you to
- include a series or range of numbers in the field, with the style
- automatically providing the correct bibstring (singular or plural).
-\item I have removed and altered bibstrings in the .lbx files to take
- advantage of the new \cmd{bibsstring} and \cmd{biblstring} commands
- in \textsf{biblatex}, and added one new string
- (\texttt{origpubyear}) needed by
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago-authordate}.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9a: Released March 20, 2010}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Quick fixes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.9a.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.9: Released March 18, 2010}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The \textbf{userd} field is now obsolete. All information it
- used to hold should be placed in the \textsf{edition} field.
-\item The \textbf{origyear} field is now obsolete in
- \textsf{biblatex}. It has been replaced by \textbf{origdate}, and
- because the latter allows a full date specification, I have been
- able to make the operation of \textsf{customa} (=\,\textsf{letter}),
- \textsf{misc} (with an \textsf{entrysubtype}), and \textsf{patent}
- entries more intuitive. The RELEASE file contained in this package
- gives the short instructions on how to update your .bib files, and
- you can also consult the documentation of those entry types above.
-\item The modified \textsf{csquotes.cfg} file I provided in earlier
- releases is now obsolete, and has been removed from the package.
- Please upgrade to the latest version of \textsf{csquotes} and, if
- you are still using my modified .cfg file, remove it from your \TeX\
- search path, or at the very least excise the code I provided.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Other New Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Added the files \textsf{cms-german.lbx} (with its clone
- \textsf{cms-ngerman.lbx}) and \textsf{cms-french.lbx}, which allow
- the creation of Chicago-like references in those languages. See
- section \ref{sec:international} above for details on usage.
-\item Added the \texttt{annotation} package option to allow the
- creation of annotated bibliographies. This code is still not
- entirely polished yet, but it is usable. Please see page
- \pageref{sec:annote} above for instructions and hints.
-\item Added \textsf{biblatex's} new \textbf{bookinbook} entry type,
- which currently functions as an alias of the \textsf{customb} type.
- As \textsf{biblatex} now provides standard equivalents for all of
- the custom types I initially found it necessary to provide ---
- \textsf{letter}~= \textsf{customa}, \textsf{bookinbook}~=
- \textsf{customb}, and \textsf{suppbook} \& \textsf{suppcollection}~=
- \textsf{customc} --- it may soon be time to prune out the custom
- types to enhance compatibility with other \textsf{biblatex} styles.
- I shall give plenty of warning before I do so.
-\item In line with the new system adopted in \textsf{biblatex} 0.9,
- using the \textsf{editortype} field turns off the usual string
- concatenation mechanisms of the Chicago style. See Lehman's RELEASE
- file for a discussion of this.
-\item I have added support for the new \textsf{editor[a--c]} and
- \textsf{editor[a--c]type} fields, and they work just as in standard
- \textsf{biblatex}, though I'm uncertain how much use they'll get
- from users of the Chicago style.
-\item I have added many bibstrings to the .lbx files to help with
- internationalization. The new ones that you might want to use in
- your .bib files include: \texttt{pseudonym}, \texttt{nodate},
- \texttt{revisededition}, \texttt{numbers}, and \texttt{reviewof}.
- Please see section~\ref{sec:international} for a fuller list.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.9d: Released February 17, 2010}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Chris Sparks and Aaron Lambert both found formatting bugs in the
- 0.8.9c code. I've fixed these bugs, and am releasing this version
- now, the last in the 0.8.9 series. The next release of
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, due as soon as possible, will
- contain many more significant changes, including those necessary for
- it to function properly with the recently-released \textsf{biblatex}
- version 0.9. In the meantime, at least version 0.8.9d should produce
- more accurate output.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.9c: Released November 4, 2009}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Emil Salim noticed that the \emph{ibidem} mechanism wasn't
- working properly, printing the page number after \enquote{Ibid} even
- when the page reference of the preceding citation was identical.
- The fix for this involved setting \texttt{loccittracker=constrict}
- in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}, something you'll have to do
- manually yourself if you're loading the package via a call to
- \textsf{biblatex} rather than to \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
-\item Several users have reported unwanted behavior when repeated
- names in bibliographies are replaced with the \texttt{bibnamedash}.
- This release should fix both when the \texttt{bibnamedash} appears
- and what punctuation follows it.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.9b: Released September 9, 2009}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Fixed a long-standing bug in formatting names in the
- bibliography. The package now correctly places a comma after the
- reversed name that begins the entry, using \textsf{biblatex's}
- \cmd{revsdnamedelim} command. Many thanks to Johanna Pink for
- catching my rather egregious error.
-\item While fixing some formatting errors that cropped up when using
- the newest version of \textsf{biblatex} (0.8h at time of writing), I
- also spotted some more venerable bugs in the code for using
- shortened cross-references for citing multiple entries in a
- collection of essays or letters. I believe this now works
- correctly, but please let me know if you discover differently.
-\item Joseph Reagle noticed that endnote marks (produced using the
- \textsf{endnotes} package) did not receive the
- same treatment as footnote marks. I have rectified this, placing
- the code in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} so that you can turn it
- off either by using the old package-loading system or by setting the
- \texttt{footmarkoff} package option when loading
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago}.
-\item Updates to Lehman's \textsf{csquotes} package have rendered my
- modifications in \textsf{csquotes.cfg} obsolete. Please use the
- latest version of \textsf{csquotes} (4.4a at time of writing) and
- ignore my file, which will disappear in a later release.
-\item At the request of Will Small, I have included some code, still
- in an alpha state, to allow you to specify, in the bibliography, the
- original publication details of essays which you are citing from
- later reprints (a \emph{Collected Essays} volume, for example). See
- the documentation above under the \textsf{\mycolor{reprinttitle}}
- field if you would like to test this functionality.
-\end{itemize}
-
-%\enlargethispage{-3\baselineskip}
-
-\textbf{0.8.9a: Released July 5, 2009}
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Slight changes for compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} 0.8e.
- The package still works with 0.8c and 0.8d, as well.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.9: Released July 2, 2009}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The \textbf{single-letter bibstrings} (\cmd{bibstring\{a\}},
- \cmd{bibstring\{b\}}, etc.) are now obsolete. You should replace
- any still present in your .bib file with \cmd{autocap} commands ---
- see \xA7~3.8.4 of \textsf{biblatex.pdf}.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Other New Features:
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The default way of loading the package is now with
-
- \cmd{usepackage[further-options]\{biblatex-chicago\}}
-
- rather than
-
- \cmd{usepackage[style=chicago-notes-df,further-options]\{biblatex\}}.
-
- Please see section~\ref{sec:loading} above for details and hints.
-\item Package-specific bibstrings have been removed from the .cbx and
- .bbx files and are now gathered in a new file,
- \textbf{cms-american.lbx}, which changes the way the package
- interacts with \textbf{babel}. It is now somewhat simpler if you
- want the defaults, but somewhat more complex if you require
- non-standard features. Please see section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}
- above for more details.
-\item Two new entry types have been added: \textbf{artwork} for works
- of visual art excluding photographs, and \textbf{image} for
- photographs. See the documentation of \textsf{artwork} for how to
- create .bib entries for both types.
-\item Added the new bibliography and entry option
- \textbf{usecompiler}, set to \texttt{true} by default. This
- streamlines the code that finds a name to head an entry
- (\textbf{author -> editor [or namea] -> translator [or nameb] ->
- compiler [namec] -> title}). The whole system should work more
- consistently now, but do see the \textsf{author} and \textsf{namec}
- documentation for improved notes on how to use it.
-\item Added the new bibliography option \textbf{footmarkoff}, to turn
- off the optional in-line (as opposed to superscript) formatting of
- the marks in foot- or endnotes. You only need this if you load the
- package with the new default \cmd{usepackage\{biblatex-chicago\}};
- users loading it the old way get default \LaTeX\ formatting.
-\item At Matthew Lundin's request, I have added the citation command
- \textbf{\textbackslash head\-lesscite}, which works like
- \cmd{headlessfullcite} but allows \textsf{biblatex} to decide
- whether to print the full or the short note.
-\item Fully adopted \textsf{biblatex's} system for providing
- end-of-entry punctuation, which should solve some of the bugs users
- have been finding. See section~\ref{sec:otherhints}, above, and do
- please let me know if inconsistencies remain.
-\item Added a modified \textbf{csquotes.cfg} file to address issues
- users were having when using the \textbf{Xe\LaTeX} engine in
- combination with \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. See
- section~\ref{sec:otherpacks}, above.
-\item Added \texttt{natbib} option to allow users of the default setup
- to continue to benefit from \textsf{biblatex's} \textsf{natbib}
- compatibility code. Thanks to Bennett Helm for pointing out this
- issue.
-\item Added a \textbf{shorthandibid} option to allow the printing of
- \emph{ibid.}\ in consecutive references to an entry that contains a
- \textsf{shorthand} field. Thanks to Chris Sparks for calling my
- attention to this problem.
-\item While investigating the preceding, I noticed failures when
- combining the \texttt{short} option with a \textsf{shorthand} field.
- The package now actually does what it has always claimed to do under
- \textbf{shorthand}.
-\item Many small bug fixes and improvements to the documentation.
-\end{itemize}
-
-To Do:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The shorthand vs \emph{ibid.}\ question may need more careful
- addressing in some cross references, and also in relation to the
- \texttt{noibid} package option.
-\item Charles Schaum has quite rightly pointed out the inconsistency
- in my naming conventions --- \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty} as
- opposed to \textsf{chicago-notes-df.cbx}, for example. I'm going to
- delay a decision on which way to go with this until a later release.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.5a: Released June 14, 2009}
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Quick and dirty fixes to bibliography strings to allow
- compatibility with \textsf{biblatex} version 0.8d. If you are still
- using 0.8c, then I would wait for the next version of
- \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df}, which is due soon. See README.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.5: Released January 10, 2009}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-
- \begin{itemize}
- \item The \textbf{\textbackslash custpunct} commands are now
- deprecated --- Lehman's \enquote{American} punctuation tracking
- facilities should handle quoted text automatically, assuming you
- remember always to use \textbf{\textbackslash mkbibquote} in your
- database. If you still need \cmd{custpunct}, please let me know,
- as it may be an error in the style.
- \item With \cmd{custpunct} no longer needed, the toggles activated
- by placing \enquote{\texttt{plain}} in the \textbf{type} or
- \textbf{userb} fields are also deprecated.
- \end{itemize}
-
-Other New Features:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item At least \textbf{biblatex 0.8b} is now required --- 0.8c works
- fine, as well.
-\item I now \emph{strongly recommend} that you use \textbf{babel} with
- \enquote{\texttt{american}} as the main text language. See
- section~\ref{sec:otherpacks} above for further details.
-\item The \textbf{customc} entry type has been revised, allowing you
- to cite any sort of supplementary material using the \textbf{type}
- field instead of relying on toggles in the \textsf{introduction},
- \textsf{afterword}, and \textsf{foreword} fields, though these
- latter still work. The two new entry types \textbf{suppbook} and
- \textbf{suppcollection} are both aliased to \textsf{customc}, and
- therefore work in exactly the same way.
-\item The new entry type \textbf{suppperiodical} is aliased to
- \textbf{review}.
-\item The new entry type \textbf{letter} is aliased to
- \textbf{customa}.
-\item In \textbf{inreference} entries the \textsf{postnote} field of
- all \cmd{cite} commands is now treated like data in \textsf{lista},
- that is, it will be placed within quotation marks and prefaced with
- the appropriate string. The only difference is that you can only
- put one such article name in \textsf{postnote}, as it isn't a list
- field.
-\item I've set the new \textsf{biblatex} option \texttt{usetranslator}
- to \texttt{true} by default, which means entries will automatically
- be alphabetized by their \textsf{translator} in the absence of an
- \textsf{author} or an \textsf{editor}.
-\item A host of small formatting errors were eliminated, nearly all of
- them through adopting Lehman's punctuation tracker.
-\item In the main body of this documentation, I've added some
- \mycolor{\textbf{color coding}} to help you more quickly to identify
- entry types and fields that are either new or that have undergone
- significant revision.
-\end{itemize}
-
-To Do:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation
- \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file. This is an
- architectural change recommended by Lehman.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.2.2: Released November 24, 2008}
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Fixed spurious commas appearing in some bibliography entries,
- spotted by Nick Andrewes. While investigating this I noticed a more
- general problem with punctuation after italicized titles ending with
- question marks or exclamation points. This will be addressed in
- forthcoming revisions both of \textsf{biblatex} and of this package.
-\item Nick also reported some problems with spurious punctuation in
- the bibliography when using XeLaTeX. I haven't yet been able to pin
- down the exact cause of these, but if you are using XeLaTeX and are
- having (or have solved) similar problems I'd be interested to hear
- from you.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.2: Released November 3, 2008}
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Fixed several formatting glitches between citations in multicite
- commands (spotted by Joseph Reagle) and also after some prenotes.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.8.1: Released October 22, 2008}
-
-\mylittlespace Obsolete and Deprecated Features:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item The \textbf{origlocation} field is now obsolete, and has been
- replaced by \textbf{lista}. Please update your .bib files
- accordingly.
-\item The single-letter \textbf{\textbackslash bibstring} commands I
- provided in version 0.7 are now deprecated. In most cases, you'll
- be able to take advantage of the automatic contextual capitalization
- facilities introduced in this release, but if you still need the
- single-letter \cmd{bibstring} functionality then you should switch
- to \cmd{autocap}, as I shall be removing the single-letter
- \texttt{bibstrings} in a future release. See above under
- \textbf{\textbackslash autocap} for all the details.
-\item The \textbf{userd} field is now deprecated, as \textsf{biblatex}
- 0.8 allows all forms of data to be included in the \textsf{edition}
- field. I shall be removing \textsf{userd} in a future release, so
- please update your .bib files as soon as is convenient.
-\end{itemize}
-
-Other New Features:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Updated the .bbx and .cbx files to work with \textsf{biblatex}
- 0.8. This most recent version of \textsf{biblatex} is now required
- for \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df} to work.
-\item Added the \textbf{usera} field, which holds supplemental
- information about a \textsf{journaltitle} in \textsf{article} and
- \textsf{review} entries. See the documentation of the field for
- details.
-\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash citetitles} multicite command
- to fix a problem with spurious punctuation when multiple titles were
- listed.
-\item Added the \textbf{\textbackslash Citetitle} command to help with
- automatic capitalization of titles when they occur at the beginning
- of a note.
-\item Minor punctuation fixes in \textsf{biblatex-chicago-notes-df.bbx}.
-\end{itemize}
-
-To Do:
-
-\begin{itemize}
-\item Integrate \textsf{biblatex's} American punctuation facilities.
-\item Separate out \enquote{options} from the basic citation
- \enquote{style,} using a \LaTeX\ style file. This is an
- architectural change recommended by Lehman.
-\item Investigate and possibly integrate the new entry types provided
- in \textsf{biblatex} 0.8.
-\end{itemize}
-
-\textbf{0.7: First public release, September 18, 2008}
-
-\end{document}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-intro.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-intro.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-intro.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-intro.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires.
For this release, you really need the current versions of
-\textsf{Biber} (2.7) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.7), which contain
+\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain
features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that
follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
@@ -92,16 +92,14 @@
traditional Chicago author-date title formatting onto the current
recommendations for the remainder of the reference apparatus. Please
consult
-\href{file:cms-trad-appendix.pdf}{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}}
-for notes on the few .bib entries from this introduction that would
+\href{file:cms-trad-appendix.pdf}{\textsf{cms-trad-appendix.pdf}} for
+notes on the few .bib entries from this introduction that would
require modification for the \texttt{trad} style; for the remainder,
you'll notice a few extra sets of curly braces in various
\textsf{title} fields to make the entry usable in both author-date
-styles. The 15th-edition styles are still in the package, but they
-have not been updated in some time, and are now officially obsolete.
-I would strongly encourage all users to switch to one of the
-16th-edition styles as soon as possible, as I am concentrating all of
-my development time there.
+styles. I have removed the 15th-edition styles from the package to
+prepare for the appearance of the new 17th-edition styles, which will
+be the focus of my attention, after this last 16th-edition release.
\subsection*{Usage}
\label{usage}
@@ -237,11 +235,14 @@
instead: \autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it
yourself in the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}:
\autocite{ross:thesis}. A date that can be guessed should appear
-within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. Forthcoming works
-are straightforward, assuming you remember to use the \cmd{autocap}
-macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the \textsf{date}) field, so
-that the word appears correctly in both citations and the list of
-references: \autocite{author:forthcoming}; \autocite{contrib:contrib}.
+within square brackets: \autocite{clark:mesopot}. You can handle
+forthcoming works in one of two ways: either by using the
+\cmd{autocap} macro and the \textsf{year} (instead of the
+\textsf{date}) field, or by placing the exact string
+\texttt{forthcoming} in the \textsf{pubstate} field. Either way the
+word will appear, correctly capitalized, in both citations and the
+list of references: \autocite{author:forthcoming};
+\autocite{contrib:contrib}.
The 16th edition of the \emph{Manual} has changed the rules for
entries with more than one date \autocite[15.38]{chicago:manual}.
@@ -581,7 +582,7 @@
author = {Author, Margaret~M.},
title = {Article Title},
journaltitle = {Journal Name},
- year = {\autocap{f}orthcoming},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
volume = 98
}
\end{lstlisting}
@@ -609,7 +610,8 @@
\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=batson]
*\adlnbackref{Article}{batson}*,
author = {Batson, C.~Daniel},
- title = {How Social Is the Animal? {The} Human Capacity for Caring},
+ title = {How Social Is the Animal?},
+ subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring},
journaltitle = {American Psychologist},
volume = 45,
date = {1990-03},
@@ -705,6 +707,7 @@
title = {The {Chicago} Manual of Style},
year = 2010,
author = {{University of Chicago Press}},
+ shortauthor = {\mkbibemph{CMS}},
publisher = uchp,
edition = 16,
location = {Chicago}
@@ -880,6 +883,7 @@
title = {Encyclopaedia Britannica},
edition = {15},
shorttitle = {Ency. {Brit}., \mkbibemph{15th ed}\adddot},
+ options = {hypertitle}
}
\end{lstlisting}
\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=euripides:orestes]
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-sample.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-sample.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-dates-sample.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires.
For this release, you really need the current versions of
-\textsf{Biber} (2.7) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.7), which contain
+\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain
features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that
follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Index: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.pdf
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.pdf 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.pdf 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.pdf
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+application/pdf
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.tex (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{textcomp}
+\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[american]{babel}
+\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
+\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
+\usepackage[notes,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,%
+bibencoding=latin1,booklongxref=false,compresspages,%
+related=true]{biblatex-chicago}
+\usepackage{lmodern}
+\usepackage{gentium}
+\usepackage{ifthen}
+\usepackage{setspace}
+\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
+\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
+\usepackage{url}
+\urlstyle{rm}
+\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
+\providecommand{\cmslink}[1]{#1}% If someone prints annotations
+\protected\def\onethird{{\scriptsize\raisebox{.7ex}{1}%
+ \hspace{-0.1em}\raisebox{.2ex}{/}\hspace{-0.03em}3}}
+\usepackage[pdftex,hyperref,svgnames]{xcolor}
+\usepackage[pdftex,colorlinks,urlcolor=DarkSlateGrey,citecolor=MidnightBlue,
+plainpages=false,breaklinks=true,linkcolor=DarkSlateGrey,
+filecolor=Teal]{hyperref}
+%\appto\biburlsetup{\Urlmuskip=0mu plus 4mu\relax}
+\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
+\defbibnote{legal}{(U.S.\ unless noted.)}
+\bibliography{legal-test}
+%%\onehalfspacing
+\begin{document}
+
+\section*{Jurisdiction Entries}
+\label{juris}
+
+\subsection*{Long note forms}
+\label{sec:long}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\item Federal case\autocite[145]{federal:case}
+\item Database case\autocite{database:case}
+\item Lower federal-court case (with Supreme Court
+ action)\autocite{federal:lower:related}
+\item State case with 2 reporters\autocite{state:case:2reps}
+\item Canadian case\autocite{canada:case}
+\item UK case with round brackets\autocite{uk:case:round}
+\item UK case with square brackets\autocite{uk:case:square}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection*{Short note forms}
+\label{sec:short}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{7}
+\item Federal case\autocite[145]{federal:case}
+\item Database case\autocite[3]{database:case}
+\item Lower federal-court case\autocite[215]{federal:lower:related}
+\item The same, to show \emph{ibidem}
+ handling\autocite[212]{federal:lower:related}
+\item State case with 2 reporters\autocite{state:case:2reps}
+\item Canadian case\autocite{canada:case}
+\item UK case with round brackets\autocite{uk:case:round}
+\item UK case with square brackets\autocite{uk:case:square}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section*{Legislation Entries}
+\label{legis}
+
+\subsection*{Long note forms}
+\label{legis:long}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{15}
+\item Congressional bill\autocite{congress:bill}
+\item Congressional public law\autocite{congress:publiclaw}
+\item Congressional debate post 1873\autocite{congress:debate:new}
+\item Congressional debate in \emph{Congressional
+ Globe}\autocite{congress:debate:globe}
+\item Congressional report\autocite{congress:report}
+\item Congressional hearing\autocite{congress:hearing}
+\item Executive proclamation\autocite{executive:proclamation}
+\item State statute from database\autocite{state:statute:ky}
+\item State statute\autocite{state:statute:okla}
+\item Federal constitution\autocite{constitution:federal}
+\item State constitution\autocite{constitution:arkansas}
+\item Canadian statute\autocite{canada:statute}
+\item UK statute before 1963\autocite{uk:statute:regnal}
+\item UK statute since 1963\autocite{uk:statute}
+\item UK parliamentary debate\autocite{uk:hansard}
+\item UK command paper\autocite{uk:command}
+\item UN resolution\autocite{un:resolution}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection*{Short note forms}
+\label{legis:short}
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{32}
+\item Congressional bill\autocite{congress:bill}
+\item Congressional public law\autocite{congress:publiclaw}
+\item Congressional debate post 1873\autocite{congress:debate:new}
+\item Congressional debate in \emph{Congressional
+ Globe}\autocite{congress:debate:globe}
+\item Congressional report\autocite{congress:report}
+\item Congressional hearing\autocite{congress:hearing}
+\item Executive proclamation\autocite{executive:proclamation}
+\item State statute from database\autocite{state:statute:ky}
+\item State statute\autocite{state:statute:okla}
+\item Federal constitution\autocite{constitution:federal}
+\item State constitution\autocite{constitution:arkansas}
+\item Canadian statute\autocite{canada:statute}
+\item UK statute before 1963\autocite{uk:statute:regnal}
+\item UK statute since 1963\autocite{uk:statute}
+\item UK parliamentary debate\autocite{uk:hansard}
+\item UK command paper\autocite[15--16]{uk:command}
+\item UN resolution\autocite{un:resolution}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section*{Legal Entry}
+\label{legal}
+
+\begin{enumerate}\setlength{\parskip}{-4pt}
+\setcounter{enumi}{49}
+\item Treaty, long form\autocite[45]{treaty}
+\item Treaty, short form\autocite[46]{treaty}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\nocite{bluebook}
+
+\printshorthands
+
+\printbiblist[prenote=legal,title=Legal Authority
+Shorthands]{shortjournal}
+
+\printbibliography[notkeyword=original]
+\end{document}
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: latex
+%%% TeX-master: t
+%%% End:
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-legal-sample.tex
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-intro.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-intro.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-intro.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-intro.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
\begin{lstlisting}[language=BibTeX,label=prologue]
%% Database entries used to produce
%% citations in this file, taken
-%% from briefintro.bib. I have
+%% from notes-test.bib. I have
%% removed the annotations to save
%% room -- they can be viewed in the
%% main text above. You can click on
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
title = {Contribution},
booktitle = {Edited Volume},
publisher = {Publisher},
- year = {forthcoming},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
editor = {Editor, Ellen},
location = {Place}
}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-notes-sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-appendix.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-sample.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-sample.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms-trad-sample.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
variants) will no longer provide all the features the style requires.
For this release, you really need the current versions of
-\textsf{Biber} (2.7) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.7), which contain
+\textsf{Biber} (2.10) and \textsf{biblatex} (3.10), which contain
features and bug-fixes on which my own code relies. The advice that
follows in this document assumes that you are using \textsf{Biber}; if
you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ then you need
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-dates-sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-dates-sample.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-dates-sample.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-dates-sample.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,450 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-%\usepackage{endnotes}
-\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[german,french,american]{babel}
-\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
-%\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
-\usepackage[authordate15,backend=biber,autolang=hyphen,%
-bibencoding=latin1,strict]{biblatex-chicago}
-% \usepackage[style=chicago-authordate,backend=biber,usecompiler=true,%
-% babel=hyphen,bibencoding=auto,sorting=nyt,cmslos,autocite=inline]{biblatex}
-%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
-\usepackage{ifthen}
-\usepackage{setspace}
-\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
-\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
-% \renewcommand*{\biburlsetup}{%
-% \Urlmuskip=0mu plus 2mu\relax
-% \mathchardef\UrlBreakPenalty=200\relax
-% \mathchardef\UrlBigBreakPenalty=100\relax
-% \mathchardef\UrlEmergencyPenalty=9000\relax
-% \appto\UrlSpecials{%
-% \do\0{\mathchar`\0\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\1{\mathchar`\1\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\2{\mathchar`\2\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\3{\mathchar`\3\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\4{\mathchar`\4\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\5{\mathchar`\5\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\6{\mathchar`\6\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\7{\mathchar`\7\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\8{\mathchar`\8\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
-% \do\9{\mathchar`\9\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}}%
-% \def\UrlBreaks{%
-% \do\.\do\@\do\/\do\\\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\>\do\]\do\)\do\}%
-% \do\,\do\?\do\'\do\+\do\=\do\#\do\$\do\&\do\*\do\^\do\"}%
-% \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do\:\do\-}}
-\usepackage{url}
-\urlstyle{rm}
-\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
-\hyphenation{evans-ton clem-ens}
-\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
-\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
-\setlength{\parskip}{5pt}
-\setcounter{biburlnumpenalty}{9000}
-\setcounter{biburlucpenalty}{9000}
-\setcounter{biburllcpenalty}{9000}
-\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}}
-\usepackage[colorlinks,urlcolor=blue,citecolor=black,
-plainpages=false,breaklinks=true]{hyperref}
-\bibliography{dates-test}
-%%\onehalfspacing
-\begin{document}
-
-\section*{The Chicago Author-Date Specification, 15th Edition}
-\label{sec:spec}
-
-\subsection*{Important Note}
-\label{bibernote}
-
-Starting with \textsf{biblatex} version 1.5, in order to adhere to the
-author-date specification you will need to use \textsf{Biber} to
-process your .bib files, as \textsc{Bib}\TeX\ (and its more recent
-variants) will no longer provide all the features you need. I highly
-recommend, therefore, that you upgrade either to \textsf{Biber} 0.9.9
-and to \textsf{biblatex} 1.7, which are designed to work together, or
-to \textsf{Biber} 1.9 and \textsf{biblatex} 2.9a, which latter two are
-the newest releases and are likewise designed to work as a matched
-pair. The advice that follows in this document assumes that you are
-using \textsf{Biber}; if you wish to continue using \textsc{Bib}\TeX\
-then you need \textsf{biblatex} version 1.4c and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} 0.9.7a.
-
-\subsection*{Usage}
-\label{usage}
-
-As a general rule, you'll probably want to use the \cmd{autocite}
-command for most citations. For most sources, the result will be
-exactly as you expect it to be. A few examples:
-\autocite{adorno:benj}; \autocite{ashbrook:brain};
-\autocite{babb:peru}; \autocite{barcott:review:15}. Any page
-references should also appear as you expect: \autocite[338]{batson};
-\autocite[79]{beattie:crime}; \autocite[36]{boxer:china}.
-
-\subsection*{Repeated citations}
-\label{sec:ibidem}
-
-Repeated citations are somewhat complicated. The Chicago author-date
-style doesn't use \enquote{\emph{Ibid},} but in general a repeated
-citation on the same page will print only the page reference:
-\autocite{browning:aurora}; \autocite[45]{browning:aurora}.
-Technically, this should only occur when a source is cited
-\enquote{more than once in one paragraph}
-\autocite[16.114]{chicago:manual:15}, so you can use the
-\cmd{citereset} command from \textsf{biblatex} to achieve the greatest
-compliance, as the package only offers automatic resetting on part,
-chapter, section, and subsection boundaries, while
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} automatically resets the tracker at page
-breaks:
-
-\citereset\cmd{citereset}\ \autocite[16.115]{chicago:manual:15}. If
-you are going to repeat a source, make sure that the cite command
-provides a postnote --- if you don't need to cite a specific page,
-then it's better only to use one citation rather than two, as
-otherwise, in the current state of the code, you'll get empty
-parentheses, like so: \autocite{chicago:manual:15}.
-
-\subsection*{Other citation commands}
-\label{sec:other}
-
-The other citation commands from \textsf{biblatex} also work fine:
-
-\cmd{textcite}: \textcite{conley:fifthgrade}; \cmd{autocite*}:
-\autocite*{connell:chronic}; \cmd{cite}: \cite{conway:evolution};
-\cmd{cite*}: \cite*{davenport:attention}; \cmd{foot\-note} with
-\cmd{autocite};\footnote{\autocite{donne:var:15}.}\ \cmd{footcite}
-(=\cmd{cite} inside a \cmd{footnote}). \footcite{dunn:revolutions}
-
-Multicites should work as you expect, too:
-
-\cmd{autocites}: \autocites{dyna:browser}{eliot:pound};
-\cmd{autocites} by the same author:
-\autocites{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}; \cmd{autocites} by the same
-author with postnotes: \autocites{pirumova}[14]{pirumova:russian};
-\cmd{textcites} by the same author with postnotes:
-\textcites[37]{pirumova}{pirumova:russian}.
-
-\subsection*{Shorthands}
-\label{sec:shorthands}
-
-Chicago's author-date style only seems to recommend the use of
-shorthands as abbreviations for long authors' names, particularly
-institutional names \autocite[17.47]{chicago:manual:15}. By default, I
-have followed this recommendation: \cmd{autocites}:
-\autocites{bsi:abbreviation:15}{iso:electrodoc:15}; \cmd{textcites}:
-\textcites{bsi:abbreviation:15}{iso:electrodoc:15}. It suggests
-placing the expansion of the abbreviation into an alphabetized
-cross-reference inside the reference list itself, a procedure that I
-have now implemented for \textsf{biblatex-chicago}. To use this, you
-need a \textsf{CustomC} entry containing the expansion, and either a
-\textsf{userc} field in the parent entry or a \cmd{nocite} command to
-make sure it is printed in the reference list. If you use a
-\cmd{printshorthands} command, the list of shorthands will still be
-printed, so you now have a variety of options available for presenting
-the expansions depending on your specific requirements. Please note,
-also, that you can get back something approaching the
-\enquote{standard} behavior of shorthands if you give the
-\texttt{cmslos=false} option to \textsf{biblatex-chicago} in your
-document preamble.
-
-\subsection*{Mildly problematic entries}
-\label{sec:problematic}
-
-In most entries, the absence of an author can be supplied by, e.g., an
-editor or a translator: \autocite{chaucer:alt};
-\autocite{silver:gawain}. Sometimes an anonymous work's author is
-known or can be guessed: \autocite{horsley:prosodies};
-\autocite{cook:sotweed}. Alternatively, in some cases the use of
-\enquote{\texttt{Anon.}}\ as author may be the simplest option:
-\autocite{anon:stanze:15}; \autocite{virginia:plantation:15}.
-
-With \textsf{Biber}, an absent \textsf{date} will automatically
-provoke it into searching for other sorts of dates in the entry, in
-the order \textsf{year, eventyear, origyear, urlyear}: e.g.,
-\autocite{evanston:library}, which only has a \textsf{urlyear}. (You
-can eliminate some of these dates from the running, or change the
-search order, using the \cmd{DeclareLabelyear} command in your
-preamble, but please be aware that I have hard-coded this order into
-the author-date style in order to cope with some tricky corners of the
-specification. If you reorder these dates, and your references enter
-these tricky corners, the results might be surprising. Cf.\
-section~4.5.2 in \textsf{biblatex.pdf} and section~5.2, s.v.\
-\enquote{date} in \textsf{biblatex-chicago15.pdf} for the details.)
-In most entry types, the absence of all four possible dates will
-automatically produce \enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} instead:
-\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich}. You can also give it yourself in
-the form \cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}}: \autocite{ross:thesis}. A date
-that can be guessed should appear within square brackets:
-\autocite{clark:mesopot}. Forthcoming works are straightforward,
-assuming you remember to use the \cmd{autocap} macro so that the word
-appears correctly in both citations and the list of references:
-\autocite{author:forthcoming}; \autocite{contrib:contrib}.
-
-The \emph{Manual} outlines a series of options for entries with more
-than one date \autocite[17.124--27]{chicago:manual:15}. All of these
-possibilities are available in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} using the
-\texttt{cmsdate} entry option: \texttt{cmsdate=off} (the default):
-\autocite{maitland:equity}; \texttt{cmsdate=on}:
-\autocite{james:ambassadors}; \texttt{cmsdate=old}:
-\autocite{emerson:nature}; \texttt{cmsdate=new}:
-\autocite{maitland:canon}. These options, in combination with others
-available in your .bib files, can cover a wide range of difficult
-cases. Please see the next section below, the documentation in
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago15.pdf}, and also the following entries in
-\textsf{dates-test.bib}:
-\autocites{schweitzer:bach}{white:russ}{white:ross:memo}.
-
-\subsection*{Corners of the specification}
-\label{sec:corners}
-
-In some cases, the \emph{Manual} isn't altogether clear about how to
-present entries in the author-date style. I'm pretty certain about
-most of what follows, but if you interpret the specification
-differently please let me know.
-
-\subsubsection*{InReference entries}
-\label{sec:inref}
-
-These present several peculiarities: the title of the work should
-always take the place of any author, no
-\enquote{\texttt{n.d.}\hspace{-2pt}} will be automatically provided,
-and any postnote field will be enclosed in quotation marks preceded by
-\enquote{\texttt{s.v.}\hspace{-2pt}} for \enquote{\emph{sub verbo}.}
-This allows you to refer to alphabetized articles in well-known
-reference works: \autocite[Hume, David]{ency:britannica};
-\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius};
-\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex}.
-
-\subsubsection*{Author-less Article (and Manual) entries}
-\label{sec:authless:art}
-
-In article entries with the \texttt{magazine} entrysubtype, the
-absence of an author automatically places the title of the periodical
-in citations and at the head of the entry in the list of references:
-\autocite{gourmet:052006}. You can also use the new
-\texttt{cmsdate=full} switch in the \textsf{options} field to produce
-complete date references in such entries, thereby obviating any need
-to present them in the list of references at all:
-\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}; \autocite{nyt:trevorobit}. In
-\textsf{manual} entries, the \textsf{organization} field can take the
-place of a missing \textsf{author}: \autocite{dyna:browser}. If you
-wish to present an abbreviated form of the journal (or organization)
-name only in citations, then the \textsf{shortauthor} field --- or in
-other cases the \textsf{shorthand} field --- is the place for it,
-making sure to include formatting: \autocite{unsigned:ranke};
-\autocite{bsi:abbreviation:15}.
-
-\subsubsection*{Misc entries with an entrysubtype}
-\label{sec:misc}
-
-When citing individual letter-like pieces from an unpublished archive
-where only an \textsf{origdate} is present, you no longer need to set
-the \texttt{cmsdate} option in your .bib entry, as \textsf{Biber} and
-\textsf{biblatex-chicago} now handle this automatically:
-\autocite{creel:house}. Non-letters, e.g., interviews, use the
-\textsf{date} field, so you don't need \texttt{cmsdate} there, either:
-\autocite{spock:interview}. For undated pieces you can put
-\cmd{bibstring\{nodate\}} in the \textsf{year} field:
-\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}. For citing whole collections, see the next
-section.
-
-\subsubsection*{entrysubtype = \{classical\}}
-\label{sec:classical}
-
-This option's name derives from its use for citing texts from
-classical antiquity, though in the author-date style especially it can
-be put to use in several other contexts. In a nutshell, any entry
-with such an \textsf{entrysubtype} will be treated, in citations only,
-not as author-date but as author-title. (Entries in the list of
-references, e.g., a particular edition of Aristotle, will still appear
-in standard author-date format.) A \cmd{cite*} or \cmd{autocite*}
-command will, in such a case, produce the title rather than the year.
-Some examples should make this clearer:
-
-Classical works: without abbreviation:
-\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}; with abbreviation:
-\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}; \autocite{plato:republic:gr}; using
-standard pagination: \autocite*[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr};
-\autocite*[420e]{plato:republic:gr}; work cited by page of a modern
-edition, i.e., without \textsf{entrysubtype}:
-\autocite[198]{euripides:orestes}.
-
-Sacred works, e.g., the Bible and the Qur'an:
-\autocite[25:19--36:43]{genesis}.
-
-An unpublished archive, from which more than one work has been cited:
-\autocite[file 12]{house:papers}. (Both this and the previous example
-use a Misc entry with \texttt{classical} \textsf{entrysubtype}.)
-
-\subsubsection*{Comments inside citations}
-\label{sec:comments}
-
-If you wish to include a comment inside the parentheses of a citation,
-it will need to be separated by a semicolon
-\autocite[16.111]{chicago:manual:15}. If you have a
-\textsf{postnote}, then you can manually provide the punctuation and
-comment in that field, e.g., \autocite[4; the unrevised
-trans.]{stendhal:parma}. Without a \textsf{postnote}, you'll need a
-separate Misc or CustomC entry containing just the text of the comment
-in the \textsf{title} field, \textsf{entrysubtype} \texttt{classical},
-and \textsf{options} \texttt{skipbib}. An \cmd{autocites} command
-calling both the main text and the comment will do the trick, e.g.,
-\autocites{chicago:manual:15}{chicago:comment:15}.
-
-\subsubsection*{Multiple authors}
-\label{sec:multiple}
-
-The default settings in \textsf{biblatex-chicago} are
-\texttt{maxnames=3,minnames=1} in citations and
-\texttt{max\-bibnames=10,minbibnames=7} in the list of references
-(these latter parameters set in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty}). In
-practice, this means that an entry like hlatky:hrt, with 5 authors,
-will present all of them in the list of references but will truncate
-to one in citations, like so: \autocite{hlatky:hrt}. For the vast
-majority of circumstances, these settings are exactly right for the
-Chicago author-date specification. However, if \enquote{a reference
- list includes another work \emph{of the same date} that would also
- be abbreviated as [\enquote{Hlatky et al.}] but whose coauthors are
- different persons or listed in a different order, the text citations
- must distinguish between them} \autocite[16.118]{chicago:manual:15}.
-The new (\textsf{Biber}-only) \textsf{biblatex} option
-\texttt{uniquelist}, set for you in \textsf{biblatex-chicago.sty},
-will automatically handle many of these situations for you, but it is
-as well to understand that it does so by temporarily suspending the
-limits, listed above, on how many names to print in a citation.
-Without \texttt{uniquelist}, \textsf{biblatex} would present such a
-work as, e.g., (Hlatky et al. 2002b), while hlatky:hrt would be
-(Hlatky et al. 2002a). This does distinguish between them, but
-inaccurately, as it suggests that the two different author lists are
-exactly the same. With \texttt{uniquelist}, the two citations might
-look like (Hlatky, Boothroyd et al.\ 2002) and (Hlatky, Smith et al.\
-2002), which is what the specification requires.
-
-If, however, the distinguishing name occurs further down the author
-list --- in fourth or fifth position in our examples --- then the
-default settings would produce citations with all 4 or 5 names
-printed, which can become awkwardly long. In such a situation, you
-can provide \textsf{shortauthor} fields that look like this:
-\{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Quality of Life,\}\}\}
-and \{\{Hlatky et al., \textbackslash mkbibquote\{Depressive
-Symptoms,\}\}\}, using a shortened title to distinguish the
-references. This would produce (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Quality of
- Life,} 2002) and (Hlatky et al., \enquote{Depressive Symptoms,}
-2002), as the spec recommends. There is, unfortunately, no simpler
-way that I know of to deal with this situation.
-
-\subsubsection*{Audiovisual entries}
-\label{sec:audiovisual}
-
-According to the \emph{Manual}, \enquote{the author-date system is
- inappropriate for most audiovisual materials\ldots\ Such materials
- are best mentioned in running text and grouped in the reference list
- under a subhead\ldots} \autocite[17.265]{chicago:manual:15}. Some
-entries work perfectly well: \autocite{auden:reading:15};
-\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}; \autocite{handel:messiah:15}. Others
-perhaps require further information in the entry or genuinely are
-better suited to presentation in running text:
-\autocite{beethoven:sonata29}; \autocite{nytrumpet:art:15}. Published
-(\textsf{Audio}) and unpublished (\textsf{Misc}) scores, for their
-part, are no problem at all: \autocite{schubert:muellerin};
-\autocite{verdi:corsaro}; \autocite{shapey:partita:15}. The standard
-\textsf{biblatex} tools for subdividing reference lists are all
-available if you want to follow the \emph{Manual's} recommendations on
-that front.
-
-\subsection*{Further examples (mainly for testing purposes)}
-\label{testing}
-
-Article: \autocite{assocpress:gun}; \autocite{brown:bremer};
-\autocite{bundy:macneil}; \autocite{chu:panda};
-\autocite{Clemens:letter}; \autocite{conley:fifthgrade};
-\autocite{connell:chronic}; \autocite{friedman:learning};
-\autocite{garaud:gatine}; \autocite{garrett:15};
-\autocite{gibbard:15}; \autocite{kern}; \autocite{kimluu:diethyl:15};
-\autocite{kozinn:review}; \autocite{lewis:15};
-\autocite{loften:hamlet}; \autocite{loomis:structure:15};
-\autocite{morgenson:market}; \autocite{osborne:poison:15};
-\autocite{ratliff:review:15}; \autocite{reaves:rosen};
-\autocite{rozner:liberation}; \autocite{schneider:mittelpleistozaene};
-\autocite{sewall:letter}; \autocite{stenger:privacy};
-\autocite{terborgh:preservation}; \autocite{wall:radio};
-\autocite{wallraff:word}; \autocite{warr:ellison};
-\autocite{white:callimachus}.
-
-Artwork: \autocite{leo:madonna}.
-
-Audio: \autocite{greek:filmstrip:15}; \autocite{twain:audio};
-\autocite{weed:flatiron}.
-
-Book: \autocite{barrows:reading}; \autocite{churchill:letters};
-\autocite{cohen:schiff}; \autocite{cotton:manufacture};
-\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}; \autocite{creasey:morton:hide};
-\autocite{creasey:york:death}; \autocite{davenport:attention};
-\autocite{feydeau:farces}; \autocite{furet:passing:eng};
-\autocite{furet:passing:fr}; \autocite{harley:cartography};
-\autocite{hopp:attalid}; \autocite{howell:marriage};
-\autocite{lach:asia}; \autocite{lecarre:quest};
-\autocite{levistrauss:savage}; \autocite{lynch:webstyle};
-\autocite{maisonneuve:relations}; \autocite{mchugh:wake:15};
-\autocite{menchu:crossing}; \autocite{meredith:letters};
-\autocite{michelangelo:poems}; \autocite{mla:style};
-\autocite{natrecoff:camera}; \autocite{palmatary:pottery};
-\autocite{pelikan:christian}; \autocite{rodman:walk};
-\autocite{schellinger:novel}; \autocite{sechzer:women};
-\autocite{sereny:cries}; \autocite{soltes:georgia};
-\autocite{stendhal:parma}; \autocite{suangtho:tectona};
-\autocite{thompson:making}; \autocite{tillich:system};
-\autocite{times:guide}; \autocite{turabian:manual};
-\autocite{walker:columbia}; \autocite{wauchope:ceramics};
-\autocite{weber:saugetiere}; \autocite{weresz};
-\autocite{white:total}; \autocite{wright:evolution};
-\autocite{wright:theory}.
-
-BookInBook: \autocite{bernhard:boris}.
-
-Collection: \autocite{brush:ornithology}; \autocite{kamrany:economic};
-\autocite{prairie:state}; \autocite{zukowsky:chicago}.
-
-Image: \autocite{bedford:photo}.
-
-InBook: \autocite{ashbrook:brain}; \autocite{phibbs:diary};
-\autocite{will:cohere}.
-
-InCollection: \autocite{centinel:letters}; \autocite{ellet:galena};
-\autocite{keating:dearborn}; \autocite{lippincott:chicago};
-\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}; \autocite{wiens:avian}.
-
-InProceedings: \autocite{frede:inproc}.
-
-InReference: \autocite[absolute]{oed:cdrom}.
-
-Manual: \autocite{dyna:browser}.
-
-Online: \autocite{powell:email}.
-
-Patent: \autocite{petroff:impurity}.
-
-Periodical: \autocite{good:wholeissue}; \autocite{whittington:water}.
-
-Report: \autocite{herwign:office}.
-
-SuppBook: \autocite{friedman:intro}; \autocite{polakow:afterw};
-\autocite{prose:intro}.
-
-Thesis: \autocite{murphy:silent:15}.
-
-Unpublished: \autocite{nass:address}.
-
-Video: \autocite{cleese:holygrail}; \autocite{episode:tv}.
-
-
-% \printshorthands % No longer necessary in author-date.
-%\nocite{*}
-\printbibliography[title=References]
-
-\end{document}
-%%% Local Variables:
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: t
-%%% End:
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-notes-sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-notes-sample.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-notes-sample.tex 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/cms15-notes-sample.tex 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,254 +0,0 @@
-\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{report}
-\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage{textcomp}
-\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
-\usepackage[american]{babel}
-\usepackage[autostyle]{csquotes}
-\usepackage[document]{ragged2e}
-\usepackage[notes15,strict,backend=biber,autolang=other,%
-bibencoding=latin1]{biblatex-chicago}
-%%\usepackage[osf]{mathpazo}
-%\renewcommand*{\rmdefault}{fgn}% The font (gentium) used for pdf
-\usepackage{ifthen}
-\usepackage{setspace}
-\usepackage{vmargin} \setpapersize{A4}
-\setmarginsrb{1in}{20pt}{1in}{.5in}{1pt}{2pt}{0pt}{2mm}
-\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}
-%\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}
-\renewcommand*{\biburlsetup}{%
- \Urlmuskip=0mu plus 2mu\relax
- \mathchardef\UrlBreakPenalty=200\relax
- \mathchardef\UrlBigBreakPenalty=100\relax
- \mathchardef\UrlEmergencyPenalty=9000\relax
- \appto\UrlSpecials{%
- \do\0{\mathchar`\0\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\1{\mathchar`\1\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\2{\mathchar`\2\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\3{\mathchar`\3\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\4{\mathchar`\4\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\5{\mathchar`\5\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\6{\mathchar`\6\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\7{\mathchar`\7\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\8{\mathchar`\8\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}%
- \do\9{\mathchar`\9\penalty\UrlEmergencyPenalty}}%
- \def\UrlBreaks{%
- \do\.\do\@\do\/\do\\\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\>\do\]\do\)\do\}%
- \do\,\do\?\do\'\do\+\do\=\do\#\do\$\do\&\do\*\do\^\do\"}%
- \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do\:\do\-}}
-\usepackage{url}
-\urlstyle{rm}
-\appto\bibsetup{\sloppy}
-%\appto\biburlsetup{\Urlmuskip=0mu plus 4mu\relax}
-\setlength{\dimen\footins}{9.5in}
-\bibliography{notes-test}
-%%\onehalfspacing
-\begin{document}
-Note\autocite{adorno:benj} note\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:gr}
-note\autocite{adorno:benj} note\autocite[23]{adorno:benj}
-note\autocite{ashbrook:brain}
-note\autocite[3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}
-note\autocite{assocpress:gun} note\autocite{auden:reading}
-note\autocite[149]{ashbrook:brain} note\autocite{author:forthcoming}
-note\autocite{assocpress:gun} note\autocite{babb:peru}
-note\autocite{author:forthcoming} note\autocite{auden:reading}.
-
-Note\autocite{barcott:review} note\autocite{batson}.
-note\autocite{babb:peru} note\autocite{barcott:review}
-note\autocite[339]{batson} note\autocite{beattie:crime}
-note\autocite{bedford:photo} note\autocite{babb:peru}
-note\autocite{beethoven:sonata29} note\autocite{bernhard:boris}
-note\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich} note\autocite{boxer:china}
-note\autocite{beattie:crime}.
-
-Note\autocite{brown:bremer} note\autocite{beethoven:sonata29}
-note\autocite{bernstein:shostakovich} note\autocite{bernhard:boris}
-note\autocite{boxer:china} note\autocite{browning:aurora}
-note\autocite[pt.\ 2:55]{brown:bremer} note\autocite{bundy:macneil}
-note\autocite{centinel:letters} note\autocite{chaucer:liferecords}
-note\autocite{browning:aurora}
-note\autocite[\printdate]{bundy:macneil}
-note\autocite[29]{centinel:letters}.
-
-Note\autocite{chaucer:alt} note\autocite{clark:mesopot}
-note\autocite{chaucer:liferecords}.
-
-%\clearpage
-
-Note\autocite{cleese:holygrail} note\autocite{Clemens:letter}
-note\autocite{cohen:schiff} note\autocite{Clemens:letter}
-note\autocite{clark:mesopot} note\autocite{cleese:holygrail}
-note\autocite{cohen:schiff} note\autocite{chaucer:alt}
-note\autocite{conley:fifthgrade} note\autocite{contrib:contrib}
-note\autocite{conley:fifthgrade} note\autocite{contrib:contrib}
-note\autocite{cook:sotweed}.
-
-Note\autocite{cotton:manufacture:15} note\autocite{cook:sotweed}
-note\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast} note\autocite{creasey:york:death}
-note\autocite{cotton:manufacture:15}
-note\autocite{creasey:morton:hide} note\autocite{creasey:ashe:blast}
-note\footnote{\headlessfullcite{creel:house}.}
-note\autocite{davenport:attention} note\autocite{creasey:york:death}
-note\autocite{creasey:morton:hide}
-note\footnote{\headlesscite[\letterdatelong]{creel:house}.}
-note\autocite{dinkel:agassiz}.
-
-Note\autocite{donne:var} note\autocite{davenport:attention}
-note\autocite{dunn:revolutions} note\autocite{dyna:browser}
-note\autocite{dinkel:agassiz} note\autocite{eliot:pound}
-note\autocite{ellet:galena} note\autocite{donne:var}
-note\autocite{dyna:browser} note\autocite{emerson:nature}
-note\footfullcite{ency:britannica} note\autocite{dunn:revolutions}
-note\autocite{episode:tv}.
-
-Note\autocite{eliot:pound} note\autocite{euripides:orestes}
-note\autocite{ellet:galena} note\autocite{episode:tv}
-note\autocite{emerson:nature}.
-
-%\clearpage
-
-Note\autocite{evanston:library}
-note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[3]{feydeau:farces}.}
-note\autocite{euripides:orestes} note\autocite{friedman:learning}
-note\autocite{evanston:library} note\autocite{feydeau:farces}
-note\autocite{friedman:learning} note\autocite{furet:passing:eng}
-note\autocite{garaud:gatine} note\autocite{garrett}
-note\autocite{gibbard} note\autocite{furet:passing:eng}
-note\autocite{garrett}.
-
-Note\autocite{gourmet:052006} note\autocite{garaud:gatine}
-note\autocite{greek:filmstrip} note\autocite{grove:sibelius}
-note\autocite{handel:messiah} note\autocite{harley:cartography}
-note\autocite{gibbard} note\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw}
-note\autocite{hlatky:hrt} note\autocite{greek:filmstrip}
-note\autocite{gourmet:052006} note\autocite{handel:messiah}.
-
-Note\autocite[Sibelius, Jean]{grove:sibelius}
-note\autocite{hitchcock:nbynw} note\autocite{horsley:prosodies}
-note\autocite{harley:cartography}
-note\autocite{jackson:paulina:letter} note\autocite{hlatky:hrt}
-note\autocite{james:ambassadors} note\autocite{horsley:prosodies}
-note\autocite{keating:dearborn} note\autocite{jackson:paulina:letter}
-note\autocite{kern} note\autocite{james:ambassadors}
-
-Note\autocite{kimluu:diethyl} note\autocite{keating:dearborn}.
-
-%\clearpage
-
-Note\autocite{kozinn:review} note\autocite{kern}
-note\autocite{lach:asia} note\autocite{kimluu:diethyl}
-note\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts} note\autocite{kozinn:review}
-note\autocite{levistrauss:savage} note\autocite{lach:asia}
-note\autocite{leo:madonna} note\autocite{lewis}
-note\autocite{lakeforester:pushcarts}
-note\autocite{levistrauss:savage}.
-
-Note\autocite{lecarre:quest} note\autocite[29]{lewis}
-note\autocite{lecarre:quest} note\autocite{lippincott:chicago}
-note\autocite{loften:hamlet} note\autocite{maisonneuve:relations}
-note\autocite{lippincott:chicago} note\autocite{loften:hamlet}
-note\autocite{mchugh:wake} note\autocite{mcmillen:antebellum}
-note\autocite{maisonneuve:relations}
-note.\footnote{\headlessfullcite[2:218]{meredith:letters}.}
-
-Note\autocite{mchugh:wake} note\autocite[6.9.4]{mla:style}
-note\autocite{morgenson:market} note\autocite{mozart:figaro}
-note\autocite{murphy:silent} note\autocite{nass:address}
-note\autocite{mcmillen:antebellum} note\autocite{natrecoff:camera}
-note\autocite[2:25]{meredith:letters} note\autocite[6.9.5]{mla:style}
-note\autocite{morgenson:market} note\autocite{mozart:figaro}.
-
-Note\autocite{murphy:silent} note\autocite{nass:address}
-note\autocite{nyt:obittrevor} note\autocite{nyt:trevorobit}
-note\autocite{nytrumpet:art:15} note\autocite{osborne:poison}.
-
-%\clearpage
-
-Note\autocite{oed:cdrom} note\autocite{natrecoff:camera}
-note\autocite{palmatary:pottery} note\autocite{nyt:obittrevor}
-note\autocite{nyt:trevorobit} note\autocite[arithmetical]{oed:cdrom}
-note\autocite{nytrumpet:art:15} note\autocite{pelikan:christian}
-note\autocite{petroff:impurity} note\autocite{osborne:poison}
-note\autocite{phibbs:diary} note\autocite{palmatary:pottery}.
-
-Note\autocite{pirumova} note\autocite{pelikan:christian}
-note\autocite{petroff:impurity} note\autocite{plato:republic:gr}
-note\autocite{polakow:afterw} note\autocite{phibbs:diary}
-note\autocite[360e--361b]{plato:republic:gr} note\autocite{pirumova}
-note\autocite{polakow:afterw} note\autocite{powell:email}
-note\autocite{prose:intro} note\autocite{ratliff:review}.
-
-Note\autocite{reaves:rosen} note\autocite{powell:email}
-note\autocite{prose:intro} note\autocite{rodman:walk}
-note\autocite{ross:thesis} note\autocite{ratliff:review}
-note\autocite{rozner:liberation} note\autocite{schellinger:novel}
-note\autocite{reaves:rosen} note\autocite{schubert:muellerin}
-note\autocite{rodman:walk} note\autocite{schweitzer:bach}.
-
-Note\autocite{ross:thesis} note\autocite{rozner:liberation}
-note\autocite{sechzer:women} note\autocite{schellinger:novel}
-note\autocite{sereny:cries}.
-
-%\clearpage
-
-Note\autocite{schubert:muellerin} note\autocite{schweitzer:bach}
-note\footnote{\headlessfullcite{sewall:letter}.}
-note\autocite{shapey:partita} note\autocite{sechzer:women}
-note\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex} note\autocite{sereny:cries}
-note\autocite{silver:gawain}
-note\footnote{\headlesscite{sewall:letter}.}
-note\autocite{soltes:georgia} note\autocite{sirosh:visualcortex}
-note\autocite{spock:interview}.
-
-Note\autocite{shapey:partita} note\autocite{stenger:privacy}
-note\autocite{silver:gawain} note\autocite{tillich:system}
-note\autocite{soltes:georgia} note\autocite{spock:interview}
-note\autocite{times:guide} note\autocite{twain:audio}
-note\autocite{virginia:plantation} note\autocite{stenger:privacy}
-note\autocite{chicago:manual:15} note\autocite{twain:audio}.
-
-Note\autocite[2:45]{tillich:system} note\autocite[police
-ranks]{times:guide} note\autocite{virginia:plantation}
-note\autocite{chicago:manual:15} note\autocite{unsigned:ranke:15}
-note\autocite{herwign:office} note\autocite{verdi:corsaro}
-note\autocite{wallraff:word} note\autocite{unsigned:ranke:15}
-note\autocite{warr:ellison} note\autocite{herwign:office}
-note\autocite{wallraff:word}.
-
-Note\autocite{verdi:corsaro} note\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}
-note\autocite{weed:flatiron}.
-
-%\clearpage
-
-Note\autocite{weresz} note\autocite{white:callimachus}
-note\autocite{white:ross:memo} note\autocite{warr:ellison}
-note\autocite{weed:flatiron} note\autocite{wikiped:bibtex}
-note\autocite{will:cohere} note\autocite{wauchope:ceramics}
-note\autocite{zukowsky:chicago} note\autocite{weresz}
-note\autocite{white:russ} note\autocite{white:callimachus}.
-
-Note\autocite{white:ross:memo} note\autocite{white:russ}
-note\autocite[BibTeX]{wikiped:bibtex} note\autocite{will:cohere}
-note\autocite{zukowsky:chicago}
-note\autocites[See][3.2.996b5--8]{aristotle:metaphy:gr}[360e--361b]
-{plato:republic:gr}[and also][for additional
-information]{white:callimachus} note\autocite{aristotle:metaphy:trans}
-note\autocites[See][]{mchugh:wake}[and][569]{warr:ellison}
-note\footnote{\citetitles{warr:ellison}{mchugh:wake}.}
-note\footnote{\Citetitle{powell:email}.}
-note\footnote{\headlessfullcite[3:126]{meredith:letters}.}
-note\autocite[3:126]{meredith:letters}.
-
-Note\footfullcite[2]{weresz} note\autocite[2]{weresz}
-note\footnote{\fullcite{zukowsky:chicago}.}
-note.\footnote{\cite*{zukowsky:chicago}.}
-
-\nocite{furet:passing:fr,good:wholeissue,house:papers,frede:inproc}
-
-\printshorthands
-
-\printbibliography[notkeyword=original]
-\end{document}
-%%% Local Variables:
-%%% mode: latex
-%%% TeX-master: t
-%%% End:
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/dates-test.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/dates-test.bib 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/dates-test.bib 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -273,12 +273,13 @@
author = {Author, Margaret~M.},
title = {Article Title},
journaltitle = {Journal Name},
- year = {\autocap{f}orthcoming},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
volume = 98,
annotation = {An example of how to deal with a forthcoming
- \textsf{Article} -- note the \cmd{autocap} command,
- which will ensure correct capitalization in
- reference list and citations.}
+ \textsf{Article} by placing the string
+ \texttt{forthcoming} into the \textsf{pubstate}
+ field. Cf.\ the alternate way of doing this in
+ \cmslink{contrib:contrib}.}
}
@Book{babb:peru,
@@ -329,20 +330,19 @@
more or less interchangeable. This entry presents a
review from a newspaper, with keyword
\texttt{magazine} in \textsf{entrysubtype}, and with
- the \cmd{bibstring} \texttt{reviewof} in the
- \textsf{title} field. You could just write
- \enquote{review of} instead, but the \cmd{bibstring}
- makes the entry portable across languages. Note the
- formatting of the reviewed book's title using
- \cmd{mkbibemph}, and the sentence-style
- capitalization you have to provide by hand for the
- \texttt{trad} style, because the curly braces of
- \cmd{mkbibemph} protect the text from the automatic
- sentence-style capitalization provided by the
- package. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago} never modifies
- the capitalization of the \textsf{journaltitle}, so
- that field should always work properly across
- styles.}
+ \cmd{bibstring\{reviewof\}} in the \textsf{title}
+ field. You could just write \enquote{review of}
+ instead, but the \cmd{bibstring} makes the entry
+ portable across languages. Note the formatting of
+ the reviewed book's title using \cmd{mkbibemph}, and
+ the sentence-style capitalization you have to
+ provide by hand for the \texttt{trad} style, because
+ the curly braces of \cmd{mkbibemph} protect the text
+ from the automatic sentence-style capitalization
+ provided by the package. \textsf{Biblatex-chicago}
+ never modifies the capitalization of the
+ \textsf{journaltitle}, so that field should always
+ work properly across styles.}
}
@Book{barrows:reading,
@@ -359,19 +359,17 @@
@Article{batson,
author = {Batson, C.~Daniel},
- title = {How Social Is the Animal? {The} Human Capacity for
- Caring},
+ title = {How Social Is the Animal?},
+ subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring},
journaltitle = {American Psychologist},
volume = 45,
date = {1990-03},
pages = {336--346},
annotation = {A very typical \textsf{Article} entry, but notice
- the placement of the subtitle in the \textsf{title}
- field in order to avoid the printing of the colon
- usually separating the two. When the title proper
- ends with a question mark or exclamation point, and
- you haven't placed that title into quotation marks,
- this workaround is necessary.}
+ that you no longer need to include the
+ \textsf{subtitle} in the \textsf{title} field when
+ the latter ends in a question mark, as the styles
+ now do the right thing automatically.}
}
@Article{beattie:crime,
@@ -850,7 +848,9 @@
location = {Place},
annotation = {A forthcoming essay in an \textsf{InCollection}
entry. Note the \cmd{autocap} command in the
- \textsf{year} field.}
+ \textsf{year} field. The
+ \cmslink{author:forthcoming} entry presents an
+ alternate way of providing the same information.}
}
@Article{conway:evolution,
@@ -1207,6 +1207,7 @@
shorttitle = {Ency. {Brit}., \mkbibemph{15th ed}\adddot},
keywords = {nosample},
edition = {15},
+ options = {hypertitle},
annotation = {An \textsf{InReference} entry, citing a well-known
reference work, and therefore generally not to
appear in the list of references, but for
@@ -1213,11 +1214,15 @@
demonstration purposes I here allow it to do so.
With an \textsf{options} field set to
\texttt{skipbib}, you'd only need the
- \textsf{shorttitle} for citations. The \emph{CMS}
- is not altogether clear about how to present such
- information in the author-date style, so this should
- be looked upon as a possible style of presentation
- only.}
+ \textsf{shorttitle} for citations. As it stands,
+ the \textsf{options} field contains
+ \texttt{hypertitle}, which ensures that the
+ \textsf{title} acts as a hyperlink between the
+ in-text citation and the entry in the list of
+ references. The \emph{CMS} is not altogether clear
+ about how to present such information in the
+ author-date style, so this should be looked upon as
+ a possible style of presentation only.}
}
@Video{episode:tv,
@@ -1867,7 +1872,7 @@
sortkey = {Horowitz},
url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDVBtuWkMS8},
urldate = {2009-01-09},
- userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj,}},
+ userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj},},
note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct},
date = {1968-09-22},
shorttitle = {HOROWITZ},
@@ -3740,12 +3745,15 @@
@Book{wright:evolution,
title = {Evolution and the Genetics of Populations},
year = {1968--78},
+ sortyear = {1968},
author = {Wright, Sewell},
publisher = uchp,
address = {Chicago},
volumes = 4,
annotation = {A multi-volume work published over several years, so
- the year field provides the range.}}
+ the year field provides the range. Such a year
+ field doesn't sort properly in recent iterations of
+ biblatex, so the sortyear field makes it work.}}
@Book{wright:theory,
title = {Theory of Gene Frequencies},
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/legal-test.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/legal-test.bib (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/legal-test.bib 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+ at Book{bluebook,
+ title = {The Bluebook},
+ subtitle = {A Uniform System of Citation},
+ edition = {20},
+ namec = {{The editors of the Columbia Law Review} and {the Harvard
+ Law Review} and {the University of Pennsylvania Law
+ Review} and {the Yale Law Journal}},
+ location = {Cambridge, MA},
+ publisher = {The Harvard Law Review Association},
+ date = 2015}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{canada:case,
+ title = {Robertson v\adddotspace Thomson Corp\adddot},
+ shortjournal = {S.C.R\adddot},
+ journaltitle = {Supreme Court Reports \mkbibemph{(Canada)}},
+ entrysubtype = {square},
+ shorttitle = {Robertson},
+ date = 2006,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = 363,
+ location = {Can\adddot}}
+
+ at Legislation{canada:statute,
+ bookpagination = {section},
+ entrysubtype = {canada},
+ chapter = {C-36},
+ title = {Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act},
+ journaltitle = {Revised Statutes of Canada},
+ shortjournal = {R.S.C\adddot},
+ date = 1985,
+ pages = 5,
+ addendum = {Can\adddot}}
+
+ at Legislation{congress:bill,
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ journaltitle = {Congress},
+ shortjournal = {Cong\adddot},
+ date = 2002,
+ titleaddon = {H.R.\ 5005},
+ volume = {107th}}
+
+ at Legislation{congress:debate:globe,
+ shortjournal = {Cong.\ Globe},
+ journaltitle = {Congressional Globe},
+ series = {39th Cong\adddot},
+ date = 1866,
+ part = {2d Sess\adddot},
+ pages = 39}
+
+ at Legislation{congress:debate:new,
+ journaltitle = {Congressional Record},
+ shortjournal = {Cong.\ Rec\adddot},
+ date = {2002-10-16},
+ pages = {S10\addcomma491},
+ volume = 148,
+ addendum = {statement of Sen.\ Dodd},
+ usera = {daily ed.}}
+
+ at Legislation{congress:hearing,
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ journaltitle = {Congress},
+ shortjournal = {Cong\adddot},
+ shorthand = {\mkbibemph{Hearings on H.R.\ 5005}},
+ entrysubtype = {hearing},
+ date = 2002,
+ subtitle = {Hearings on H.R.\ 5005, Day 3, Before the Select Comm.\
+ on Homeland Security},
+ volume = {107th},
+ pages = 203,
+ addendum = {statement of David Walker, Comptroller General of
+ the United States}}
+
+ at Legislation{congress:publiclaw,
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ journaltitle = {United States Statutes at Large},
+ shortjournal = {Stat\adddot},
+ date = 2002,
+ note = {\S\ 2},
+ titleaddon = {Pub.\ L\adddot},
+ volume = 116,
+ number = {107-296},
+ pages = 2135}
+
+ at Legislation{congress:report,
+ author = {Select Comm.\ on Homeland Security},
+ title = {Homeland Security Act of 2002},
+ date = 2002,
+ titleaddon = {H.R.\ Rep\adddot},
+ number = {107-609},
+ part = 1}
+
+ at Legislation{constitution:arkansas,
+ title = {Ark.\ Const.\ of 1868},
+ pagination = {section},
+ bookpagination = {section},
+ titleaddon = {art.\ III},
+ pages = {2},
+ addendum = {superseded 1874}}
+
+ at Legislation{constitution:federal,
+ options = {ctitleaddon=space},
+ title = {U.S.\ Const\adddot},
+ titleaddon = {amend.\ XIV},
+ pages = 2,
+ pagination = {section},
+ bookpagination = {section}}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{database:case,
+ title = {Horn v\adddotspace Pub.\ Water Supply Dist.\ No.\ 8},
+ shorttitle = {Horn},
+ date = {2005-01-21},
+ journaltitle = {Westlaw},
+ location = {Mo.\ Ct.\ App\adddot},
+ number = {WD 63889},
+ issue = 119835,
+ volume = 2005,
+ shortjournal = {WL}}
+
+ at Legislation{executive:proclamation,
+ title = {Proclamation},
+ journaltitle = {Federal Register},
+ shortjournal = {Fed.\ Reg\adddot},
+ date = {2008-01-08},
+ volume = 73,
+ number = 8214,
+ pages = 1439}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{federal:case,
+ title = {United States v\adddotspace Christmas},
+ shorttitle = {Christmas},
+ date = 2000,
+ volume = 222,
+ series = 3,
+ pages = 141,
+ journaltitle = {Federal Reporter},
+ shortjournal = {F\adddot},
+ location = {4th Cir\adddot}}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{federal:lower:related,
+ title = {City of Las Vegas v\adddotspace Walsh},
+ journaltitle = {P\adddot},
+ shorttitle = {Walsh},
+ related = {scotus:case},
+ relatedstring = {\mkbibemph{cert.\ denied}},
+ relatedoptions = {skipbib},
+ date = 2005,
+ location = {Nev\adddot},
+ series = 3,
+ volume = 124,
+ pages = 203}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{scotus:case,
+ journaltitle = {United States Supreme Court Reports},
+ shortjournal = {U.S\adddot},
+ date = 2006,
+ volume = 547,
+ pages = 1071}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{state:case:2reps,
+ title = {Henningsen v\adddotspace Bloomfield Motors, Inc\adddot},
+ shorttitle = {Henningsen},
+ date = 1960,
+ volume = 32,
+ origlocation = {161 A.2d 69},
+ pages = 358,
+ journaltitle = {N.J\adddot}}
+
+ at Legislation{state:statute:ky,
+ title = {An Act Guaranteeing Governmental Independence},
+ shortjournal = {Ky.\ Rev.\ Stat.\ Ann\adddot},
+ date = {1985},
+ bookpagination = {section},
+ usera = {LexisNexis},
+ pages = {520.020},
+ addendum = {passed Jan.\ 3, 1974}}
+
+ at Legislation{state:statute:okla,
+ title = {S.\ Res.\ 20},
+ journaltitle = {Leg\adddot},
+ location = {Okla\adddot},
+ date = 1979,
+ series = {2d Sess\adddot},
+ volume = {37th}}
+
+ at Legal{treaty,
+ title = {Treaty Banning Nuclear Weapon Tests in the
+ Atmosphere, in Outer Space and Under Water},
+ journaltitle = {U.S.T\adddot},
+ date = {1963-08-05},
+ shorthand = {Treaty},
+ options = {skipbib},
+ titleaddon = {U.S.-U.K.-U.S.S.R\adddot},
+ issue = 1313,
+ volume = 14}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{uk:case:round,
+ title = {R v\adddotspace Dudley and Stephens},
+ shortjournal = {Q.B.D.},
+ journaltitle = {Queen's Bench Division \mkbibemph{(UK)}},
+ shorttitle = {Dudley and Stephens},
+ date = 1884,
+ location = {D.C.},
+ entrysubtype = {round},
+ volume = 14,
+ pages = 273}
+
+ at Jurisdiction{uk:case:square,
+ title = {Regal (Hastings) Ltd\adddotspace v\adddotspace
+ Gulliver and Ors},
+ shorttitle = {Regal (Hastings) Ltd\adddot},
+ location = {H.L. and Eng.},
+ shortjournal = {A.C.},
+ journaltitle = {Appeal Cases \mkbibemph{(UK)}},
+ entrysubtype = {square},
+ date = 1967,
+ volume = 2,
+ pages = 134}
+
+ at Legislation{uk:command,
+ author = {HM Treasury},
+ title = {The Basle Facility and the Sterling Area},
+ journaltitle = {Cmnd\adddot},
+ date = 1968,
+ issue = 3787,
+ entrysubtype = {uk}}
+
+ at Legislation{uk:hansard,
+ journaltitle = {Parl.\ Deb., H.C\adddot},
+ year = {1944--45},
+ series = 5,
+ entrysubtype = {hansard},
+ volume = {407},
+ pages = {425-446}}
+
+ at Legislation{uk:statute,
+ title = {Manchester Corporation Act},
+ entrysubtype = {uk},
+ date = 1967,
+ addendum = {Eng.},
+ chapter = {xl}}
+
+ at Legislation{uk:statute:regnal,
+ chapter = {2},
+ series = {3},
+ entrysubtype = {uk},
+ title = {Act of Settlement},
+ journaltitle = {Will\adddot},
+ date = {1701},
+ volume = {12 \&\ 13}}
+
+ at Legislation{un:resolution,
+ title = {S.C.\ Res.\ 7},
+ pages = {\pno\ 4(a)},
+ entrysubtype = {un},
+ bookpagination = {paragraph},
+ shortauthor = {SC},
+ date = {1946-06-26},
+ titleaddon = {The Spanish Question},
+ url = {http://www.un.org/documents/sc/res/1946/scres46.htm}}
Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/legal-test.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/notes-test.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/notes-test.bib 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/biblatex-chicago/notes-test.bib 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -213,21 +213,19 @@
@Article{batson,
author = {Batson, C.~Daniel},
- title = {How Social Is the Animal? The Human Capacity for
- Caring},
+ title = {How Social Is the Animal?},
+ subtitle = {The Human Capacity for Caring},
journaltitle = {American Psychologist},
date = {1990-03},
volume = 45,
pages = {336--346},
- shorttitle = {How Social Is the Animal?},
- annote = {Very typical Article entry, but notice the placement
- of the subtitle in the title field, in order to
- avoid the printing of the colon usually separating
- the two. When the title proper ends with a question
- mark or exclamation point, and you haven't placed
- that title into quotation marks, this workaround is
- necessary, and the shorttitle field helps with
- subsequent short notes.}
+ annote = {Very typical Article entry, but notice that you no
+ longer need to include the subtitle in the title
+ field when the latter ends in a question mark, as
+ the styles now do the right thing
+ automatically. This also means that you no longer
+ necessarily need a shorttitle field in such
+ entries.}
}
@Article{beattie:crime,
@@ -606,12 +604,12 @@
title = {Contribution},
booktitle = {Edited Volume},
publisher = {Publisher},
- year = {forthcoming},
+ pubstate = {forthcoming},
editor = {Editor, Ellen},
location = {Place},
annote = {A fabricated \textsf{InCollection} entry, showing
how to present a \texttt{forthcoming} essay using
- the \textsf{year} field.}
+ the \textsf{pubstate} field.}
}
@Book{cook:sotweed,
@@ -1473,7 +1471,7 @@
sortkey = {Horowitz},
url = {http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cDVBtuWkMS8},
urldate = {2009-01-09},
- userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj,}},
+ userd = {posted by \mkbibquote{hubanj},},
note = {from a performance televised by CBS on\nopunct},
date = {1968-09-22},
shorttitle = {HOROWITZ AT CARNEGIE HALL},
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.sty 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/biblatex-chicago.sty 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-% $Id: biblatex-chicago.sty,v 0.1.1.61 2017/04/19 13:08:02 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: biblatex-chicago.sty,v 0.1.1.63 2018/01/10 17:37:15 dfussner Exp $
-% Copyright (c) 2009-2017 David Fussner. This package is
+% Copyright (c) 2009-2018 David Fussner. This package is
% author-maintained.
%
% This work may be copied, distributed and/or modified under the
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
% but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
% fitness for a particular purpose.
-\ProvidesPackage{biblatex-chicago}[2017/04/19 v 3.7 biblatex style]
+\ProvidesPackage{biblatex-chicago}[2018/01/10 v 3.10 biblatex style]
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
@@ -65,7 +65,8 @@
pagetracker=true,autocite=footnote,abbreviate=false,alldates=comp,
citetracker=true,ibidtracker=constrict,usetranslator=true,
usenamec=true,loccittracker=constrict,dateabbrev=false,
- maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sorting=cms,sortcase=false}}
+ maxbibnames=10,minbibnames=7,sorting=cms,sortcase=false,
+ uniquework=true}}
\def\cms at authordatetrad{%
\RequirePackage[style=chicago-authordate-trad]{biblatex}%
@@ -138,6 +139,7 @@
{\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{cms-american}}}}%
{\DeclareLanguageMapping{english}{cms-american}}
+\DeclareLanguageMapping{brazilian}{cms-brazilian}
\DeclareLanguageMapping{british}{cms-british}
\DeclareLanguageMapping{german}{cms-german}
\DeclareLanguageMapping{french}{cms-french}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate-trad.cbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% $Id: chicago-authordate-trad.cbx,v 0.8.3.10 2017/03/22 13:52:18 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: chicago-authordate-trad.cbx,v 0.9.1.4 2018/01/11 09:55:09 dfussner Exp $
% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the
% author-date (trad) style of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition.
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx}[2016/06/07 v 3.4 biblatex
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate-trad.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
citation style]
\RequireCitationStyle{chicago-dates-common}
@@ -110,6 +110,21 @@
{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase{#1}}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}}
+
\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{%
\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
{#1\isdot}}
@@ -167,13 +182,13 @@
{}%
{\printtext{%
\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}}}
\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
\printtext{%
\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -184,10 +199,17 @@
\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
\printtext{%
\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
}%\newcunit\newblock
\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{%
@@ -200,11 +222,30 @@
{}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[issuesubtitle]{issuesubtitle}}}}
%%%% Related macros that can't reside in common.cbx %%%%
+\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \let\newunit\newcunit% FIXME??
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[subtitle]{subtitle}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}}
+
\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{%
\begingroup
\mkrelatedstring%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.bbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.bbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-% $Id: chicago-authordate.bbx,v 0.8.2.24 2017/03/25 14:08:25 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: chicago-authordate.bbx,v 0.9.1.13 2018/01/11 09:25:52 dfussner Exp $
% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's
% standard.bbx and from chicago-notes.bbx. It provides the
% reference list formatting for the Chicago author-date style.
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.bbx}[2016/06/07 v 3.4 biblatex
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.bbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
bibliography style]
%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%%
@@ -142,15 +142,24 @@
\togglefalse{cms at headlessnote}}%
\AtEveryBibitem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
\iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
{\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
{\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}}%
\AtEveryLositem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
\iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
{\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
{\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}}%
+\AtEveryBiblistitem{shortjournal}{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\clearlist{location}}%
+ {}}%
+
\InitializeBibliographyStyle{%
\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}%
@@ -480,13 +489,13 @@
\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
{\printtext[journaltitle]{%
\printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
@@ -499,6 +508,81 @@
\step[fieldsource=shorttitle, final]
\step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
}
+ \map{
+ \step[fieldsource=pubstate, match={forthcoming}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=year, origfieldval, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=year, match=\regexp{(forthcoming)},
+ replace=\regexp{\\bibstring\{$1\}}]%$
+ \step[fieldset=pubstate, null]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{article}
+ \pertype{periodical}
+ \pertype{review}
+ \pertype{suppperiodical}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match={newspaper},
+ replace={magazine}]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \pertype{legal}
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \step[fieldsource=shortjournal, match=\regexp{[^\\adddot][a-z]}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, fieldvalue=\addnbspace, append]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{Const}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=entrysubtype, fieldvalue=constitution]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{canada}, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=bookpagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ \step[fieldsource=pagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=subtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=title,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=title, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=booksubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=booktitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=booktitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=issuesubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=issuetitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=issuetitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=journalsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=mainsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=maintitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=maintitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
}
}%
@@ -542,7 +626,11 @@
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newunit}%
@@ -586,7 +674,11 @@
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newunit}%
@@ -687,7 +779,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
@@ -698,7 +790,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
@@ -1523,6 +1615,450 @@
\usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{square}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{round}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origpublisher}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origlocation}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{legal}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[hansardser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}% FIXME?
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{usera}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{usera}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{%
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
\usebibmacro{shorthand:author}%
@@ -1688,7 +2224,7 @@
\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
{\ifundef\bbx at lasthash{}{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}}%
{\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -1782,7 +2318,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
@@ -1793,7 +2329,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
@@ -1936,7 +2472,7 @@
\printdate}}%
{\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
\printorigdate%\usebibmacro{date}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
+ \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
\addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
\usebibmacro{date}}}%
\newcunit\newblock
@@ -1968,7 +2504,7 @@
}%
{\printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}%
@@ -2022,7 +2558,7 @@
}%
{\printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}%
@@ -2269,18 +2805,32 @@
\printfield{nameaddon}%
\newunit\newblock
\ifundef{\bbx at lasthash}%
- {\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
- \newunit}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \newunit}}%
{}%
\usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
\newunit\newblock
\ifundef{\bbx at lasthash}%
{}%
- {\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
\newcunit\newblock
@@ -2317,7 +2867,11 @@
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newunit}%
@@ -2456,9 +3010,17 @@
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
\printfield{note}%
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\ctitleaddonpunct}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{venue}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
\printlist{location}%
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\printeventdate}%
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pubstate}%
\newunit\newblock
@@ -2527,7 +3089,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
@@ -2538,7 +3100,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
@@ -2580,7 +3142,15 @@
%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%%
\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{urlyear}\AND\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ not togl {cms at url}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}%
+ )
+ }%
{}%
{\printurldate}% Date fix
\iffieldundef{addendum}%
@@ -2674,10 +3244,10 @@
{\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
{\clearfield{urlyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2694,10 +3264,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{origendyear}%
{\clearfield{origyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2714,10 +3284,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
{\clearfield{eventyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2734,10 +3304,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
{\clearfield{year}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2773,10 +3343,10 @@
{\iffieldundef{year}%
{\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
{\clearfield{urlyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2793,10 +3363,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
{\clearfield{eventyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2813,10 +3383,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{endyear}%
{\clearfield{year}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2833,10 +3403,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
{\clearfield{origyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2872,10 +3442,10 @@
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\iffieldundef{year}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
{\clearfield{urlyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2892,10 +3462,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{endyear}%
{\clearfield{year}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2912,10 +3482,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{origendyear}%
{\clearfield{origyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -2932,10 +3502,10 @@
{}}%
\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{eventendyear}% DATE FIX
{\clearfield{eventyear}}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -3026,7 +3596,7 @@
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}% ???
{}%
- {\clearfield{extrayear}}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
\usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}%
{\usebibmacro{origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
@@ -3058,7 +3628,7 @@
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}%
{}%
- {\clearfield{extrayear}}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
\usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}% ???
{\iffieldundef{year}%
@@ -3073,7 +3643,7 @@
\bibopenparen%
\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}%
\bibcloseparen%
- \clearfield{extrayear}\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \clearfield{extradate}\setunit*{\addspace}%
\usebibmacro{standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}%
\clearfield{origyear}%
\clearfield{year}}}}}%
@@ -3245,7 +3815,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}% Volume-less treatment?
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
@@ -3256,7 +3826,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}%
@@ -3270,7 +3840,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{booktitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[booksubtitle]{booksubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{booktitleaddon}%
@@ -3285,7 +3855,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% Volume-less treatment?
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}%
@@ -3297,7 +3867,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext{%
\printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[mainsubtitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}%
@@ -3329,7 +3899,13 @@
\newunit}%
\newbibmacro*{journal+issue+year+pages}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at numbermonth}{}{\clearfield{month}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ not togl {cms at numbermonth}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{blx at dateformat@date}{year}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearfield{month}}%
+ {}%
\usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}%
@@ -3349,7 +3925,13 @@
\printfield{pages}}%
\newbibmacro*{periodical+issue+year+pages}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at numbermonth}{}{\clearfield{month}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ not togl {cms at numbermonth}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{blx at dateformat@date}{year}}%
+ }%
+ {\clearfield{month}}%
+ {}%
\usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.cbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate.cbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% $Id: chicago-authordate.cbx,v 0.8.3.13 2017/03/22 13:40:56 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: chicago-authordate.cbx,v 0.9.1.4 2018/01/11 09:29:25 dfussner Exp $
% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the
% author-date style of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th edition.
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.cbx}[2016/06/07 v 3.4 biblatex
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
citation style]
\RequireCitationStyle{chicago-dates-common}
@@ -78,6 +78,21 @@
\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{lostitle}[misc]{title}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{title}{%
\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
{#1\isdot}}
@@ -124,13 +139,13 @@
{}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}
\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -141,10 +156,17 @@
\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
}%\newcunit\newblock
\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{%
@@ -157,11 +179,30 @@
{}%
\printtext[issuetitle]{%
\printfield[itnoformat]{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sitnoformat]{issuesubtitle}}}}
%%%% Related macros that can't reside in common.cbx %%%%
+\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{%
+ \entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \let\newunit\newcunit% FIXME??
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}}
+
\DeclareFieldFormat{title:hook}{%
\begingroup
\mkrelatedstring%
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.bbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.bbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,2614 +0,0 @@
-% $Id: chicago-authordate15.bbx,v 0.8.1.18 2014/08/14 14:11:21 dfussner Exp $
-% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's
-% standard.bbx and from chicago-notes.bbx. It provides the
-% reference list formatting for the Chicago author-date style,
-% _15th_ edition.
-
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate15.bbx}
-[2014/08/15 v 2.9a biblatex bibliography style]
-
-%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%%
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1}
-
-\newlength{\lositemsep}
-
-\defbibenvironment{bibliography}% New for 0.9a
- {\list
- {}
- {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\defbibenvironment{shorthands}
- {\list
- {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
- {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
- \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
- \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\defbibenvironment{shorthand}
- {\list
- {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
- {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
- \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
- \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\defbibenvironment{losnotes}
- {\list
- {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
- {\footnotesize%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
- \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
- \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\defbibenvironment{losendnotes}
- {\list
- {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
- {\enotesize%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{.3\biblabelsep}%
- \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
- \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
- {\endlist\nopunct\vspace{-\baselineskip}}% Kludges for endnotes
- {\item}
-
-\AtBeginBibliography{%
- \togglefalse{cms at headlessnote}}%
-
-\AtEveryBibitem{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{patent}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at origlabel}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}}%
-
-\AtEveryLositem{%
- \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}}%
-
-\InitializeBibliographyStyle{%
- \let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}%
-
-%%%% Bibliography-specific bibstrings %%%%
-
-%% Now in *.lbx %%
-
-%%%% Author, Editor, Translator, and Compiler Macros %%%%
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%
- \ifuseprefix
- {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{%
- \ifcapital
- {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}
- {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
- \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}
- {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot%
- \ifblank{#2#3#4}{}{\addcomma}%
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:first-last}[4]{%
- \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}%
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot\addlowpenspace}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{%
- \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot
- \ifpunctmark{'}
- {}
- {\ifuseprefix{\addhighpenspace}{\addlowpenspace}}}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
- \ifblank{#4}{}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at jrcomma}%
- {\ifnumeral{#4}%
- {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%
- {\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot%
- \ifboolexpr{
- test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}
- and
- test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}
- }
- {\addcomma}%
- {}}}%
- {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{author/editors/translators}{%
- \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifuseeditor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{namea}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifuseeditor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{editor}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifusetranslator\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{nameb}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifusetranslator\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{translator}}%
- {\usebibmacro{translator}}%
- {\ifnameundef{namec}%
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}%
- {\usebibmacro{compiler}}}}}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{%
- \ifuseauthor%
- {\usebibmacro{author}}%
- {\ifuseeditor%
- {\ifnameundef{namea}%
- {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}}%
- {\ifusetranslator%
- {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
- {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at usecompiler}%
- {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined%
- \settoggle{cms at usecompiler}{true}}}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at headlessnote}%
- {\usebibmacro{justauthor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{moreauthor}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{allauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {\ifnameundef{editor}%
- {\ifnameundef{translator}%
- {\ifnameundef{namec}%
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\space}
- {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\space}
- {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{transstrg}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\space}
- {\printnames{editor}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}
- {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\printnames{author}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{justauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}
- {\bibnamedash\addspace}}
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\printnames{author}%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{moreauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}
- {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
- {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\printnames{author}%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{pickeditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{namea}
- {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{moreeditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{editor}
- {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%
- {\printnames{editor}\editordelim%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{editor}{%
- \ifnameundef{editor}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%
- {\printnames{editor}\editordelim%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{parteditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{namea}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{picktranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{nameb}
- {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{moretranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{translator}
- {\usebibmacro{compiler}}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{transstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{parttranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{nameb}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{nameb}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{compiler}{%
- \ifnameundef{namec}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}
-
-\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% Needed in 0.9
-\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}
-\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}
-
-%%%% Drivers for Bibliography entries and Shorthands %%%%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\ifnameundef{labelname}
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
- \addspace%
- \usebibmacro{shorthand:label}}%
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
- \addspace%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
- \finentry}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at fullshhand}%
- {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}%
- {\thefield{entrytype}}%
- \finentry}%
- {\ifnameundef{labelname}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{periodical}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
- \newcunit}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
- {}}}
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
- \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
- \finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthand}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\ifnameundef{labelname}
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
- \addspace%
- \usebibmacro{shorthand:label}}%
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
- \addspace%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
- \finentry}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at fullshhand}%
- {\usedriver{\frenchspacing}%
- {\thefield{entrytype}}%
- \finentry}%
- {\ifnameundef{labelname}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}\AND\NOT%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{periodical}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
- \newcunit}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
- {}}}
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
- \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
- \finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+author}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
- \usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{artwork}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{audio}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \newcunit%\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
- {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newunit% unit, not cunit?
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isan}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \printfield{ismn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \iftoggle{cms at bookpages}%
- {}%
- {\clearfield{pages}}%
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookinbook}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{edition}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{customc}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{image}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}% All italtitle now?
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \iffieldundef{crossref}%
- {\iffieldundef{xref}%
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}% Moved here.
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \iffieldundef{crossref}%
- {\iffieldundef{xref}%
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{reference+title}%{italtitle+stitle}
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
- \usebibmacro{alt-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {}%
- {\printtext[parens]{%
- \bibstring{by}%
- \addspace%
- \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printtext[title]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{title}}%
- \newcunit\newblock%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{letter+date}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%\bibsentence
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \iffieldundef{crossref}%
- {\iffieldundef{xref}%
- {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-{\ifpunctmark{*}% Attempt to fix issues with n.d. Changed for 0.9.
- {\setunit{\nopunct\addspace\bibsentence}}%
- {}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
-{\ifpunctmark{*}% Likewise.
- {\setunit{\nopunct\addspace\bibsentence}}%
- {}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author+org}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
- {\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\newcunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{date}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{music}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \printeventdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {\newunit}% Fix customc?
- {\newcunit}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newunit% unit, not cunit?
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{music+ser+num}%
- \newunit
- \usebibmacro{music+publisher}%
-% \setunit*{\addspace}%\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \setunit{\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{howpublished}\AND%
- \iffieldundef{pubstate}}%
- {\newunit}{\space\bibstring{by}\space}}%
- \printlist{publisher}%
- \newunit
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{iswc}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printlist{organization}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at doi}%
- {\printfield{doi}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{eprint}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{url+date}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author+holder}% + holder?
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%{title}?
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{number}%
- \iflistundef{location}
- {}
- {\setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printtext[parens]{%
- \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\bibstring{patentfiled}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printdate%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \bibstring{and}%
- \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace%
- \printorigdate}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\iffieldundef{year}%
- {}%
- {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
- \printdate}}%
- {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
- \printorigdate%\usebibmacro{date}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
- \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{date}}}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifundef\bbx at lasthash{%
- \printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
- \printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \clearlist{location}%
- \clearfield{title}%
- \clearfield{subtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock}{}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifundef\bbx at lasthash{%
- \printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
- \printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \clearlist{location}%
- \clearfield{title}%
- \clearfield{subtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock}{}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
- \usebibmacro{periodical+issue+year+pages}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{reference}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{reference+title}%{italtitle+stitle}
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
- \usebibmacro{alt-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{inst+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isrn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{review}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\usebibmacro{mag+news+author}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}
- {\usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}}%
- {\usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{suppbook}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \newcunit%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock% \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{suppbook}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{review}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{type+inst+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit%usebibmacro{byauthorpunct}% Why does this work? No idea.
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}% Same in thesis type, as well.
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{bibreprint}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \printlist{location}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at url}
- {\usebibmacro{url+date}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{video}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[title]{subtitle}}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes
- {\newcunit}
- {\newunit}%\setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%\usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
- {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit% unit, not cunit?
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{origpubl+loc+year}% from 16th ed.
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pubstate}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isan}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-
-%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%%
-
-\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% For biblatex field exclusion
- \iftoggle{cms at doi}%
- {\printfield{doi}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at eprint}%
- {\usebibmacro{eprint}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at url}%
- {\usebibmacro{url+date}}%
- {}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{shorthand:label}{% Test this
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}% Simplifies .bib creation
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{labelyear+extrayear}{%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
- \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{misc}}
- or
- test {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{inreference}}
- or
- test {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{reference}}
- or
- not togl {cms at nodates}}%
- {}%
- {\bibstring{nodate}}}%
- {\iffieldundef{year}%
- {\iffieldundef{eventyear}
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
- {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
- \clearfield{urlyear}}%
- {\iffieldundef{urlmonth}%
- {\clearfield{urlyear}}%
- {\iffieldsequal{urlyear}{urlendyear}%
- {\clearfield{urlyear}\clearfield{urlendyear}}%
- {}}}}}%
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}%
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
- \clearfield{origyear}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {\iffieldsequal{origyear}{origendyear}%
- {\clearfield{origyear}\clearfield{origendyear}}%
- {}}}}}}%
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
- {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
- \clearfield{eventyear}}%
- {\iffieldundef{eventmonth}%
- {\clearfield{eventyear}}%
- {\iffieldsequal{eventyear}{eventendyear}%
- {\clearfield{eventyear}{eventendyear}}%
- {}}}}}}%
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}%
- \clearfield{year}}%
- {\iffieldundef{month}%
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {\iffieldsequal{year}{endyear}%
- {\clearfield{year}\clearfield{endyear}}%
- {}}}}}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{% Attempt to solve date-related problems
- \ifboolexpr{%
- test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
- or
- not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}
- }%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}%
- {\iffieldint{year}%
- {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for date ranges - video type, esp.
- test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
- or
- not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}
- }%
- {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsbibyear}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmsbibyear}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at origlabel}%
- {\usebibmacro{origyear+labelyear}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelnew}%
- {\usebibmacro{bothyear+newstyle}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelold}%
- {\usebibmacro{bothyear+oldstyle}}%
- {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}}}%
- \ifcsdef{@cms at tempdate}%
- {\toggletrue{\@cms at tempdate}}%
- {}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{origyear+labelyear}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}
- {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}%
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield{origyear}}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{bothyear+newstyle}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}\addslash%
- \setunit{}% Need * here?
- \printfield{origyear}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}%
- {\printtext{% Why?
- \printfield{origyear}\addslash%
- \setunit*{}%
- \printfield{labelyear}}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{bothyear+oldstyle}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\printtext{%
- \bibopenbracket%
- \usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}%
- \bibclosebracket%
- \setunit{\addspace}\printfield{origyear}}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}
- {\usebibmacro{labelyear+extrayear}}%
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield[brackets]{origyear}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}\printfield{labelyear}}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{origyear}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {\clearfield{year}}%
- {}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{pubstate}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at reprint}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {}
- {\printtext[parens]{%
- \usebibmacro{choosepubstring}%
- \printorigdate\addperiod}\nopunct}}}%
- {\printfield{pubstate}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{choosepubstring}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{video}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{tv}%
- {\bibstring{origshownyear}}%
- {\bibstring{origreleaseyear}}}%
- {\bibstring{origpubyear}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{bibreprint}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at reprint}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\bibstring{reprint}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\bibstring{reprint}}%
- {}}}%
- {}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{bibpostxref}{%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\iffieldundef{chapter}%
- {\iffieldundef{pages}%
- {}%
- {\postnotedelim% Extra space?
- \printfield{pages}}}%
- {\postnotedelim%
- \printfield{chapter}}}%
- {\postnotedelim%
- \printfield{postnote}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
- {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{journal+issue+year+pages}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at numbermonth}{}{\clearfield{month}}%
- \usebibmacro{cjournal+ser+vol+num}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}
- \AND\iffieldundef{number}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at postposit}% Kludge for French colon spacing.
- {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
- {\setunit{\addcolon}}}% This may not be universally correct.
- {\printtext[parens]{% Perhaps if it's wrong use magazine subtype?
- \iffieldundef{issue}
- {\usebibmacro{date}%
- \printfield{number}}%
- {\printfield{issue}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}
- \printfield{pages}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{periodical+issue+year+pages}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at numbermonth}{}{\clearfield{month}}%
- \usebibmacro{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{issue}\AND\iffieldundef{month}
- \AND\iffieldundef{number}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at postposit}%
- {\setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}%
- {\setunit{\addcolon}}}%
- {\printtext[parens]{%
- \iffieldundef{issue}
- {\usebibmacro{date}%
- \printfield{number}}%
- {\printfield{issue}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}}
- \printfield{pages}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{bycompiler}{%
- \ifnameundef{namec}
- {}
- {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace
- \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{byeditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{editor}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{byeditorx}{%
- \ifnameundef{editora}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditora]{editora}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
- \ifnameundef{editorb}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
- \ifnameundef{editorc}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{byeditor+others}{%
- \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND
- \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}
- {\def\@tempa{cbyeditor}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}%
- \clearname{translator}}
- {}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
- \clearname{namec}}
- {}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
- \clearname{commentator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
- \clearname{annotator}}
- {}}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
- \clearname{introduction}}
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
- \clearname{foreword}}
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
- \clearname{afterword}}
- {}}}%
- \bibstring{\@tempa}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
- \clearname{editor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditorx}}%
- {\usebibmacro{byeditor}}%
- \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{bytranslator+others}{%
- \ifnameundef{translator}
- {}
- {\def\@tempa{cbytranslator}%
- \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
- \clearname{namec}}
- {}%
- \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
- \clearname{commentator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
- \clearname{annotator}}
- {}}%
- \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
- \clearname{introduction}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
- \clearname{foreword}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
- \clearname{afterword}}
- {}}}%
- \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
- \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
- \clearname{translator}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
- \usebibmacro{bycompiler+others}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{bycompiler+others}{%
- \ifnameundef{namec}
- {}
- {\def\@tempa{cbycompiler}%
- \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
- \clearname{commentator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
- \clearname{annotator}}
- {}}%
- \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
- \clearname{introduction}}
- {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
- \clearname{foreword}}
- {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
- \clearname{afterword}}
- {}}}%
- \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
- \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}%
- \clearname{namec}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}}%
- \usebibmacro{byothers}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{byothers}{% Changed for 0.9
- \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{bycompiler}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
-% \usebibmacro{byredactor}%
-% \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{withcommentator}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{withannotator}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{withintroduction}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{withforeword}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{withafterword}}
-
-\endinput
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.cbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-authordate15.cbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,2247 +0,0 @@
-% $Id: chicago-authordate15.cbx,v 0.8.1.22 2014/08/14 14:11:29 dfussner Exp $
-% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
-% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention of
-% providing inline citations (and a reference list) for the
-% author-date style of the Chicago Manual of Style, _15th_ edition.
-
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-authordate15.cbx}
-[2014/08/15 v 2.9a biblatex citation style]
-
-%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%%
-
-\newbool{cbx:parens}
-
-\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1}
-
-\providetoggle{cms at inlineibid}
-\providetoggle{cms at origlabel}
-\providetoggle{cms at bothlabelold}
-\providetoggle{cms at bothlabelnew}
-\providetoggle{cms at fulldate}
-\providetoggle{cms at reprint}
-\providetoggle{cms at switchdates}
-\providetoggle{cms at los}
-\providetoggle{cms at nodates}
-\providetoggle{cms at datedash}
-
-\providetoggle{cms at url}% These are for the field-exclusion options
-\providetoggle{cms at doi}
-\providetoggle{cms at eprint}
-\providetoggle{cms at isbn}
-\providetoggle{cms at numbermonth}
-\providetoggle{cms at bookpages}
-
-\providetoggle{cms at jrcomma}% Comma after Jr./Sr.
-
-\providetoggle{cms at headlessnote}% Keep
-\providetoggle{cms at noibid}% Keep
-\providetoggle{cms at usecompiler}% Keep
-\providetoggle{cms at origpublished}% Keep
-\providetoggle{cms at annotation}% Keep
-\providetoggle{cms at postposit}% Keep
-\providetoggle{cms at fullshhand}
-
-\AtEveryCitekey{%
- \iffieldundef{userc}%
- {}%
- {\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{patent}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at origlabel}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}}%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmsdate}{% Trying to implement origyear as
- \ifcsdef{cms at opt@cmsdate@#1}% labelyear. Sorting will be an issue.
- {\csuse{cms at opt@cmsdate@#1}}
- {\blx at err@invopt{cmsdate=#1}{}}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at on{%
- \toggletrue{cms at origlabel}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at new{%
- \toggletrue{cms at bothlabelnew}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at old{%
- \toggletrue{cms at bothlabelold}}
-
-\DeclareEntryOption{cmsdate}[off]{% Trying to implement origyear as
- \ifcsdef{cms at opt@cmsdate@#1}% labelyear. Sorting will be an issue.
- {\iftoggle{cms at origlabel}
- {\togglefalse{cms at origlabel}%
- \def\@cms at tempdate{cms at origlabel}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelnew}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at bothlabelnew}%
- \def\@cms at tempdate{cms at bothlabelnew}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelold}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at bothlabelold}%
- \def\@cms at tempdate{cms at bothlabelold}}%
- {}}}%
- \csuse{cms at opt@cmsdate@#1}}%
- {\blx at err@invopt{cmsdate=#1}{}}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at on{%
- \toggletrue{cms at origlabel}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at new{%
- \toggletrue{cms at bothlabelnew}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at old{%
- \toggletrue{cms at bothlabelold}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at both{%
- \toggletrue{cms at bothlabelold}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at full{%
- \toggletrue{cms at fulldate}}
-\def\cms at opt@cmsdate at off{}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{%
- \global\toggletrue{cms at annotation}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{cmslos}[true]{%
- \global\settoggle{cms at los}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{noibid}[true]{%
- \global\toggletrue{cms at noibid}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{usecompiler}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at usecompiler}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{nodates}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at nodates}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareEntryOption{usecompiler}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at usecompiler}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{juniorcomma}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at jrcomma}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareEntryOption{juniorcomma}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at jrcomma}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandfull}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at fullshhand}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{headline}[true]{%
- \renewcommand{\MakeSentenceCase}{\@ifstar\relax\relax}}
-
-% The field-exclusion options %
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{isbn}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at isbn}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{url}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at url}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{doi}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at doi}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{eprint}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at eprint}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{numbermonth}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at numbermonth}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{bookpages}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at bookpages}{#1}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{includeall}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at isbn}{#1}%
- \settoggle{cms at url}{#1}%
- \settoggle{cms at doi}{#1}%
- \settoggle{cms at eprint}{#1}%
- \settoggle{cms at numbermonth}{#1}%
- \settoggle{cms at bookpages}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareEntryOption{isbn}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at isbn}{#1}}
-\DeclareEntryOption{url}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at url}{#1}}
-\DeclareEntryOption{doi}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at doi}{#1}}
-\DeclareEntryOption{eprint}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at eprint}{#1}}
-\DeclareEntryOption{numbermonth}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at numbermonth}{#1}}
-\DeclareEntryOption{bookpages}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at bookpages}{#1}}
-
-\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall}%
-
-%% From 16th ed. %%
-
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2013/03/30}% For biblatex 2.6 ff.
-{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldate=true}}%
-{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear=true}}%
-
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2014/02/20}% For biblatex 2.9 ff.
-{\global\toggletrue{cms at datedash}}%
-{\global\togglefalse{cms at datedash}}%
-
-\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{%
- \inherit{title}{title}
- \inherit{subtitle}{subtitle}
- \inherit{titleaddon}{titleaddon}}
-
-\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook}{incollection}{% ???
- \inherit{title}{maintitle}
- \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
- \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
- \noinherit{shorttitle}
- \noinherit{sorttitle}
- \noinherit{indextitle}
- \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
-}
-
-\DeclareDataInheritance{book,collection}{letter}{% ???
- \inherit{title}{booktitle}
- \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle}
- \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon}
- \noinherit{shorttitle}
- \noinherit{sorttitle}
- \noinherit{indextitle}
- \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
-}
-
-\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection}{letter}{% ???
- \inherit{title}{maintitle}
- \inherit{subtitle}{mainsubtitle}
- \inherit{titleaddon}{maintitleaddon}
- \noinherit{shorttitle}
- \noinherit{sorttitle}
- \noinherit{indextitle}
- \noinherit{indexsorttitle}
-}
-
-\DeclareDataInheritance{*}{*}{%
- \noinherit{namea}
- \noinherit{nameb}
- \noinherit{sortyear}
- \noinherit{sortname}
- \noinherit{sorttitle}}
-
-\DeclareDataInheritance{mvbook,mvcollection,mvproceedings,mvreference}%
-{*}{% ???
- \noinherit{year}
- \noinherit{month}
- \noinherit{day}
- \noinherit{endyear}
- \noinherit{endmonth}
- \noinherit{endday}
- \noinherit{origyear}
- \noinherit{origmonth}
- \noinherit{origday}
- \noinherit{origendyear}
- \noinherit{origendmonth}
- \noinherit{origendday}}
-
-% More authordate options %
-
-\DeclareSortingScheme{cms}{
- \sort{
- \field{presort}
- }
- \sort[final]{
- \field{sortkey}
- }
- \sort{
- \name{sortname}
- \name{author}
- \name{namea}
- \name{editor}
- \name{nameb}
- \name{translator}
- \name{namec}
- \field{sorttitle}
- \field{journaltitle}
- \list{organization}
- \field{title}
- }
- \sort{
- \field{sortyear}
- \field{year}
- }
- \sort{
- \field{sorttitle}
- \field{title}
- }
- \sort{
- \field[padside=left,padwidth=4,padchar=0]{volume}
- \literal{0000}
- }
-}
-
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2012/11/20}% for biblatex 2.4
-{\DeclareLabelname{\field{shortauthor} \field{author}%
- \field{shorteditor} \field{namea} \field{editor}%
- \field{nameb} \field{translator} \field{namec}}}
-{\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,namea,%
- editor,nameb,translator,namec}}
-
-\DeclareEntryOption{switchdates}[true]{%
- \settoggle{cms at switchdates}{#1}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{%
- \let\splitfootnoterule\footnoterule
- \renewcommand\footnoterule{}%
- \advance\skip\footins 4\p@\@plus2\p@\relax
- \gdef\split at prev{0}
- \let\pagefootnoterule\footnoterule
- % \def\splitfootnoterule{\kern-3\p@ \hrule \kern2.6\p@}
- \def\footnoterule{\relax
- \ifnum\split at prev=\z@
- \pagefootnoterule
- \else
- \splitfootnoterule
- \fi
- \xdef\split at prev{\the\insertpenalties}%
- }}
-
-\protected\def\blx at newcunit{%
- \global\let\blx at unitpunct\newcunitpunct
- \global\toggletrue{blx at unit}}%
-
-\appto\blx at blxinit{%
- \let\newcunit\blx at newcunit}
-
-\newcommand*{\newcunitpunct}{\addcomma\space}
-
-\def\mkbibcurdinal#1{%
- \@tempcnta0#1 \the\@tempcnta}%
-
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/01/04}
-{}
-{\PackageError{biblatex}
- {Outdated 'biblatex' package}
- {The Chicago style requires biblatex v1.1 or later.\MessageBreak
- You are using: '\csuse{ver at biblatex.sty}'.\MessageBreak
- This is a fatal error. I'm aborting now.}%
- \endinput}
-
-%%%% Initialize and define bibstrings %%%%
-
-%%%% Now in cms-*.lbx %%%%
-
-%%%% Macros from authoryear-comp.cbx, revised for CMS %%%%
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{%
- \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2}
- {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}%
- \global\undef\cbx at lasthash
- \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}
- {\iffieldundef{prenote}
- {}
- {\global\undef\cbx at lasthash
- \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{%
- \global\undef\cbx at lasthash
- \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite}{%
- \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% Similar to notes+bib
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{inreference}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{reference}}% Simplified for CMS
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsbracketname}% For names in []
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{customc}%
- {\newcunit}%
- {\setunit{\addspace}}}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}}}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand+title}}}
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{inreference}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{reference}}% Simplified for CMS
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}% Is this right?
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsbracketname}%
- \setunit{\nameyeardelim}}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}}}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}%
- \setunit{\multicitedelim}}% ???
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmsbracketname}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}%
- \bibrightbracket}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{labelname}?%
- \bibrightbracket}%
- {\printnames{labelname}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
- {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand+title}}}}%
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
- {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\usebibmacro{citeyear:noshort}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}%
- \setunit{\multicitedelim}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{citeyear:noshort}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% Altered for CMS
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}%
- {}}}
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}
- {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}%
- {}}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{textcite}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\usebibmacro{textcite:authshort}}%
- {\usebibmacro{textcite:citeshort}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{textcite:authshort}{%
- \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
- \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{inreference}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{reference}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
- \setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}
- {\printnames{labelname}%
- \setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {}%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}
- {\printfield{shorthand}%
- \setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%
- {}%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}%
- \setunit{%
- \ifbool{cbx:parens}%
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}%
- {}%
- \multicitedelim}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{textcite:citeshort}{%
- \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
- \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}
- {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
- \global\undef\cbx at lastyear}%
- {\setunit{\compcitedelim}}}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}%
- \printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{inreference}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{reference}}%
- {\iffieldundef{shorthand}
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}%
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}%
- \setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}}}}
- {\printnames{labelname}%
- \setunit{%
- \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}%
- \addspace\bibopenparen}%
- \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1}
- {\usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {}%
- \iffieldundef{shorthand}
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:label}}
- {\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}}}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}%
- \setunit{%
- \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}%
- \multicitedelim}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {}%
- {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lastyear}%
- \setunit{\postnotedelim}%
- \printfield{postnote}}%
- \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}}%
- {\setunit{}%
- \printtext{%
- \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}}}%
- {\setunit{%
- \ifbool{cbx:parens}
- {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}}
- {}%
- \multicitedelim}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \setunit{\compcitedelim}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}%
- \setunit{\nameyeardelim}%
- \usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand+title}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at los}%
- {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \setunit{\compcitedelim}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}}}
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}%
- \setunit{\nameyeardelim}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% Test this
- \iffieldundef{label}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- \AND\NOT\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{periodical}}% Simplifies .bib creation
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{label}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{labelyear}\OR%
- \iffieldequalstr{labelyear}{nodate}}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{misc}}
- or
- test {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{inreference}}
- or
- test {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{reference}}
- or
- not togl {cms at nodates}
- }%
- {}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring{nodate}}}}% For CMS?
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \iffieldundef{year}%
- {\iffieldundef{eventyear}
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
- {}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{urlendyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
- {}}}%
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{origendyear}%
- {}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{origendyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
- {}}}}
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
- {}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{eventendyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
- {}}}}
- {\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
- {}%
- {\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
- \iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
- {}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iffieldequalstr{endyear}{}}%
- and
- not togl {cms at datedash}%
- }
- {\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
- {}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmscitesortdate}{% Attempt to solve date-related problems
- \ifboolexpr{%
- test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
- or
- not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}
- }%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}%
- {\iffieldint{year}%
- {\ifboolexpr{% Needed for date ranges
- test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
- or
- not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}
- }%
- {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsciteyear}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmsciteyear}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at origlabel}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:origyear+labelyear}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelnew}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+newstyle}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelold}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at fulldate}%
- {\newcunit\printdate}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}}}%
- \ifcsdef{@cms at tempdate}%
- {\toggletrue{\@cms at tempdate}}%
- {}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:origyear+labelyear}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{origyear}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:bothyear+newstyle}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}/\printfield{origyear}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{origyear}/\printfield{labelyear}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \bibopenbracket%
- \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}%
- \bibclosebracket%
- \addspace\printfield{origyear}}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield[brackets]{origyear}%
- \addspace\printfield{labelyear}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{%
- \savefield{entrykey}{\cbx at lastkey}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at noibid}%
- {\blx at ibidreset%
- \usebibmacro{cite}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at inlineibid}}}
-
-%%%% Citation Commands, internal and external %%%%
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
- \usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{cite}}
- {}%\multicitedelim
- {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
- \usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{citeyear}}
- {}%\multicitedelim
- {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
- \usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{cite}}
- {}%\setunit{\multicitedelim}
- {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
- \usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{citeyear}}
- {}%\setunit{\multicitedelim}
- {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
- \usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{cite}}
- {}%\multicitedelim
- {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext]
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}%
- \usebibmacro{prenote}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{cite}}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{postnote}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}}
- {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
- \usebibmacro{textcite}}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}}
-
-\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
-
-\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
-
-\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}%
- {\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
-
-\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]%
- {\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}}
-
-\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}{\textcite}{}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\bibxrefcite}
- {\usebibmacro{cite:init}}%\usebibmacro{clearalmostall}} (?)
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \blx at ibidreset% For authordate style
- \usebibmacro{cite}}
- {}
- {}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\origfullcite}
- {\nopunct\unspace%
- \savebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}%
- {\usedriver
- {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}
- \clearname{author}\clearfield{userf}%\toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
- \toggletrue{cms at headlessnote}\frenchspacing}%
- {\thefield{entrytype}}}%
- {\multicitedelim}%
- {\restorebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}}
-
-\DeclareCiteCommand{\origpublcite}% Similar to above, w/o title.
- {\nopunct\unspace%
- \savebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}%
- \renewbibmacro*{cmsbibsortdate}{}}%
- {\usedriver
- {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\clearfield{postnote}%
- \usebibmacro{clearpublin}%
- \toggletrue{cms at headlessnote}%\toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
- \toggletrue{cms at origpublished}\frenchspacing}%
- {\thefield{entrytype}}}%
- {\multicitedelim}%
- {\restorebibmacro{cmsbibsortdate}}
-
-%%%% List Formats %%%%
-
-\DeclareListFormat{language}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
- {\bibleftbracket\bibstring{inlang}%\addspace - for inflected langs.
- \ifbibstring{#1}
- {\bibstring{#1}}
- {\ifbibstring{lang#1}
- {\bibstring{lang#1}}
- {#1}}%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}=1}%
- {\bibrightbracket}%
- {}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{listtotal}}%
- {\multilangdelim%
- \ifbibstring{#1}
- {\bibstring{#1}}
- {\ifbibstring{lang#1}
- {\bibstring{lang#1}}
- {#1}}%
- \bibrightbracket}%
- {\multilangdelim%
- \ifbibstring{#1}
- {\bibstring{#1}}
- {\ifbibstring{lang#1}
- {\bibstring{lang#1}}
- {#1}}}}%
- \usebibmacro{langlist:andothers}}
-
-\DeclareListFormat{publisher}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
- {#1\isdot}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
- {#1}%
- {\multipubsdelim #1\isdot}}}
-
-\DeclareListFormat{periodplace}{\mkbibparens{#1}}
-
-\DeclareListFormat{lista}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
- {s\adddot vv\adddot\addspace \mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
- {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
- {\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}}
-
-%%%% Field Formats -- Title, Citetitle, Lostitle %%%%
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{title}{%
- \iffieldundef{title}%
- {}%
- {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[article]{citetitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[article]{lostitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork]{title}{%
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
- {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[artwork]{citetitle}[artwork]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork]{lostitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
- {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[book]{title}{%
- \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[book]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[book]{lostitle}{%
- \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[bookinbook]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[bookinbook]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[bookinbook]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[collection]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[collection]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[collection]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[periodical]{lostitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{title}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[incollection]{title}[article]{title}% Change article?
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[incollection]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[incollection]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inreference]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inreference]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inreference]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[reference]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[reference]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[reference]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{title}{#1\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[letter]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inproceedings]{title}[article]{title}% As above
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inproceedings]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inproceedings]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[thesis]{title}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[thesis]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[thesis]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[patent]{title}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[patent]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[patent]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[unpublished]{title}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[unpublished]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[unpublished]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{% Removed \isdots -- required
- \iffieldundef{pagination}% elsewhere also?
- {#1}%
- {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{%
- \iffieldundef{pagination}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}
- {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}% Removed \isdots here, also.
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{%
- \iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
- {#1\isdot}%
- {\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1\isdot}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{bibnote}{\MakeCapital{#1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
- \ifbibstring{#1}
- {\bibstring{#1}}
- {\ifbibstring{ed#1}
- {\bibstring{ed#1}}
- {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inbook]{title}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inbook]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[inbook]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook]{title}{%
- \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppbook]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook]{lostitle}{%
- \usebibmacro{inforaft}%
- \addspace%
- \mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{title}{%
- \iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
- \addspace%
- #1}%
- {#1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{citetitle}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {#1}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{see}}%
- \addspace%
- #1}%
- {\printfield{nameaddon}\addspace #1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{title}[suppbook]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{citetitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{lostitle}[suppbook]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[booklet]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[booklet]{citetitle}[book]{citetitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[booklet]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[manual]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[manual]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[manual]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[report]{title}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[report]{citetitle}[book]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[report]{lostitle}[book]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[misc]{title}{%
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
- {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
- {#1\isdot}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{citetitle}[misc]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[misc]{lostitle}[misc]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[review]{title}{%
- \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
- {#1\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{lostitle}[review]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{citetitle}[review]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{title}[review]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{citetitle}[review]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{lostitle}[review]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[online]{title}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[online]{citetitle}[article]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[online]{lostitle}[article]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{booktitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{maintitle}{\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{title}{%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
- {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
- {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{citetitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
- {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
- {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{lostitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
- {\mkbibemph{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}}\isdot}%
- {\MakeSentenceCase*{#1}\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{title}[video]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{citetitle}[video]{citetitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{lostitle}[video]{lostitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{title}[video]{title}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{citetitle}[video]{citetitle}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{lostitle}[video]{lostitle}
-
-%%%% Other Field Formats %%%%
-
-\DeclareNumChars*{:}%
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{letterday}{\mkbibcurdinal{#1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{note}{%
- \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}%
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook]{type}{%
- \ifbibstring{#1}%
- {\bibstring{#1}}%
- {\ifcapital%
- {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
- {#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[artwork]{type}{%
- \ifcapital%
- {\MakeCapital{#1}}%
- {#1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[image]{type}[artwork]{type}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppcollection]{type}[suppbook]{type}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[video]{type}[suppbook]{type}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[music]{type}[suppbook]{type}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[audio]{type}[suppbook]{type}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{url}{\url{#1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{doi}{%
- \textrm{doi}\addcolon
- \ifhyperref
- {\href{http://dx.doi.org/#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
- {\nolinkurl{#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{nameaddon}{\mkbibbrackets{#1\bibsentence}}% ?!
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{nameaddon}{% For cross-refs
- \ifbibstring{#1}%
- {\mkbibemph{\bibstring{#1}}}%
- {#1}}%
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% New in 0.8
- \ifinteger{#1}
- {\mkbibordinal{#1}~\bibstring{edition}}%
- {\ifcapital
- {\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}%
- {#1\isdot}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{usere}{[#1]} % Better than mkbibbrackets?
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{titleaddon}{%
- \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}%\custpunctc?
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias{booktitleaddon}{titleaddon}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitleaddon}{titleaddon}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\MakeSentenceCase*{#1\isdot}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{jourser}{%
- \ifinteger{#1}%
- {\mkbibordinal{#1}%
- \addnbspace%
- \bibstring{jourser}}%
- {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{journum}{% Revised for 0.9.5
- \ifboolexpr{%
- test {\ifnumerals{#1}}
- and
- not test {\ifnumeral{#1}}
- }%
- {\bibstring{numbers}\addspace #1}%
- {\bibstring{number}\addspace #1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{sernum}{%
- \ifnumeral{#1}%
- {\addnbspace #1}%
- {\addcomma\addspace #1}}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{addendum}{%
- \ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
-
-% This works better here than in the entrytail macro -- userf use is
-% no longer a problem, though the page breaking still isn't ideal.
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\par\nobreak \vskip \bibitemsep #1}
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{part}{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[review]{volume}[article]{volume}
-
-\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{volume}[article]{volume}
-
-%%%% Commands, for users and internal %%%%
-
-\newcommand*{\cbytypeeditor}{%
- \iffieldundef{editortype}
- {\bibstring{cbytypeeditor}}
- {\bibstring{cbytype\thefield{editortype}}}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addsemicolon\space}
-
-\renewcommand*{\nameyeardelim}{%
- \iffieldundef{origyear}% Is this test correct?
- {\iffieldundef{year}%
- {\addspace}
- {\NumCheckSetup{\renewcommand{\mkbibbrackets}{\expandonce}%
- \DeclareNumChars*{[?]s}}% For bracketed dates, and decades.
- \iffieldnums{year}% This one works.
- {\addspace}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{year}{\bibstring{nodate}}% This also works.
- {\addspace}
- {\addcomma\addspace}}}}%
- {\addspace}}
-
-\newcommand{\classicpunct}{%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}\OR%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{letter}}%
- {\setunit*{\addspace}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}
-
-\newcommand{\parttrans}{%
- {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\space}}%
-
-\newcommand{\partedit}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at postposit}% Kludge to make it work in French.
- {\bibstring{cbyeditoralt}\addspace}%
- {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace}}%
-
-\newcommand{\partcomp}{%
- {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\space}}%
-
-\newcommand{\parteditandcomp}{%
- {\bibstring{cbyeditorcp}\space}}%
-
-\newcommand{\parttransandcomp}{%
- {\bibstring{cbytranslatorcp}\space}}%
-
-\newcommand{\partedittransandcomp}{%
- {\bibstring{cbyeditortrcp}\space}}%
-
-\newcommand{\parteditandtrans}{%
- {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\space}}%
-
-\newcommand{\reprint}{\bibstring{reprint}}%
-
-\newcommand*{\multipubsdelim}{\addnbspace/\addspace}
-
-\newcommand*{\multilocsdelim}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\numexpr\value{listcount}+1<\value{liststop}}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{liststop}>2}%
- {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}%
- {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}%
- {}}
-
-\newcommand*{\multilangdelim}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<3}%
- {\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}%
- {\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at inlineibid}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at inlineibid}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% For Notes+Bib, too?
- {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}%
- \iffieldpages{postnote}%
- {\addspace}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}}
-
-\newcommand*{\editordelim}{% Otherwise you get an inaccurate comma.
- \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{none}%
- {\addperiod\addspace}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}
-
-\newcommand*{\lbx at cfromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}
- {\unspace}
- {\bibstring{cfrom\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}
-
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/11/12}
-{\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}
- {\unspace}
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}
-{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/07/28}
- {\newcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}
- {\unspace}
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}%
- {\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}
- {\unspace}
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\lbx at lfromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}
- {\unspace}
- {\biblstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\lbx at sfromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}
- {\unspace}
- {\bibsstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}
-
-%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
-
-\newbibmacro*{finentry}{%{\finentry} To make annotated bibliography
- \ifbibliography
- {\usebibmacro{entrytail}}
- {}%
- \finentry}
-
-\newbibmacro*{entrytail}{% From reading.bbx, for annotated bibliography
- \newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at annotation}
- {\usebibmacro{annotation}%
- \newunit\newblock}
- {}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{author+holder}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{holder}\OR
- \ifnamesequal{author}{holder}}
- {}
- {\setunit{\addspace}%
- \printtext[parens]{\printnames{holder}}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{byauthor}{%
- \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR
- \ifnameundef{author}}
- {}
- {\bibstring{by}\addspace
- \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{byauthorpunct}{%
- \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\OR\ifnameundef{author}}%
- {\addperiod\addspace}%
- {\newcunit}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{bybookauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{bookauthor}
- {}
- {\ifnamesequal{author}{bookauthor}
- {}
- {\bibstring{by}\addspace\printnames[default]{bookauthor}%
- \newcunit\newblock}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{editorpunct}{%
- \ifthenelse{\(\iffieldundef{booktitle}\AND\iffieldundef{maintitle}\)%
- \OR\iffieldsequal{booktitle}{title}% Changed these for crossrefed
- \OR\iffieldsequal{maintitle}{title}}% entries. Create problems?
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{video}%
- {\newcunit\newblock}%
- {\newunit\newblock}}%
- {\newcunit\newblock}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{edition}{%
- \printfield{edition}%
- \clearfield{edition}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{inforaft}{%
- \ifnameundef{introduction}%
- {\ifnameundef{afterword}%
- {\ifnameundef{foreword}%
- {\printfield{type}}%
- {\bibstring{forewordto}%
- \clearname{foreword}}}%
- {\bibstring{afterwordto}%
- \clearname{afterword}}}%
- {\bibstring{introductionto}%
- \clearname{introduction}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{langlist:andothers}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=\value{liststop}\AND
- \ifmoreitems}
- {\ifnum\value{liststop}>1 \finalandcomma\fi
- \andmoredelim\bibstring{andmore}\bibrightbracket}
- {}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{reference+title}{%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{title}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
- {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \savefield{title}{\bbx at lasthash}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{mag+news+author}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{journaltitle}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
- {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \savefield{journaltitle}{\bbx at lasthash}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+author}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {\usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{type+inst+year}{%
- \printfield{type}
- \newcunit
- \printlist{institution}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
- \printfield{year}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{institution+organization}{%
- \iflistundef{organization}%
- {\iflistundef{institution}%
- {}%
- {\printlist{institution}}}%
- {\printlist{organization}%
- \newcunit%
- \printlist{institution}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{author+org}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {\ifnameundef{editor}%
- {\iflistundef{organization}%
- {}%
- {\ifboolexpr{
- test {\iflistequals{organization}{\bbx at lasthash}}
- and
- not test {\iffirstonpage}
- }%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}%
- {\printlist{organization}%
- \savelist{organization}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{editor}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbytypestrg}[2]{%
- \iffieldundef{#1type}
- {\bibstring{cby#2}}
- {\bibstring{cby\thefield{#1type}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{editor}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editor}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
- \newcunit}%
- \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbyeditorx}{%
- \ifnameundef{editora}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editora}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditora]{editora}%
- \newcunit}%
- \ifnameundef{editorb}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorb}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditorb]{editorb}%
- \newcunit}%
- \ifnameundef{editorc}
- {}
- {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{editorc}{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printnames[byeditorc]{editorc}%
- \newcunit}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{translator}
- {}
- {\bibstring{cbytranslator}%
- \addspace
- \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler}{%
- \ifnameundef{namec}
- {}
- {\bibstring{cbycompiler}\addspace
- \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbyredactor}{%
- \ifnameundef{redactor}
- {}
- {\bibstring{cbyredactor}\addspace
- \printnames[byredactor]{redactor}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cwithcommentator}{%
- \ifnameundef{commentator}
- {}
- {\bibstring{withcommentator}\addspace
- \printnames[withcommentator]{commentator}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cwithannotator}{%
- \ifnameundef{annotator}
- {}
- {\bibstring{withannotator}\addspace
- \printnames[withannotator]{annotator}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cwithintroduction}{%
- \ifnameundef{introduction}
- {}
- {\bibstring{withintroduction}\addspace
- \printnames[withintroduction]{introduction}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cwithforeword}{%
- \ifnameundef{foreword}
- {}
- {\bibstring{withforeword}\addspace
- \printnames[withforeword]{foreword}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cwithafterword}{%
- \ifnameundef{afterword}
- {}
- {\bibstring{withafterword}\addspace
- \printnames[withafterword]{afterword}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbyeditor+others}{%
- \ifthenelse{\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}\AND
- \(\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}\)}
- {\def\@tempa{cbyeditor}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa tr}%
- \clearname{translator}}
- {}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
- \clearname{namec}}
- {}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{commentator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
- \clearname{commentator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{annotator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
- \clearname{annotator}}
- {}}%
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{introduction}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
- \clearname{introduction}}
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{foreword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
- \clearname{foreword}}
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{afterword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
- \clearname{afterword}}
- {}}}%
- \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
- \printnames[byeditor]{editor}%
- \clearname{editor}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{cbyeditorx}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor}}%
- \usebibmacro{cbytranslator+others}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbytranslator+others}{%
- \ifnameundef{translator}
- {}
- {\def\@tempa{cbytranslator}%
- \ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa cp}%
- \clearname{namec}}
- {}%
- \ifnamesequal{translator}{commentator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
- \clearname{commentator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{annotator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
- \clearname{annotator}}
- {}}%
- \ifnamesequal{translator}{introduction}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
- \clearname{introduction}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{foreword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
- \clearname{foreword}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{afterword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
- \clearname{afterword}}
- {}}}%
- \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
- \printnames[bytranslator]{translator}%
- \clearname{translator}%
- \newcunit}%
- \usebibmacro{cbycompiler+others}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbycompiler+others}{%
- \ifnameundef{namec}
- {}
- {\def\@tempa{cbycompiler}%
- \ifnamesequal{namec}{commentator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa co}%
- \clearname{commentator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{namec}{annotator}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa an}%
- \clearname{annotator}}
- {}}%
- \ifnamesequal{namec}{introduction}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa in}%
- \clearname{introduction}}
- {\ifnamesequal{namec}{foreword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa fo}%
- \clearname{foreword}}
- {\ifnamesequal{namec}{afterword}
- {\edef\@tempa{\@tempa af}%
- \clearname{afterword}}
- {}}}%
- \bibstring{\@tempa}\space
- \printnames[bycompiler]{namec}%
- \clearname{namec}%
- \newcunit}%
- \usebibmacro{cbyothers}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cbyothers}{%
- \usebibmacro{cbytranslator}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cbycompiler}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cbyredactor}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cwithcommentator}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cwithannotator}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cwithintroduction}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cwithforeword}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cwithafterword}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cms-in:}{% Fix for 0.9a compat.
- \iftoggle{cms at origpublished}%
- {}%
- {\bibstring{in}%
- \setunit{\addspace}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{alt-in:}{%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}%
- {}
- {\bibstring{in}%
- \setunit{\addspace}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{chapincoll}{%
- \iffieldundef{chapter}%
- {}
- {\printfield{chapter}\addspace}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{chapinscore}{%
- \iffieldundef{chapter}%
- {}
- {\printfield{chapter}%
- \addspace\bibstring{of}\setunit{\addspace}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{music+ser+num}{%
- \iffieldundef{series}%
- {\iffieldundef{number}%
- {}%
- {\printfield{number}}}
- {\printfield{series}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{number}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{music+publisher}{%
- \iffieldundef{howpublished}%
- {\iffieldundef{pubstate}%
- {\newcunit}%
- {\printfield{pubstate}\setunit{\addspace}}}%
- {\printfield{howpublished}\setunit{\addspace}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{ser+num}{%
- \printfield{series}%
- \printfield[sernum]{number}%
- \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[title]{subtitle}}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock}
-
-\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[title]{subtitle}}%
- \newunit%\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- }%\newcunit\newblock
-
-\newbibmacro*{language+transtitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{usere}%
- {\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{language}}%
- {\printfield{usere}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{issuetitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{issuetitle}%
- {}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{article}\OR%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{review}\OR%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{suppperiodical}}% This test is for
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}% periodical entries
- {}%
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[issuetitle]{issuesubtitle}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{btitle+bstitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {}
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield{booktitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[booktitle]{booksubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{booktitleaddon}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{publ+loc+year}{%
- \printlist{location}%
- \iflistundef{publisher}%
- {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
- \printlist{publisher}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}
- \usebibmacro{date}% For the author-date style. Tricky.
-}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{origpubl+loc+year}{% 16th ed.
- \printlist{origlocation}%
- \iflistundef{origpublisher}%
- {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
- \printlist{origpublisher}%
-% \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
-% \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
-}
-
-\newbibmacro*{howpubl+loc+year}{%
- \printlist{location}%
- \iffieldundef{howpublished}%
- {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
-}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{inst+loc+year}{%
- \printlist{location}%
- \iflistundef{institution}%
- {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}%
- \printlist{institution}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
-}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{originally+published+as}{% Punctuation fix now in
- \iffieldundef{userf}% \origfullcite for 0.8e.
- {\iffieldundef{reprinttitle}%
- {}
- {\bibstring{origpublin}%
- \origpublcite{\thefield{reprinttitle}}%
- \newunit}}
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\bibstring{origpub}%
- \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}
- \newunit}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at postposit}%
- {\bibstring{origedition}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield[edlang]{origlanguage}%
- \addcolon%
- \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
- \newunit}%
- {\printfield[edlang]{origlanguage}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \bibstring{origedition}%
- \origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}
- \newunit}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{org+publ+loc+year}{% What was wrong with \ifthenelse here?
- \printlist{location}%
- \iflistundef{organization}%
- {\iflistundef{publisher}%
- {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}}%
- {\setunit*{\addcolon\addspace}}%
- \printlist{organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
- \printlist{publisher}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{date}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{year+in+parens}{%
- \iffieldundef{volume}%
- {noformat}%
- {parens}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{letter+date}{% New for 0.9
- \iflistundef{origlocation}%
- {}%
- {\printlist{origlocation}%
- \newcunit\newblock}%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
- {}%
- {\cms at datelongalt}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
- {}%
- {\cms at datelong}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{unpubl+letter+date}{% For the Misc type.
- \iflistundef{origlocation}%
- {}%
- {\printlist{origlocation}%
- \newcunit\newblock}%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
- {}%
- {\cms at datelongalt}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}}%
- {\printdate}% For interviews and other dated non-letters
- {\cms at datelong}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmsbookdate}{%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{origyear}}%
- {\newunit}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\newunit}%
- {\newcunit\printorigdate}}%
- {\iffieldundef{year}%
- {\newunit}%
- {\newcunit\printdate}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{date}{% Adding the test solved some issues in 0.9 with
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{origyear}\AND\iffieldundef{origmonth}
- \AND\iffieldundef{origday}}%
- {}%
- {\printorigdate}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}
- \AND\iffieldundef{day}}% punctuation in some entry types (Misc). The
- {}% whole \printdate thing may need further work.
- {\printdate}}}
-
-\newcommand*{\cms at datelong}{% Modified for 0.9
- \iffieldundef{origmonth}%
- {\printfield{origyear}}%
- {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \printfield{origyear}}}%
-
-\newcommand*{\cms at datelongalt}{% Modified for 0.9
- \iffieldundef{month}%
- {\printfield{year}}%
- {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \printfield{year}}}%
-
-\newcommand*{\letterdatelong}{% Modified for 0.9
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}% This one for users
- {\iffieldundef{year}% Previous two for internal use
- {}%
- {\iffieldundef{month}%
- {\printfield{year}}%
- {\printfield[letterday]{day}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \mkbibmonth{\thefield{month}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \printfield{year}}}}%
- {\iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {}%
- {\iffieldundef{origmonth}%
- {\printfield{origyear}}%
- {\printfield[letterday]{origday}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \mkbibmonth{\thefield{origmonth}}\setunit{\nobreakspace}%
- \printfield{origyear}}}}}%
-
-\newbibmacro*{cjournal+ser+vol+num}{%
- \usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \iffieldundef{series}
- {}
- {\newcunit
- \printfield[jourser]{series}%
- \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}?
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
- {\iffieldundef{volume}%
- {\newcunit%
- \printfield[journum]{number}%
- \clearfield{number}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}
- {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}}%
- {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
- \newcunit%
- \printfield[journum]{number}%
- \clearfield{number}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}% need * here?
- \printfield{eid}%
- \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cperiodical+ser+vol+num}{% For periodical entries,
- \printtext{% article subtype
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[title]{subtitle}}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \iffieldundef{series}
- {}
- {\newcunit
- \printfield[jourser]{series}%
- \newcunit}%\setunit*{\addspace}?
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{year}\AND\iffieldundef{month}}%
- {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}% need * here?
- \printfield[journum]{number}%
- \clearfield{number}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- \printfield{eid}%
- \newunit}
-
-\newbibmacro*{journal+sub}{%
- \iffieldundef{journaltitle}
- {}
- {\printtext[journaltitle]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{journaltitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{url+date}{% Changed for 0.9
- \printfield{url}%
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{urlyear}\AND\iffieldundef{urlmonth}}%
- {}%
- {\setunit{\addspace}% Date fix
- \printurldate}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{chap+pag}{%
- \printfield{chapter}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\space}%
- \printfield{pages}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{mag+news+date}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {\usebibmacro{date+issue}}%
- {\usebibmacro{mag+date+issue}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{date+issue}{%
- \iffieldundef{issue}
- {\iffieldundef{number}%
- {\usebibmacro{date}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at numbermonth}%
- {\usebibmacro{date}}%
- {\usebibmacro{cmsyear}}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}% Starred version for when the
- \printfield[journum]{number}}}% month isn't printed because of
- {\printfield{issue}% the toggle.
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsyear}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{mag+date+issue}{%
- \usebibmacro{journal+sub}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper.
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date+issue}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmsyear}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at switchdates}%
- {\printfield{origyear}}%
- {\printfield{year}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{periodical+date+issue}{% For periodical type &
- \printtext[title]{% magazine subtype
- \printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printlist[periodplace]{location}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{usera}% For network ID and possible section of newspaper.
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date+issue}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}{%
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{cmtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}{%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext{%
- \printfield{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[maintitle]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{postnote}{%
- \iffieldundef{postnote}%
- {}%
- {\setunit{\postnotedelim}%
- \printfield{postnote}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{part+editor+translator}{%
- \ifnameundef{namea}%
- {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
- {}
- {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\space%
- \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}%
-{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
- {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\space%
- \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}%
- {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\space%
- \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
- \ifnameundef{nameb}%
- {}
- {\newunit
- \bibstring{cbytranslator}\space%
- \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{compilestrg}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{namec}>1\OR\ifandothers{namec}}
- {\bibstring{compilers}}
- {\bibstring{compiler}}
- \clearname{namec}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{transstrg}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{translator}>1\OR\ifandothers{translator}}
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{transcompilers}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\bibstring{translators}}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{translator}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{transcompiler}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\bibstring{translator}}}
- \clearname{translator}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{parttransstrg}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{nameb}>1\OR\ifandothers{nameb}}
- {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{transcompilers}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\bibstring{translators}}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{nameb}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{transcompiler}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\bibstring{translator}}}
- \clearname{nameb}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{editstrg}{% Test added for 0.9
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{editortype}\OR
- \iffieldequalstr{editortype}{editor}}
- {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}
- {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}%
- \clearname{translator}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{editorcompilers}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
- {\bibstring{editortranslators}%
- \clearname{translator}}%
- {\bibstring{editors}}}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}\AND
- \ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}}
- {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}%
- \clearname{translator}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{editorcompiler}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{editor}{translator}%
- {\bibstring{editortranslator}%
- \clearname{translator}}%
- {\bibstring{editor}}}}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\value{editor}>1\OR\ifandothers{editor}}
- {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}s}}
- {\bibstring{\thefield{editortype}}}}
- \clearname{editor}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{parteditstrg}{%
- \ifthenelse{\value{namea}>1\OR\ifandothers{namea}}
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND
- \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}
- {\bibstring{editortranscompilers}%
- \clearname{nameb}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{editorcompilers}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
- {\bibstring{editortranslators}%
- \clearname{nameb}}%
- {\bibstring{editors}}}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}\AND
- \ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}}
- {\bibstring{editortranscompiler}%
- \clearname{nameb}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{namea}{namec}%
- {\bibstring{editorcompiler}%
- \clearname{namec}}%
- {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
- {\bibstring{editortranslator}%
- \clearname{nameb}}%
- {\bibstring{editor}}}}}%
- \clearname{namea}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{clearpublin}{%
- \clearname{author}%
- \clearname{namea}%
- \clearname{nameb}%
- \clearfield{nameaddon}%
- \clearfield{title}%
- \clearfield{subtitle}%
- \clearfield{titleaddon}%
- \clearfield{reprinttitle}%
- \clearfield{usere}%
- \clearlist{language}%
-}
-
-\endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-dates-common.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-dates-common.cbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-dates-common.cbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% $Id: chicago-dates-common.cbx,v 0.9.1.33 2017/05/02 14:30:17 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: chicago-dates-common.cbx,v 0.10.1.15 2018/01/11 09:49:53 dfussner Exp $
% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
% authoryear-comp.cbx. It is heavily modified, and contains the
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
% for the two author-date styles of the Chicago Manual of Style, 16th
% edition.
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-dates-common.cbx}[2017/05/02 v 3.7 biblatex
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-dates-common.cbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex
citation style]
%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%%
@@ -31,6 +31,8 @@
\providetoggle{cms at datedash}
\providetoggle{cms at modpostnote}
\providetoggle{cms at ukord}
+\providetoggle{cms at fullnote}% For the legal entry types
+\providetoggle{cms at shortnote}% Ditto
\providetoggle{cms at url}% These are for the field-exclusion options
\providetoggle{cms at doi}
@@ -39,6 +41,7 @@
\providetoggle{cms at isbn}
\providetoggle{cms at numbermonth}
\providetoggle{cms at bookpages}
+\providetoggle{cms at addendum}
\providetoggle{cms at hidevolumes}% Modify Volume fix
\providetoggle{cms at comprange}
@@ -51,6 +54,10 @@
\providetoggle{cms at annotation}% Keep
\providetoggle{cms at postposit}% Keep
\providetoggle{cms at fullshhand}%
+\providetoggle{cms at allshort}% For legal types
+\providetoggle{cms at noneshort}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms at legalnotes}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms at supranotes}% Ditto
\providetoggle{cms at vol}%
\providetoggle{cms at crossref}%
\providetoggle{cms at bookcrossref}
@@ -58,11 +65,13 @@
\providetoggle{cms at genallnames}
\providetoggle{cms at xrefurl}
\providetoggle{cms at related}
+\providetoggle{cms at linkit}
\AtEveryCitekey{%
\iffieldundef{userc}%
{}%
{\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
\iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
{\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
{\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}}%
@@ -161,9 +170,33 @@
\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{genallnames}[true]{%
\settoggle{cms at genallnames}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{hypertitle}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms at linkit}{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{hypertitle}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms at linkit}{#1}}%
+
\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{annotation}[true]{%
\global\settoggle{cms at annotation}{#1}}%
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{short}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at allshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms at noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{legalnotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at legalnotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at supranotes}{#1}}
+
\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{cmslos}[true]{%
\global\settoggle{cms at los}{#1}}%
@@ -409,7 +442,7 @@
\settoggle{cms at hidevolumes}{#1}}%
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall,hidevolumes,booklongxref,related,%
- ctitleaddon,ptitleaddon,journalabbrev=notes}%
+ ctitleaddon,ptitleaddon,journalabbrev=notes,legalnotes,supranotes}%
\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/09/01}% For biblatex 2.6 ff.
{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldateparts=true}}%
@@ -417,6 +450,10 @@
{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labeldate=true}}
{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear=true}}}%
+\iftoggle{cms at legalnotes}%
+{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{skipbib}}%
+{}%
+
\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2016/09/01}% For biblatex 3.5 ff.
{\global\togglefalse{cms at datedash}}
{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2014/02/20}% For biblatex 2.9 ff.
@@ -423,6 +460,11 @@
{\global\toggletrue{cms at datedash}}%
{\global\togglefalse{cms at datedash}}}%
+\DeclareLabeltitle[legislation]{%
+ \field{shorttitle}%
+ \field{titleaddon}%
+ \field{title}}%
+
\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{%
\inherit{title}{title}
\inherit{subtitle}{subtitle}
@@ -500,7 +542,7 @@
% More authordate options %
-\DeclareSortingScheme{cms}{% Updated to >2.0 format
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{cms}{% Updated to >3.7 format
\sort{
\field{presort}
}
@@ -536,7 +578,7 @@
}
}
-\DeclareSortingScheme{shortjournal}{%
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{shortjournal}{%
\sort{
\field{shortjournal}
}
@@ -922,11 +964,11 @@
\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
\iftoggle{cms at los}%
{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{%
\setunit{\compcitedelim}%
\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}%
+ {\printfield{shorthand}%
+ \printtext[cmshyper]{%
\setunit{\nameyeardelim}%
\usebibmacro{cmscitesortdate}}%
\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}%
@@ -936,11 +978,11 @@
\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand+title}{%
\iftoggle{cms at los}%
{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\cbx at lasthash}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{%
\setunit{\multicitedelim}%
\usebibmacro{cite:label}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield{shorthand}%
+ {\printfield{shorthand}%
+ \printtext[cmshyper]{%
\setunit{\cms at testspace}% FIXME
\usebibmacro{cite:label}}%
\savefield{fullhash}{\cbx at lasthash}}}%
@@ -966,12 +1008,12 @@
togl {cms at bibjtabb}%
))
}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[shortjournal]{shortjournal}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}}}}%
{\ifentrytype{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{label}}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printlist{organization}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyper]{\printfield{label}}}}%
\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{%
\ifboolexpr{ (
@@ -1012,10 +1054,10 @@
{\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1026,10 +1068,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{origendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1040,10 +1082,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1054,10 +1096,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{endyear}% DATE FIX
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1089,10 +1131,10 @@
{\iffieldundef{year}%
{\iffieldundef{eventyear}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1103,10 +1145,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{eventendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1117,10 +1159,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{endyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1131,10 +1173,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{origendyear}% DATE FIX
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1166,10 +1208,10 @@
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\iffieldundef{year}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{urlendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1180,10 +1222,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{endyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1194,10 +1236,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{origendyear}%
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1208,10 +1250,10 @@
{\mbox{\bibdatedash}}%
{\usebibmacro{cms at test@labelend}}}}}%
{\printfield{labelyear}%
- \iffieldundef{extrayear}%
+ \iffieldundef{extradate}%
{}%
{\setunit*{}%
- \printfield{extrayear}}%
+ \printfield{extradate}}%
\iffieldundef{eventendyear}% DATE FIX
{}%
{\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1263,7 +1305,7 @@
{\iftoggle{cms at bothlabelold}%
{\usebibmacro{cite:bothyear+oldstyle}}%
{\iftoggle{cms at fulldate}%
- {\newcunit\printdate}%
+ {\newcunit\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printdate}}% Consistency(?)
{\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}}}}%
\ifcsdef{@cms at tempdate}%
{\toggletrue{\@cms at tempdate}}%
@@ -1288,7 +1330,7 @@
{\iffieldundef{origyear}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}% ???
{}%
- {\clearfield{extrayear}}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}%
{\usebibmacro{cite:origfirst+labelyear+extrayear}}%
@@ -1318,7 +1360,7 @@
{\iffieldundef{origyear}% ???
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}%
{}%
- {\clearfield{extrayear}}%
+ {\clearfield{extradate}}%
\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}%
{\iftoggle{cms at ordate}% Added test for year field ???
{\iffieldundef{year}%
@@ -1333,7 +1375,7 @@
\bibopenparen%
\usebibmacro{origyear+endyear}%
\bibcloseparen%
- \clearfield{extrayear}\addspace%
+ \clearfield{extradate}\addspace%
\usebibmacro{cite:standard+labelyear+extrayear}}}}}}}%
\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{%
@@ -1401,6 +1443,571 @@
{}%
{\usebibmacro{postnote}}
+%%% Commands, macros and formats for the Legal entry types %%%
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\footfullcite}[\mkbibfootnote]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite}
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\DeclareCiteCommand{\parenfullcite}[\mkbibparens]
+ {\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\bibsentence
+ {\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
+ \toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
+ \togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ {\multicitedelim}
+ {}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at noneshort}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms at noibid}%
+ }%
+ {\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms at shortnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{legal:ibid}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:driver}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ or
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ }%
+ {\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \toggletrue{cms at shortnote}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms at noibid}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{legal:ibid}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:driver}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:driver}{%
+ \printtext[bibhypertarget]{%
+ \usedriver
+ {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}\frenchspacing}%
+ {\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{%
+ \iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:jurisdiction}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legal}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legal}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legislation}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legislation}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite}}}}}
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:legal}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legal}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legalser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{constitution}%
+ {\usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labeltitlesource}{shorttitle}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldint{volume}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iflistundef{location}}
+ }%
+ {\printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legislationser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ }}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:legal}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at allshort}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}}%
+ \newcunit}}% ??
+ {\newcunit}% ??
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\global\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{semel:postnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cms:shorthandintro}{% For changing the citedas phrase
+ \iffieldundef{shorthand}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shorthandintro}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \bibstring{hereinafter}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \bibstring{citedas}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
+ {%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Ditto
+ \printfield{shorthandintro}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\csxdef{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}%
+ \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{legal:ibid}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at noibid}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}% Needed for inheritshorthand option
+ }%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms at shortnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:short}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperlink]{%
+ \bibsstring[\mkbibemph]{ibidem}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifloccit}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalcs{postnote}{cms at pnsaved}}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifdefvoid{\blx at loccittracker}}% Package option=false
+ )
+ }%
+ {\global\toggletrue{cms at loccit}}%
+ {}}\usebibmacro{postnote}}% FIXME?
+
+\newbibmacro*{clegis+news+title}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{titleaddon}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ }}%\newcunit\newblock}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cpart+editor+translator}{%
+ \ifnameundef{namea}%
+ {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{nameatype}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{nameatype}{editor}}%
+ {\ifnamesequal{namea}{nameb}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditortr}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}}%
+ {\bibstring{cbyeditor}\addspace% Need this \space here?
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbytypestrg}{namea}{editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printnames[byeditor]{namea}%
+ \ifnameundef{nameb}%
+ {}%
+ {\newunit%
+ \bibstring{cbytranslator}\addspace%
+ \printnames[bytranslator]{nameb}}}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{juridpostnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at fullnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% See below for alternate test here
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{semel:postnote}{% Fix to print postnote only once
+ \printfield{postnote}% Old form broke \ifloccit
+ \global\let\cms at pnsaved\abx at field@postnote%
+ \global\let\abx at field@postnote\undefined%
+ \AtNextCitekey{\ifciteibid{}{\global\let\cms at pnsaved\undefined}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at doionly}%
+ {\iffieldundef{doi}%
+ {}%
+ {\printfield{doi}%
+ \clearfield{url}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at doi}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{doi}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{doi}}%
+ {}}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at eprint}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{eprint}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{eprint}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{url}}%
+ }%
+ {\printfield{url}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{location}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}%
+ #1\isdot%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origlocation}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {#1\isdot\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origpublisher}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\newrobustcmd*{\mkjuridprefix}[1]{%
+ \ifboolexpr{% FIXME: Is this always right?
+ test {\iftoggle{cms at fullnote}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}% FIXME: Make it a bibstring?
+ {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange[\mkjuridprefix]{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkjuridprefix{#1}}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{journaltitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{shortjournal}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jurisdictionser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkjuridordinal{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legislationser}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}%
+ {\ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}%
+ {\addspace #1\isdot}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace #1\isdot}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legalser}{\addspace #1\isdot}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{hansardser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}{\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{juridnum}{\bibcpstring{number}\addspace #1}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jourvol}{#1}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{addendum}{%
+ \ifcapital{\mkbibparens{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}}{\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{part}{%
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\bibsstring{part}~#1}%
+ {#1\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{chapter}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}}%
+ {c\adddotspace #1}%
+ {\bibsstring{chapter}~#1}}%
+
%%% Textcite commands taken verbatim from authoryear-comp.cbx %%%
\DeclareCiteCommand{\cbx at textcite}
@@ -1611,9 +2218,9 @@
\DeclareListFormat{lista}{%
\ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
{\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
- {s\adddot vv\adddot\addspace \mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbis}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
{\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
{\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
{\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}}
@@ -1645,10 +2252,10 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{%
\iftoggle{cms at comprange}%
{\iffieldundef{pagination}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
{\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
{\iffieldundef{pagination}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addnbspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
{\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{%
@@ -1662,12 +2269,26 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat{bibnote}{\MakeCapital{#1}}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
+% \DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
+% \ifbibstring{#1}%
+% {\bibstring{#1}}%
+% {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+% {\bibstring{ed#1}}%
+% {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{edlang}{% Required for feminine forms in some
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% languages
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{ed#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}%
\ifbibstring{#1}%
{\bibstring{#1}}%
{\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
{\bibstring{ed#1}}%
- {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[customc]{title}{%
\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
@@ -1760,12 +2381,12 @@
\iftoggle{cms at reprint}% Date fix
{#1}%
{\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
- {\bibstring{recorded}\space #1}%
+ {\bibstring{discrecorded}\space #1}%
{\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
\iffieldundef{userd}%
- {\bibstring{recorded}\space #1}%
+ {\bibstring{songrecorded}\space #1}%
{\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
@@ -1838,6 +2459,19 @@
\DeclareFieldAlias[suppperiodical]{volume}[article]{volume}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{cmshyper}{% Control the number of elements hyperlinked.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}}%
+ or
+ togl {blx at skipbib}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms at linkit}%
+ }%
+ {#1}%
+ {\bibhyperref{#1}}}%
+
%%%% Related field formats from biblatex.def %%%%
\DeclareFieldFormat{related:origpubas}{#1}% This and next remove parens
@@ -1854,7 +2488,9 @@
{\ifcapital%
{\MakeCapital{#1}}%
{#1}}%
- \printunit{\relatedpunct}}%
+ \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\printunit{\relatedpunct}}}%
\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprintfrom}{% For notes + bib
\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -1909,6 +2545,17 @@
{\setunit*{\addspace}}%
{\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}}
+\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{% Follows CMS16 spec.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifcsdef{@cmsst}}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\addcolon\addspace%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}}%
+}
+
\newcommand{\postvolpunct}{\addcolon}%
\newcommand{\parttrans}{%
@@ -1987,18 +2634,30 @@
{\addcomma\addspace}%
{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}
-\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at inlineibid}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at inlineibid}%
- \iffieldundef{prenote}% Bug fix
- {}%
- {\cms at testspace}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% For Notes+Bib, too?
- {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}%
- \iffieldpages{postnote}%
- {\cms at testspace}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}}
+\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{% Cf. N&B style
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms at inlineibid}%
+ {\togglefalse{cms at inlineibid}%
+ \iffieldundef{prenote}% Bug fix
+ {}%
+ {\cms at testspace}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}% For Notes+Bib, too?
+ {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}%
+ \iffieldpages{postnote}%
+ {\cms at testspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}}}
\newcommand*{\postnotewrapper}{%
\iftoggle{cms at modpostnote}%
@@ -2038,46 +2697,67 @@
{\addperiod\addspace}%
{\addcomma\addspace}}
-\newcommand*{\lbx at cfromlang}{%
+\DeclareListFormat{cfromoriglanguage}{% Needed for notes, to provide
+ \begingroup% final {by}.
+ \blx at bibstringnormal%
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{%
+ \ifbibstring{from#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{cfrom#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{clang#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}}%
+ \ifbibstring{cfrom#1}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ or
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{from#1}}%
+ {\bibstring{cfrom#1}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\biblstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andotherlangs}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newbibmacro*{list:andotherlangs}{% Final {by} after {andmore}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ and
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
+ {\finalandcomma}%
+ {}%
+ \printdelim{andmoredelim}\bibstring{andmore}\addspace\bibstring{by}}%
+ {}}
+
+\newcommand*{\lbx at cfromlang}{% Because the cbytranslator string can't
+ \iffieldundef{userf}% have {by} in it unless there's an origlanguage.
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[cfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
\iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{cfrom\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/11/12}%
-{\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}%
-{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/07/28}%
- {\newcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}%
- {\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}}%
-
\renewcommand*{\lbx at lfromlang}{%
\iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\unspace}%
- {\biblstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
{\unspace}}%
\renewcommand*{\lbx at sfromlang}{%
\iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\unspace}%
- {\bibsstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
{\unspace}}%
%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
@@ -2546,7 +3226,7 @@
\usebibmacro{endrelated}%
\newunit}}%
{\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
- \iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ \iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\bibstring{origpub}%
\origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
\usebibmacro{endrelated}%
@@ -2554,12 +3234,12 @@
{\iftoggle{cms at postposit}%
{\bibstring{origedition}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ \printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
\addcolon%
\origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
\usebibmacro{endrelated}%
\newunit}%
- {\printfield[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ {\printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
\bibstring{origedition}%
\origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
@@ -2685,7 +3365,7 @@
\printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
{\printtext[journaltitle]{%
\printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}}%
\newbibmacro*{chap+pag}{%
@@ -2759,7 +3439,7 @@
\printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}%
@@ -2801,7 +3481,7 @@
\printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}%
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.bbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.bbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-% $Id: chicago-notes.bbx,v 0.9.8.28 2016/06/07 07:43:24 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: chicago-notes.bbx,v 0.10.1.14 2018/01/11 09:17:35 dfussner Exp $
% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's standard.bbx
% It provides the bibliography formatting for the Chicago notes +
% bibliography style.
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.bbx}[2016/06/07 v 3.4 biblatex bibliography style]
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.bbx}[2018/01/11 v 3.10 biblatex bibliography style]
%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%%
@@ -13,7 +13,11 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1}
-\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournalwidth}{\mkbibemph{\textbf{#1}}\isdot}
+\DeclareFieldFormat{shortjournalwidth}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\textbf{#1}\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibemph{\textbf{#1}}\isdot}}%
\newlength{\lositemsep}
@@ -123,7 +127,10 @@
{\item}
\defbibcheck{shortjournal}{% Only one list
- \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{shortjournal}\OR%
+ \iffieldsequal{journaltitle}{shortjournal}\OR%
+ \(\iffieldundef{journaltitle}\AND\(\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\)\)}%
{\skipentry}%
{\ifcsdef{\strfield{shortjournal}}%
{\skipentry}%
@@ -145,6 +152,7 @@
}%
\AtEveryBibitem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
\iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
{\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
{\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}%
@@ -173,6 +181,7 @@
{}}}}%
\AtEveryLositem{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
\iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
{\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
{\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}%
@@ -200,6 +209,13 @@
{\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}}%
{}}}}%
+\AtEveryBiblistitem{shortjournal}{%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legal}\OR\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\clearlist{location}}%
+ {}}%
+
\InitializeBibliographyStyle{%
\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
@@ -470,13 +486,13 @@
\iffieldundef{journaltitle}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
{\printtext[journaltitle]{%
\printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}}%
@@ -489,6 +505,80 @@
\step[fieldsource=shorttitle, final]
\step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
}
+ \map{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \pertype{legal}
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, origfieldval]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \pertype{jurisdiction}
+ \step[fieldsource=shortjournal, match=\regexp{[^\\adddot][a-z]}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=shortjournal, fieldvalue=\addnbspace, append]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=title, match=\regexp{Const}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=entrysubtype, fieldvalue=constitution]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{legislation}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match=\regexp{canada}, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=bookpagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ \step[fieldsource=pagination, match={section},
+ replace={canadasection}]
+ }
+ \map{
+ \step[fieldsource=pubstate, match={forthcoming}, final]
+ \step[fieldset=year, origfieldval, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=year, match=\regexp{(forthcoming)},
+ replace=\regexp{\\bibstring\{$1\}}]%$
+ }
+ \map{
+ \pertype{article}
+ \pertype{periodical}
+ \pertype{review}
+ \pertype{suppperiodical}
+ \step[fieldsource=entrysubtype, match={newspaper},
+ replace={magazine}]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=subtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=title,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=title, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=booksubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=booktitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=booktitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=issuesubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=issuetitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=issuetitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=journalsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=journaltitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=journaltitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
+ \map[overwrite]{
+ \step[fieldsource=mainsubtitle, final]
+ \step[fieldsource=maintitle,
+ match=\regexp{\\(mkbib|en)quote\{.+((\?|\!)\})$},%$
+ final]
+ \step[fieldset=maintitle, fieldvalue=\csgdef{@cmsst}{\@ne}, append]
+ }
}
}%
@@ -543,7 +633,11 @@
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newunit}%
@@ -581,7 +675,11 @@
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newunit}%
@@ -660,7 +758,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}
@@ -671,7 +769,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
@@ -1450,6 +1548,12 @@
\usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{jurisdiction}{cite:jurisdiction}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{legal}{cite:legal}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyAlias{legislation}{cite:legislation}
+
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{%
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
@@ -1598,7 +1702,7 @@
\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
{\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
{\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -1673,7 +1777,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}
@@ -1684,7 +1788,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
@@ -1811,7 +1915,7 @@
\printdate}}%
{\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
+ \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
\addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
\usebibmacro{date}}%
\newcunit\newblock
@@ -2040,7 +2144,9 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printfield{nameaddon}%
\newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\usebibmacro{title+stitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
\newunit% 16th ed.
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
\newunit\newblock
@@ -2082,9 +2188,16 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printfield{nameaddon}% 16th ed.
\newunit\newblock
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
@@ -2114,7 +2227,11 @@
\newunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at related}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newunit}%
@@ -2230,9 +2347,17 @@
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
\printfield{note}%
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitle}%
+ \setunit*{\ctitleaddonpunct}\newblock%
+ \printfield{eventtitleaddon}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{venue}%
+ \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
\printlist{location}%
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\printeventdate}%
\newunit\newblock
\printfield{addendum}%
\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
@@ -2256,7 +2381,7 @@
\newunit\newblock
\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\iffieldundef{booktitle}% Comma after italics, period after quotes
{\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}}%
@@ -2287,7 +2412,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
@@ -2298,7 +2423,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}%
@@ -2338,9 +2463,13 @@
%%%% Other Formatting Macros %%%%
\newbibmacro*{bib+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
- \iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
{}%
- {\printurldate}% Date fix
\iffieldundef{addendum}% Punctuation fixes in 0.9.9c
{\newunit\newblock}%
{\newcunit\newblock}%
@@ -2466,7 +2595,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% 16th ed (Also 15th?)
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}
@@ -2477,7 +2606,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
@@ -2491,7 +2620,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}% 16th ed (also 15th?)
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}
\printfield{maintitleaddon}%
@@ -2503,7 +2632,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
@@ -2751,7 +2880,7 @@
\setcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}{0}%
\def\do##1{%
\entrydata{##1}{%
- \ifrelatedloop
+ \ifrelatedloop%
{}%
{\stepcounter{bbx:relatedtotal}%
\gappto{\bbx at tempa}{##1,}}}}%
@@ -2769,13 +2898,13 @@
{\printtext{\relateddelim}}%
{}}%
\ifbibmacroundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
- {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro{related:default}}}
+ {\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro{related:default}}}%
{\appto{\do}{\usebibmacro*{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}}%
\iffieldformatundef{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
- {\def\bbx at tempa{related}}
+ {\def\bbx at tempa{related}}%
{\def\bbx at tempa{related:\strfield{relatedtype}}}%
- \iffieldformatundef{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}
- {\def\bbx at tempb{relatedstring:default}}
+ \iffieldformatundef{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}%
+ {\def\bbx at tempb{relatedstring:default}}%
{\def\bbx at tempb{relatedstring:\strfield{relatedtype}}}%
\printtext[\bbx at tempa]{%
\usebibmacro{begrelatedloop}%
@@ -2798,6 +2927,6 @@
\docsvfield{related}%
\usebibmacro{endrelatedloop}}}%
{}%
- \usebibmacro{endrelated}}}
+ \usebibmacro{endrelated}}}%
\endinput
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.cbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.cbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes.cbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% $Id: chicago-notes.cbx,v 0.9.8.44 2017/03/22 18:41:31 dfussner Exp $
+% $Id: chicago-notes.cbx,v 0.11.1.33 2018/01/10 16:41:54 dfussner Exp $
% This is a biblatex citation style file, adapted from Lehman's
% authortitle-cverb.cbx. It is heavily modified, with the intention
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
% of providing footnote citations and a bibliography formatted
% according to the specifications of the Chicago Manual of Style.
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.cbx}[2016/06/07 v 3.4 biblatex citation style]
+\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes.cbx}[2018/01/10 v 3.10 biblatex citation style]
%%%% Biblatex initialization + Chicago options + Toggles %%%%
@@ -50,6 +50,9 @@
\providetoggle{cms at loccit}
\providetoggle{cms at annotation}
\providetoggle{cms at postposit}
+\providetoggle{cms at legalnotes}% For legal types
+\providetoggle{cms at supranotes}% Ditto
+\providetoggle{cms at noneshort}% Ditto
\providetoggle{cms at vol}
\providetoggle{cms at postvol}
\providetoggle{cms at usedvol}
@@ -71,6 +74,7 @@
{}%
{\nocite{\thefield{userc}}}%
\global\togglefalse{cms at loccit}%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}%
\iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
{\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
{\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}%
@@ -116,9 +120,27 @@
\DeclareBibliographyOption{noibid}[true]{%
\global\toggletrue{cms at noibid}}
-\DeclareBibliographyOption{short}[true]{%
- \global\toggletrue{cms at allshort}}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{short}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at allshort}{#1}}
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{legalnotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at legalnotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{supranotes}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at supranotes}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \global\settoggle{cms at noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms at noneshort}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[boolean]{noneshort}[true]{%
+ \settoggle{cms at noneshort}{#1}}
+
\DeclareBibliographyOption{shorthandibid}[true]{%
\global\toggletrue{cms at shorthandibid}}
@@ -380,6 +402,65 @@
Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
option keys}}}%
+% Adding a disambiguating field to short notes otherwise identical %
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextrafield}{%
+ \def\cms at xfield{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextrafield}{%
+ \def\cms at xfield{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextrafield}{%
+ \def\cms at xfield{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextraformat}{%
+ \def\cms at xformat{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextraformat}{%
+ \def\cms at xformat{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextraformat}{%
+ \def\cms at xformat{#1}}%
+
+\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms at opt@shxp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms at opt@shxp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms at opt@shxp at period}\cms at warning@noline%
+ {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+\def\cms at opt@shxp at none{%
+ \let\shortextrapunct\@empty}%
+\def\cms at opt@shxp at comma{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+\def\cms at opt@shxp at colon{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addcolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms at opt@shxp at space{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addspace}}%
+\def\cms at opt@shxp at semicolon{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addsemicolon\addspace}}%
+\def\cms at opt@shxp at period{%
+ \def\shortextrapunct{\addperiod\addspace}}%
+
+\DeclareTypeOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms at opt@shxp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms at opt@shxp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms at opt@shxp at period}\cms at warning@noline%
+ {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
+\DeclareEntryOption[string]{shortextrapunct}[comma]{%
+ \ifcsdef{cms at opt@shxp@#1}%
+ {\csuse{cms at opt@shxp@#1}}%
+ {\csuse{cms at opt@shxp at period}\cms at warning@noline%
+ {'shortextrapunct=#1' is not a valid option.\MessageBreak
+ The default - 'comma' - has been set.\MessageBreak
+ Please see biblatex-chicago.pdf for valid\MessageBreak
+ option keys}}}%
+
% Controlling punctuation before titleaddon fields %
\DeclareBibliographyOption[string]{ptitleaddon}[period]{%
@@ -479,8 +560,13 @@
option keys}}}%
\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{includeall,completenotes,hidevolumes,%
- related,booklongxref,ptitleaddon,ctitleaddon,shorthandpunct,urlnotes}
+ related,booklongxref,ptitleaddon,ctitleaddon,shorthandpunct,urlnotes,%
+ legalnotes,supranotes,shortextrapunct}
+\iftoggle{cms at legalnotes}%
+{\ExecuteBibliographyOptions[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{skipbib}}%
+{}%
+
% For author-date compatibility %
\DeclareEntryOption{switchdates}[true]{%
@@ -553,7 +639,21 @@
{\global\togglefalse{cms at noidem}}}%
\newbibmacro*{cite}{%
- \ifciteseen%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ and
+ (
+ not togl {cms at noneshort}% Intended for Bluebook citations
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffirstonpage}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms at noibid}%
+ )
+ )
+ }%
{\ifboolexpr{%
test {\iffieldundef{shorthand}}%
or
@@ -599,6 +699,7 @@
{\global\toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
\global\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
\usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}% FIXME!!
\usebibmacro{cite:save}}}}}%
\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{%
@@ -608,6 +709,15 @@
{cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{%
+ \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:jurisdiction}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legal}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legal}}%
+ {\ifentrytype{legislation}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:legislation}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:short:cms}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:cms}{% was cite:short
\usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}%
\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR%
\ifentrytype{inreference}\OR%
@@ -659,16 +769,250 @@
{\printnames{labelname}%\usebibmacro{choose+labelname}%
\isdot\classicpunct}}}}%
\ifboolexpr{%
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{review}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{suppperiodical}}%
+ )
+ and
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms at citerel}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifuniquework}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsundef{cms at xfield}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\setunit{\shortextrapunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{shortnote+extrafield}}}}%:\thefield{entrytype}?
+
+\newbibmacro*{shortnote+extrafield}{% Disambiguate otherwise identical
+ \iffieldundef{\csuse{cms at xfield}}% short notes
+ {\iflistundef{\csuse{cms at xfield}}%
+ {\ifnameundef{\csuse{cms at xfield}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{date}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{\printdate}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{origdate}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{\printorigdate}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{eventdate}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{\printeventdate}}%
+ {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{urldate}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{\printurldate}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{\cms at xfield}}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{%
+ \printnames[default]{\csuse{cms at xfield}}}}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{%
+ \printlist{\csuse{cms at xfield}}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{month}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{origmonth}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{eventmonth}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{urlmonth}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{%
+ \mkbibmonth{\thefield{\csuse{cms at xfield}}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{day}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{origday}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{eventday}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifcsstring{cms at xfield}{urlday}}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{%
+ \printfield[letterday]{\csuse{cms at xfield}}}}%
+ {\printtext[\csuse{cms at xformat}]{%
+ \printfield{\csuse{cms at xfield}}}}}}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\csxdef{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}%
+ \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}}%
+ {}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
togl {cms at allshort}%
or
test {\ifbibliography}%
}%
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
{\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
- \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%:\thefield{entrytype}?
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ % \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legal}{%
+ \iffieldundef{labeltitle}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ \newcunit% Fixme: giving us a duplicate comma
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legalser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ % \newcunit%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:short:legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{constitution}%
+ {\usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{labeltitlesource}{shorttitle}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ not test {\iffieldundef{volume}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldint{volume}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}}%
+ and
+ not test {\iflistundef{location}}
+ }%
+ {\printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}}%
+ {\printfield{note}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}% Test eliminates spurious comma
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \printfield[legislationser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ }}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at supranotes}%
+ and
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}}% ??
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}}%
+
\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:legal}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand:cms}}}
+
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:cms}{%
\usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}%
\iftoggle{cms at allshort}%
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
@@ -676,17 +1020,55 @@
{\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
\printfield{shorthand}}}}
+\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand:legal}{%
+ \usebibmacro{allshort+firstcite+xref}%
+ \iftoggle{cms at allshort}%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffootnote}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{un}}%
+ or
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}}%
+ )))
+ }%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printtext{\bibstring{supranote}\addnbspace%
+ \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx at f@\thefield{entrykey}}}%
+ \newcunit}}% ??
+ {}}%
+
\newbibmacro*{cms:shorthandintro}{% For changing the citedas phrase
\iffieldundef{shorthand}%
{}%
{\iffieldundef{shorthandintro}%
- {%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Fix for after postnote field
- \printtext[parens]{%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \bibstring{hereinafter}\addspace%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
\bibstring{citedas}\addspace%
- \printfield{shorthand}}}%
+ \printfield{shorthand}}}}%
{%\addspace%\setunit{\addspace}% Ditto
\printfield{shorthandintro}}}}
+\newbibmacro*{choose:ibidstring}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}\OR%
+ \ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ {\bibsstring[\mkbibemph]{ibidem}}%
+ {\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}
+
\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{%
\ifboolexpr{%
togl {cms at noibid}%
@@ -699,9 +1081,9 @@
\usebibmacro{cite:save}}%
{\iftoggle{cms at allshort}%
{\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
- \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{choose:ibidstring}}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}
{\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
- \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{choose:ibidstring}}}%\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}
\ifboolexpr{%
test {\ifloccit}%
or
@@ -944,8 +1326,9 @@
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
\toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
{\multicitedelim}
{}
@@ -954,8 +1337,9 @@
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
\toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
- \usebibmacro{cite:full}
- \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
+ \usebibmacro{cite:full}%
+ \usebibmacro{footcite:save}%
+ \usebibmacro{cite:save}}
{\multicitedelim}
{}
@@ -1053,9 +1437,13 @@
{\usebibmacro{prenote}}%\usebibmacro{hlcprenote}}
{\usebibmacro{citeindex}%
\ifboolexpr{%
+ (
test {\ifciteseen}%
or
togl {cms at allshort}%
+ )
+ and
+ not togl {cms at noneshort}%
}%
{\usebibmacro{cite:short}}
{\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{\usebibmacro{choose+surname}}%
@@ -1336,7 +1724,11 @@
\newcunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newcunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at citerel}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newcunit}%
@@ -1376,7 +1768,11 @@
\newcunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newcunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at citerel}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newcunit}%
@@ -1455,7 +1851,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}
@@ -1467,7 +1863,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
@@ -2119,6 +2515,450 @@
{}%
\usebibmacro{finentry}}
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:jurisdiction}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{square}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[brackets]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{round}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printfield[jurisdictionser]{series}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}}% Better ideas?
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origpublisher}% Extra reporters, same pagination
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printlist{origlocation}% Extra reporters, different pagination
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:legal}{%
+ \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+
+\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:legislation}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}% Needed here?
+ \newcunit%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \newcunit%\setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}% FIXME?
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}% Needed here?
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield[hansardser]{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{year}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}% Moved before addendum
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}
+ {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
+ \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{nameaddon}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{clegis+news+title}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cpart+editor+translator}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}% FIXME?
+ \printfield[juridnum]{number}%
+ \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
+ \printfield{note}% Needed here?
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield[jourvol]{volume}%
+ \setunit*{\addnbspace}%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[shortjournal]{%
+ \printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{series}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{issue}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{part}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{chapter}%
+ \usebibmacro{juridpostnote}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldundef{year}}%
+ and
+ test {\iffieldundef{usera}}%
+ and
+ test {\iflistundef{location}}%
+ }%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[parens]{%
+ \printlist{location}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \printfield{usera}%
+ \setunit*{\addspace}%
+ \begingroup% Better ideas?
+ \let\abx at bibmonth\blx at imc@bibsstring%
+ \usebibmacro{date}\endgroup}}%
+ \setunit{\shorthandpunct}%
+ \usebibmacro{cms:shorthandintro}%
+ \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
+ \printfield{addendum}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
+ {\printfield{issn}}%
+ {}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{cite+doi+url}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \usebibmacro{pageref}%
+ \newcunit\newblock
+ \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}%
+ \newcunit}%
+ {}%
+ \usebibmacro{finentry}}}}
+
\DeclareBibliographyDriver{cite:letter}{%
\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}%
@@ -2246,7 +3086,7 @@
\iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
{\usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}}%
{\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -2321,7 +3161,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{addspace}}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}
@@ -2333,7 +3173,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
@@ -2466,7 +3306,7 @@
\printdate}}%
{\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
\usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
+ \setunit{\finalandcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
\addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
\usebibmacro{date}}%
\usebibmacro{caddendum}}%
@@ -2687,7 +3527,9 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printfield{nameaddon}%
\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\usebibmacro{ctitle+stitle}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{citaltitle+stitle}}%
\newcunit
\usebibmacro{byauthor}%
\newcunit%
@@ -2731,9 +3573,16 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printfield{nameaddon}% 16th ed.
\newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms at citerel}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
@@ -2764,7 +3613,11 @@
\newcunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{pageref}%
\newcunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at citerel}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at citerel}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ }%
{\usebibmacro{related:init}%
\usebibmacro{related}%
\newcunit}%
@@ -2880,9 +3733,17 @@
\newcunit\newblock
\usebibmacro{cnotefield}%
\newcunit\newblock
+ \printfield{eventtitle}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{eventtitleaddon}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \printfield{venue}%
+ \newcunit%
\printlist{location}%
\newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}}%
+ \iffieldundef{eventyear}%
+ {\usebibmacro{date}}%
+ {\printeventdate}}%
\usebibmacro{caddendum}%
\usebibmacro{fullpostnote}%
\newcunit\newblock
@@ -2930,7 +3791,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}
@@ -2942,7 +3803,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
@@ -3015,13 +3876,32 @@
{#1}%
{\multipubsdelim #1\isdot}}}
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{location}{%
+ \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
+ {\usebibmacro{list:delim}{#1}%
+ #1\isdot%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}}%
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origlocation}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {#1\isdot\addcomma\addspace}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat[jurisdiction]{origpublisher}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1}\addspace}%
+ {\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
\DeclareListFormat{periodplace}{\mkbibparens{#1}}
\DeclareListFormat{lista}{%
\ifthenelse{\value{listtotal}<2}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
{\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1}%
- {s\adddot vv\adddot\addspace \mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbis}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
{\ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{listtotal}}%
{\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}\addcomma}%
{\addspace\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}}}
@@ -3101,12 +3981,36 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat[inreference]{postnote}{%
\iftoggle{cms at comprange}%
{\iffieldundef{pagination}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
{\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
{\iffieldundef{pagination}%
- {s\adddot v\adddot\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
+ {\bibsstring{subverbo}\addspace\mkbibquote{#1}}%
{\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+\newrobustcmd*{\mkjuridprefix}[1]{%
+ \ifboolexpr{% FIXME: Is this always right?
+ test {\iftoggle{cms at fullnote}}%
+ and
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ }%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}% FIXME: Make it a bibstring?
+ {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace *#1}%
+ {\printtext{at}\addspace #1}}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{postnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at comprange}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkcomprange[\mkjuridprefix]{#1}}%
+ {\mkcomprange[{\mkpageprefix[pagination]}]{#1}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pagination}%
+ {\mkjuridprefix{#1}}%
+ {\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}}}}%
+
\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{%
\iftoggle{cms at comprange}%
{\iffieldundef{bookpagination}%
@@ -3116,12 +4020,26 @@
{#1\isdot}%
{\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}}}}%
-\DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
+% \DeclareFieldFormat{edlang}{%
+% \ifbibstring{#1}%
+% {\bibstring{#1}}%
+% {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+% {\bibstring{ed#1}}%
+% {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
+
+\DeclareListFormat{edlang}{% Required for feminine forms in some
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{% languages
+ \ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
+ {\bibxstring{ed#1}}%
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}%
\ifbibstring{#1}%
{\bibstring{#1}}%
{\ifbibstring{ed#1}%
{\bibstring{ed#1}}%
- {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}}
+ {\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andothers}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[suppbook,suppcollection]{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
@@ -3173,6 +4091,21 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat[review,suppperiodical]{lostitle}{%
\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[report]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{unpublished}%
+ {\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
\DeclareFieldFormat[audio,music,video]{title}{%
\iffieldundef{booktitle}%
{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
@@ -3188,6 +4121,29 @@
{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{title}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{title}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction]{citetitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal]{lostitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{lostitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal]{citetitle}{#1\isdot}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legislation]{citetitle}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hearing}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}%
+ {#1\isdot}}
+
%%%% Other Field Formats %%%%
\DeclareNumChars*{:}% For proper ibidem with multi-volume works.
@@ -3256,12 +4212,12 @@
\iftoggle{cms at reprint}% Date fix
{#1}%
{\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{userd}\OR\NOT\iffieldundef{eventyear}}%
- {\bibstring{recorded}\addspace #1}%
+ {\bibstring{discrecorded}\addspace #1}% Can now match gender
{\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[music]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
\iffieldundef{userd}%
- {\bibstring{recorded}\addspace #1}%
+ {\bibstring{songrecorded}\addspace #1}% Can now match gender
{\printfield{userd}\addspace #1}}
\DeclareFieldFormat[video]{eventdate}{% 16th ed.
@@ -3314,6 +4270,13 @@
\DeclareFieldAlias{maintitleaddon}{titleaddon}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{journaltitle}{%
+ \iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {#1\isdot}%
+ {\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}}
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{shortjournal}{#1\isdot}
+
\DeclareFieldFormat{journaltitle}{\mkbibemph{#1}\isdot}
\DeclareFieldFormat{issuetitle}{\mkbibquote{#1\isdot}}
@@ -3329,6 +4292,29 @@
\bibstring{jourser}}%
{\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}%
+\DeclareFieldFormat{jurisdictionser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkjuridordinal{#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\bibstring{#1}}{#1}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legislationser}{%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}%
+ {\ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}%
+ {\addspace\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}%
+ {\addspace #1\isdot}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace #1\isdot}}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{legalser}{\addspace #1\isdot}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat{hansardser}{%
+ \ifinteger{#1}%
+ {\mkbibparens{\mkjuridordinal{#1}\addspace\bibsstring{jourser}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{#1}{\mkbibparens{\bibstring{#1}}}{\mkbibparens{#1}}}}%
+
\DeclareFieldFormat{journum}{% Revised for 0.9.5
\ifboolexpr{%
test {\ifnumerals{#1}}%
@@ -3338,6 +4324,8 @@
{\bibstring{numbers}\addspace #1}%
{\bibstring{number}\addspace #1}}%
+\DeclareFieldFormat{juridnum}{\bibcpstring{number}\addspace #1}%
+
\DeclareFieldFormat{jourvol}{#1}
\DeclareFieldFormat{sernum}{%
@@ -3350,6 +4338,9 @@
\DeclareFieldFormat{addendum}{%
\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}{#1\isdot}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[jurisdiction,legal,legislation]{addendum}{%
+ \ifcapital{\mkbibparens{\MakeCapital{#1\isdot}}}{\mkbibparens{#1\isdot}}}
+
% This works better here than in the entrytail macro -- userf use is
% no longer a problem, though the page breaking still isn't ideal.
@@ -3365,6 +4356,17 @@
{\bibstring{partvolume}~#1}%
{\ifcapital{\MakeCapital{#1}}{#1}}}
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{part}{%
+ \ifnumerals{#1}%
+ {\bibsstring{part}~#1}%
+ {#1\isdot}}%
+
+\DeclareFieldFormat[legal,legislation]{chapter}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{uk}\OR%
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{hansard}}%
+ {c\adddotspace #1}%
+ {\bibsstring{chapter}~#1}}%
+
%% This tries to get hyperlinks from shortened cross-ref'd notes to %%
%% long notes working properly. Used in short and shorthand cites. %%
@@ -3449,7 +4451,9 @@
{\ifcapital%
{\MakeCapital{#1}}%
{#1}}%
- \printunit{\relatedpunct}}%
+ \ifentrytype{jurisdiction}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\printunit{\relatedpunct}}}%
\DeclareFieldFormat{relatedstring:reprintfrom}{% For notes + bib
\ifboolexpr{%
@@ -3475,6 +4479,17 @@
\renewcommand*{\iffinalcitedelim}{%
\ifnumequal{\value{textcitecount}}{\value{textcitetotal}-1}}
+\renewcommand*{\subtitlepunct}{% Follows CMS16 spec.
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifterm}%
+ and
+ not test {\ifcsdef{@cmsst}}%
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\addcolon\addspace%
+ \global\csundef{@cmsst}}%
+}
+
\newcommand{\custpunct}{%
\iftoggle{cms at fullnote}%
{\iffieldequalstr{type}{plain}%
@@ -3637,22 +4652,34 @@
{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}\addspace}}}%
\renewcommand*{\postnotedelim}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at shortnote}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
- {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}% Makes classical
- \iffieldpages{postnote}% test more accurate. See 17.253.
- {\addspace}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}% 16th ed -- no more volumes test.
- {\iftoggle{cms at fullnote}%
- {\ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{article}\OR
- \ifentrytype{review}\OR
- \ifentrytype{periodical}\OR
- \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}\)\AND\NOT
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}}%
- {\addcolon\addspace}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}%
- {\addcomma\addspace}}}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteibid}%
+ and
+ (
+ test {\ifentrytype{jurisdiction}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ or
+ test {\ifentrytype{legislation}}%
+ )
+ }%
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\iftoggle{cms at shortnote}%
+ {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{classical}%
+ {\NumCheckSetup{\DeclareNumChars*{abcdeABCDE}}% Makes classical
+ \iffieldpages{postnote}% test more accurate. See 17.253.
+ {\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}% 16th ed -- no more volumes test.
+ {\iftoggle{cms at fullnote}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\(\ifentrytype{article}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{review}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{periodical}\OR
+ \ifentrytype{suppperiodical}\)\AND\NOT
+ \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}}%
+ {\addcolon\addspace}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\addcomma\addspace}}}}%
\newcommand*{\postnotewrapper}{%
\iftoggle{cms at modpostnote}%
@@ -3700,47 +4727,68 @@
{\addperiod\addspace}%
{\addcomma\addspace}}
-\newcommand*{\lbx at cfromlang}{% Needed to eliminate "by" after "trans."
+\DeclareListFormat{cfromoriglanguage}{% Needed for notes, to provide
+ \begingroup% final {by}.
+ \blx at bibstringnormal%
+ \usebibmacro{list:delim}{%
+ \ifbibstring{from#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{cfrom#1}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{clang#1}%
+ {\bibxlstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}}%
+ \ifbibstring{cfrom#1}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ or
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\bibstring{from#1}}%
+ {\bibstring{cfrom#1}}}%
+ {\ifbibstring{lang#1}%
+ {\biblstring{lang#1}}%
+ {#1}}%
+ \usebibmacro{list:andotherlangs}%
+ \endgroup}
+
+\newbibmacro*{list:andotherlangs}{% Final {by} after {andmore}
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifnumequal{\value{listcount}}{\value{liststop}}}%
+ and
+ test \ifmoreitems%
+ }%
+ {\ifnumgreater{\value{liststop}}{1}%
+ {\finalandcomma}%
+ {}%
+ \printdelim{andmoredelim}\bibstring{andmore}\addspace\bibstring{by}}%
+ {}}
+
+\newcommand*{\lbx at cfromlang}{% Because the cbytranslator string can't
+ \iffieldundef{userf}% have {by} in it unless there's an origlanguage.
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\unspace}%
+ {\printlist[cfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
+
+\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
\iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{cfrom\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
{\unspace}}%
-\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/11/12}
-{\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}%
-{\@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{2011/07/28}
- {\newcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}%
- {\renewcommand*{\lbx at fromlang}{%
- \iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
- {\unspace}%
- {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}}}
-
\renewcommand*{\lbx at lfromlang}{%
\iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\unspace}%
- {\biblstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}
+ {\printlist[lfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
\renewcommand*{\lbx at sfromlang}{%
\iffieldundef{userf}%
- {\iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ {\iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\unspace}%
- {\bibsstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}}}%
- {\unspace}}
+ {\printlist[sfromoriglanguage]{origlanguage}}}%
+ {\unspace}}%
%%%% Formatting macros, called both by cbx and bbx %%%%
@@ -4319,7 +5367,7 @@
{}%
{\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}}%
@@ -4332,7 +5380,7 @@
{}%
{\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -4343,7 +5391,7 @@
\newbibmacro*{title+stitle}{%
\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
\printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}}%
@@ -4354,7 +5402,7 @@
\newbibmacro*{italtitle+stitle}{%
\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
\printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{titleaddon}%
@@ -4365,21 +5413,47 @@
\newbibmacro*{mag+news+title}{%
\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
\printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ptitleaddonpunct}%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms at related}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
}%\newcunit\newblock}
\newbibmacro*{cmag+news+title}{%
\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
\printfield[noformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%{\addcolon\addspace}%
\printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\iffieldequalstr{relatedtype}{reviewof}}%
+ and
+ togl {cms at citerel}%
+ }%
+ {\usebibmacro{related:init}%
+ \usebibmacro{related}}%
+ {\printfield{titleaddon}}%
}%\newcunit\newblock}
+\newbibmacro*{clegis+news+title}{%
+ \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}\AND%
+ \iffieldundef{titleaddon}}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%:\thefield{entrytype}]{%(Changed for 0.7 to work)
+ \printfield[noformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}%
+ }}%\newcunit\newblock}
+
\newbibmacro*{language+transtitle}{%
\iffieldundef{usere}%
{\printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{language}}%
@@ -4395,7 +5469,7 @@
{}%
\printtext[issuetitle]{%
\printfield[itnoformat]{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sitnoformat]{issuesubtitle}}}}
\newbibmacro*{btitle+bstitle}{%
@@ -4407,7 +5481,7 @@
{\usebibmacro{cms-in:}}%
\printtext[booktitle]{%
\printfield[btnoformat]{booktitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sbtnoformat]{booksubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{booktitleaddon}%
@@ -4531,7 +5605,7 @@
\usebibmacro{endrelated}%
\newunit}}%
{\usebibmacro{begrelated}%
- \iffieldundef{origlanguage}%
+ \iflistundef{origlanguage}%
{\bibstring{origpub}%
\origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
\usebibmacro{endrelated}%
@@ -4539,12 +5613,12 @@
{\iftoggle{cms at postposit}%
{\bibstring{origedition}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ \printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
\addcolon%
\origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
\usebibmacro{endrelated}%
\newunit}%
- {\printfield[edlang]{origlanguage}%
+ {\printlist[edlang]{origlanguage}%
\setunit{\addspace}%
\bibstring{origedition}%
\origfullcite{\thefield{userf}}%
@@ -4822,7 +5896,7 @@
\printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}%
@@ -4861,14 +5935,18 @@
\printfield[jtsnoformat]{shortjournal}}}%
{\printtext[journaltitle]{%
\printfield[jtnoformat]{journaltitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[sjtnoformat]{journalsubtitle}}}}}%
\newbibmacro*{cite+doi+url}{% 16th ed.
\iftoggle{cms at url@innotes}%
- {\iffieldundef{urlyear}%
+ {\ifboolexpr{% Fix printing of urldate when url=false
+ togl {cms at url}%
+ and
+ not test {\iffieldundef{urlyear}}%
+ }%
+ {\printurldate}% Date fix
{}%
- {\printurldate}% Date fix
\newcunit\newblock
\iftoggle{cms at doionly}%
{\iffieldundef{doi}%
@@ -4954,7 +6032,7 @@
\printfield[tnoformat]{shorttitle}}}%
{\printtext[title]{%
\printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
\setunit*{\addspace}%
\printlist[periodplace]{location}%
@@ -4972,7 +6050,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}%
@@ -4984,7 +6062,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
@@ -5000,7 +6078,7 @@
{\bibstring{in}\setunit{\addspace}}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}%
@@ -5013,7 +6091,7 @@
\setunit{\addspace}%
\printtext[maintitle]{%
\printfield[mtnoformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
\printfield[smtnoformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
\setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
\printfield{maintitleaddon}}}}
@@ -5082,6 +6160,54 @@
{\postnotewrapper%delim% Don't need \ifbibliography test w/ following
\usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}
+\newbibmacro*{juridpostnote}{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at fullnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}%
+ \iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\ifentrytype{legislation}\OR\ifentrytype{legal}}%
+ {\newcunit}%
+ {\setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{issue}%
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\iffieldundef{shortjournal}%
+ {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
+ {\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{part}\AND\iffieldundef{chapter}}%
+ {\setunit{\addspace}}%
+ {\ifpunctmark{*}{\setunit{\addspace}}{\newcunit}}}%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}% See below for alternate test here
+ {\iffieldundef{postnote}%
+ {\iffieldundef{pages}%
+ {}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \printfield{pages}}}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \usebibmacro{semel:postnote}}}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
+ \global\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}}}%
+
\newbibmacro*{volfullpostnote}{%
\iftoggle{cms at postvol}%
{\ifboolexpr{(
@@ -5369,7 +6495,11 @@
{\usebibmacro{prenote}}}
\newbibmacro*{choose+surname}{%
- \ifciteseen%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ test {\ifciteseen}%
+ and
+ not togl {cms at noneshort}%
+ }%
{}%
{\printnames{labelname}\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}%
\ifthenelse{\iffieldequalstr{labelnamesource}{shortauthor}\OR%
@@ -5407,6 +6537,11 @@
{\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,namea,%
editor,nameb,translator,namec}}
+\DeclareLabeltitle[legislation]{%
+ \field{shorttitle}%
+ \field{titleaddon}%
+ \field{title}}%
+
\DeclareDataInheritance{collection}{suppcollection}{%
\inherit{title}{title}
\inherit{subtitle}{subtitle}
@@ -5482,7 +6617,7 @@
\noinherit{origendmonth}
\noinherit{origendday}}
-\DeclareSortingScheme{cms}{% Updated for biblatex > 2.0
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{cms}{% Updated for biblatex > 3.7
\sort{
\field{presort}
}
@@ -5516,7 +6651,7 @@
}
}
-\DeclareSortingScheme{shortjournal}{%
+\DeclareSortingTemplate{shortjournal}{%
\sort{
\field{shortjournal}
}
@@ -5675,6 +6810,41 @@
%%%% Related macros from biblatex.def %%%%
+\newbibmacro*{related:reviewof}[1]{%
+ \iftoggle{cms at shortnote}%
+ {\entrydata{#1}{%
+ \ifboolexpr{%
+ togl {cms at allshort}%
+ or
+ test {\ifbibliography}%
+ }%
+ {\printtext[bibhyperref]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}%
+ {\printtext[cmshyperlink]{%
+ \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}}}}%
+ {\entrydata*{#1}{%
+ \let\newunit\newcunit%
+ % \bibstring{reviewof}%
+ \iffieldundef{title}%
+ {}%
+ {\printtext[title]{%
+ \printfield[tnoformat]{title}%
+ \setunit{\subtitlepunct}%
+ \printfield[stnoformat]{subtitle}}}%
+ \newcunit%
+ \ifnameundef{author}%
+ {\newcunit%
+ \ifbibliography%
+ {\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}}}%
+ {\bibstring{by}\addspace%
+ \printnames[byauthor]{author}%
+ \ifbibliography%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{byeditor+others}}%
+ {\newcunit\usebibmacro{cbyeditor+others}}}%
+ \setunit{\ctitleaddonpunct}%
+ \printfield{titleaddon}}}}%
+
\renewbibmacro*{related:origpubas}[1]{%
\entrydata*{#1}{%
\usebibmacro{at+every+item}%
@@ -5703,7 +6873,7 @@
\renewbibmacro*{related:default}[1]{%
\entrydata*{#1}{%
- \usedriver
+ \usedriver%
{\ifnameundef{savedauthor}%
{\ifnameundef{savededitor}%
{}%
@@ -5719,7 +6889,7 @@
\renewbibmacro*{pageref}{}%
\toggletrue{cms at fullnote}%
\togglefalse{cms at shortnote}}%
- {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}
+ {cite:\thefield{entrytype}}}}%
\renewbibmacro*{related:multivolume}[1]{%
\entrydata*{#1}{%
Deleted: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes15.bbx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes15.bbx 2018-01-16 20:36:22 UTC (rev 46330)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/biblatex-chicago/chicago-notes15.bbx 2018-01-16 22:41:51 UTC (rev 46331)
@@ -1,2180 +0,0 @@
-% $Id: chicago-notes15.bbx,v 0.9.7.15 2014/08/14 14:30:19 dfussner Exp $
-% This is a biblatex style file, adapted mainly from Lehman's standard.bbx
-% It provides the bibliography formatting for the Chicago notes +
-% bibliography style, _15th_ edition.
-
-
-\ProvidesFile{chicago-notes15.bbx}
-[2014/08/15 v 2.9a biblatex bibliography style]
-
-%%%% Initialize and format bibliography and los %%%%
-
-\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1}
-
-\newlength{\lositemsep}
-
-\defbibenvironment{bibliography}% New for 0.9a
- {\list
- {}
- {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\defbibenvironment{shorthands}
- {\list
- {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
- {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
- \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
- \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\defbibenvironment{shorthand}
- {\list
- {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}}%
- {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}%
- \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}%
- \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}%
- \setlength{\itemsep}{\lositemsep}%
- \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}%
- \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}}
- {\endlist}
- {\item}
-
-\AtBeginBibliography{%
- \togglefalse{cms at headlessnote}%
- \togglefalse{cms at shortnote}%
- \togglefalse{cms at fullnote}%
- \togglefalse{cms at allshort}%
- }%
-
-\AtEveryBibitem{%
- \iffieldequalstr{pubstate}{reprint}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at reprint}}%
- {\togglefalse{cms at reprint}}%
- \ifboolexpr{%
- test {\iffieldundef{origyear}}
- or
- test {\iffieldundef{year}}
- or
- not test {\iffieldint{year}}
- or
- not test {\iffieldint{origyear}}
- or
- togl {cms at switchdates}
- }%
- {}%
- {\ifboolexpr{%
- test {\iffieldundef{endyear}}%
- or
- not test {\iffieldnum{endyear}}
- }%
- {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{year}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}}%
- {}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\thefield{origyear}>\thefield{endyear}}%
- {\toggletrue{cms at switchdates}}%
- {}}}}%
-
-\InitializeBibliographyStyle{%
- \let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
-
-%%%% Bibliography-specific bibstrings %%%%
-
-%% Now in *.lbx %%
-
-%%%% Author, Editor, Translator, and Compiler Macros %%%%
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:last-first}[4]{%
- \ifuseprefix
- {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#3#1}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{%
- \ifcapital
- {\mkbibnameprefix{\MakeCapital{#3}}\isdot}
- {\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
- \ifpunctmark{'}{}{\addhighpenspace}}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}
- {\usebibmacro{name:delim}{#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#1}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot%
- \ifblank{#2#3#4}{}{\addcomma}%
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot}%
- \ifblank{#4}{}{\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{name:first-last}[4]{%
- \usebibmacro{name:delim}{#2#3#1}%
- \usebibmacro{name:hook}{#2#3#1}%
- \ifblank{#2}{}{\mkbibnamefirst{#2}\isdot\addlowpenspace}%
- \ifblank{#3}{}{%
- \mkbibnameprefix{#3}\isdot
- \ifpunctmark{'}
- {}
- {\ifuseprefix{\addhighpenspace}{\addlowpenspace}}}%
- \mkbibnamelast{#1}\isdot
- \ifblank{#4}{}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at jrcomma}%
- {\ifnumeral{#4}%
- {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}%
- {\addcomma\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot%
- \ifboolexpr{
- test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{listtotal}}}
- and
- test{\ifnumless{\value{listcount}}{\value{maxnames}}}
- }
- {\addcomma}%
- {}}}%
- {\addlowpenspace\mkbibnameaffix{#4}\isdot}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{author/editors/translators}{%
- \ifthenelse{\ifuseauthor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{author}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifuseeditor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{namea}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifuseeditor\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{editor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{editor}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifusetranslator\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{nameb}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\ifusetranslator\AND\NOT\ifnameundef{translator}}%
- {\usebibmacro{translator}}%
- {\ifnameundef{namec}%
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}%
- {\usebibmacro{compiler}}}}}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{author/editor}{%
- \ifuseauthor%
- {\usebibmacro{author}}%
- {\ifuseeditor%
- {\ifnameundef{namea}%
- {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}}%
- {\ifusetranslator%
- {\ifnameundef{nameb}%
- {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}}%
- {\iftoggle{cms at usecompiler}%
- {\usebibmacro{compiler}}%
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined%
- \settoggle{cms at usecompiler}{true}}}}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{author}{%
- \iftoggle{cms at headlessnote}%
- {\usebibmacro{justauthor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{moreauthor}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{allauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {\ifnameundef{editor}%
- {\ifnameundef{translator}%
- {\ifnameundef{namec}%
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\space}
- {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\space}
- {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{transstrg}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\space}
- {\printnames{editor}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}%
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}
- {\bibnamedash\addspace}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\printnames{author}%
- \savefield{namehash}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{justauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}
- {\bibnamedash\addspace}}
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\printnames{author}%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{moreauthor}{%
- \ifnameundef{author}
- {\usebibmacro{pickeditor}}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\iffieldundef{nameaddon}%
- {\bibnamedash\addperiod\addspace}
- {\bibnamedash\addspace}}
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{authortype}{anon?}%
- {\bibleftbracket\printnames{author}\addquestion\bibrightbracket%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- {\printnames{author}%
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}}}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{pickeditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{namea}
- {\usebibmacro{moreeditor}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parteditor}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{moreeditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{editor}
- {\usebibmacro{picktranslator}}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%\addcomma\addspace
- {\printnames{editor}\editordelim%\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}
-
-\renewbibmacro*{editor}{%
- \ifnameundef{editor}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\editordelim}%\addcomma\addspace
- {\printnames{editor}\editordelim%\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{editstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{parteditor}{%
- \ifnameundef{namea}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{namea}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{parteditstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{picktranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{nameb}
- {\usebibmacro{moretranslator}}%
- {\usebibmacro{parttranslator}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{moretranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{translator}
- {\usebibmacro{compiler}}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{translator}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{transstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{parttranslator}{%
- \ifnameundef{nameb}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{nameb}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{parttransstrg}}}
-
-\newbibmacro*{compiler}{%
- \ifnameundef{namec}
- {\let\bbx at lasthash\undefined}
- {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}\AND\NOT
- \iffirstonpage}
- {\bibnamedash\addcomma\addspace}
- {\printnames[sortname]{namec}\addcomma\space
- \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx at lasthash}}%
- \usebibmacro{compilestrg}}}
-
-\renewcommand*{\revsdnamedelim}{\addcomma}
-
-\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname}% Needed in 0.9
-\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname}
-\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname}
-
-%%%% Drivers for Bibliography entries and Shorthands %%%%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{%
- \ifnameundef{labelname}
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
- \newcunit}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
- {}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
- \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
- \finentry}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthand}{%
- \ifnameundef{labelname}
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[journaltitle]{journaltitle}%
- \newcunit}}%
- {\iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{manual}%
- {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printlist{organization}\newcunit}}%
- {}}}%
- {\usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\space}}%
- \printfield[lostitle]{title}%
- \finentry}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+author}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+date}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mag+news+title}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
- \usebibmacro{journal+issue+year+pages}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{artwork}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{audio}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \newcunit%\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}% Fix customc?
- {\setunit{\addcomma\addspace}}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newunit% unit, not cunit?
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \printtext[maintitle]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext[maintitle]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isan}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \printfield{ismn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%\newcunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at bookpages}%
- {}%
- {\clearfield{pages}}%
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newcunit
- \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{bookinbook}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{edition}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{howpubl+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{customc}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \setunit*{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{image}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%\bibsentence
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \iffieldundef{crossref}%
- {\iffieldundef{xref}%
- {\newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \iffieldundef{crossref}%
- {\iffieldundef{xref}%
- {\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
-{\ifterm{\setunit{\addspace\bibsentence}}{\setunit{\addperiod\addspace}}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inreference}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
- \usebibmacro{alt-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%\printorigdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{lista}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \ifnameundef{author}%
- {}%
- {\printtext[parens]{%
- \bibstring{by}%
- \addspace%
- \printnames[byauthor]{author}}}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{letter}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printtext[title]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{title}}%
- \newcunit\newblock%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{letter+date}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%\bibsentence
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \iffieldundef{crossref}%
- {\iffieldundef{xref}%
- {\usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
-% \newunit\newblock
-% \printfield{edition}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}%
-{\ifpunctmark{*}% Attempt to fix issues with n.d. Changed for 0.9.
- {\setunit{\nopunct\addspace\bibsentence}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{xref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}%
-{\ifpunctmark{*}% Likewise.
- {\setunit{\nopunct\addspace\bibsentence}}%
- {}%
- \usebibmacro{chapincoll}%
- \bibxrefcite{\thefield{crossref}}%
- \usebibmacro{bibpostxref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{bibauthor+org}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}}%
- {\printfield{title}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock%
- \printfield{titleaddon}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newcunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{unpubl+letter+date}}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{howpublished}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \iffieldundef{entrysubtype}%
- {\newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{music}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}
- \printeventdate%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chapinscore}%
- \usebibmacro{btitle+bstitle}%
- \iffieldundef{booktitle}
- {\newunit}% Fix customc?
- {\newcunit}%
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newunit% unit, not cunit?
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit% ??? Editorpunct maybe not right here?
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {}
- {\iffieldundef{volume}
- {\usebibmacro{cms-in:}%
- \printtext[maintitle]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \bibstring{ofseries}%
- \setunit{\addspace}
- \printtext[maintitle]{%
- \printfield[noformat]{maintitle}%
- \setunit{\addcolon\addspace}%
- \printfield[noformat]{mainsubtitle}}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{maintitleaddon}}}
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{pages}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{music+ser+num}%
- \newunit
- \usebibmacro{music+publisher}%
-% \setunit*{\addspace}%\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \setunit*{\ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{howpublished}\AND%
- \iffieldundef{pubstate}}%
- {\addperiod\addspace}{\space\bibstring{by}\space}}%
- \printlist{publisher}%
- \newunit
- \usebibmacro{institution+organization}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock
- \printlist{location}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{type}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{iswc}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author/editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{title+stitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newcunit%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printlist{organization}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{date}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iftoggle{cms at doi}%
- {\printfield{doi}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{url+date}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{author+holder}% + holder?
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{title}%
- \setunit{\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit{\addperiod\addspace}%
- \printfield{type}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{number}%
- \iflistundef{location}
- {}
- {\setunit*{\addspace}%
- \printtext[parens]{%
- \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{version}%
- \iffieldundef{origyear}%
- {\iffieldundef{year}%
- {}%
- {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}% Issued -> filed
- \printdate}}%
- {\bibstring{patentfiled}\setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{cmsorigdate}%
- \setunit{\addcomma\addspace\bibstring{and}%
- \addspace\bibstring{patentissued}\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{date}}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{%
- \iffieldequalstr{entrysubtype}{magazine}%
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \newunit\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{periodical+date+issue}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
- {\usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{issuetitle}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \usebibmacro{language+transtitle}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{byauthor}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock% (changed for 0.7)??
- \usebibmacro{periodical+issue+year+pages}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{issn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{editor}%
- \setunit{\addspace}%
- \printfield{nameaddon}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+title+stitle}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}%
- \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{note}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{org+publ+loc+year}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \printfield{addendum}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \iftoggle{cms at isbn}%
- {\printfield{isbn}}%
- {}%
- \setunit*{\addcomma\addspace}\newblock%
- \usebibmacro{bib+doi+url}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{pageref}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{originally+published+as}%
- \usebibmacro{finentry}}
-
-\DeclareBibliographyDriver{reference}{%
- \usebibmacro{bibindex}%
- \usebibmacro{italtitle+stitle}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{maintitle}\AND\iffieldundef{booktitle}}%
- {\iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}}%
- {}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{part+editor+translator}%
- \setunit*{\addperiod\addspace}% need asterisk?
- \usebibmacro{alt-in:}%
- \usebibmacro{mtitle+mstitle+vol+part+btitle+bstitle}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{edition}%
- {}%
- {\usebibmacro{edition}%
- \newcunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}%
- \clearfield{volume}%
- \clearfield{part}}%
- {}%
- \newcunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \clearfield{volumes}}%
- \newcunit
- \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}%
- \usebibmacro{editorpunct}
- \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}%
- \newcunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{chap+pag}%
- \newunit
- \iffieldundef{maintitle}
- {\printfield{volume}%
- \printfield{part}}
- {}%
- \newunit
- \printfield{volumes}%
- \newunit\newblock
- \usebibmacro{ser+num}%
- \newunit\newblock
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list